497 1 b81355a1e497.htm JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II John Hancock Funds II
Table of Contents

JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
Statement of Additional Information

December 31, 2009, as supplemented June 18, 2010
     
Active Bond Fund
  Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
All Cap Core Fund
  Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
All Cap Growth Fund
  Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
All Cap Value Fund
  Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
Alpha Opportunities Fund
  Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
Alternative Asset Allocation Fund
  Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
Capital Appreciation Fund
  Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
Core Allocation Plus Fund
  Mid Cap Index Fund
Core Bond Fund
  Mid Cap Stock Fund
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
  Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
(formerly American Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio)
  Mid Value Fund
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
  Money Market Fund
(formerly American Fundamental Holdings Portfolio)
  Natural Resources Fund
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
  Optimized Value Fund
(formerly American Global Diversification Portfolio)
  Real Estate Equity Fund
Emerging Markets Value Fund
  Real Estate Securities Fund
Equity-Income Fund
  Real Return Bond Fund
Floating Rate Income Fund
  Science & Technology Fund
Financial Services Fund
  Short Term Government Income Fund
Fundamental Value Fund
  Small Cap Growth Fund
Global Agribusiness Fund
  Small Cap Index Fund
Global Bond Fund
  Small Cap Opportunities Fund
Global Fund
  Small Cap Value Fund
Global Infrastructure Fund
  Small Company Growth Fund
Global Real Estate Fund
  Small Company Value Fund
Global Timber Fund
  Smaller Company Growth Fund
High Income Fund
  Spectrum Income Fund
High Yield Fund
  Strategic Bond Fund
Income Fund
  Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
International Equity Index Fund
  Total Bond Market Fund
International Opportunities Fund
  Total Return Fund
International Small Cap Fund
  Total Stock Market Index Fund
International Small Company Fund
  U.S. Government Securities Fund
International Value Fund
  U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
Index 500 Fund
  U.S. Multi Sector Fund
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  Value Fund
Large Cap Fund
  Value and Restructuring Fund
Large Cap Value Fund
  Vista Fund
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
   
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) provides information about the series of John Hancock Funds II (“JHF II” or the “Trust”). JHF II consists of various stand-alone series (each a “fund” or “Fund”) and various funds of funds (each referred to as a “Portfolio”). Each Portfolio invests in a number of funds and may also invest in other funds for which JHF II’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser. The Portfolios may also invest in funds that are advised by an entity other than JHF II’s investment adviser or its affiliates (“Nonaffiliated Underlying Funds”) (collectively, affiliated underlying funds and Nonaffiliated Underlying Funds are referred to as “Underlying Funds”). The information in this SAI is in addition to the information that is contained in the Portfolios’ and funds’ prospectuses dated December 31, 2009 (collectively, the “Prospectus”). Each of the Portfolios and funds is a separate series of JHF II and each is referred to herein as a “fund” or “Fund” and collectively as the “funds” or “Funds,” unless identified otherwise.

 


Table of Contents

This SAI is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus, copies of which can be obtained free of charge by contacting:
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 55913
Massachusetts, MA 02205-5913
1-800-225-5291
www.jhfunds.com
The annual report for each fund for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 is incorporated by reference into this SAI. The annual report is available, without charge, by calling 1-800-225-5291.

2


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    4  
    4  
    10  
    21  
    27  
    52  
    54  
    56  
    62  
    78  
    89  
    94  
    99  
    101  
    102  
    106  
    109  
    109  
    112  
    112  
    113  
    114  
    119  
    127  
    127  
    128  
    128  
    128  
    129  
 
       
    A-1  
    B-1  
    C-1  
    D-1  

3


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATION OF JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
JHF II was organized on June 28, 2005 as a Massachusetts business trust under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is an open-end investment management company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Each of the Funds is a series of JHF II.
John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser to JHF II and each of the Funds. The Adviser is a Delaware limited liability corporation whose principal offices are located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The ultimate controlling parent of the Adviser is Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a publicly traded company based in Toronto, Canada. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial.
Manulife Financial is a leading Canadian-based financial services group serving millions of customers in 19 countries and territories worldwide. Operating as Manulife Financial in Canada and Asia, and primarily as John Hancock in the United States, the group offers clients a diverse range of financial protection products and wealth management services through its extensive network of employees, agents and distribution partners. Funds under management by Manulife Financial and its subsidiaries were Cdn $436.5 billion (US$407.1 billion) as of September 30, 2009.
MFC trades as “MFC” on the Toronto Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange and Philippine Stock Exchange, and under “0945” on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong. MFC can be found on the Internet at www.manulife.com.
INVESTMENT POLICIES
The principal strategies and risks of investing in each Fund are described in the applicable Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable Prospectus or this SAI, the investment objective and policies of the Funds may be changed without shareholder approval. Each Fund may invest in the types of instruments described below, unless otherwise indicated in the applicable Prospectus or this SAI.
Conversion of Debt Securities
In the event debt securities held by a fund are converted to or exchanged for equity securities, the fund may continue to hold such equity securities.
Money Market Instruments
Money market instruments (and other securities as noted under each fund description) may be purchased for temporary defensive purposes, except that the U.S. Government Securities Fund may not invest in Canadian and Provincial Government and Crown Agency Obligations.
U.S. Government and Government Agency Obligations
U.S. Government Obligations. U.S. Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Treasury. These securities include treasury bills, notes and bonds.
GNMA Obligations. GNMA obligations are mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), which guarantee is supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

4


Table of Contents

U.S. Agency Obligations. U.S. Government agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government pursuant to authority granted by Congress. U.S. Government agency obligations include, but are not limited to:
  Student Loan Marketing Association;
 
  Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”);
 
  Federal Intermediate Credit Banks; and
 
  Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”).
U.S. Instrumentality Obligations. U.S. instrumentality obligations include, but are not limited to, the Export-Import Bank and Farmers Home Administration.
Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury or the Federal Reserve Banks, such as those issued by Federal Intermediate Credit Banks. Others, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, FHLBs and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) are supported by discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality. In addition, other obligations such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association are supported only by the credit of the agency or instrumentality. There are also separately traded interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury.
No assurance can be given that the U.S. Government will provide financial support for the obligations of such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities in the future, since it is not obligated to do so by law. In this document, “U.S. Government securities” refers not only to securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Treasury but also to securities that are backed only by their own credit and not the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
It is possible that the availability and the marketability (that is, liquidity) of the securities discussed in this section could be adversely affected by actions of the U.S. government to tighten the availability of its credit. On September 7, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), an agency of the U.S. government, placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship, a statutory process with the objective of returning the entities to normal business operations. FHFA will act as the conservator to operate Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac until they are stabilized. It is unclear what effect this conservatorship will have on the securities issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
Municipal Obligations
Municipal Bonds. Municipal bonds are issued to obtain funding for various public purposes including, the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, highways, bridges, schools, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, streets and water and sewer works. Other public purposes for which municipal bonds may be issued include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and obtaining funds to lend to other public institutions and facilities. In addition, certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds for many types of local, privately operated facilities. Such debt instruments are considered municipal obligations if the interest paid on them is exempt from federal income tax. The payment of principal and interest by issuers of certain obligations purchased may be guaranteed by a letter of credit, note repurchase agreement, insurance or other credit facility agreement offered by a bank or other financial institution. Such guarantees and the creditworthiness of guarantors will be considered by the subadviser in determining whether a municipal obligation meets investment quality requirements. No assurance can be given that a municipality or guarantor will be able to satisfy the payment of principal or interest on a municipal obligation.

5


Table of Contents

Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term obligations of municipalities, generally with a maturity ranging from six months to three years. The principal types of such notes include tax, bond and revenue anticipation notes and project notes.
Municipal Commercial Paper. Municipal commercial paper is a short-term obligation of a municipality, generally issued at a discount with a maturity of less than one year. Such paper is likely to be issued to meet seasonal working capital needs of a municipality or interim construction financing. Municipal commercial paper is backed in many cases by letters of credit, lending agreements, note repurchase agreements or other credit facility agreements offered by banks and other institutions.
Federal tax legislation enacted in the 1980s placed substantial new restrictions on the issuance of the bonds described above and in some cases eliminated the ability of state or local governments to issue municipal obligations for some of the above purposes. Such restrictions do not affect the federal income tax treatment of municipal obligations issued prior to the effective dates of the provisions imposing such restrictions. The effect of these restrictions may be to reduce the volume of newly issued municipal obligations.
Issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions the power or ability of any one or more issuers to pay when due the principal of and interest on their municipal obligations may be affected.
The yields of municipal bonds depend upon, among other things, general money market conditions, general conditions of the municipal bond market, size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and rating of the issue. The ratings of Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Investors Service (“Fitch”) represent their respective opinions on the quality of the municipal bonds they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal bonds with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields and municipal bonds of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. See Appendix A for a description of ratings. Many issuers of securities choose not to have their obligations rated. Although unrated securities eligible for purchase must be determined to be comparable in quality to securities having certain specified ratings, the market for unrated securities may not be as broad as for rated securities since many investors rely on rating organizations for credit appraisal.
Canadian and Provincial Government and Crown Agency Obligations
Canadian Government Obligations. Canadian Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the Government of Canada pursuant to authority granted by the Parliament of Canada and approved by the Governor in Council, where necessary. These securities include treasury bills, notes, bonds, debentures and marketable Government of Canada loans.
Canadian Crown Obligations. Canadian Crown agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed by a Crown corporation, company or agency (“Crown Agencies”) pursuant to authority granted by the Parliament of Canada and approved by the Governor in Council, where necessary. Certain Crown Agencies are by statute agents of Her Majesty in right of Canada, and their obligations, when properly authorized, constitute direct obligations of the Government of Canada. These obligations include, but are not limited to, those issued or guaranteed by the:
  Export Development Corporation;
 
  Farm Credit Corporation;
 
  Federal Business Development Bank; and

6


Table of Contents

  Canada Post Corporation.
In addition, certain Crown Agencies which are not by law agents of Her Majesty may issue obligations which by statute the Governor in Council may authorize the Minister of Finance to guarantee on behalf of the Government of Canada. Other Crown Agencies which are not by law agents of Her Majesty may issue or guarantee obligations not entitled to be guaranteed by the Government of Canada. No assurance can be given that the Government of Canada will support the obligations of Crown Agencies which are not agents of Her Majesty, which it has not guaranteed, since it is not obligated to do so by law.
Provincial Government Obligations. Provincial Government obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the government of any province of Canada pursuant to authority granted by the provincial Legislature and approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council of such province, where necessary. These securities include treasury bills, notes, bonds and debentures.
Provincial Crown Agency Obligations. Provincial Crown Agency obligations are debt securities issued or guaranteed by a provincial Crown corporation, company or agency (“Provincial Crown Agencies”) pursuant to authority granted by the provincial Legislature and approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council of such province, where necessary. Certain Provincial Crown Agencies are by statute agents of Her Majesty in right of a particular province of Canada, and their obligations, when properly authorized, constitute direct obligations of such province. Other Provincial Crown Agencies which are not by law agents of Her Majesty in right of a particular province of Canada may issue obligations which by statute the Lieutenant Governor in Council of such province may guarantee, or may authorize the Treasurer thereof to guarantee, on behalf of the government of such province. Finally, other Provincial Crown Agencies which are not by law agencies of Her Majesty may issue or guarantee obligations not entitled to be guaranteed by a provincial government. No assurance can be given that the government of any province of Canada will support the obligations of Provincial Crown Agencies which are not agents of Her Majesty and which it has not guaranteed, as it is not obligated to do so by law. Provincial Crown Agency obligations described above include, but are not limited to, those issued or guaranteed by a:
  provincial railway corporation;
 
  provincial hydroelectric or power commission or authority;
 
  provincial municipal financing corporation or agency; and
 
  provincial telephone commission or authority.
Any Canadian obligation acquired will be payable in U.S. dollars.
Certificates of Deposit, Time Deposits and Bankers’ Acceptances
Certificates of Deposit. Certificates of deposit are certificates issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan. They are issued for a definite period of time and earn a specified rate of return.
Time Deposits. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates.
Bankers’ Acceptances. Bankers’ acceptances are short-term credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft which has been drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligations both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. They are primarily used to finance the import, export, transfer or storage of goods. They are “accepted” when a bank guarantees their payment at maturity.
These obligations are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

7


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper
Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is issued in bearer form with maturities generally not exceeding nine months. Commercial paper obligations may include variable amount master demand notes.
Variable Amount Master Demand Notes. Variable amount master demand notes are obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between a fund, as lender, and the borrower. These notes permit daily changes in the amounts borrowed. The investing (i.e., “lending”) fund has the right to increase the amount under the note at any time up to the full amount provided by the note agreement, or to decrease the amount, and the borrower may prepay up to the full amount of the note without penalty. Because variable amount master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not generally contemplated that such instruments will be traded. There is no secondary market for these notes, although they are redeemable (and thus immediately repayable by the borrower) at face value, plus accrued interest, at any time.
A subadviser will only invest in variable amount master demand notes issued by companies which, at the date of investment, have an outstanding debt issue rated “Aaa” or “Aa” by Moody’s or “AAA” or “AA” by S&P or Fitch and which the applicable subadviser has determined present minimal risk of loss. A subadviser will look generally at the financial strength of the issuing company as “backing” for the note and not to any security interest or supplemental source such as a bank letter of credit. A variable amount master demand note will be valued on each day a net asset value (“NAV”) is determined. The NAV will generally be equal to the face value of the note plus accrued interest unless the financial position of the issuer is such that its ability to repay the note when due is in question.
Corporate Obligations
Corporate obligations are bonds and notes issued by corporations to finance long-term credit needs.
Repurchase Agreements
Repurchase agreements are arrangements involving the purchase of an obligation and the simultaneous agreement to resell the same obligation on demand or at a specified future date and at an agreed upon price. A repurchase agreement can be viewed as a loan made by a fund to the seller of the obligation with such obligation serving as collateral for the seller’s agreement to repay the amount borrowed with interest. Repurchase agreements permit the opportunity to earn a return on cash that is only temporarily available. Repurchase agreements may be entered with banks, brokers or dealers. However, a repurchase agreement will only be entered with a broker or dealer if the broker or dealer agrees to deposit additional collateral should the value of the obligation purchased decrease below the resale price.
Generally, repurchase agreements are of a short duration, often less than one week but on occasion for longer periods. Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be valued every business day and additional collateral will be requested if necessary so that the value of the collateral is at least equal to the value of the repurchase obligation, including the interest accrued thereon.
A subadviser shall engage in a repurchase agreement transaction only with those banks or broker/dealers who meet the subadviser’s quantitative and qualitative criteria regarding creditworthiness, asset size and collateralization requirements. The Adviser also may engage in repurchase agreement transactions. The counterparties to a repurchase agreement transaction are limited to a:
  Federal Reserve System member bank;
 
  primary government securities dealer reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Market Reports Division; or

8


Table of Contents

  broker/dealer which reports U.S. Government securities positions to the Federal Reserve Board.
The Adviser and the subadvisers will continuously monitor the respective transaction to ensure that the collateral held with respect to a repurchase agreement equals or exceeds the amount of the respective obligation.
The risk of a repurchase agreement transaction is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the delivery date. If an issuer of a repurchase agreement fails to repurchase the underlying obligation, the loss, if any, would be the difference between the repurchase price and the underlying obligation’s market value. A fund might also incur certain costs in liquidating the underlying obligation. Moreover, if bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller, realization upon the underlying obligation might be delayed or limited.
Foreign Repurchase Agreements
Foreign repurchase agreements involve an agreement to purchase a foreign security and to sell that security back to the original seller at an agreed-upon price in either U.S. dollars or foreign currency. Unlike typical U.S. repurchase agreements, foreign repurchase agreements may not be fully collateralized at all times. The value of a security purchased may be more or less than the price at which the counterparty has agreed to repurchase the security. In the event of default by the counterparty, a fund may suffer a loss if the value of the security purchased is less than the agreed-upon repurchase price, or if it is unable to successfully assert a claim to the collateral under foreign laws. As a result, foreign repurchase agreements may involve higher credit risks than repurchase agreements in U.S. markets, as well as risks associated with currency fluctuations. In addition, as with other emerging market investments, repurchase agreements with counterparties located in emerging markets, or relating to emerging markets, may involve issuers or counterparties with lower credit ratings than typical U.S. repurchase agreements.
Market Instability
Events in the financial sector have resulted, and may continue to result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. These events have included, but are not limited to, the U.S. government’s placement of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac under conservatorship (see “Investment Policies — U.S. Government and Government Agency Obligations — U.S. Instrumentality Obligations”), the bankruptcy filings of Lehman Brothers, Chrysler and General Motors, the sale of Merrill Lynch to Bank of America, the U.S. Government support of American International Group and Citigroup, the sale of Wachovia to Wells Fargo, reports of credit and liquidity issues involving certain money market mutual funds, and emergency measures by the U.S. and foreign governments banning short-selling. Both domestic and foreign equity markets have been experiencing increased volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected, and it is uncertain whether or for how long these conditions will continue.
In addition to the unprecedented volatility in financial markets, the reduced liquidity in credit and fixed-income markets may adversely affect many issuers worldwide. This reduced liquidity may result in less money being available to purchase raw materials, goods and services from emerging markets, which may, in turn, bring down the prices of these economic staples. It may also result in emerging market issuers having more difficulty obtaining financing, which may, in turn, cause a decline in their stock prices. These events and possible continuing market volatility may have an adverse effect on the funds.
TALF Investments
The Spectrum Income Fund may invest in a pooled vehicle that participates directly in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (TALF). The pooled vehicle will pledge asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are backed by certain types of assets and are rated in the highest investment-grade rating category as collateral for non-recourse loans under the TALF, a joint program of the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury. TALF loans are considered non-recourse because the lender (Federal Reserve Bank of New York) may generally enforce its rights only against the pledged

9


Table of Contents

collateral and not against other assets of the pooled vehicle if such vehicle does not repay the principal and interest on the loans. The Spectrum Income Fund may invest the distributions from the pooled vehicle in additional securities and other assets consistent with its investment program. The pooled vehicle may be managed by T. Rowe Price Price Associates, Inc. or its affiliates. The investment in the pooled vehicle may be considered illiquid.
OTHER INSTRUMENTS
The following discussion provides an explanation of some of the other instruments in which certain funds (as indicated) and/or Portfolios may directly invest consistent with their investment objectives and policies.
Warrants
Each of the funds (except the Money Market Fund) and Portfolios may purchase warrants, including warrants traded independently of the underlying securities. Warrants are rights to purchase securities at specific prices and are valid for a specific period of time. Warrant prices do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities, and warrant holders receive no dividends and have no voting rights or rights with respect to the assets of an issuer. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants cease to have value if not exercised prior to the expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
Each fund may enter into “reverse” repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund sells a debt security and agrees to repurchase it at an agreed upon time and at an agreed upon price. The fund retains record ownership of the security and the right to receive interest and principal payments thereon. At an agreed upon future date, the fund repurchases the security by remitting the proceeds previously received, plus interest. The difference between the amount the fund receives for the security and the amount it pays on repurchase is payment of interest. In certain types of agreements, there is no agreed-upon repurchase date and interest payments are calculated daily, often based on the prevailing overnight repurchase rate. A reverse repurchase agreement may be considered a form of leveraging and may, therefore, increase fluctuations in a fund’s NAV per share. A fund will cover its repurchase agreement transactions by maintaining in a segregated custodial account cash, Treasury bills or other U.S.
Government securities having an aggregate value at least equal to the amount of such commitment to repurchase including accrued interest, until payment is made.
Mortgage Securities
Prepayment of Mortgages. Mortgage securities differ from conventional bonds in that principal is paid over the life of the securities rather than at maturity. As a result, a fund which invests in mortgage securities receives monthly scheduled payments of principal and interest, and may receive unscheduled principal payments representing prepayments on the underlying mortgages. When a fund reinvests the payments and any unscheduled prepayments of principal it receives, it may receive a rate of interest which is higher or lower than the rate on the existing mortgage securities. For this reason, mortgage securities may be less effective than other types of debt securities as a means of locking in long term interest rates.
In addition, because the underlying mortgage loans and assets may be prepaid at any time, if a fund purchases mortgage securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will increase yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase yield to maturity, while slower than expected payments will reduce yield to maturity.

10


Table of Contents

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities. Adjustable rate mortgage securities are similar to the fixed rate mortgage securities discussed above, except that unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. Most adjustable rate mortgage securities provide for an initial mortgage rate that is in effect for a fixed period, typically ranging from three to twelve months. Thereafter, the mortgage interest rate will reset periodically in accordance with movements in a specified published interest rate index. The amount of interest due to an adjustable rate mortgage holder is determined in accordance with movements in a specified published interest rate index by adding a pre-determined increment or “margin” to the specified interest rate index. Many adjustable rate mortgage securities reset their interest rates based on changes in:
  one-year, three-year and five-year constant maturity Treasury Bill rates;
 
  three-month or six-month Treasury Bill rates;
 
  11th District Federal Home Loan Bank Cost of Funds;
 
  National Median Cost of Funds; or
 
  one-month, three-month, six-month or one-year London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other market rates.
During periods of increasing rates, a fund will not benefit from such increase to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of adjustable rate mortgages held as investments to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits or “cap rates” for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in a fund would likely decrease. During periods of declining interest rates, income to a fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool may decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. Also, a fund’s NAV could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities held as investments are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates.
Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities. Privately-issued mortgage securities provide for the monthly principal and interest payments made by individual borrowers to pass through to investors on a corporate basis, and in privately issued collateralized mortgage obligations, as further described below. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including:
  mortgage bankers;
 
  commercial banks;
 
  investment banks;
 
  savings and loan associations; and
 
  special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.
Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of the GNMA or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. For a description of the types of credit enhancements that may accompany privately-issued mortgage securities, see “Types of Credit Support” below. A fund that invests in mortgage securities will not limit its investments to asset-backed securities with credit enhancements.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs generally are bonds or certificates issued in multiple classes that are collateralized by or represent an interest in mortgages. CMOs may be issued by

11


Table of Contents

single-purpose, stand-alone finance subsidiaries or trusts of financial institutions, government agencies, investment banks or other similar institutions. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” may be issued with a specific fixed coupon rate (which may be zero) or a floating coupon rate. Each class of CMOs also has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the underlying mortgages may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrued on CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis.
The principal of and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. The general goal sought to be achieved in allocating cash flows on the underlying mortgages to the various classes of a series of CMOs is to create tranches on which the expected cash flows have a higher degree of predictability than the underlying mortgages. In creating such tranches, other tranches may be subordinated to the interests of these tranches and receive payments only after the obligations of the more senior tranches have been satisfied. As a general matter, the more predictable the cash flow is on a CMO tranche, the lower the anticipated yield will be on that tranche at the time of issuance. As part of the process of creating more predictable cash flows on most of the tranches in a series of CMOs, one or more tranches generally must be created that absorb most of the volatility in the cash flows on the underlying mortgages. The yields on these tranches are relatively higher than on tranches with more predictable cash flows. Because of the uncertainty of the cash flows on these tranches, and the sensitivity of these transactions to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying mortgages, the market prices of and yields on these tranches tend to be highly volatile. The market prices of and yields on tranches with longer terms to maturity also tend to be more volatile than tranches with shorter terms to maturity due to these same factors. To the extent the mortgages underlying a series of a CMO are so-called “subprime mortgages” (mortgages granted to borrowers whose credit history is not sufficient to obtain a conventional mortgage), the risk of default is higher, which increases the risk that one or more tranches of a CMO will not receive its predicted cash flows.
CMOs purchased by a fund may be:
(1) collateralized by pools of mortgages in which each mortgage is guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government;
(2) collateralized by pools of mortgages in which payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by the issuer and the guarantee is collateralized by U.S. Government securities; or
(3) securities for which the proceeds of the issuance are invested in mortgage securities and payment of the principal and interest is supported by the credit of an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government.
Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”). A fund may invest in separately traded interest components of securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. The interest components of selected securities are traded independently under the STRIPS program. Under the STRIPS program, the interest components are individually numbered and separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which then trade the component parts independently.
Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private issuers, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities in which the funds invest. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities may be illiquid and, together with any other illiquid investments, will not exceed 15% of a fund’s net assets. See “Additional Investment Policies.”
Stripped mortgage securities are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage

12


Table of Contents

assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates and the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. A rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on an investing fund’s yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, such fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities are rated highly.
As interest rates rise and fall, the value of IOs tends to move in the same direction as interest rates. The value of the other mortgage securities described in the Prospectus and SAI, like other debt instruments, will tend to move in the opposite direction to interest rates. Accordingly, investing in IOs, in conjunction with the other mortgage securities described in the Prospectus and SAI, is expected to contribute to a fund’s relatively stable NAV.
In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, each of the Strategic Bond Fund, High Yield Fund and Value Fund may invest in similar securities such as Super Principal Only (“SPO”) and Levered Interest Only (“LIO”) which are more volatile than POs and IOs. Risks associated with instruments such as SPOs are similar in nature to those risks related to investments in POs. Risks associated with LIOs and IOettes are similar in nature to those associated with IOs. The Strategic Bond Fund may also invest in other similar instruments developed in the future that are deemed consistent with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions.
Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), POs may generate taxable income from the current accrual of original issue discount, without a corresponding distribution of cash to a fund.
Inverse Floaters. Each of the Strategic Bond Fund, High Income Fund, High Yield Fund and Value Fund may invest in inverse floaters. Inverse floaters may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private issuers, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Inverse floaters have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities in which a fund invests (with the exception of stripped mortgage securities and there is a risk that the market value will vary from the amortized cost). Although inverse floaters are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, inverse floaters may be illiquid. Any illiquid inverse floaters, together with any other illiquid investments, will not exceed 15% of a fund’s net assets. See “Other Investments — Illiquid Securities.”
Inverse floaters are derivative mortgage securities which are structured as a class of security that receives distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. Yields on inverse floaters move in the opposite direction of short-term interest rates and at an accelerated rate.
Types of Credit Support. Mortgage securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the impact of an obligor’s failure to make payments on underlying assets, mortgage securities may contain elements of credit support. A discussion of credit support is described under “Asset-Backed Securities.”
Asset-Backed Securities
The securitization techniques used to develop mortgage securities are also being applied to a broad range of other assets. Through the use of trusts and special purpose corporations, automobile and credit card receivables are being securitized in pass-through structures similar to mortgage pass-through structures or in a pay-through structure similar to the CMO structure.
Generally, the issuers of asset-backed bonds, notes or pass-through certificates are special purpose entities and do not have any significant assets other than the receivables securing such obligations. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of a shorter maturity than mortgage loans. As a result,

13


Table of Contents

investment in these securities should be subject to less volatility than mortgage securities. Instruments backed by pools of receivables are similar to mortgage-backed securities in that they are subject to unscheduled prepayments of principal prior to maturity. When the obligations are prepaid, a fund must reinvest the prepaid amounts in securities with the prevailing interest rates at the time. Therefore, a fund’s ability to maintain an investment including high-yielding asset-backed securities will be affected adversely to the extent that prepayments of principal must be reinvested in securities which have lower yields than the prepaid obligations. Moreover, prepayments of securities purchased at a premium could result in a realized loss. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus, a fund will only invest in asset-backed securities rated, at the time of purchase, AA or better by S&P or Fitch or Aa or better by Moody’s.
As with mortgage securities, asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligation of a number of different parties and use similar credit enhancement techniques. For a description of the types of credit enhancement that may accompany asset-backed securities, see “Types of Credit Support” below. A fund investing in asset-backed securities will not limit its investments to asset-backed securities with credit enhancements. Although asset-backed securities are not generally traded on a national securities exchange, such securities are widely traded by brokers and dealers, and will not be considered illiquid securities for the purposes of the investment restriction on illiquid securities under “Additional Investment Policies.”
Types of Credit Support. To lessen the impact of an obligor’s failure to make payments on underlying assets, mortgage securities and asset-backed securities may contain elements of credit support. Such credit support falls into two categories:
  liquidity protection; and
 
  default protection.
Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool of assets occurs in a timely fashion. Default protection provides against losses resulting from ultimate default and enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. This protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches. A fund will not pay any additional fees for such credit support, although the existence of credit support may increase the price of a security.
Some examples of credit support include:
  “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class);
 
  creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets, are held in reserve against future losses); and
 
  “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment on the securities and pay any servicing or other fees).
The ratings of mortgage securities and asset-backed securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or default protection are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of these securities could be reduced in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experienced on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected.

14


Table of Contents

The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information concerning the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss greater than anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in mortgage securities or asset-backed securities.
Collateralized Debt Obligations. A fund may invest in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), which include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed-income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.
For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.
The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a fund as illiquid securities; however an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed-income securities discussed elsewhere in the SAI and the Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the funds and/or Portfolios may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
Zero Coupon Securities, Deferred Interest Bonds and Pay-In-Kind Bonds
Zero coupon securities, deferred interest bonds and pay-in-kind bonds involve special risk considerations. Zero coupon securities and deferred interest bonds are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. When a zero coupon security or a deferred interest bond is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding these securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the return on their investment will be. The funds also may purchase pay-in-kind bonds. Pay-in-kind bonds are bonds that pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities.
Zero coupon securities, deferred interest bonds and pay-in-kind bonds are subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities and deferred interest bonds usually appreciate during periods of declining interest rates and usually depreciates during periods of rising interest rates.
Issuers of Zero Coupon Securities and Pay-In-Kind Bonds. Zero coupon securities and pay-in-kind bonds may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although zero coupon securities and pay-in-kind bonds are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, these securities

15


Table of Contents

are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to the extent they are widely traded, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of the investment restriction under “Additional Investment Policies.”
Tax Considerations. Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security or certain pay-in-kind bonds to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. To maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of fund securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.
Loans and Other Direct Debt Instruments
A fund may invest in loans and other direct debt instruments to the extent authorized by its investment policies. Direct debt instruments are interests in amounts owed by a corporate, governmental, or other borrower to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods or services (trade claims or other receivables), or to other parties. Direct debt instruments involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the purchaser in the event of fraud or misrepresentation, or there may be a requirement that a fund supply additional cash to a borrower on demand.
High Yield (High Risk) Domestic Corporate Debt Securities
High yield U.S. corporate debt securities in which a fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, bank loans, credit-linked notes and commercial paper. Most of these debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates except bank loans, which usually have floating rates. The fund may also invest in bonds with variable rates of interest or debt securities which involve equity features, such as equity warrants or convertible outright and participation features (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).
The market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities has undergone significant changes since it was first established. Issuers in the U.S. high yield market originally consisted primarily of growing small capitalization companies and larger capitalization companies whose credit quality had declined from investment grade. During the mid-1980s, participants in the U.S. high yield market issued high yield securities principally in connection with leveraged buyouts and other leveraged recapitalizations. In late 1989 and 1990, the volume of new issues of high yield U.S. corporate debt declined significantly and liquidity in the market decreased. Since early 1991, the volume of new issues of high yield U.S. corporate debt securities has increased substantially and secondary market liquidity has improved. During the same periods, the U.S. high yield debt market exhibited strong returns. Currently, most new offerings of U.S. high yield securities are being issued to refinance higher coupon debt and to raise funds for general corporate purposes as well as to provide financing in connection with leveraged transactions.
Brady Bonds
Brady Bonds are debt securities issued under the framework of the “Brady Plan,” an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, involves the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds (Brady Bonds). Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. Brady Bonds issued to date generally have maturities between 15 and 30 years from the date of issuance and have traded at a deep discount from their face value. In addition to Brady Bonds, a fund may invest in emerging market governmental obligations issued as a result of debt restructuring agreements outside of the scope of the Brady Plan.

16


Table of Contents

Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included:
  the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par bonds);
 
  bonds issued at a discount from face value (generally known as discount bonds);
 
  bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time; and
 
  bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders.
Discount bonds issued to date under the framework of the Brady Plan have generally borne interest computed semi-annually at a rate equal to 13/16 of one percent above the current six-month LIBOR rate. Regardless of the stated face amount and interest rate of the various types of Brady Bonds, a fund investing in Brady Bonds will purchase Brady Bonds in secondary markets in which the price and yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase.
Certain sovereign bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity (typically 15 to 30 years from the date of issuance) by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds, although the collateral is not available to investors until the final maturity of the Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases are financed by the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”), the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or high-grade securities in amounts that typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments, with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized.
A fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and must rely for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds.
Brady Bonds issued to date are purchased and sold in secondary markets through U.S. securities dealers and other financial institutions and are generally maintained through European transactional securities depositories. A substantial portion of the Brady Bonds and other sovereign debt securities in which a fund invest are likely to be acquired at a discount.
Sovereign Debt Obligations
Sovereign debt obligations are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or their agencies. Sovereign debt may be in the form of conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loan or loan participations. Typically, sovereign debt of developing countries may involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default, however, sovereign debt of developed countries also may involve a high degree of risk and may be in default or present the risk of default. Governments rely on taxes and other revenue sources to pay interest and principal on their debt obligations, and governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and pay interest when due and may require renegotiation or rescheduling of debt payments. The payment of principal and interest on these obligations may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including economic results, changes in interest and exchange rates, changes in debt ratings, a limited tax base or limited revenue sources, natural disasters, or other economic or credit problems. In addition, prospects for repayment and payment of interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Defaults in sovereign debt obligations, or the perceived risk of default, may also impair the market for other securities and debt instruments, including securities issued by banks and other entities holding such sovereign debt, and negatively impact the Funds.

17


Table of Contents

Investments in Creditors’ Claims
The High Income Fund may purchase creditors’ claims in bankruptcy (“Creditors’ Claims”), which are rights to payment from a debtor under the U.S. bankruptcy laws. Creditors’ Claims may be secured or unsecured. A secured claim generally receives priority in payment over unsecured claims.
Sellers of Creditors’ Claims can be either: (i) creditors that have extended unsecured credit to the debtor company (most commonly trade suppliers of materials or services); or (ii) secured creditors (most commonly financial institutions) that have obtained collateral to secure an advance of credit to the debtor. Selling a Creditor’s Claim offers the creditor an opportunity to turn a claim that otherwise might not be satisfied for many years into liquid assets.
Creditors’ Claims may be purchased directly from a creditor although most are purchased through brokers. Creditors’ Claims can be sold as a single claim or as part of a package of claims from several different bankruptcy filings. Purchasers of Creditors’ Claims, such as the High Income Fund, may take an active role in the reorganization process of the bankrupt company and, in certain situations where the Creditors’ Claim is not paid in full, the claim may be converted into stock of the reorganized debtor.
Although Creditors’ Claims can be sold to other investors, the market for Creditors’ Claims is not liquid and, as a result, a purchaser of a Creditors’ Claim may be unable to sell the claim or may have to sell it at a drastically reduced price. There is no guarantee that any payment will be received from a Creditors’ Claim, especially in the case of unsecured claims.
Indexed Securities
A fund may invest in indexed securities to the extent authorized by its investment policies. Indexed securities are instruments whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic.
Currency indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities. Currency indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.
The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. Indexed securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments. Indexed securities are also subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. Government agencies.
Hybrid Instruments
Hybrid instruments (a type of potentially high-risk derivative) combine the elements of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument (“Hybrid Instruments”).
Characteristics of Hybrid Instruments. Generally, a Hybrid Instrument is a debt security, preferred stock, depository share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a

18


Table of Contents

portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to the following:
  prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities (collectively, “underlying assets”); or
  an objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices, and securities indices (collectively, “Benchmarks”).
Hybrid Instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to:
  debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time;
  preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency; or
  convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.
Uses of Hybrid Instruments. Hybrid Instruments provide an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, a fund may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions.
One approach is to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated Hybrid Instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three-year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level, and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, the investing fund could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly.
The purpose of this type of arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, is to give the fund the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transactions costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that such a strategy will be successful and the value of the fund may decline; for example, if interest rates may not move as anticipated or credit problems could develop with the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument.
Risks of Investing in Hybrid Instruments. The risks of investing in Hybrid Instruments are a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies. Therefore, an investment in a Hybrid Instrument may include significant risks not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument with a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars, or that bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published Benchmark. The risks of a particular Hybrid Instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the Benchmarks or the prices of underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. These risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument and that may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser. Such factors include economic and political events, the supply and demand for the underlying assets, and interest rate movements. In recent years, various Benchmarks and prices for underlying assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may be expected in the future. See “Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions” for a description of certain risks associated with investments in futures, options, and forward contracts.
Volatility. Hybrid Instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Depending on the structure of the particular Hybrid Instrument, changes in a Benchmark may be magnified by the terms of the Hybrid Instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial

19


Table of Contents

effect upon the value of the Hybrid Instrument. Also, the prices of the Hybrid Instrument and the Benchmark or underlying asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.
Leverage Risk. Hybrid Instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, Hybrid Instruments may bear interest at above market rates, but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). For example, an increased risk of principal loss (or gain) may result if “leverage” is used to structure a Hybrid Instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the Hybrid Instrument is structured so that a change in a Benchmark or underlying asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the Hybrid Instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss, as well as the potential for gain.
Liquidity Risk. Hybrid Instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the needs of a particular investor. Therefore, the number of investors that would be willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than for more traditional debt securities. In addition, because the purchase and sale of Hybrid Instruments could take place in an over-the-counter (“OTC”) market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between a fund and the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument, the creditworthiness of the counterparty or issuer of the Hybrid Instrument would be an additional risk factor which the fund would have to consider and monitor.
Lack of U.S. Regulation. Hybrid Instruments may not be subject to regulation of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), which generally regulates the trading of commodity futures by U.S. persons, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to U.S. persons, or any other governmental regulatory authority.
The various risks discussed above with respect to Hybrid Instruments particularly the market risk of such instruments, may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of a fund that invests in such instruments.
Depositary Receipts
A fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts, European Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts, and International Depositary Receipts (“ADRs,” “EDRs,” “GDRs,” and “IDRs,” respectively) as described in their investment policies.
Securities of foreign issuers may include ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and IDRs. Depositary Receipts are certificates typically issued by a bank or trust company that give their holders the right to receive securities issued by a foreign or domestic corporation.
ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated securities backed by foreign securities deposited in a U.S. securities depository. ADRs are created for trading in the U.S. markets. The value of an ADR will fluctuate with the value of the underlying security and will reflect any changes in exchange rates. An investment in ADRs involves risks associated with investing in foreign securities.
Securities of foreign issuers also include EDRs, GDRs, and IDRs, which are receipts evidencing an arrangement with a foreign bank similar to that for ADRs and are designed for use in foreign securities markets. EDRs, GDRs, and IDRs are not necessarily quoted in the same currency as the underlying security.
Variable and Floating Rate Obligations
A fund may invest in floating or variable rate securities. Investments in floating or variable rate securities normally will involve industrial development or revenue bonds which provide that the rate of interest is set as a specific percentage of a designated base rate, such as rates of Treasury Bonds or Bills or the prime rate at a major commercial bank, and that a bondholder can demand payment of the obligations on behalf of the investing fund on short notice at par plus accrued interest, which amount may be more or less than the amount the bondholder paid for them. The maturity of floating or variable rate obligations (including

20


Table of Contents

participation interests therein) is deemed to be the longer of (i) the notice period required before a fund is entitled to receive payment of the obligation upon demand or (ii) the period remaining until the obligation’s next interest rate adjustment. If not redeemed by the investing fund through the demand feature, the obligations mature on a specified date which may range up to thirty years from the date of issuance.
Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”)
A fund may invest in ETFs. These are a type of investment company bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF represents a fixed portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. A fund could purchase an ETF to temporarily gain exposure to a portion of the U.S. or a foreign market while awaiting purchase of underlying securities. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile than the underlying securities and ETFs have management fees which increase their costs.
ADDITIONAL INVESTMENT POLICIES
The following provides a more detailed explanation of some investment policies.
Lending of Securities
Each fund may lend its securities so long as such loans do not represent more than 33 1/3% of the fund’s total assets. As collateral for the loaned securities, the borrower gives the lending portfolio collateral equal to at least 102% of the value of the loaned securities (105% for foreign equity and corporate securities). The collateral will consist of cash (including U.S. dollars and foreign currency). The borrower must also agree to increase the collateral if the value of the loaned securities increases. As with other extensions of credit, there are risks that collateral could be inadequate in the event of the borrower failing financially, which could result in actual financial loss, and risks that recovery of loaned securities could be delayed, which could result in interference with portfolio management decisions or exercise of ownership rights. The collateral is managed by an affiliate of the Adviser. Each fund will be responsible for the risks associated with the investment of cash collateral, including the risk that the fund may lose money on the investment or may fail to earn sufficient income to meet its obligations to the borrower. In addition, a fund may lose its right to vote its shares of the loaned securities at a shareholders meeting if the subadviser fails to timely recall the security or the borrower fails to return the recalled security in advance of the record date for the meeting.
Certain funds have entered into an agreement with The Goldman Sachs Trust Company, doing business as Goldman Sachs Agency Lending (“Goldman Sachs”), as their securities lending agent (the “Securities Lending Agreement”). Under the Securities Lending Agreement, Goldman Sachs will generally bear the risk that a borrower may default on its obligation to return loaned securities.
Securities lending involves counterparty risk, including the risk that the loaned securities may not be returned or returned in a timely manner and/or a loss of rights in the collateral if the borrower or the lending agent defaults or fails financially. This risk is increased when a fund’s loans are concentrated with a single or limited number of borrowers. There are no limits on the number of borrowers to which a fund may lend securities and a fund may lend securities to only one or a small group of borrowers. In addition, under the Securities Lending Agreement, loans may be made to affiliates of Goldman Sachs as identified in the Securities Lending Agreement.
When-Issued/Delayed Delivery/Forward Commitment Securities
A fund may purchase or sell debt or equity securities on a “when-issued,” delayed-delivery or on a “forward commitment” basis. When-issued, delayed-delivery or forward-commitment transactions involve a commitment to purchase or sell securities at a predetermined price or yield in which payment and delivery take place after the customary settlement for such securities (which is typically one month or more after trade date). When purchasing securities in one of these types of transactions, payment for the

21


Table of Contents

securities is not required until the delivery date, however, the purchaser assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risks of price and yield fluctuations and the risk that the security will not be delivered. When a fund has sold securities pursuant to one of these transactions, the fund will not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. At the time of delivery, the value of when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment securities may be more or less than the transaction price, and the yields then available in the market may be higher or lower than those obtained in the transaction.
Under normal circumstances, a fund purchasing securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis will take delivery of the securities, but a fund may, if deemed advisable, sell the securities before the settlement date. Forward contracts may settle in cash between the counterparty and the fund or physical settlement of the underlying securities, and a fund may renegotiate or roll over a forward commitment transaction. In general, a fund does not pay for the securities, or start earning interest on them, or deliver or take possession of securities until the obligations are scheduled to be settled. In such transactions, no cash changes hands on trade date, however, if the transaction is collateralized, exchange of margin may take place between the fund and the counterparty according to an agreed-upon schedule. A fund does, however, record the transaction and reflect the value each day of the securities in determining its NAV.
While awaiting settlement of the obligations purchased or sold on such basis, a fund will maintain on its records liquid assets consisting of cash, liquid high quality debt obligations or other assets equal to the amount of the commitments to purchase or sell when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment securities. The availability of liquid assets for this purpose and the effect of asset segregation on a fund’s ability to meet its current obligations, to honor requests for redemption, and to otherwise manage its investment portfolio will limit the extent to which a fund may purchase when-issued or forward commitment securities.
Mortgage Dollar Rolls
A fund (except the Money Market Fund) may enter into mortgage dollar rolls. Under a mortgage dollar roll, a fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the future (generally within 30 days) and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities (of the same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, a fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. A fund is compensated by the difference between the current sale price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”), as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A fund may also be compensated by receipt of a commitment fee. A fund may only enter into “covered rolls.” A covered roll is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash or cash equivalent security position which matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction or for which a fund maintains on its records liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the amount of such commitment to repurchase. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a fund may decline below the repurchase price of those securities. A mortgage dollar roll may be considered a form of leveraging, and may, therefore, increase fluctuations in a fund’s NAV per share.
Illiquid Securities
No fund (except the Money Market Fund) may invest more than 15% of its net assets in securities that are not readily marketable (“illiquid securities”). The Money Market Fund may not invest more than 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Investment in illiquid securities involves the risk that, because of the lack of consistent market demand for such securities, a fund may be forced to sell them at a discount from the last offer price.
Illiquid securities may include, but are not limited to: (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days; (b) futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist; (c) time deposits maturing in more than seven calendar days; and (d) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded.

22


Table of Contents

Rule 144A Securities are excluded from the limitation on illiquid securities. Securities that are restricted as to resale but for which a ready market is available pursuant to an exemption provided by Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933 (“1933 Act”) or other exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act may be excluded from the 10% and 15% limitation on illiquid securities. The subadvisers decide, subject to the Trustees’ oversight, whether securities sold pursuant to Rule 144A are readily marketable for purposes of a fund’s investment restriction. The subadvisers will also monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities held by the funds for which they are responsible. To the extent that Rule 144A securities held by a fund should become illiquid because of a lack of interest on the part of qualified institutional investors, the overall liquidity of a fund could be adversely affected.
Section 4(2) Commercial Paper is excluded from the limitation on illiquid securities. The Money Market Fund may invest in commercial paper issued in reliance on the exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act. Section 4(2) commercial paper is restricted as to the disposition under federal securities law, and is generally sold to institutional investors, such as the Money Market Fund, who agree that they are purchasing the paper for investment purposes and not with a view to public distribution. Any resale by the purchaser must be made in an exempt transaction. Section 4(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors, like the Money Market Fund, through or with the assistance of the issuer or investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2) commercial paper, thus providing liquidity. The Money Market Fund’s subadviser believes that Section 4(2) commercial paper meets its criteria for liquidity. The Money Market Fund intends, therefore, to treat Section 4(2) commercial paper as liquid and not subject to the investment limitation applicable to illiquid securities. The Money Market Fund’s subadviser will monitor the liquidity of Section 4(2) commercial paper held by the Money Market Fund, subject to the Trustees’ oversight.
Short Sales
A fund may make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, provided that at all times when a short position is open a fund owns an equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration, for an equal amount of the securities of the same issuer as the securities sold short (a short sale “against-the-box”).
A fund may also sell a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security (a “short sale”). To complete such a transaction, a fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. A fund is then obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by a fund. Until the security is replaced, a fund is required to pay the lender any dividends or interest which accrues during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, a fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. Until a fund replaces a borrowed security, it will segregate with its custodian cash or other liquid assets at such a level that (i) the amount segregated plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the security sold short and (ii) the amount segregated plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will not be less than the market value of the security at the time it was sold short. A fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which a fund replaced the borrowed security. A fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. This result is the opposite of what one would expect from a cash purchase of a long position in a security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of any premium, dividends or interest the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale.
Investment in Other Investment Companies
A fund may invest in other investment companies (including shares of closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, open-end investment companies, investment companies exempted from registration to under the 1940 Act pursuant to the Rules thereunder and other pooled vehicles) to the extent permitted

23


Table of Contents

by federal securities laws (including the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder) and to the extent permitted by exemptive relief obtained from the SEC by the custodian and the subadviser.
Investing in other investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying instruments, but the total return on such investments at the investment company-level may be reduced by the operating expenses and fees of such other investment companies, including advisory fees. Certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies, issue a fixed number of shares that trade on a stock exchange or may involve the payment of substantial premiums above the value of such investment companies’ portfolio securities when traded OTC or a discount to their NAV. Others are continuously offered at NAV, but may also be traded in the secondary market.
The Blue Chip Growth, Equity-Income, Real Estate Equity, Small Company Value and Spectrum Income Funds may also invest in shares of the T. Rowe Price Institutional Floating Rate Fund (“TRP Floating Rate Fund”), consistent with each fund’s investment objective and policies. The TRP Floating Rate Fund is a series of TRP Institutional Income Funds, Inc., registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. The investment objective of the TRP Floating Rate Fund is high current income and, secondarily, capital appreciation. The TRP Floating Rate Fund invests as least 80% of its total assets in banks loans and other floating rate debt instruments. In order to prevent the funds from paying duplicate management fees, the value of shares of TRP Floating Rate Fund held in a fund’s portfolio will be excluded from the fund’s total assets in calculating the sub-advisory fees payable to T. Rowe Price.
The extent to which a fund can invest in securities of other investment companies is limited by federal securities laws.
Loan Participations and Assignments
A fund may invest in loan participations or assignments. Loan participations are loans or other direct debt instruments which are interests in amounts owned by a corporate, governmental or other borrower to another party. They may represent amounts owed to lenders or lending syndicates to suppliers of goods or services, or to other parties. A fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the term of the loan agreement relating to loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and a fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, a fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, a fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.
When a fund purchases assignments from lenders it will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan. However, because assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, the rights and obligation acquired by a fund as the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender. Investments in loan participations and assignments present the possibility that a fund could be held liable as a co-lender under emerging legal theories of lender liability. In addition, if the loan is foreclosed, a fund could be part owner of any collateral and could bear the costs and liabilities of owning and disposing of the collateral. It is anticipated that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. In addition, some loan participations and assignments may not be rated by major rating agencies and may not be protected by the securities laws.
Investments in loans and loan participations will subject a fund to liquidity risk. Loans and loan participations may be transferable among financial institutions, but may not have the liquidity of conventional debt securities and are often subject to restrictions on resale, thereby making them potentially illiquid. For example, the purchase or sale of loans requires, in many cases, the consent of either a third party (such as the lead or agent bank for the loan) or of the borrower, and although such consent is, in practice, infrequently withheld, the consent requirement can delay a purchase or hinder a fund’s ability to

24


Table of Contents

dispose of its investments in loans in a timely fashion. In addition, in some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the subadviser believes to be a fair price.
Corporate loans that a fund may acquire or in which a fund may purchase a loan participation are made generally to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs, leverage recapitalizations and other corporate activities. The highly leveraged capital structure of the borrowers in certain of these transactions may make such loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions and greater credit risk than other investments.
Certain of the loan participations or assignments acquired by a fund may involve unfunded commitments of the lenders or revolving credit facilities under which a borrower may from time to time borrow and repay amounts up to the maximum amount of the facility. In such cases, a fund would have an obligation to advance its portion of such additional borrowings upon the terms specified in the loan documentation. Such an obligation may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).
The borrower of a loan in which a fund holds an interest (including through a loan participation) may, either at its own election or pursuant to the terms of the loan documentation, prepay amounts of the loan from time to time. The degree to which borrowers prepay loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among other things. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which a fund derives interest income will be reduced. The effect of prepayments on a fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees, and the fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other loans that have similar or identical yields. However, there is no assurance that a fund will be able to reinvest the proceeds of any loan prepayment at the same interest rate or on the same terms as those of the prepaid loan.
A fund may invest in loans that pay interest at fixed rates and loans that pay interest at rates that float or reset periodically at a margin above a generally recognized base lending rate such as the prime rate, LIBOR or another generally recognized base lending rate. Most floating rate loans are senior in rank in the event of bankruptcy to most other securities of the borrower such as common stock or public bonds. In addition, floating rate loans are also normally secured by specific collateral or assets of the borrower so that the holders of the loans will have a priority claim on those assets in the event of default or bankruptcy of the issuer. While the seniority in rank and the security interest are helpful in reducing credit risk, such risk is not eliminated. Securities with floating interest rates can be less sensitive to interest rate changes, but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much as interest rates in general, or if interest rates decline. While, because of this interest rate reset feature, loans with resetting interest rates provide a considerable degree of protection against rising interest rates, there is still potential for interest rates on such loans to lag changes in interest rates in general for some period of time. In addition, changes in interest rates will affect the amount of interest income paid to a fund as the floating rate instruments adjust to the new levels of interest rates. In a rising base rate environment, income generation will generally increase. Conversely, during periods when the base rate is declining, the income generating ability of the loan instruments will be adversely affected.
Investments in many loans have additional risks that result from the use of agents and other interposed financial institutions. Many loans are structured and administered by a financial institution (e.g., a commercial bank) that acts as the agent of the lending syndicate. The agent typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the other lenders in the lending syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the agent, holds the collateral, if any, on behalf of the lenders. A financial institution’s employment as an agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent, and assets held by the agent under the loan agreement would likely remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent’s general creditors, the fund might incur certain costs

25


Table of Contents

and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or government agency) similar risks may arise.
Index-Related Securities (“Equity Equivalents”)
A fund may invest in certain types of securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others DIAMONDS (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), SPDRs or S&P Depository Receipts (an exchange-traded fund that tracks the S&P 500 Index). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same risks as their underlying indices as well as the securities that make up those indices. For example, if the securities compromising an index that an index-related security seeks to track perform poorly, the index-related security will lose value.
Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes, including to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash balance for fund management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment returns where an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities compromising the indices they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective means of diversifying a fund’s assets across a broad range of securities.
To the extent a fund invests in securities of other investment companies, including Equity Equivalents, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of its own operations. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses. Indirectly, if a fund invests in Equity Equivalents, shareholders may pay higher operational costs than if they owned the underlying investment companies directly. Additionally, a fund’s investments in such investment companies are subject to limitations under the 1940 Act and market availability.
The prices of Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the NAVs of their underlying indices and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting Equity Equivalents could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of a fund.
Fixed-Income Securities
A fund may invest in investment grade bonds, rated at the time of purchase in the four highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”), such as those rated Aaa, Aa, A and Baa by Moody’s, or AAA, AA, A and BBB by S&P or Fitch. Obligations rated in the lowest of the top four rating categories (such as Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P or Fitch) may have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer, than is the case with higher grade bonds. Subsequent to its purchase by a fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by a fund. In addition, it is possible that Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other NRSROs might not timely change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events will require the sale of the securities by a fund, although the subadviser will consider these events in determining whether it should continue to hold the securities.

26


Table of Contents

Market Capitalization Weighted Approach
A fund’s structure involves market capitalization weighting in determining individual security weights and, where applicable, country or region weights. Market capitalization weighting means each security is generally purchased based on the issuer’s relative market capitalization. Market capitalization weighting will be adjusted by the subadviser, for a variety of factors. A fund may deviate from market capitalization weighting to limit or fix the exposure to a particular country or issuer to a maximum portion of the assets of the fund. Additionally, the subadviser may consider such factors as free float, momentum, trading strategies, liquidity management and other factors determined to be appropriate by the subadviser given market conditions. The subadviser may exclude the eligible security of a company that meets applicable market capitalization criterion if it determines that the purchase of such security is inappropriate in light of other conditions. These adjustments will result in a deviation from traditional market capitalization weighting.
Adjustment for free float adjusts market capitalization weighting to exclude the share capital of a company that is not freely available for trading in the public equity markets by international investors. For example, the following types of shares may be excluded: (i) those held by strategic investors (such as governments, controlling shareholders and management); (ii) treasury shares; or (iii) shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions.
Deviation from market capitalization weighting also will occur because the subadviser generally intends to purchase in round lots. Furthermore, the subadviser may reduce the relative amount of any security held in order to retain sufficient portfolio liquidity. A portion, but generally not in excess of 20% of a fund’s assets, may be invested in interest bearing obligations, such as money market instruments, thereby causing further deviation from market capitalization weighting.
Block purchases of eligible securities may be made at opportune prices, even though such purchases exceed the number of shares that, at the time of purchase, would be purchased under a market capitalization weighted approach. Changes in the composition and relative ranking (in terms of market capitalization) of the stocks that are eligible for purchase take place with every trade when the securities markets are open for trading due, primarily, to price fluctuations of such securities. On at least a semi-annual basis, the subadviser will prepare a list of companies whose stock is eligible for investment by the fund. Additional investments generally will not be made in securities that have changed in value sufficiently to be excluded from the subadviser then current market capitalization requirement for eligible portfolio securities. This may result in further deviation from market capitalization weighting. This deviation could be substantial if a significant amount of holdings of a fund change in value sufficiently to be excluded from the requirement for eligible securities, but not by a sufficient amount to warrant their sale.
Country weights may be based on the total market capitalization of companies within each country. The calculation of country market capitalization may take into consideration the free float of companies within a country or whether these companies are eligible to be purchased for the particular strategy. In addition, to maintain a satisfactory level of diversification, the subadviser may limit or adjust the exposure to a particular country or region to a maximum proportion of the assets of that vehicle. Country weights may also deviate from target weights due to general day-to-day trading patterns and price movements. As a result, the weighting of countries will likely vary from their weighting in published international indices.
RISK FACTORS
The risks of investing in certain types of securities are described below. The value of an individual security or a particular type of security can be more volatile than the market as a whole and can perform differently than the value of the market as a whole. As described in the Prospectuses, by owning shares of the Underlying Funds, each Portfolio indirectly invests in the securities and instruments held by the Underlying Funds and bears the same risks as those in which it invests.
Non-Diversification
The Portfolios and certain of the funds in which the Portfolios invest are non-diversified.

27


Table of Contents

Definition of a Non-Diversified Fund. Any fund that is non-diversified is not limited as to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in any one issuer, and as to the percentage of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer that may be owned, only by a fund’s own investment restrictions. In contrast, a diversified fund is limited as to the amount it may invest in any single issuer. With respect to 75% of its total assets, a diversified fund currently may not invest in a security if, as a result of such investment, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in securities of any one issuer. In addition, with respect to 75% of its total assets, a diversified fund may not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, these restrictions do not apply to U.S. government securities, securities of other investment companies, cash and cash items.
Since a non-diversified fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in the securities of a small number of companies, it may be affected more than a diversified fund by a change in the financial condition of any of these companies or by the financial markets’ assessment of any of these companies.
Equity Securities
Equity securities include common, preferred and convertible preferred stocks and securities the values of which are tied to the price of stocks, such as rights, warrants and convertible debt securities. Common and preferred stocks represent equity ownership in a company. Stock markets are volatile. The price of equity securities will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a fund investing in equities. The price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. The value of equity securities purchased by a fund could decline if the financial condition of the companies invested in decline or if overall market and economic conditions deteriorate. Even funds that invest in high quality or “blue chip” equity securities or securities of established companies with large market capitalizations (which generally have strong financial characteristics) can be negatively impacted by poor overall market and economic conditions. Companies with large market capitalizations may also have less growth potential than smaller companies and may be able to react less quickly to change in the marketplace.
Fixed-Income Securities
Fixed-income securities are generally subject to two principal types of risks: (a) interest rate risk; and (b) credit quality risk.
Interest Rate Risk. Fixed-income securities are affected by changes in interest rates. When interest rates decline, the market value of the fixed-income securities generally can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the market value of fixed-income securities generally can be expected to decline.
Credit Quality Risk. Fixed-income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security will not repay all or a portion of the principal borrowed and will not make all interest payments. If the credit quality of a fixed-income security deteriorates after a fund has purchased the security, the market value of the security may decrease and lead to a decrease in the value of the fund’s investments. Funds that may invest in lower rated fixed-income securities are riskier than funds that may invest in higher rated fixed-income securities.
Investment Grade Fixed-Income Securities in the Lowest Rating Category
Investment grade fixed-income securities in the lowest rating category (rated “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P or Fitch and comparable unrated securities) involve a higher degree of risk than fixed-income securities in the higher rating categories. While such securities are considered investment grade quality and are deemed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, such securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade securities.

28


Table of Contents

Lower Rated Fixed-Income Securities
Lower rated fixed-income securities are defined as securities rated below investment grade (rated “Ba” and below by Moody’s, or “BB” and below by S&P or Fitch). The principal risks of investing in these securities are as follows:
Risk to Principal and Income. Investing in lower rated fixed-income securities is considered speculative. While these securities generally provide greater income potential than investments in higher rated securities, there is a greater risk that principal and interest payments will not be made. Issuers of these securities may even go into default or become bankrupt.
Price Volatility. The price of lower rated fixed-income securities may be more volatile than securities in the higher rating categories. This volatility may increase during periods of economic uncertainty or change. The price of these securities is affected more than higher rated fixed-income securities by the market’s perception of their credit quality especially during times of adverse publicity. In the past, economic downturns or an increase in interest rates have, at times, caused more defaults by issuers of these securities and may do so in the future. Economic downturns and increases in interest rates have an even greater affect on highly leveraged issuers of these securities.
Liquidity. The market for lower rated fixed-income securities may have more limited trading than the market for investment grade fixed-income securities. Therefore, it may be more difficult to sell these securities and these securities may have to be sold at prices below their market value in order to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in market conditions.
Dependence on Subadviser’s Own Credit Analysis. While a subadviser to a fund may rely on ratings by established credit rating agencies, it will also supplement such ratings with its own independent review of the credit quality of the issuer. Therefore, the assessment of the credit risk of lower rated fixed-income securities is more dependent on the subadviser’s evaluation than the assessment of the credit risk of higher rated securities.
Additional Risks Regarding Lower Rated Corporate Fixed-Income Securities. Lower rated corporate debt securities (and comparable unrated securities) tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economics conditions than higher-rated corporate fixed-income securities.
Issuers of lower rated corporate debt securities may also be highly leveraged, increasing the risk that principal and income will not be repaid.
Additional Risks Regarding Lower Rated Foreign Government Fixed-Income Securities. Lower rated foreign government fixed-income securities are subject to the risks of investing in emerging market countries described under “Foreign Securities.” In addition, the ability and willingness of a foreign government to make payments on debt when due may be affected by the prevailing economic and political conditions within the country. Emerging market countries may experience high inflation, interest rates and unemployment as well as exchange rate trade difficulties and political uncertainty or instability. These factors increase the risk that a foreign government will not make payments when due.
Small and Medium Size Companies
Survival of Small or Unseasoned Companies. Companies that are small or unseasoned (i.e., less than 3 years of operating history) are more likely than larger or established companies to fail or not to accomplish their goals. As a result, the value of their securities could decline significantly. These companies are less likely to survive since they are often dependent upon a small number of products, may have limited financial resources and a small management group.
Changes in Earnings and Business Prospects. Small or unseasoned companies often have a greater degree of change in earnings and business prospects than larger or established companies, resulting in more volatility in the price of their securities.

29


Table of Contents

Liquidity. The securities of small or unseasoned companies may have limited marketability. This factor could cause the value of a fund’s investments to decrease if it needs to sell such securities when there are few interested buyers.
Impact of Buying or Selling Shares. Small or unseasoned companies usually have fewer outstanding shares than larger or established companies. Therefore, it may be more difficult to buy or sell large amounts of these shares without unfavorably impacting the price of the security.
Publicly Available Information. There may be less publicly available information about small or unseasoned companies. Therefore, when making a decision to purchase a security for a fund, a subadviser may not be aware of problems associated with the company issuing the security.
Medium Size Companies. Investments in the securities of medium sized companies present risks similar to those associated with small or unseasoned companies although to a lesser degree due to the larger size of the companies.
Foreign Securities
Currency Fluctuations. Investments in foreign securities may cause a fund to lose money when converting investments from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars. A fund may attempt to lock in an exchange rate by purchasing a foreign currency exchange contract prior to the settlement of an investment in a foreign security. However, it may not always be successful in doing so and a fund could still lose money.
Political and Economic Conditions. Investments in foreign securities subject a fund to the political or economic conditions of the foreign country. These conditions could cause a fund’s investments to lose value if these conditions deteriorate for any reason. This risk increases in the case of emerging market countries which are more likely to be politically unstable. Political instability could cause the value of any investment in the securities of an issuer based in a foreign country to decrease or could prevent or delay a fund from selling its investment and taking the money out of the country.
Removal of Proceeds of Investments from a Foreign Country. Foreign countries, especially emerging market countries, often have currency controls or restrictions which may prevent or delay a fund from taking money out of the country or may impose additional taxes on money removed from the country. Therefore, a fund could lose money if it is not permitted to remove capital from the country or if there is a delay in taking the assets out of the country, since the value of the assets could decline during this period or the exchange rate to convert the assets into U.S. dollars could worsen.
Nationalization of Assets. Investments in foreign securities subject a fund to the risk that the company issuing the security may be nationalized. If the company is nationalized, the value of the company’s securities could decrease in value or even become worthless.
Settlement of Sales. Foreign countries, especially emerging market countries, may also have problems associated with settlement of sales. Such problems could cause a fund to suffer a loss if a security to be sold declines in value while settlement of the sale is delayed.
Investor Protection Standards. Foreign countries, especially emerging market countries, may have less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards than the U.S. Therefore, when making a decision to purchase a security for a fund, a subadviser may not be aware of problems associated with the company issuing the security and may not enjoy the same legal rights as those provided in the U.S.
Investment Company Securities
A fund may invest in securities of other investment companies. The total return on such investments will be reduced by the operating expenses and fees of such other investment companies, including advisory fees.

30


Table of Contents

Investments in closed-end funds may involve the payment of substantial premiums above the value of such investment companies’ portfolio securities.
Special Considerations relating to California Tax-Exempt Securities.
Due to recent events, California’s economic base has deteriorated, resulting in a severe financial crisis. California has experienced lower tax revenues because of declining real estate values and corporate and personal income. The national recession and ongoing volatility in the financial markets exacerbate these problems. Contrary to initial projections, a budget deficit is expected for the 2009-10 fiscal year. If the State’s economy continues to weaken, the current budget imbalance could continue to grow.
California’s current economic problems heighten the risk of investing in bonds issued by the state and its political subdivisions, agencies, instrumentalities and authorities, including the risk of default. During the first six months of 2009, Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch have downgraded California’s debt. There is a heightened risk that there could be an interruption in payments to bondholders in some cases. This possibility, along with the risk of further downgrades of the state’s (general obligation) GO debt, could result in a reduction in the market value of the bonds held by the fund, which could adversely affect the fund’s share price or distributions paid by the fund.
This is a summary of certain factors affecting the state’s current financial situation and is not an exhaustive description of all the conditions to which the issuers of the State’s tax-exempt obligations are subject. The national economy, legislative, legal and regulatory, social and environmental policies and conditions not within the control of the issuers of such bonds could also have an adverse effect on the financial condition of the state and its various political subdivisions and agencies. While the fund’s subadviser attempts to mitigate risk by selecting a wide variety of municipal securities, it is not possible to predict whether or to what extent the current economic and political issues or any other factors may affect the ability of California municipal issuers in to pay interest or principal on their bonds or the ability of such bonds to maintain market value or liquidity. We are also unable to predict what impact these factors may have on the fund’s share price or distributions.
Fund of Funds Risk Factors
The Lifecycle Portfolios and each of the other JHF II fund of funds (the “Allocation Funds”) may invest in shares of underlying funds of the Trust. The following discussion provides information on the risks specifically associated with the Allocation Funds investing in the underlying funds. These risks are applicable to the underlying funds and to the Allocation Funds to the extent the Allocation Funds invest in other funds.
As permitted by Section 12 of the 1940 Act, Allocation Funds invest in a number of other funds and may reallocate or rebalance assets among the underlying funds.
From time to time, one or more of the underlying funds may experience relatively large redemptions or investments due to reallocations or rebalancings of the assets of a Portfolio (“Rebalancings”), as effected by its subadviser, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited (“MFC Global U.S.A.”). Shareholders should note that Rebalancings may adversely affect the underlying funds. The underlying funds subject to redemptions by a Portfolio may find it necessary to sell securities, and the underlying funds that receive additional cash from a Portfolio will find it necessary to invest the cash. The impact of Rebalancings is likely to be greater when a Portfolio owns, redeems, or invests in, a substantial portion of an underlying fund. Rebalancings could adversely affect the performance of one or more underlying funds and, therefore, the performance of a Portfolio.
Possible adverse effects of Rebalancings on the underlying funds include:
1. The underlying funds could be required to sell securities or to invest cash, at times when they may not otherwise desire to do so.

31


Table of Contents

2. Rebalancings may increase brokerage and/or other transaction costs of the underlying funds.
3. When a Portfolio owns a substantial portion of an underlying fund, a large redemption by the Portfolio could cause that underlying fund’s expenses to increase and could result in its portfolio becoming too small to be economically viable.
4. Rebalancings could accelerate the realization of taxable capital gains in the underlying funds subject to large redemptions if sales of securities results in capital gains.
Both the Portfolio and the underlying funds are managed by the Adviser. MFC Global U.S.A., which is an affiliate of the Adviser, is the subadviser to each Portfolio and to certain of the underlying funds. Shareholders should note that the Adviser has the responsibility to oversee and monitor both the Portfolios and the underlying funds and MFC Global U.S.A. has the responsibility to subadvise both the Portfolio and certain of the underlying funds. The Adviser and MFC Global U.S.A. will monitor the impact of Rebalancings on the underlying funds and attempt to minimize any adverse effect of the Rebalancings on the underlying funds, consistent with pursuing the investment objective of each Portfolio. However, there is no guarantee that the Adviser and MFC Global U.S.A. will be successful in doing so.
Shareholders should also note that the Adviser and MFC Global U.S.A. may have an incentive to employ Portfolio assets to advance MFC’s interests or the interests of an underlying fund. For example, the Adviser and MFC Global U.S.A. may have an incentive to select underlying funds that are more profitable to MFC. The Adviser, MFC Global U.S.A., or their affiliates may determine that the allocation of additional assets to a particular underlying fund may be beneficial to the underlying fund to offset redemptions, to increase the underlying fund’s total assets, or for other reasons. The investment of Portfolio assets in a recently-created underlying fund may provide seed capital to the underlying fund that might otherwise be provided by an MFC affiliate.
Stripped Securities
Stripped securities are the separate income or principal components of a debt security. The risks associated with stripped securities are similar to those of other debt securities, although stripped securities may be more volatile, and the value of certain types of stripped securities may move in the same direction as interest rates. U.S. Treasury securities that have been stripped by a Federal Reserve Bank are obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury.
Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent participating interests in pools of residential mortgage loans which are guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. However, the guarantee of these types of securities relates to the principal and interest payments and not the market value of such securities. In addition, the guarantee only relates to the mortgage-backed securities held by a fund and not the purchase of shares of a fund.
Mortgage-backed securities are issued by lenders such as mortgage bankers, commercial banks, and savings and loan associations. Such securities differ from conventional debt securities which provide for the periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semiannually) with principal payments at maturity or on specified dates. Mortgage-backed securities provide periodic payments which are, in effect, a “pass-through” of the interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. A mortgage-backed security will mature when all the mortgages in the pool mature or are prepaid. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities do not have a fixed maturity, and their expected maturities may vary when interest rates raise or fall.
When interest rates fall, homeowners are more likely to prepay their mortgage loans. An increased rate of prepayments on a fund’s mortgage-backed securities will result in an unforeseen loss of interest income to the fund as the fund may be required to reinvest assets at a lower interest rate. Because prepayments

32


Table of Contents

increase when interest rates fall, the prices of mortgaged-backed securities do not increase as much as other fixed-income securities when interest rates fall.
When interest rates rise, homeowners are less likely to prepay their mortgages loans. A decreased rate of prepayments lengthen the expected maturity of a mortgage-backed security. Therefore, the prices of mortgage-backed securities may decrease more than prices of other fixed-income securities when interest rates rise.
The yield of mortgage-backed securities is based on the average life of the underlying pool of mortgage loans. The actual life of any particular pool may be shortened by unscheduled or early payments of principal and interest. Principal prepayments may result from the sale of the underlying property or the refinancing or foreclosure of underlying mortgages. The occurrence of prepayments is affected by a wide range of economic, demographic and social factors and, accordingly, it is not possible to accurately predict the average life of a particular pool. The actual prepayment experience of a pool of mortgage loans may cause the yield realized by a fund to differ from the yield calculated on the basis of the average life of the pool. In addition, if a fund purchases mortgage-backed securities at a premium, the premium may be lost in the event of early prepayment which may result in a loss to a fund.
Prepayments tend to increase during periods of falling interest rates, while during periods of rising interest rates prepayments are likely to decline. Monthly interest payments received by a fund have a compounding effect which will increase the yield to shareholders as compared to debt obligations that pay interest semiannually. Because of the reinvestment of prepayments of principal at current rates, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than Treasury bonds of similar maturity at maintaining yields during periods of declining interest rates. Also, although the value of debt securities may increase as interest rates decline, the value of these pass-through type of securities may not increase as much due to their prepayment feature.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. A fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities called CMOs. CMOs are issued in separate classes with different stated maturities. As the mortgage pool experiences prepayments, the pool pays off investors in classes with shorter maturities first. By investing in CMOs, a fund may manage the prepayment risk of mortgage-backed securities. However, prepayments may cause the actual maturity of a CMO to be substantially shorter than its stated maturity.
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities include interests in pools of debt securities, commercial or consumer loans, or other receivables. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changes in interest rates, the availability of information concerning the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the market’s perception of the servicer of the pool, and any credit enhancement provided. In addition, asset-backed securities have prepayment risks similar to mortgage-backed securities.
Securities Linked to the Real Estate Market
Investing in securities of companies in the real estate industry subjects a fund to the risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These risks include:
  declines in the value of real estate;
  risks related to general and local economic conditions;
  possible lack of availability of mortgage funds;
  overbuilding;
  extended vacancies of properties;
  increased competition;

33


Table of Contents

  increases in property taxes and operating expenses;
  change in zoning laws;
  losses due to costs resulting from the clean-up of environmental problems;
  liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems;
  casualty or condemnation losses;
  limitations on rents;
  changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of properties to tenants; and
  changes in interest rates.
Therefore, for a fund investing a substantial amount of its assets in securities of companies in the real estate industry, the value of a fund’s shares may change at different rates compared to the value of shares of a fund with investments in a mix of different industries.
Securities of companies in the real estate industry include real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) including equity REITs and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills and generally may not be diversified. Equity and mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and self-liquidations. In addition, equity and mortgage REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax free pass-through of income under the Code, or to maintain their exemptions form registration under the 1940 Act. The above factors may also adversely affect a borrower’s or a lessee’s ability to meet its obligations to the REIT. In the event of a default by a borrower or lessee, the REIT may experience delays in enforcing its rights as a mortgagee or lessor and may incur substantial costs associated with protecting its investments.
In addition, even the larger REITs in the industry tend to be small to medium-sized companies in relation to the equity markets as a whole. See “Small and Medium Size Companies” for a discussion of the risks associated with investments in these companies.
Industry or Sector Investing
When a fund’s investments are concentrated in a particular industry or sector of the economy, they are not as diversified as the investments of most mutual funds and are far less diversified than the broad securities markets. This means that concentrated funds tend to be more volatile than other mutual funds, and the values of their investments tend to go up and down more rapidly. In addition, a fund that invests in a particular industry or sector is particularly susceptible to the impact of market, economic, regulatory and others factors affecting that industry or sector.
Internet-Related Investments. The value of companies engaged in Internet-related activities, which is a developing industry, is particularly vulnerable to: (a) rapidly changing technology; (b) extensive government regulation; and (c) relatively high risk of obsolescence caused by scientific and technological advances. In addition, companies engaged in Internet-related activities are difficult to value and many have high share prices relative to their earnings which they may not be able to maintain over the long-term. Moreover, many Internet companies are not yet profitable and will need additional financing to continue their operations. There is no guarantee that such financing will be available when needed. Since many Internet companies are start-up companies, the risks associated with investing in small companies are heightened for these companies. Any fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in Internet-related

34


Table of Contents

companies should be considered extremely risky even as compared to other funds that invest primarily in small company securities.
Financial Services Industry. A fund investing principally in securities of companies in the financial services industry is particularly vulnerable to events affecting that industry. Companies in the financial services industry include commercial and industrial banks, savings and loan associations and their holding companies, consumer and industrial finance companies, diversified financial services companies, investment banking, securities brokerage and investment advisory companies, leasing companies and insurance companies.
Banking. Commercial banks (including “money center” regional and community banks), savings and loan associations and holding companies of the foregoing are especially subject to adverse effects of volatile interest rates, concentrations of loans in particular industries (such as real estate or energy) and significant competition. The profitability of these businesses is to a significant degree dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds. Economic conditions in the real estate market may have a particularly strong effect on certain banks and savings associations. Commercial banks and savings associations are subject to extensive federal and, in many instances, state regulation. Neither such extensive regulation nor the federal insurance of deposits ensures the solvency or profitability of companies in this industry, and there is no assurance against losses in securities issued by such companies.
Insurance. Insurance companies are particularly subject to government regulation and rate setting, potential anti-trust and tax law changes, and industry-wide pricing and competition cycles. Property and casualty insurance companies may also be affected by weather and other catastrophes. Life and health insurance companies may be affected by mortality and morbidity rates, including the effects of epidemics. Individual insurance companies may be exposed to reserve inadequacies, problems in investment portfolios (for example, due to real estate or “junk” bond holdings) and failures of reinsurance carriers.
Other Financial Services Companies. Many of the investment considerations discussed in connection with banks and insurance also apply to financial services companies. These companies are all subject to extensive regulation, rapid business changes, volatile performance dependent upon the availability and cost of capital and prevailing interest rates and significant competition. General economic conditions significantly affect these companies. Credit and other losses resulting from the financial difficulty of borrowers or other third parties have a potentially adverse effect on companies in this industry. Investment banking, securities brokerage and investment advisory companies are particularly subject to government regulation and the risks inherent in securities trading and underwriting activities.
Telecommunications. Companies in the telecommunications sector are subject to the additional risks of rapid obsolescence, lack of standardization or compatibility with existing technologies, an unfavorable regulatory environment, and a dependency on patent and copyright protection. The prices of the securities of companies in the telecommunications sector may fluctuate widely due to both federal and state regulations governing rates of return and services that may be offered, fierce competition for market share, and competitive challenges in the U.S. from foreign competitors engaged in strategic joint ventures with U.S. companies, and in foreign markets from both U.S. and foreign competitors. In addition, recent industry consolidation trends may lead to increased regulation of telecommunications companies in their primary markets.
Utilities. Many utility companies, especially electric and gas and other energy related utility companies, are subject to various uncertainties, including: risks of increases in fuel and other operating costs; restrictions on operations and increased costs and delays as a result of environmental and nuclear safety regulations; coping with the general effects of energy conservation; technological innovations which may render existing plants, equipment or products obsolete; the potential impact of natural or man-made disasters; difficulty obtaining adequate returns on invested capital, even if frequent rate increases are approved by public service commissions; the high cost of obtaining financing during periods of inflation; difficulties of the capital markets in absorbing utility debt and equity securities; and increased competition. For example, electric utilities in certain markets have experienced financial difficulties recently related to changes in regulations and price volatility in the oil and natural gas markets. Similar difficulties could arise for other

35


Table of Contents

types of utilities or in other regions. Because utility companies are faced with the same obstacles, issues and regulatory burdens, their securities may react similarly and more in unison to these or other market conditions.
Health Sciences. Companies in this sector are subject to the additional risks of increased competition within the health care industry, changes in legislation or government regulations, reductions in government funding, product liability or other litigation and the obsolescence of popular products. The prices of the securities of health sciences companies may fluctuate widely due to government regulation and approval of their products and services, which may have a significant effect on their price and availability. In addition, the types of products or services produced or provided by these companies may quickly become obsolete. Moreover, liability for products that are later alleged to be harmful or unsafe may be substantial and may have a significant impact on a company’s market value or share price.
Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”)
A fund may invest a portion of its assets in shares of IPOs, consistent with their investment objectives and policies. IPOs may have a magnified impact on the performance of a fund with a small asset base. The impact of IPOs on a fund’s performance likely will decrease as the fund’s asset size increases, which could reduce the fund’s returns. IPOs may not be consistently available to a fund for investing, particularly as the fund’s asset base grows. IPO shares frequently are volatile in price due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited information about the issuer. Therefore, a fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a fund and may lead to increased expenses for a fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. In addition, IPO shares can experience an immediate drop in value if the demand for the securities does not continue to support the offering price.
U.S. Government Securities
A fund may invest in U.S. Government securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government. Not all U.S. Government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some are supported only by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality which depends entirely on its own resources to repay the debt. U.S. Government securities that are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include U.S. Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the GNMA. Securities that are only supported by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality include Fannie Mae, the FHLBs and Freddie Mac.
High Yield (High Risk) Securities
General. A fund may invest in high yield (high risk) securities, consistent with their investment objectives and policies. High yield securities are those rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities. These securities offer yields that fluctuate over time, but generally are superior to the yields offered by higher-rated securities. However, securities rated below investment grade also have greater risks than higher-rated securities as described below.
Interest Rate Risk. To the extent a fund invests primarily in fixed-income securities, the NAV of the fund’s shares can be expected to change as general levels of interest rates fluctuate. However, the market values of securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors (such as developments relating to a specific issuer) when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income fund generally rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income fund will decline.
Liquidity. The secondary markets for high yield corporate and sovereign debt securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for investment grade securities. The secondary markets for high yield debt securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants are mostly institutional investors. In addition, the trading volume for high yield debt securities is generally lower than for investment grade

36


Table of Contents

securities. Furthermore, the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer.
These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of funds investing in high yield securities to dispose of particular portfolio investments. These factors also may limit funds that invest in high yield securities from obtaining accurate market quotations to value securities and calculate NAV. If a fund investing in high yield debt securities is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will be more difficult for the subadviser to value its investments.
Less liquid secondary markets may also affect a fund’s ability to sell securities at their fair value. A fund (except the Money Market Fund) may invest up to 15% of its net assets, measured at the time of investment, in illiquid securities. These securities may be more difficult to value and to sell at fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield debt securities are affected by adverse economic conditions, the proportion of a fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may increase.
Non-Investment Grade Corporate Debt Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the market values of non-investment grade corporate debt securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities.
In addition, these securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them. Therefore, their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.
Non-Investment Grade Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities. Investing in non-investment grade foreign sovereign debt securities will expose funds to the consequences of political, social or economic changes in the developing and emerging market countries that issue the securities. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in these countries to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Developing and emerging market countries have historically experienced (and may continue to experience) high inflation and interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties, extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability.
The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by:
  the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance;
  the obligor’s access to international credits and investments;
  fluctuations in interest rates; and
  the extent of the obligor’s foreign reserves.
Obligor’s Balance of Payments. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars could be adversely affected.
Obligor’s Access to International Credits and Investments. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on

37


Table of Contents

continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks, and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these entities to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure in any of these efforts may result in the cancellation of these third parties’ lending commitments, thereby further impairing the obligor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on time.
Obligor’s Fluctuations in Interest Rates. The cost of servicing external debt is generally adversely affected by rising international interest rates since many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates.
Obligor’s Foreign Reserves. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluations may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt.
The Consequences of a Default. As a result of the previously listed factors, a governmental obligor may default on its obligations. If a default occurs, a fund holding foreign sovereign debt securities may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of the foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.
Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations. This difficulty has led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things:
  reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds; and
  obtaining new credit to finance interest payments.
Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which a fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect a fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.
Securities in the Lowest Rating Categories. Certain debt securities in which a fund may invest may have (or be considered comparable to securities having) the lowest ratings for non-subordinated debt instruments assigned by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch. These securities are rated Caa or lower by Moody’s or CCC or lower by S&P or Fitch. These securities are considered to have the following characteristics:
  extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing;
  current identifiable vulnerability to default;
  unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions;

38


Table of Contents

  are speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations; and/or
  are default or not current in the payment of interest or principal.
Accordingly, it is possible that these types of characteristics could, in certain instances, reduce the value of securities held by a fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares.
Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions
Hedging refers to protecting against possible changes in the market value of securities a portfolio already owns or plans to buy or protecting unrealized gains in the fund. These strategies may also be used to gain exposure to a particular market. The hedging and other strategic transactions which may be used by a fund, consistent with their investment objectives and policies, are described below:
-exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities, financial futures contracts, currencies, fixed-income indices and other financial instruments,
-financial futures contracts (including stock index futures);
-interest rate transactions;*
-currency transactions;**
-swaps (including interest rate, index, equity, credit default swaps and currency swaps); and
-structured notes, including hybrid or “index” securities.
*   A fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars.
**   A fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps and options on currencies or currency futures contracts.
Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions may be used for the following purposes:
  to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held or to be purchased by a fund resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations;
  to protect a fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its securities;
  to facilitate the sale of a fund’s securities for investment purposes;
  to manage the effective maturity or duration of a fund’s securities;
  to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a method of gaining exposure to a particular market; or
to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another.
Because of the uncertainties under the federal tax laws as to whether income from commodity-linked derivative instruments would constitute “qualifying income” to a regulated investment company, no Fund is permitted to invest in such instruments unless the subadviser obtains prior written approval from the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (the “CCO”). The CCO, as a member of the Complex Securities Committee evaluates with the committee the appropriateness of the investment.

39


Table of Contents

General Characteristics of Options
Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Many hedging and other strategic transactions involving options require segregation of portfolio assets in special accounts, as described under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”
Put Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell (and the writer the obligation to buy) the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. A fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving a fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price.
If and to the extent authorized to do so, a fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. A fund will not sell put options if, as a result, more than 50% of the fund’s assets would be required to be segregated to cover its potential obligations under put options other than those with respect to futures contracts.
Risk of Selling Put Options. In selling put options, a fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.
Call Options. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy (and the seller the obligation to sell) the underlying instrument at the exercise price. A fund’s purchase of a call option on an underlying instrument might be intended to protect a fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration.
Partial Hedge or Income to the Fund. If a fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by a fund or will increase a fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide fund gains.
Covering of Options. All call options sold by a fund must be “covered” (that is, the fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding).
Risk of Selling Call Options. Even though a fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call option sold by a fund will expose the fund during the term of the option to possible loss of the opportunity to sell the underlying security or instrument with a gain.
Exchange-listed Options. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.
OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Index options and Eurodollar instruments (which are described below under “Eurodollar Instruments”) are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” at the time the option is exercised. “In-the-money” means the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option,

40


Table of Contents

listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.
A fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are:
  insufficient trading interest in certain options;
  restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange;
  trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits;
  interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange;
  inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume; or
  a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.
OTC Options. OCT options are purchased from or sold to counterparties such as securities dealers, financial institutions through direct bilateral agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that any fund authorized to use OTC options will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.
Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with a fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. A fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. Government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker-dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that are deemed creditworthy by the subadviser. In the absence of a change in the current position of the SEC’s staff, OTC options purchased by a fund and the amount of the fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.
Types of Options That May Be Purchased. A fund may purchase and sell call options on securities indices, currencies, and futures contracts, as well as and on Eurodollar instruments that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets.

41


Table of Contents

A fund reserves the right to invest in options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.
General Characteristics of Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
A fund may trade financial futures contracts (including stock index futures contracts which are described below) or purchase or sell put and call options on those contracts for the following purposes:
  as a hedge against anticipated interest rate, currency or market changes;
  for duration management;
  for risk management purposes; and
  to gain exposure to a securities market.
Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges where they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by a fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or, with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract and obligates the seller to deliver that position.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to “cash settle,” a fund may cover the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market value of the futures contract. With respect to futures that are required to “cash settle,” such as Eurodollar, UK 90 day and Euribor futures; however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to the fund’s daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the fund’s daily net liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contract. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, a fund will have the ability to employ such futures contracts to a greater extent than if the fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
Use Will Be Consistent with Applicable Regulatory Requirements. A fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular with the rules and regulations of the CFTC and will be entered into primarily for bona fide hedging, risk management (including duration management) or to attempt to increase income or gains.
Margin. Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require a fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of a fund. If a fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position.
Settlement. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

42


Table of Contents

Value of Futures Contracts Sold by a Fund. The value of all futures contracts sold by a fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between such fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the fund’s securities.
Stock Index Futures
Definition. A stock index futures contract (an “Index Future”) is a contract to buy a certain number of units of the relevant index at a specified future date at a price agreed upon when the contract is made. A unit is the value at a given time of the relevant index.
Uses of Index Futures. Below are some examples of how Index Futures may be used:
  In connection with a fund’s investment in common stocks, a fund may invest in Index Futures while the subadviser seeks favorable terms from brokers to effect transactions in common stocks selected for purchase.
  A fund may also invest in Index Futures when a subadviser believes that there are not enough attractive common stocks available to maintain the standards of diversity and liquidity set for the fund’s pending investment in such stocks when they do become available.
  Through the use of Index Futures, a fund may maintain a pool of assets with diversified risk without incurring the substantial brokerage costs which may be associated with investment in multiple issuers. This may permit a fund to avoid potential market and liquidity problems (e.g., driving up or forcing down the price by quickly purchasing or selling shares of a portfolio security) which may result from increases or decreases in positions already held by a fund.
  A fund may also invest in Index Futures in order to hedge its equity positions.
Hedging and other strategic transactions involving futures contracts and options on futures contracts will be purchased, sold or entered into primarily for bona fide hedging, risk management or appropriate fund management purposes including gaining exposure to a particular securities market. None of the funds will act as a “commodity pool” (i.e., a pooled investment vehicle which trades in commodity futures contracts and options thereon and the operator of which is registered with the CFTC).
Options on Securities Indices and Other Financial Indices
A fund may purchase and sell call and put options on securities indices and other financial indices (“Options on Financial Indices”). In so doing, a fund can achieve many of the same objectives it would achieve through the sale or purchase of options on individual securities or other instruments.
Description of Options on Financial Indices. Options on Financial Indices are similar to options on a security or other instrument except that, rather than settling by physical delivery of the underlying instrument, Options on Financial Indices settle by cash settlement. Cash settlement means that the holder has the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the option is based exceeds, in the case of a call (or is less than, in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the excess of the closing price of the index over the exercise price of the option, which also may be multiplied by a formula value. The seller of the option is obligated to make delivery of this amount. The gain or loss on an option on an index depends on price movements in the instruments comprising the market or other composite on which the underlying index is based, rather than price movements in individual securities, as is the case for options on securities. In the case of an OTC option, physical delivery may be used instead of cash settlement.
Yield Curve Options
A fund may also enter into options on the “spread,” or yield differential, between two fixed-income securities, in transactions referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield

43


Table of Contents

curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.
Yield curve options may be used for the same purposes as other options on securities. Specifically, a fund may purchase or write such options for hedging purposes. For example, a fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities, if it owns one of the securities and anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. A fund may also purchase or write yield curve options for other than hedging purposes (i.e., in an effort to increase its current income) if, in the judgment of the subadviser, the fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent which was not anticipated. Yield curve options written by a fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if a fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and owns liquid and unencumbered assets sufficient to cover the fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, a fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amounts of the fund’s liability under the option written by the fund less the value of the option held by it. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter.
Currency Transactions
A fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value. Currency transactions include:
  forward currency contracts;
 
  exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon;
 
  exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies; and
 
  currency swaps.
A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described under “Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements.” A fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that are deemed creditworthy by the subadviser.
A fund’s dealings in forward currency contracts and other currency transactions such as futures contracts, options, options on futures contracts and swaps will be limited to hedging and similar purposes, including transaction hedging, position hedging, cross hedging and proxy hedging. A fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuation from one country to another.
A fund may also engage in non-deliverable forward transactions to manage currency risk or to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency. A non-deliverable forward is a transaction that represents an agreement between a fund and a counterparty (usually a commercial bank) to buy or sell a specified (notional) amount of a particular currency at an agreed upon foreign exchange rate on an agreed upon future date. Unlike other currency transactions, there is no physical delivery of the currency on the settlement of a non-deliverable forward transaction. Rather, the fund and the counterparty agree to net the settlement by making a payment in U.S. dollars or another fully

44


Table of Contents

convertible currency that represents any differential between the foreign exchange rate agreed upon at the inceptions of the non-deliverable forward agreement and the actual exchange rate on the agreed upon future date. Thus, the actual gain or loss of a given non-deliverable forward transaction is calculated by multiplying the transaction’s notional amount by the difference between the agreed upon forward exchange rate and the actual exchange rate when the transaction is completed.
When a fund enters into a non-deliverable forward transaction, its custodian will place segregated assets in a segregated account of the fund in an amount not less than the value of the fund’s total assets committed to the consummation of such non-deliverable forward transaction. If the additional segregated assets placed in the segregated account decline in value or the amount of the fund’s commitment increases because of changes in currency rates, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments under the non-deliverable forward agreement.
Since a fund generally may only close out a non-deliverable forward with the particular counterparty, there is a risk that the counterparty will default on its obligation to pay under the agreement. If the counterparty defaults, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction, but there is no assurance that contract counterparties will be able to meet their obligations pursuant to such agreements or that, in the event of a default, the fund will succeed in pursuing contractual remedies. The fund thus assumes the risk that it may be delayed or prevented from obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to non-deliverable forward transactions.
In addition, where the currency exchange rates that are the subject of a given non-deliverable forward transaction do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, a fund could sustain losses on the non-deliverable forward transaction. A fund’s investment in a particular non-deliverable forward transaction will be affected favorably or unfavorably by factors that affect the subject currencies, including economic, political and legal developments that impact the applicable countries, as well as exchange control regulations of the applicable countries. These risks are heightened when a non-deliverable forward transaction involves currencies of emerging market countries because such currencies can be volatile and there is a greater risk that such currencies will be devalued against the U.S. dollar or other currencies.
Transaction Hedging. Transaction hedging involves entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of a fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the portfolio’s securities or the receipt of income from them.
Position Hedging. Position hedging involves entering into a currency transaction with respect to fund securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency.
Cross Hedging. A fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the fund has or in which the fund expects to have exposure.
Proxy Hedging. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, a fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which a fund’s holdings are exposed is generally difficult to hedge or specifically difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of a fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract would not exceed the market value of the fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.
Risk of Currency Transactions. Currency transactions are subject to risks different from other fund transactions, as discussed below under “Risk Factors.” If a fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

45


Table of Contents

Combined Transactions
A fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although a fund will normally enter into combined transactions to reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired fund management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the fund’s objective.
Swap Agreements and Options on Swap Agreements
Among the hedging and other strategic transactions into which a fund may be authorized to enter are swap transactions, including, but not limited to, swap agreements on interest rates, security or commodity indexes, specific securities and commodities, and credit and event-linked swaps. To the extent a fund may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities, it may also invest in currency exchange rate swap agreements. The fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“Swap Options”).
A fund may enter into swap transactions for any legal purpose consistent with its investment objective and policies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or to gain exposure to certain markets in the most economical way possible.
Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities or commodities representing a particular index. A “quanto” or “differential” swap combines both an interest rate and a currency transaction. Other forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. Consistent with a fund’s investment objectives and general investment polices, a fund may invest in commodity swap agreements. For example, an investment in a commodity swap agreement may involve the exchange of floating-rate interest payments for the total return on a commodity index. In a total return commodity swap, a fund will receive the price appreciation of a commodity index, a portion of the index, or a single commodity in exchange for paying an agreed-upon fee. If the commodity swap is for one period, a fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.
A fund may also enter into Swap Options. A Swap Option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. A fund may also write (sell) and purchase put and call Swap Options.
Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a Swap Option than it will incur when it purchases a Swap Option. When a fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let

46


Table of Contents

the option expire unexercised. However, when the fund writes a Swap Option, upon exercise of the option the fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement. Most other types of swap agreements entered into by a fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, a fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). A fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the segregation or “earmarking” of liquid assets, to avoid any potential leveraging of a fund’s portfolio. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of a fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities.
A fund may also be authorized to enter into credit default swap agreements. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by a fund. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract is generally obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no credit event, such as a default, on a reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional value) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount, if the swap is cash settled. A fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. If a fund is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the fund may recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity whose value may have significantly decreased. As a seller, a fund generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap provided that there is no credit event. As the seller, a fund would effectively add leverage to the fund because, in addition to its total net assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if a fund had invested in the reference obligation directly since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risk. A fund will enter into credit default swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. A buyer generally also will lose its investment and recover nothing should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date. If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. A fund’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the fund). In connection with credit default swaps in which a fund is the buyer, the fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets determined, or enter into certain offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the fund’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the fund to any counterparty), on a mark-to-market basis. In connection with credit default swaps in which a fund is the seller, the fund will segregate or “earmark” cash or liquid assets, or enter into offsetting positions, with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the swap (minus any amounts owed to the fund). Such segregation or “earmarking” will ensure that the fund has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will limit any potential leveraging of the fund’s portfolio. Such segregation or “earmarking” will not limit the fund’s exposure to loss.
Whether a fund’s use of swap agreements or Swap Options will be successful in furthering its investment objective of total return will depend on the subadviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, a fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. A fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. Certain restrictions imposed on a fund by the Code may limit its ability to use swap agreements. The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market,

47


Table of Contents

including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.
Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all possible market conditions. Swap agreements may be subject to liquidity risk, which exists when a particular swap is difficult to purchase or sell. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid (as is the case with many OTC swaps), it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. In addition, a swap transaction may be subject to a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.
Like most other investments, swap agreements are subject to the risk that the market value of the instrument will change in a way detrimental to a fund’s interest. A fund bears the risk that the subadviser will not accurately forecast future market trends or the values of assets, reference rates, indexes, or other economic factors in establishing swap positions for it. If a subadviser attempts to use a swap as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, the fund investment, the fund will be exposed to the risk that the swap will have or will develop imperfect or no correlation with the fund investment. This could cause substantial losses for a fund. While hedging strategies involving swap instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other fund investments.
Many swaps are complex and often valued subjectively. Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by the CFTC.
To qualify for this exemption, a swap agreement must be entered into by “eligible participants,” which includes the following, provided the participants’ total assets exceed established levels: a bank or trust company, savings association or credit union, insurance company, investment company subject to regulation under the 1940 Act, commodity pool, corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust or other entity, employee benefit plan, governmental entity, broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign person. To be eligible, natural persons and most other entities must have total assets exceeding $10 million; commodity pools and employee benefit plans must have assets exceeding $5 million. In addition, an eligible swap transaction must meet three conditions. First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible class of agreements that are standardized as to their material economic terms. Second, the creditworthiness of parties with actual or potential obligations under the swap agreement must be a material consideration in entering into or determining the terms of the swap agreement, including pricing, cost or credit enhancement terms. Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.
This exemption is not exclusive, and participants may continue to rely on existing exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989, which recognized a safe harbor for swap transactions from regulation as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA or its regulations. The Policy Statement applies to swap transactions settled in cash that (1) have individually tailored terms, (2) lack exchange-style offset and the use of a clearing organization or margin system, (3) are undertaken in conjunction with a line of business, and (4) are not marketed to the public.
Eurodollar Instruments
A fund may make investments in Eurodollar instruments, which are typically dollar-denominated futures contracts or options on those contracts that are linked to LIBOR. In addition, foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time. Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings. A fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed-income instruments are linked.

48


Table of Contents

Risk of Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions
Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions have special risks associated with them, including:
  possible default by the counterparty to the transaction;
 
  markets for the securities used in these transactions could be illiquid; and
 
  to the extent the subadviser’s assessment of market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the hedging and other strategic transactions could result in losses to the fund.
Losses resulting from the use of Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions will reduce a fund’s NAV, and possibly income. Losses can be greater than if Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions had not been used.
Options and Futures Transactions. Options transactions are subject to the following additional risks:
  option transactions could force the sale or purchase of fund securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than current market values (in the case of put options) or lower than current market values (in the case of call options), or could cause a fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell (in the case of a call option); and
 
  options markets could become illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses.
Futures transactions are subject to the following additional risks:
  The degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of a fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the fund’s position.
 
  Futures markets could become illiquid. As a result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses.
Although a fund’s use of futures and options for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, it will tend, at the same time, to limit the potential gain that might result from an increase in value.
Currency Hedging. In addition to the general risks of hedging and other strategic transactions described above, currency hedging transactions have the following risks:
  Currency hedging can result in losses to a fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or direction that is not anticipated.
 
  Proxy hedging involves determining the correlation between various currencies. If the subadviser’s determination of this correlation is incorrect, a fund’s losses could be greater than if the proxy hedging were not used.
 
  Foreign government exchange controls and restrictions on repatriation of currency can negatively affect currency transactions. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to a fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies to settle obligations. Such governmental actions could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.

49


Table of Contents

Currency Futures Contracts and Options on Currency Futures Contracts. Currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. In addition, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available.
Risks of Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions Outside the United States
When conducted outside the United States, hedging and other strategic transactions will not only be subject to the risks described above, but could also be adversely affected by:
  foreign governmental actions affecting foreign securities, currencies or other instruments;
 
  less stringent regulation of these transactions in many countries as compared to the United States;
 
  the lack of clearing mechanisms and related guarantees in some countries for these transactions;
 
  more limited availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States;
 
  delays in a fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States;
 
  the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and
 
  lower trading volume and liquidity.
Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts
Use of extensive hedging and other strategic transactions by a fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate cash, or other liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated subcustodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency.
In general, either the full amount of any obligation by a fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by (a) holding the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or (b) subject to any regulatory restrictions, segregating an amount of cash or other liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. Some examples of cover requirements are set forth below.
Call Options. A call option on securities written by a fund will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate cash or other liquid assets sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by a fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis.
Put Options. A put option on securities written by a fund will require the fund to segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to the exercise price.
OTC Options. OTC options entered into by a fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OTC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although a fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when a fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to its obligations under the options. OTC-

50


Table of Contents

issued and exchange-listed options sold by a fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of cash or liquid high grade debt securities equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.
Currency Contracts. Except when a fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to a fund’s obligations or to segregate cash or other liquid assets equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, a fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin, in addition to segregating assets sufficient to meet its obligations under the contract. These assets may consist of cash, cash equivalents, liquid debt, equity securities or other acceptable assets.
Swaps. A fund will calculate the net amount, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps on a daily basis and will segregate an amount of cash or other liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to this net amount.
Caps, Floors and Collars. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of assets with a value equal to a fund’s net obligation, if any.
Hedging and other strategic transactions may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. A fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation. A fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the exercise price of that option is the same or higher than the exercise price of a put option sold by the fund. In addition, if it holds a futures contracts or forward contract, a fund could, instead of segregating assets, purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with an exercise price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other hedging and strategic transactions may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates on or after the time the primary transaction terminates, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.
Other Limitations
No fund will maintain open short positions in futures contracts, call options written on futures contracts, and call options written on securities indices if, in the aggregate, the current market value of the open positions exceeds the current market value of that portion of its securities portfolio being hedged by those futures and options, plus or minus the unrealized gain or loss on those open positions. The gain or loss on these open positions will be adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between that portion of the fund and the contracts (e.g., the Beta volatility factor). In the alternative, however, a fund could maintain sufficient liquid assets in a segregated account equal at all times to the current market value of the open short position in futures contracts, call options written on futures contracts and call options written on securities indices, subject to any other applicable investment restrictions.
For purposes of this limitation, to the extent a fund has written call options on specific securities in that portion of its portfolio, the value of those securities will be deducted from the current market value of that portion of the securities portfolio. If this limitation should be exceeded at any time, the fund will take prompt action to close out the appropriate number of open short positions to bring its open futures and options positions within this limitation.

51


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
There are two classes of investment restrictions to which JHF II is subject in implementing the investment policies of the funds: (a) fundamental and (b) nonfundamental. Fundamental restrictions may only be changed by a vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. Nonfundamental restrictions are subject to change by the Board without shareholder approval.
When submitting an investment restriction change to the holders of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, the matter shall be deemed to have been effectively acted upon with respect to a particular fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund vote for the approval of the matter, notwithstanding (1) that the matter has not been approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any other fund affected by the matter, and (2) that the matter has not been approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust as a whole.
Restrictions (1) through restriction (8) are fundamental. Restrictions (9) through (12) are non-fundamental.
Fundamental
Unless the fund is specifically excepted by the terms of a restriction:
(1) Each fund may not concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. The Global Real Estate Fund, Natural Resources Fund, Real Estate Securities Fund, Real Estate Equity Fund, Financial Services Fund, Global Agribusiness Fund, Global Infrastructure Fund and Global Timber Fund are not subject to this restriction.
(2) Each fund has elected to be treated as a diversified investment company, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. Each fund is subject to this restriction except as otherwise stated in the fund’s Prospectus.
(3) Each fund may not borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time
(4) Each fund may not engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that a fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities.
(5) Each fund may not purchase or sell real estate, which term does not include securities of companies which deal in real estate or mortgages or investments secured by real estate or interests therein, except that each fund reserves freedom of action to hold and to sell real estate acquired as a result of the fund’s ownership of securities.
(6) Each fund may not purchase or sell commodities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
(7) Each fund may not make loans except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
(8) Each fund may not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

52


Table of Contents

Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions
Unless a fund is specifically excepted by the terms of a restriction, each fund will not:
(9) Knowingly invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in securities or other investments, including repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days but excluding master demand notes, which are not readily marketable, except that the Money Market Fund may not invest in excess of 10% of its net assets in such securities or other investments.
(10) Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, if, when added together, more than 25% of the value of the portfolio’s net assets would be (i) deposited as collateral for the obligation to replace securities borrowed to effect short sales and (ii) allocated to segregated accounts in connection with short sales, except that it may obtain such short-term credits as may be required to clear transactions. For purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to hedging and other strategic transactions will not be deemed to involve the use of margin. Short sales “against-the-box” are not subject to this limitation.
(11)   Purchase securities for the purpose of exercising control or management.
(12) Pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or transfer (except as provided in restriction (8)) as security for indebtedness any securities held by a fund, except in an amount of not more than 10%* of the value of the fund’s total assets and then only to secure borrowings permitted by restrictions (3) and (10). For purposes of this restriction, collateral arrangements with respect to hedging and other strategic transactions will not be deemed to involve a pledge of assets.
*   33 1/3% in the case of the Small Company Value, Blue Chip Growth, Equity-Income, Science & Technology, Real Estate Equity, Spectrum Income, Total Return, International Value, Mid Cap Stock, All Cap Value, Utilities, Mid Cap Value, Fundamental Value, Natural Resources, Real Return Bond, Mid Cap Core, Large Cap Value, Small Cap Opportunities, Small Company, Optimized Value, Strategic Opportunities Income, International Equity Index, Small Cap Value, Active Bond, Large Cap, International Opportunities, Core Bond, U.S. High Yield Bond, Global Agribusiness, Global Infrastructure and Global Timber; 15% in the case of the International Small Cap and Growth Funds; 50% in the case of the Value Fund.
If a percentage restriction is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in the investment’s percentage of the value of a fund’s total assets resulting from a change in such values or assets will not constitute a violation of the percentage restriction, except in the case of the Money Market Fund where the percentage limitation of restriction (9) must be met at all times. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, any change in the subadviser’s assessment of the security), or change in the percentage of fund assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average duration of a fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in a fund’s total assets will not require a fund to dispose of an investment until the subadviser determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences to the fund. In the event that rating services assign different ratings to the same security, the subadviser will determine which rating it believes best reflects the security’s quality and risk at that time, which may be the higher of the several assigned ratings.
A fund that invests 25% or more of its total assets in a particular industry (excluding the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities) is considered to be concentrated in that industry.

53


Table of Contents

Additional Investment Restrictions
Money Market Fund
In addition to the above policies, the Money Market Fund is subject to certain restrictions required by Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. In order to comply with such restrictions, the Money Market Fund will, among other things, not purchase the securities of any issuer if it would cause:
  more than 5% of its total assets to be invested in the securities of any one issuer (excluding U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements fully collateralized by U.S. Government securities), except as permitted by Rule 2a-7 for certain securities for a period of up to three business days after purchase,
 
  more than 5% of its total assets to be invested in “second tier securities,” as defined by Rule 2a-7, or
 
  more than the greater of $1 million or 1% of its total assets to be invested in the second tier securities of that issuer.
Investment Restrictions that May be Changed Only on 60 Days’ Notice to Shareholders
In order to comply with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, the 80% investment policy for each of the funds named below is subject to change only upon 60 days’ prior notice to shareholders; refer to the applicable Prospectus for each fund’s “Investment Strategies”:
         
Active Bond Fund
  International Small Company Fund   Small Cap Growth Fund
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  International Small Cap Fund   Small Cap Index Fund
Core Bond Fund
  Investment Quality Bond Fund   Small Cap Opportunities Fund
Equity-Income Fund
  Large Cap Fund   Small Cap Value Fund
Floating Rate Income Fund
  Large Cap Value Fund   Small Company Growth Fund
Global Agribusiness Fund
  Mid Cap Index Fund   Small Company Value Fund
Global Bond Fund
  Mid Cap Stock Fund   Strategic Bond Fund
Global Fund
  Mid Cap Value Fund   Total Bond Market Fund
Global Infrastructure Fund
  Mid Cap Value Equity Fund   Total Stock Market Index Fund
Global Real Estate Fund
  Natural Resources Fund   U.S. Government Securities Fund
Global Timber Fund
  Real Estate Equity Fund   U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
High Yield Fund
  Real Estate Securities Fund   U.S. Multi Sector Fund
Index 500 Fund
  Real Return Bond Fund    
International Equity Index Fund
  Science & Technology Fund    
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The annual rate of portfolio turnover will normally differ for each fund and may vary from year to year as well as within a year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expenses, which must be borne directly by the fund. No portfolio turnover rate can be calculated for the Money Market Fund due to the short maturities of the instruments purchased. Portfolio turnover is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of fund securities during the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the fund’s securities. (Excluded from the computation are all securities, including options, with maturities at the time of acquisition of one year or less). Portfolio turnover rate can change from year to year due to various factors, including among others, portfolio adjustments made in response to market conditions. The portfolio turnover rates for the funds of JHF II for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009 and August 31, 2008 were as follows:

54


Table of Contents

                 
Fund   2009     2008  
Active Bond Fund
    90 %     133 %
All Cap Core Fund
    196 %     239 %
All Cap Growth Fund
    168 %     111 %
All Cap Value Fund
    93 %     76 %
Alpha Opportunities Fund
    207 %     N/A  
Alternative Asset Allocation Fund
    1 %     N/A  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
    68 %     44 %
Capital Appreciation Fund
    85 %     85 %
Core Allocation Plus Fund
    N/A       N/A  
Core Bond Fund
    571 %     395 %
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
    6 %     N/A  
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
    17 %     N/A  
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
    11 %     N/A  
Emerging Markets Value Fund
    39 %     13 %
Equity-Income Fund
    56 %     30 %
Financial Services Fund
    N/A       N/A  
Floating Rate Income Fund
    43 %     11 %
Fundamental Value Fund
    40 %     14 %
Global Agribusiness Fund
    84 %     N/A  
Global Bond Fund
    448 %     975 %
Global Fund
    N/A       N/A  
Global Infrastructure Fund
    39 %     N/A  
Global Real Estate Fund
    130 %     68 %
Global Timber Fund
    67 %     N/A  
High Income Fund
    68 %     53 %
High Yield Fund
    75 %     59 %
Income Fund
    N/A       N/A  
Index 500 Fund
    37 %     2 %
International Equity Index Fund
    36 %     10 %
International Opportunities Fund
    135 %     111 %
International Small Cap Fund
    56 %     29 %
International Small Company Fund
    26 %     11 %
International Value Fund
    46 %     21 %
Investment Quality Bond Fund
    35 %     81 %
Large Cap Fund
    114 %     55 %
Large Cap Value Fund
    180 %     62 %
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
    31 %     14 %
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
    28 %     10 %
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
    26 %     10 %
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
    25 %     9 %
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
    23 %     10 %
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
    20 %     14 %
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
    20 %     16 %
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
    22 %     16 %
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A  
Mid Cap Index Fund
    35 %     48 %
Mid Cap Stock Fund
    170 %     125 %
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
    50 %     53 %
Mid Value Fund
    30 %     N/A  
Money Market Fund
    N/A       N/A  
Natural Resources Fund
    56 %     34 %
Optimized Value Fund
    147 %     159 %

55


Table of Contents

                 
Fund   2009     2008  
Real Estate Equity Fund
    95 %     27 %
Real Estate Securities Fund
    130 %     74 %
Real Return Bond Fund
    629 %     992 %
Science & Technology Fund
    N/A       N/A  
Short Term Government Income Fund
    177 %     N/A  
Small Cap Growth Fund
    214 %     N/A  
Small Cap Index Fund
    101 %     86 %
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
    108 %     81 %
Small Cap Value Fund
    9 %     N/A  
Small Company Value Fund
    41 %     22 %
Small Company Growth Fund
    77 %     38 %
Smaller Company Growth Fund
    86 %     N/A  
Spectrum Income Fund
    76 %     67 %
Strategic Bond Fund
    69 %     154 %
Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
    55 %     55 %
Total Bond Market Fund
    91 %     97 %
Total Return Fund
    291 %     121 %
Total Stock Market Index Fund
    N/A       N/A  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
    99 %     50 %
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
    48 %     59 %
U.S. Multi Sector Fund
    72 %     84 %
Value Fund
    76 %     76 %
Value & Restructuring Fund
    43 %     14 %
Vista Fund
    211 %     154 %
THOSE RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGEMENT
The business of JHF II, an open-end management investment company, is managed by its Board, including certain Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined by the 1940 Act) of the funds (the “Independent Trustees”). The Trustees elect officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the funds and who execute policies formulated by the Trustees. Several of the Trustees and officers of JHF II are also officers or Directors of the Adviser, or officers or Directors of the principal distributor to the funds, John Hancock Funds, LLC (the “Distributor”). The tables below present certain information regarding the Trustees and officers of JHF II, including their principal occupations. Each Trustee oversees all funds of JHF II, and some Trustees also oversee other funds in the John Hancock fund complex. As of August 31, 2009, the John Hancock fund complex consisted of 267 funds. The address of each Trustee and officer of the Trust is 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

56


Table of Contents

Independent Trustees
                 
            Number of
    Position(s)       Funds in Fund
    Held with   Principal Occupation(s) and other   Complex
Name (Birth Year)   Trust(1)   Directorships During Past 5 Years   Overseen
Charles L. Bardelis (1941)
  Trustee (since 2005)   Director, Island Commuter Corp. (Marine Transport).     212  
 
               
 
      Trustee of John Hancock Trust (“JHT”) (since 1988) and former Trustee of John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”) (2005 to 2006).        
 
               
Peter S. Burgess (1942)
  Trustee (since 2005)   Consultant (financial, accounting and auditing matters) (since 1999); Certified Public Accountant. Partner, Arthur Andersen (independent registered public accounting firm) (prior to 1999).     212  
 
               
 
      Director of the following publicly traded companies: PMA Capital Corporation (since 2004) and Lincoln Educational Services Corporation (since 2004).        
 
               
 
      Trustee of JHT (since 2005), and former Trustee of JHF III (2005 to 2006).        
 
               
Theron S. Hoffman (1947)
  Trustee (since 2008)   Chief Executive Officer, T. Hoffman Associates, LLC (since 2003); Director, The Todd Organization (since 2003); President, Westport Resources Management (2006 to 2008); Partner / Operating Head & Senior Managing Director, Putnam Investments (2000 to 2003).
Trustee of JHT (since 2008)
    212  
 
               
Hassell H. McClellan (1945)
  Trustee (since 2005)   Associate Professor, The Graduate School of The Wallace E. Carroll School of Management, Boston College.
Trustee of JHT (since 2005), former Trustee of JHF III (2005 to 2006) and Trustee of Phoenix Edge Series Fund (since 2008).
    212  
 
               

57


Table of Contents

                 
            Number of
    Position(s)       Funds in Fund
    Held with   Principal Occupation(s) and other   Complex
Name (Birth Year)   Trust (1)   Directorships During Past 5 Years   Overseen
James M. Oates (1946)
  Trustee (since 2005)   Managing Director, Wydown Group (financial consulting firm) (since 1994); Chairman, Emerson Investment Management, Inc. (since 2000); Chairman, Hudson Castle Group, Inc. (formerly IBEX Capital Markets, Inc.) (financial services company) (1997 to 2006).

Director of the following publicly traded companies:
       
 
      Stifel Financial (since 1996); Investor Financial Services Corporation (since 1995); and Connecticut River Bancorp, Director (since 1998). Director, Phoenix Mutual Funds (since 1988); overseeing 20 portfolios).

Trustee of JHT (since 2004).
       
 
               
Steven M. Roberts (1944)
  Trustee (since 2008)   Trustee of JHT and John Hancock Funds II (since 2008); Board of Governors Deputy Director, Federal Reserve System (2005 to 2008); Partner, KPMG (1987 to 2004).     212  
 
(1)   Because the Trust does not hold regular annual shareholders meetings, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until his/her successor is duly elected and qualified or until he/she dies, retires, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Trustees may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than one) with cause or without cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by action of two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of the Trust.

58


Table of Contents

Non-Independent Trustees 1, 2
                 
            Number of
    Position(s)       Funds in Fund
    Held with   Principal Occupation(s) and other   Complex
Name (Birth Year)   Trust (1)   Directorships During Past 5 Years   Overseen
James R. Boyle3 (1959)
  Trustee (since 2005)   President, John Hancock Annuities; Executive Vice President, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (since 2004); President U.S. Annuities; Senior Vice President, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A) (prior to 2004).     267  
 
               
Grace K. Fey 4 (1946)
  Trustee (since 2008)   Trustee of JHT (since 2008); Chief Executive Officer, Grace Fey Advisors (since 2007); Director & Executive Vice President, Frontier Capital Management Company (1988 to 2007).     212  
 
(1)   Non-Independent Trustee holds positions with the fund’s investment adviser, underwriter and certain other affiliates.
 
(2)   Because the Trust does not hold regular annual shareholders meetings, each Trustee holds office for an indefinite term until his/her successor is duly elected and qualified or until he/she dies, retires, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Trustees may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than one) with cause or without cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees or by action of two-thirds of the outstanding Shares of the Trust
 
(3)   Mr. Boyle is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his prior position with MFC (or its affiliates), the ultimate parent of the Adviser.
 
(4)   Ms. Fey is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to a deferred compensation arrangement with her former employer, Frontier Capital Management Company, which is a subadviser of certain funds of JHF II and JHT.
Principal Officers who are not Trustees
         
    Position(s)    
    Held with the    
Name (Birth Year)   Trust   Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Hugh McHaffie (1959)
  President (since
2009)
  Executive Vice President, John Hancock Wealth Management (since 2006, including prior positions); Senior Vice President, Individual Business Product Management, MetLife, Inc. (1999 to 2006).
 
       
Thomas M. Kinzler (1955)
  Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (since 2006)   Vice President and Counsel for John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (since 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2008); Secretary, John Hancock Funds, LLC and The Berkeley Financial Group, LLC (since 2007); Vice President and Associate General Counsel for Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company (1999 – 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel for MML Series Investment Fund (2000 – 2006); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel for MassMutual Institutional Funds (2000 – 2004); Secretary and Chief Legal Counsel for MassMutual Select Funds and MassMutual Premier Funds (2004 – 2006).

59


Table of Contents

         
    Position(s)    
    Held with the    
Name (Birth Year)   Trust   Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Francis V. Knox, Jr. (1947)
  Chief Compliance
Officer (since
2005)
  Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2005); Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and JHIMS (since 2007); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and JHIMS (until 2007); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, MFC Global (U.S.) (2005-2008); Vice President and Assistant Treasurer, Fidelity Group of Funds (until 2005).
 
       
Michael J. Leary (1965)
  Treasurer (since
2009)
  Vice President, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) and Assistant Treasurer for JHF, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2007); Vice President and Director of Fund Administration, JP Morgan (2004 to 2007).
 
       
John G. Vrysen (1955)
  Chief Operating
Officer (since
2007)
  Senior Vice President (since 2006), Vice President (until 2006), Manulife Financial Corporation; Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Advisers, LLC, The Berkeley Financial Group, LLC, John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”), and John Hancock Funds, LLC (since 2007); Chief Operating Officer, JHF II and JHT (since 2007); Chief Operating Officer, John Hancock Funds and JHF III (2007 – 2009); Director, John Hancock Signature Services, Inc. (“Signature Services”) (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer, John Hancock Advisers, LLC, The Berkeley Financial Group, LLC, MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.) (“MFC Global (U.S.)”), JHIMS, John Hancock Funds, LLC, JHF, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (2005-2007).
 
       
Charles A. Rizzo (1959)
  Chief Financial
Officer (since
2007)
  Senior Vice President, John Hancock Advisers, LLC and John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (since 2007); Chief Financial Officer, John Hancock Funds, JHF II, JHF III and JHT (since 2007); Assistant Treasurer, Goldman Sachs Mutual Fund Complex (registered investment companies) (2005 – 2007); Vice President, Goldman Sachs (2005 – 2007); Managing Director and Treasurer of Scudder Funds, Deutsche Asset Management (2003 – 2005).
Board Committees
The Board established the following standing committees: (i) an Audit Committee composed solely of Independent Trustees (Messrs. Burgess, Bardelis and Roberts); (ii) a Nominating Committee composed of all of the Independent Trustees; (iii) a Compliance Committee composed solely of Independent Trustees (Ms. Fey, and Messrs. McClellan, Hoffman and Oates) (the interested Trustees may serve as ex-officio members); and (iv) three Investment Committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees (Investment Performance Committee A: Mr. Oates; Investment Performance Committee B: Mssrs. Bardelis and Roberts; Investment Performance Committee C: Messrs. McClellan, Boyle and Burgess) (with the interested Trustees and the President of JHF II serving as ex-officio members in certain cases). For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the Audit Committee and Compliance Committee each held five (5) meetings; each of the Investment Committees held five (5) meetings; and the Nominating Committee held one (1) meeting.

60


Table of Contents

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the internal and external accounting and auditing procedures of JHF II and, among other things, considers the selection of independent accountants for JHF II, approves all significant services proposed to be performed by the independent accountants and considers the possible effect of such services on the independent accountants’ independence.
Nominating Committee. The Nominating Committee selects and nominates candidates as additional Independent Trustees or to fill vacancies on the Board. The Nominating Committee will consider candidates recommended by JHF II shareholders or group annuity contract owners investing in JHF II through insurance company separate accounts. Such candidates will be considered in the same manner as candidates recommended by other sources. Names of candidates recommended by shareholders or group annuity contract owners may be submitted to the Secretary of JHF II at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, along with relevant biographical information.
When evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as an Independent Trustee, the Nominating Committee will generally consider, among other factors: (i) whether the person is “independent” and otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee; (ii) whether the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for attendance at meetings and the performance of the duties of an Independent Trustee; (iii) the contribution that the person can make to the Board and the funds, with consideration being given to the person’s business, academic or other experience and education and to such other factors as the Nominating Committee may consider relevant; (iv) the character and integrity of the person; and (v) desirable personality traits, including independence, leadership and ability to work with others. The process of identifying nominees involves the consideration of candidates recommended by one or more of the following sources: current Trustees, officers, shareholders, group annuity contract owners and any other source the Nominating Committee deems appropriate. In addition, the Nominating Committee may use the services of a professional search firm to identify or evaluate or assist in identifying or evaluating potential candidates or nominees.
Compliance Committee. The Compliance Committee reviews and makes recommendation to the full Board regarding certain compliance matters relating to JHF II, including the annual report of the CCO of JHF II regarding its compliance program, matters relating to the pricing of the funds, the Codes of Ethics of JHF II, the Adviser, the subadviser and regulatory changes.
Investment Committees. Each Investment Committee reviews investment performance and other matters relating to a particular group of funds and the subadvisers to those funds.
Compensation of Trustees and Officers
The following table provides information for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 regarding the compensation paid by JHF II and the other investment companies in the John Hancock Fund Complex to the Independent Trustees for their services. JHF II pays fees only to its Independent Trustees. During that period, the Independent Trustees received an annual retainer of $40,000 and a fee of $4,000 for attendance at meeting of the Trustees that they attend in person. Each Trustee is reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional $30,000 annual retainer. The Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional $5,000 annual retainer. The Chairman of the Compliance Committee receives an additional $2,500 annual retainer. Effective September 1, 2009, the Independent Trustees received an annual retainer of $50,000 and a fee of $4,000 for attendance at meeting of the Trustees that they attend in person. Each Trustee is reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional $35,000 annual retainer. The Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional $10,000 annual retainer. The Chairman of the Compliance Committee receives an additional $7,500 annual retainer.

61


Table of Contents

Compensation Table (1)
                 
            Total Compensation  
    Total     from JHF II and the  
Name of Independent   Compensation from     John Hancock Fund  
Trustee   JHF II     Complex  
Charles L. Bardelis
  $ 60,000     $ 230,000  
Peter S. Burgess
  $ 65,000     $ 245,000  
Hassell H. McClellan
  $ 60,000     $ 230,000  
James M. Oates
  $ 90,000     $ 320,000  
Steven M. Roberts
  $ 14,000     $ 53,000  
Theron S. Hoffman
  $ 14,000     $ 53,000  
Interested Trustee
               
James R. Boyle
  $ 0     $ 0  
Grace Fey
  $ 14,000     $ 53,000  
 
(1)   Compensation received for services as a Trustee. JHF II does not have a pension or retirement plan for any of its Trustees or officers. In addition, JHF II does not participate in the John Hancock Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Trustees (the “Plan”), which is available to Trustees of other investment companies in the John Hancock Fund Complex. Under the Plan, an Independent Trustee may defer his fees by electing to have the Adviser invest his fees in one of the funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex that participates in the Plan.
Trustee Ownership of Shares of the Funds
To be best knowledge of the Trust, none of the Trustees beneficially owned shares of any of the JHF II Funds as of November 30, 2009.
SHAREHOLDERS OF JHF II
As of November 30, 2009, Class 1 shares were held principally by John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (“JHLICO U.S.A.”) and John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (“JHLICO New York”) on behalf of certain of their separate accounts that are used to fund group annuity contracts issued to qualified retirement plans and that are not registered under the 1940 Act in reliance on the exception provided by Section 3(c)(11) of that Act. Class NAV shares are held principally by the Portfolios.
JHLICO U.S.A. is a stock life insurance company originally organized under the laws of Pennsylvania and redomesticated under the laws of Michigan. Its principal address is 200 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M4W 1E5. JHLICO New York is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of New York. Its principal address is 100 Summit Lake Drive, Second Floor, Valhalla, New York 10595. Each of JHLICO U.S.A. and JHLICO New York is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (“Manulife”), a Canadian stock life insurance company. MFC is the holding company of Manulife and its subsidiaries. The principal offices of MFC are located at 200 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M4W 1E5.
To the best knowledge of the Trust, as of November 30, 2009, the Trustees and officers of each fund, in the aggregate, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each class of shares of each fund.
To the best knowledge of the Trust, as of November 30, 2009, the following shareholders owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the funds and classes indicated below:

62


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND
  A   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA
ATTN: KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
FL 9 BOSTON MA 02210-2806
    25.00 %
ALTERNATIVE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND
  A   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    75.00 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  A   PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
  JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     18.11 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  A   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT FOR
  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA
94104-4151
    28.13 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  B   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    5.81 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  B   PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
  JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     22.65 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  C   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEERLAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    8.64 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  C   PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLZ   JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     21.73 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  I   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 2
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    6.83 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  I   PERSHING LLC 1 PERSHING PLZ   JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     9.20 %
FLOATING RATE INCOME
  I   PENFIRN CO FBO 1051003012   PO BOX 3327
OMAHA NE 68103-0327
    33.20 %
GLOBAL AGRIBUSINESS FUND
  A   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE
INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    100.00 %
GLOBAL AGRIBUSINESS FUND
  I   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    100.00 %
GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE
  A   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE
INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    100.00 %
GLOBAL INFRASTRUCTURE
  I   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE
INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    100.00 %

63


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
GLOBAL TIMBER
  A   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    100.00 %
GLOBAL TIMBER
  I   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE
INSURANCE CO
ATTN KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
BOSTON MA 02210-2804
    100.00 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  A   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO LFP   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    9.23 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  A   PERSHING LLC 1
PERSHING PLZ
  JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     14.73 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
WOODWORKER’S SHOP INC EMPLOYEE
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    8.19 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
A&A GLOBAL INDUSTRIES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    35.76 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R1   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE
INSURANCE CO USA
ATTN: KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST
FL 9
BOSTON MA 02210-2806
    40.89 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
M S BENBOW & ASSOCIATES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.34 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUSTCO TTEE
ANDERSON AUTOMOTIVE GROUP
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.93 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    10.57 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R3   SPENCER T KING FBO
INTERNATIONAL EXECUTIVE SERVIC
  1900 M ST NW STE 500
WASHINGTON DC 20036-3522
    30.74 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ETTIE LEE YOUTH AND FAMILY SERVICE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    31.54 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    100.00 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
DALE S HURD TTEE
  ALL-TEX PIPE & SUPPLY
9743 BROCKBANK DR
DALLAS TX 75220-2926
    8.59 %

64


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP
CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD
ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    10.19 %
LIFECYCLE 2010 PORTFOLIO
  R5   CHARLES SCHWAB TRUSTCO CUST
CURTIS STEEL CO EMPL
  215 FREMONT ST FL 6
SAN FRANCISCO CA
94105-2323
    81.22 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  A   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
AUTOMATED CONTROLS EMPLOYEES PROFI
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    5.21 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  A   PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
  JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     6.43 %
LIFECYCLE 2015
PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO TTEE
JANTEK EMPLOYEE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    5.50 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST
FBO BELLEVUE
PROPERTIES MANAGEMENT
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    7.73 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    9.92 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R1   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE
INSURANCE CO USA
ATTN: KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST FL 9
BOSTON MA 02210-2806
    10.27 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA
MATC FBO
ACE TECH
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    14.67 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
GREG A VIETRI INC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    15.16 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   HARRIS MILLER FBO
CAREER COLLEGE ASSOCIATION
  1101 CONNECTICUT AVE NW STE 900
WASHINGTON DC 20036-4346
    6.38 %

65


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   SPENCER T KING FBO
INTERNATIONAL EXECUTIVE SERVIC
  1900 M ST NW STE 500
WASHINGTON DC 20036-3522
    7.97 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
LEBANON HOUSING AUTHORITY RETPLAN
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    9.78 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   REED PURCELL FBO
ALKAN MORTGAGE CORP
  1331 S INTERNATIONAL PKWY
LAKE MARY FL 32746-1405
    10.32 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   RELIANCE TRUST FBO CVP
SYSTEMS PO BOX 48529
  ATLANTA GA 30362-1529     13.58 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUSTCO TTEE
ANDERSON AUTOMOTIVE GROUP
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    14.21 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL CE
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    25.94 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R4   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
CLERMONT MEDICAL CENTER
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    28.98 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    71.02 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
GRAND LODGE FRATERNAL ORDER OF
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.56 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
PAZDAN-SMITH GROUP, INC.
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    10.85 %
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY TRUSTEE
I.F. BUSINESS FORMS, INC.
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    18.43 %

66


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2015 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP
CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD
ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    56.98 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  A   PERSHING LLC 1
PERSHING PLZ
  JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0001     15.18 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
COUNTY PROPANE LLC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.82 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
WOODWORKER’S SHOP INC EMPLOYEE
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    11.03 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    12.83 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
GEORGE W RADEBAUGH & SONS 401K
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    32.40 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R3   ORCHARD TRUSTCO FBO EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS   8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2
GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002
    5.26 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R3   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO MERCEDES BENZ   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    6.79 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUSTCO TTEE ANDERSON AUTOMOTIVE GROUP   700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    16.07 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
M S BENBOW & ASSOCIATES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    20.05 %

67


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R3   DWS TRUST CO TTEE SEATTLE
METROPOLITAN CREDIT UNION
  PO BOX 1757
SALEM NH 03079-1143
    20.25 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ETTIE LEE YOUTH AND FAMILY SERVICE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    20.44 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    23.97 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R4   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
STILLWATER
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    76.03 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
DALE S HURD TTEE
  ALL-TEX PIPE & SUPPLY
9743 BROCKBANK DR DALLAS TX 75220-2926
    6.55 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R5   UNIVEST & CO 1 14 N MAIN STREET/TRUST DEPT CUST   PO BOX 64197
SOUDERTON PA 18964-0197
    19.63 %
LIFECYCLE 2020 PORTFOLIO
  R5   CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST CO CUST
CURTIS STEEL COMPANY EMPL
  215 FREMONT ST FL 6
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2323
    64.88 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  A   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO LFP   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    6.57 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
ADVANCED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    7.45 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
TECVOX OEM SOLUTIONS LLC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.02 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
A&A GLOBAL INDUSTRIES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    11.86 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
CHESEPEAKE CONTRACTING GROUP, INCE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    14.63 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    20.20 %

68


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R3   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
SPRINGFIELD HOUSING AUTHORITY
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    6.80 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    10.73 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R3   BRUNSWICK AUTO MART INC 3031 CENTER RD   BRUNSWICK OH 44212-6500     10.95 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUSTCO TTEE ANDERSON AUTOMOTIVE GROUP   700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    13.96 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R3   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MID ATLANTIC
TRUSTCO FBO
  NANOSCALE CORP 1251 WATERFRONT PL
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    14.53 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ETTIE LEE YOUTH AND FAMILY SERVICE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    21.86 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R4   LYNDELL PATRICK FBO
FLORIDA BUSINESS INTERIORS
  940 WILLISTON PARK PT
LAKE MARY FL 32746-2122
    5.51 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R4   RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOC INC
FBO PINNEY ASSOCIATES INC 401K PSP
  FBO CHRISTINE T SWEENEY
3 BETHESDA METRO CTR STE 1400
BETHESDA MD 20814-6306505
    8.27 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS 101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    21.00 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R4   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
CLERMONT MEDICAL CENTER 401K PSP
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    63.72 %

69


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
DALE S HURD TTEE
  ALL-TEX PIPE & SUPPLY
9743 BROCKBANK DR
DALLAS TX 75220-2926
    13.90 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP
CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD
ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    37.02 %
LIFECYCLE 2025 PORTFOLIO
  RR5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ROGERS DERMATOLOGY PA
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    45.06 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  A   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO LFP   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    5.51 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  A   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
MID MARYLAND ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    5.54 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  A   FRONTIER TRUST COMPANY
FBO EDELBROCK CORPORATION
  714373 PO Box 10758
FARGO ND 58106-0758
    6.13 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
ADVANCED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    6.61 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
DUPUY’S ANIMAL HOSPITAL, APVMC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    7.00 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
WOODWORKER’S SHOP INC EMPLOYEE
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    7.55 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R1   Frontier Trust Company FBO
TOWNSEND COMM. INC.
  PO BOX 10758
FARGO ND 58106-0758
    16.04 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
CHESEPEAKE CONTRACTING GROUP, INCE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    21.40 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   SPENCER T KING FBO
INTERNATIONAL EXECUTIVE SERVIC
  1900 M ST NW STE 500
WASHINGTON DC 20036-3522
    6.96 %

70


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   DWS TRUST CO TTEE SEATTLE
METROPOLITAN CREDIT UNION
  PO BOX 1757
SALEM NH 03079-1143
    7.86 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   HARRIS MILLER FBO
CAREER COLLEGE ASSOCIATION
  1101 CONNECTICUT AVE NW STE 900
WASHINGTON DC 20036-4346
    8.93 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    10.49 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
M S BENBOW & ASSOCIATES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    15.74 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   ORCHARD TRUSTCO FBO
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS
  8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2
GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002
    18.69 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ETTIE LEE YOUTH AND FAMILY SERVICE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    18.83 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    9.26 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R4   LYNDELL PATRICK FBO
FLORIDA BUSINESS INTERIORS
  940 WILLISTON PARK PT
LAKE MARY FL 32746-2122
    12.12 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R4   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
STILLWATER
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    19.46 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R4   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
CLERMONT MEDICAL CENTER
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    59.16 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
PAZDAN-SMITH GROUP, INC.
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    17.23 %

71


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    18.34 %
LIFECYCLE 2030 PORTFOLIO
  R5   CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST CO CUST
CURTIS STEEL COMPANY EMPL
  205589 215 FREMONT ST FL 6
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2323
    57.75 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  A   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    6.03 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  A   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO LFP   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    9.31 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
CHESEPEAKE CONTRACTING GROUP, INCE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    6.55 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
ADVANCED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    7.39 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
A&A GLOBAL INDUSTRIES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    9.46 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
CHIROPRACTIC CENTER OF HOUSTON
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    10.82 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    29.97 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R3   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
SPRINGFIELD HOUSING AUTHORITY
  RETPLAN
1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    6.10 %

72


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ENGLANDS STOVE WORKS INC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    6.36 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R3   RELIANCE TRUST FBO CVP SYSTEMS   ATLANTA GA 30362-1529     8.27 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
VITAL HEALTH SERVICES INC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    17.31 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    37.81 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R4   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
CLERMONT MEDICAL CENTER
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    7.65 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R4   RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOC INC
FBO PINNEY ASSOCIATES INC
  FBO KAREN GERLACH JOYCE
3 BETHESDA METRO CTR STE 1400
BETHESDA MD 20814-6306
    15.43 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    76.92 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
DALE S HURD TTEE
  ALL-TEX PIPE & SUPPLY
9743 BROCKBANK DR
DALLAS TX 75220-2926
    6.04 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
PAZDAN-SMITH GROUP, INC.
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    29.89 %
LIFECYCLE 2035 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD
ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    56.41 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  A   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO LFP   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    5.73 %

73


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  A   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    6.29 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
WOODWORKER’S SHOP INC EMPLOYEE
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    5.07 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
GREG A VIETRI INC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    5.08 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
BELLEVUE PROPERTIES MANAGEMENT
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    5.10 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   Frontier Trust Company FBO MALEK INC   PO BOX 10758
FARGO ND 58106-0758
    6.51 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
A&A GLOBAL INDUSTRIES
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    6.59 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
ADVANCED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.45 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA
ATTN: KELLY A CONWAY
  601 CONGRESS ST FL 9
BOSTON MA 02210-2806
    9.36 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
CHESEPEAKE CONTRACTING GROUP, INCE
  700 17TH ST STE 300 DENVER CO 80202-3531     12.21 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    19.55 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R3   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO
MERCEDES BENZ
  PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    6.23 %

74


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R3   SPENCER T KING FBO
INTERNATIONAL EXECUTIVE SERVIC
  1900 M ST NW STE 500
WASHINGTON DC 20036-3522
    7.09 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ETTIE LEE YOUTH AND FAMILY SERVICE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    10.47 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R3   DWS TRUST CO TTEE SEATTLE
METROPOLITAN CREDIT UNION
  PO BOX 1757
SALEM NH 03079-1143
    11.07 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL CE
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    12.38 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R3   ORCHARD TRUSTCO
FBO EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS
  8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2
GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002
    34.96 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R4   RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOC INC
FBO PINNEY ASSOCIATES INC
  FBO YOLANDA N GREEN 3 BETHESDA METRO CTR STE 1400
BETHESDA MD 20814-6306
    19.66 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS 101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    37.87 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R4   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
HUDSON REALTY CAPITAL LLC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    38.25 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY
CUST FBO
ROGERS DERMATOLOGY PA
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    9.92 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    13.78 %

75


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
PAZDAN-SMITH GROUP, INC.
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    22.37 %
LIFECYCLE 2040 PORTFOLIO
  R5   CHARLES SCHWAB TRUST CO CUST
CURTIS STEEL COMPANY EMPL
  215 FREMONT ST FL 6
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2323
    50.30 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  A   RELIANCE TRUSTCO FBO LFP   PO BOX 48529
ATLANTA GA 30362-1529
    5.17 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  A   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    8.08 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF KIDNEY
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    5.46 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   Frontier Trust Company FBO
TOWNSEND COMM. INC.
  PO BOX 10758
FARGO ND 58106-0758
    6.67 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MLPF& S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS   4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 2ND FL
JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484
    6.94 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST
FBO
CHESEPEAKE
CONTRACTING GROUP, INCE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    7.43 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   COUNSEL TRUST DBA MATC FBO
FRANCHISE MANAGEMENT & DEVELOP
  1251 WATERFRONT PL STE 525
PITTSBURGH PA 15222-4228
    7.52 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUSTCO CUST FBO
ADVANCED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    10.75 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R1   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
GREG A VIETRI INC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    16.81 %

76


Table of Contents

                     
    Share            
FUND NAME   Class   Name   Address   PERCENTAGE
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ENGLANDS STOVE WORKS
INC
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    8.18 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R3   TOM CARMODY FBO
MID-ATLANTIC EQUINE MEDICAL
  PSP & TRUST
PO BOX 188
RINGOES NJ 08551-0188
    8.45 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R3   CHRYSLER JEEP OF NORTH OLMSTEAD 230
WINDSOR DR
  CORTLAND OH 44410-2703     13.05 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R3   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ETTIE LEE YOUTH AND FAMILY SERVICE
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    17.43 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R3   ORCHARD TRUSTCO FBO
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CLIENTS
  8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2
GREENWOOD VLG CO 80111-5002
    31.12 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R4   CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY A/C FBO CUSTOMERS
  ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4151
    93.53 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
ROGERS DERMATOLOGY PA
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    13.35 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R5   MG TRUST COMPANY CUST FBO
PAZDAN-SMITH GROUP, INC.
  700 17TH ST STE 300
DENVER CO 80202-3531
    18.05 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO DALE S HURD TTEE   ALL-TEX PIPE & SUPPLY 9743 BROCKBANK DR
DALLAS TX 75220-2926
    26.19 %
LIFECYCLE 2045 PORTFOLIO
  R5   NFS LLC FEBO
FIRST NIAGARA BANK TTEE
  E J DELMONTE CORP CHRIS HOFFARTH
777 CANAL VIEW BLVD ROCHESTER NY 14623-2825
    38.55 %

77


Table of Contents

A person that beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of any class of a fund may be deemed to control that class of that fund.
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENTS AND OTHER SERVICES
The Advisory Agreement
Each fund has entered into an investment management contract (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser provides supervision over all aspects of each fund’s operations except those that are delegated to a custodian, transfer agent or other agent. Subject to the general supervision of the Trustees, the Adviser selects, contracts with, and compensates subadvisers to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the funds. The Adviser monitors the compliance of such subadvisers with the investment objectives and related policies of each fund and reviews the performance of such subadvisers and reports periodically on such performance to the Trustees. The Adviser may elect directly to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the funds, subject to the approval of the Trustees. In directly managing the assets, the Adviser will have the same responsibilities as those described below with respect to a subadviser under a subadvisory agreement.
JHF II bears all costs of its organization and operation, including but not limited to expenses of preparing, printing and mailing all shareholders’ reports, notices, prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of shares; government fees; interest charges; expenses of furnishing to shareholders their account statements; taxes; expenses of redeeming shares; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio securities transactions; expenses pursuant to a fund’s plan of distribution; fees and expenses of custodians including those for keeping books and accounts, maintaining a committed line of credit and calculating the NAV of shares; fees and expenses of transfer agents and dividend disbursing agents; legal, accounting, financial, management, tax and auditing fees and expenses of the fund (including an allocable portion of the cost of the Adviser’s employees rendering such services to the funds); the compensation and expenses of officers and Trustees (other than persons serving as President or Trustee who are otherwise affiliated with the fund, the Adviser or any of their affiliates); expenses of Trustees’ and shareholders’ meetings; trade association memberships; insurance premiums; and any extraordinary expenses.
Adviser Compensation. As compensation for its services, the Adviser receives a fee from the funds, computed separately for each fund. The fee for each fund is stated as an annual percentage of the current value of the “aggregate net assets” of the fund. “Aggregate net assets” of a fund include the net assets of the fund and, in most cases, the net assets of one or more other funds (or portions thereof), but in each case only for the period during which the subadviser to the fund also serves as the subadviser to the other fund(s) (or portions thereof). The fee for each fund is based on the applicable annual rate for it which for each day is equal to: (i) the sum of the amounts determined by applying the annual percentage rates for the fund to the applicable portions of aggregate net assets divided by; (ii) aggregate net assets (the “Applicable Annual Fee Rate”). The fee for each fund is accrued and paid daily to the Adviser for each calendar day. The daily fee accruals are computed by multiplying the fraction of one over the number of calendar days in the year by the Applicable Annual Fee Rate, and multiplying this product by the net assets of the fund. The management fees each fund currently is obligated to pay the Adviser are as set forth in its Prospectus.
From time to time, the Adviser may reduce its fee or make other arrangements to limit a fund’s expenses to a specified percentage of average daily net assets. The Adviser retains the right to re-impose a fee and recover any other payments to the extent that, at the end of any fiscal year, the fund’s annual expenses fall below this limit. Effective January 1, 2009, the Adviser may recapture operating expenses reimbursed or fees waived under previous expense limitation or waiver arrangements made subsequent to January 1, 2009, for a period of three years following the beginning of the month in which such reimbursement or waivers occurred.

78


Table of Contents

Securities held by a fund may also be held by other funds or investment advisory clients for which the Adviser, a subadviser or their respective affiliates provide investment advice. Because of different investment objectives or other factors, a particular security may be bought for one or more funds or clients when one or more are selling the same security. If opportunities for purchase or sale of securities by the Adviser or subadviser for a fund or for other funds or clients for which the Adviser or subadviser renders investment advice arise for consideration at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds or clients in a manner deemed equitable to all of them. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Adviser or subadviser or their respective affiliates may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price.
For the last three fiscal years ended August 31, the aggregate investment advisory fee paid by the series of JHF II listed below under the fee schedule then in effect, absent the expense limitation provision, were $178,138,357 in 2009, $223,019,474 in 2008 and $194,637,088 in 2007, and the fees were allocated among the funds as follows:
                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
Active Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,249,339     $ 3,530,950     $ 3,013,404  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,249,339     $ 3,530,950     $ 3,013,404  
 
                       
All Cap Core Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,073,239     $ 4,972,356     $ 2,920,040  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,073,239     $ 4,972,356     $ 2,920,040  
All Cap Growth Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 756,449     $ 1,109,549     $ 1,365,087  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 756,449     $ 1,109,549     $ 1,365,087  
All Cap Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,238,477     $ 817,965     $ 1,616,391  
Waivers
    N/A     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,238,477     $ 817,965     $ 1,616,391  
Alpha Opportunities Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,636,852       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ 0                  
Net Fees
  $ 3,636,852       N/A       N/A  
Alternative Asset Allocation Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,422       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ 1,422       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 0       N/A       N/A  

79


Table of Contents

                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 10,577,940     $ 15,922,509     $ 12,266,999  
Waivers
  $ (390,906 )   $ (618,574 )   $ (445,218 )
Net Fees
  $ 10,187,034     $ 15,303,935     $ 11,821,781  
Capital Appreciation Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 6,153,689     $ 6,852,945     $ 4,121,655  
Waivers
  $     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 6,153,689     $ 6,852,945     $ 4,121,655  
Core Allocation Plus Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,575,444     $ 1,771,578     $ 1,532,955  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,575,444     $ 1,771,578     $ 1,532,955  
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,956     $ 74     $ 0  
Waivers
  $ 1,956     $ 74     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,347     $ 74     $ 0  
Waivers
  $ 1,347     $ 74     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,205     $ 72     $ 0  
Waivers
  $ 1,205     $ 72     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Emerging Markets Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 6,423,808     $ 4,970,042     $ 1,237,155  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 6,423,808     $ 4,970,042     $ 1,237,155  
Equity-Income Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 5,649,739     $ 7,549,328     $ 6,920,388  
Waivers
  $ (209,518 )   $ (294,297 )   $ (251,500 )
Net Fees
  $ 5,440,221     $ 7,255,031     $ 6,668,888  
Financial Services Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Floating Rate Income Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 4,770,212     $ 1,694,568       NA  
Waivers
  $ (52,953 )   $ (19,506 )     NA  
Net Fees
  $ 4,717,259     $ 1,675,062       NA  

80


Table of Contents

                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
Fundamental Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 8,542,830     $ 9,894,378     $ 7,089,403  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 8,542,830     $ 9,894,378     $ 7,089,403  
Global Agribusiness Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 11,732       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ 11,732       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 0       N/A       N/A  
Global Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,650,337     $ 5,512,295     $ 4,914,310  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,650,337     $ 5,512,295     $ 4,914,310  
Global Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Global Infrastructure Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 10,268       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ 10,268       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 0       N/A       N/A  
Global Real Estate Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,699,748     $ 4,872,428     $ 3,961,060  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,699,748     $ 4,872,428     $ 3,961,060  
Global Timber Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 10,196       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ 10,196       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 0       N/A       N/A  
High Income Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 2,382,589     $ 2,782,139     $ 2,355,822  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 2,382,589     $ 2,782,139     $ 2,355,822  
High Yield Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 7,553,921     $ 10,451,277     $ 9,383,099  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 7,553,921     $ 10,451,277     $ 9,383,099  
Income Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Index 500 Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 7,700,164     $ 2,499,149     $ 174,303  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ (26,983 )
Net Fees
  $ 7,700,164     $ 2,499,149     $ 147,320  
International Equity Index Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,900,815     $ 2,532,732     $ 2,005,726  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,900,815     $ 2,532,732     $ 2,005,726  
International Opportunities Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 5,503,108     $ 7,276,584     $ 6,044,755  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 5,503,108     $ 7,276,584     $ 6,044,755  

81


Table of Contents

                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
International Small Cap Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 2,491,683     $ 3,923,630     $ 4,273,565  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $    
Net Fees
  $ 2,491,683     $ 3,923,630     $ 4,273,565  
International Small Company Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 2,250,239     $ 2,994,178     $ 2,550,825  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 2,250,239     $ 2,994,178     $ 2,550,825  
International Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 8,049,829     $ 12,562,507     $ 9,445,903  
Waivers
  $ (187,631 )   $ (178,792 )   $ (161,204 )
Net Fees
  $ 7,862,198     $ 12,383,715     $ 9,284,699  
Investment Quality Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,004,017     $ 1,107,626     $ 869,151  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,004,017     $ 1,107,626     $ 869,151  
Large Cap Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,521,050     $ 2,733,121     $ 1,945,488  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,521,050     $ 2,733,121     $ 1,945,488  
Large Cap Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,847,273     $ 4,940,926     $ 3,900,589  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,847,273     $ 4,940,926     $ 3,900,589  
                         
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 72,866     $ 48,950     $ 5,178  
Waivers
  $ 72,866     $ 48,950     $ 5,178  
Net Fees
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 134,618     $ 86,789     $ 9,868  
Waivers
  $ (103,598 )   $ 86,789     $ 9,868  
Net Fees
  $ 31,020     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 175,795     $ 106,550     $ 12,542  
Waivers
  $ (107,417 )   $ 106,550     $ 12,542  
Net Fees
  $ 68,378     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 176,684     $ 107,130     $ 12,472  
Waivers
  $ (106,626 )   $ 107,130     $ 12,472  
Net Fees
  $ 70,058     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 141,515     $ 82,324     $ 9,001  
Waivers
  $ (107,902 )   $ 82,324     $ 9,001  
Net Fees
  $ 33,613     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 106,928     $ 62,182     $ 6,981  
Waivers
  $ (105,981 )   $ 62,182     $ 6,981  
Net Fees
  $ 947     $ 0     $ 0  

82


Table of Contents

                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 77,306     $ 42,149     $ 4,421  
Waivers
  $ 77,306     $ 42,149     $ 4,421  
Net Fees
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 71,189     $ 36,407     $ 4,221  
Waivers
  $ 71,189     $ 36,407     $ 4,221  
Net Fees
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Mid Cap Index Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,624,660     $ 1,714,425     $ 1,992,906  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,624,660     $ 1,714,425     $ 1,992,906  
Mid Cap Stock Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 4,385,876     $ 5,652,046     $ 3,265,240  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 4,385,876     $ 5,652,046     $ 3,265,240  
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 748,318     $ 1,065,050     $ 1,041,093  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 748,318     $ 1,065,050     $ 1,041,093  
Mid Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 818,664       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ (38,053 )     N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 780,611       N/A       N/A  
Money Market Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Natural Resources Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 4,909,920     $ 7,794,620     $ 8,826,807  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 4,909,920     $ 7,794,620     $ 8,826,807  
Optimized Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 2,667,196     $ 5,048,879     $ 4,311,789  
Waivers
  $ (64,467 )   $ (16,902 )   $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 2,602,729     $ 5,031,977     $ 4,311,789  
Real Estate Equity Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,467,342     $ 2,149,044     $ 2,371,078  
Waivers
  $ (59,174 )   $ (90,311 )   $ (91,163 )
Net Fees
  $ 1,408,168     $ 2,058,733     $ 2,279,915  
Real Estate Securities Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 465,181     $ 854,898     $ 1,358,136  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 465,181     $ 854,898     $ 1,358,136  

83


Table of Contents

                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
Real Return Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 5,561,942     $ 6,319,183     $ 5,872,528  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ ($38,575 )
Net Fees
  $ 5,561,942     $ 6,319,183     $ 5,833,953  
Science & Technology Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Short Term Government Income Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 54,307       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ (53,776 )     N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 531       N/A       N/A  
Small Cap Growth Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 978,237       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ 0       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 978,237       N/A       N/A  
Small Cap Index Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 522,745     $ 420,606     $ 599,166  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 522,745     $ 420,606     $ 599,166  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 945,049     $ 1,737,400     $ 2,547,758  
Waivers
  $ (50,756 )   $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 894,293     $ 1,737,400     $ 2,547,758  
Small Cap Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 233,143       NA       NA  
Waivers
  $ 0       NA       NA  
Net Fees
  $ 233,143       NA       NA  
Small Company Growth Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,251,903     $ 2,046,656     $ 1,238,892  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 1,251,903     $ 2,046,656     $ 1,238,892  
Small Company Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,869,765     $ 4,885,499     $ 4,511,784  
Waivers
  $ (181,666 )   $ (240,630 )   $ (206,663 )
Net Fees
  $ 3,688,099     $ 4,644,869     $ 4,305,121  
Smaller Company Growth Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,137,322       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
  $ (120,081 )     N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
  $ 1,017,241       N/A       N/A  
Spectrum Income Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 6,331,652     $ 7,662,934     $ 6,576,186  
Waivers
  $ (203,971 )   $ (261,828 )   $ (208,169 )
Net Fees
  $ 6,127,681     $ 7,401,106     $ 6,368,017  
Strategic Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 2,940,105     $ 3,313,938     $ 2,603,060  
Waivers
  $     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 2,940,105     $ 3,313,938     $ 2,603,060  

84


Table of Contents

                         
Funds   2009     2008     2007  
Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 2,746,881     $ 3,099,402     $ 2,447,867  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 2,746,881     $ 3,099,402     $ 2,447,867  
Total Bond Market Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 1,693,381     $ 271,761     $ 218,143  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ (23,742 )   $ (25,861 )
Net Fees
  $ 1,693,381     $ 248,019     $ 192,282  
Total Return Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 10,338,502     $ 12,479,999     $ 9,530,626  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ (86,371 )   $    
Net Fees
  $ 10,338,502     $ 12,393,628     $ 9,530,626  
Total Stock Market Index Fund
                       
Gross Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Waivers
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Net Fees
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 943,738     $ 1,227,948     $ 1,275,931  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 943,738     $ 1,227,948     $ 1,275,931  
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,790,462     $ 3,262,940     $ 2,545,950  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,790,462     $ 3,260,940     $ 2,545,950  
U.S. Multi Sector Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 4,964,181     $ 10,421,973     $ 10,930,532  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 4,964,181     $ 10,421,973     $ 10,930,532  
                         
Value Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 314,535     $ 138,283     $ 52,126  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ (17,472 )   $ (28,756 )
Net Fees
  $ 314,535     $ 120,811     $ 23,370  
Value & Restructuring Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 3,297,731     $ 3,957,509     $ 2,950,143  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 3,297,731     $ 3,957,509     $ 2,950,143  
Vista Fund
                       
Gross Fees
  $ 937,801     $ 1,359,705     $ 1,338,288  
Waivers
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  
Net Fees
  $ 937,801     $ 1,359,705     $ 1,338,288  
The Subadvisory Agreements
Duties of the Subadvisers. Under the terms of each of the current subadvisory agreements, including the sub-subadvisory agreement with Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAMCL”) and the Deutsche Consulting Agreement, the subadviser manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of

85


Table of Contents

the assigned portfolios, subject to the supervision of the Board and the Adviser. In the case of the WAMCL sub-subadvisory agreement, the activities of the subadviser are also subject to the supervision of Western Asset Management Company. In the case of the MFC Global (U.S.) sub-subadvisory agreement, the activities of the subadviser are also subject to the supervision of MFC Global (U.S.A.). The subadviser formulates a continuous investment program for each such portfolio consistent with its investment objectives and policies outlined in the Prospectus. Each subadviser implements such programs by purchases and sales of securities and regularly reports to the Adviser and the Board with respect to the implementation of such programs. (In the case of the Deutsche advisory Consulting Agreement for the Lifecycle Portfolios, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. (“DIMA”) does not purchase and sell securities but rather provides information and services to JHIMS in this process as noted below). Each subadviser, at its expense, furnishes all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel required for it to execute its duties, as well as administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel, and equipment necessary for the conduct of the investment affairs of the assigned portfolios.
Subadvisory Fees. As compensation for their services, the subadvisers receive fees from the Adviser computed separately for each fund. In respect of the sub-subadvisory agreements and the subadvisory consulting agreement, the fees are paid by the subadviser to the entity providing the consulting services as described below.
DIMA Subadvisory Consulting Agreement for the Portfolios. The Prospectuses refer to a consulting agreement between JHIMS and DIMA for the provision of subadvisory consulting services to JHIMS in regards to the Lifecycle Portfolios. A portion of the advisory fee paid to the Adviser is paid by the Adviser to DIMA. The Lifecycle Portfolios do not incur any expenses in connection with DIMA’s services other than the advisory fee.
The information and services DIMA provides to the Adviser pursuant to the Subadvisory Consulting Agreement for the Lifecycle Portfolios are as follows:
DIMA will provide the Adviser the following information and services as may be requested by the Adviser from time to time:
  calculate the probability that the subadvisers to the funds outperform their performance benchmarks;
  perform statistical performance analysis of historical manager returns for managers that the Adviser would like to include in its potential line up on a quarterly basis;
  using DIMA’s proprietary optimization technology, DIMA will seek to optimize the Portfolios investments consistent with the performance objective specified by the Adviser (i.e. the probability of out-performing a benchmark, minimum shortfall relative to the benchmark, and specification of the benchmark for each Lifecycle Portfolio, and any constraints that the Adviser may specify on allocations to the funds) on a quarterly basis; and
  consult with the Adviser to explain proposed allocations on a quarterly basis and review past performance of the Lifecycle Portfolios, provided that DIMA is given information on the performance of the Portfolios and the actual allocations implemented.
WAMCL Sub-Subadvisory Agreement. The Prospectus refers to a sub-subadvisory agreement between Western Asset Management Company and WAMCL which is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus. Under that agreement WAMCL provides certain investment advisory services to Western Asset Management Company relating to currency transactions and investments in non-dollar denominated debt securities for the benefit of the Strategic Bond Fund and the High Yield Fund.
Fee Paid to WAMCL. Western Asset Management Company pays WAMCL, as full compensation for all services provided under the sub-subadvisory agreement, a portion of its subadvisory fee. JHF II does not incur any expenses in connection with WAMCL’s services other than the advisory fee.

86


Table of Contents

Business Arrangement Between the Adviser and Grantham, Mayo, Van Otterloo & Co., LLC (“GMO”). GMO is the subadviser to a number of funds of JHF II, including the U.S. Multi Sector Fund. As a part of the overall business arrangement between the Adviser and GMO under which the Adviser has obtained exclusive rights to certain GMO investment management services for up to five years, the Adviser has agreed that under certain circumstances it (and not JHF II or the U.S. Multi Sector Fund) will pay GMO $1 million if the GMO subadvisory agreement for the U.S. Multi Sector Fund is terminated within a five year period from the date of its effectiveness.
The Adviser has also agreed that, subject to its fiduciary duties as an investment adviser to the U.S. Multi Sector Fund and its shareholders, it will not recommend to the Board to terminate the subadvisory agreement for the U.S. Multi Sector Fund or to reduce any of the fees payable thereunder to GMO for a five year period from the date of its effectiveness. Substantially similar agreements (with varying amounts to be paid upon termination) apply with respect to certain other John Hancock funds that are or will be advised by the Adviser and subadvised by GMO. The funds are not a party to any of these arrangements, and they are not binding upon the funds, or the Board. However, these arrangements present certain conflicts of interest because the Adviser has a financial incentive to support the continuation of GMO subadvisory agreements, including the subadvisory agreement for the U.S. Multi Sector Fund, for as long as the termination provisions described above remain in effect. In approving the Advisory Agreement and the GMO subadvisory agreement for the U.S. Multi Sector Fund, the Board, including the Independent Trustees, was aware of and considered these potential conflicts of interest, including any financial obligations of the Adviser to GMO.
Affiliated Subadvisers. The Adviser and the following subadvisers are controlled by MFC:
Declaration Management & Research LLC;
MFC Global (U.S.); and
MFC Global (U.S.A.)
(collectively, “Affiliated Subadvisers”).
Advisory arrangements involving Affiliated Subadvisers may present certain potential conflicts of interest. For each fund subadvised by an Affiliated Subadviser, MFC will benefit not only from the net advisory fee retained by the Adviser but also from the subadvisory fee paid by the Adviser to the affiliated subadviser. Consequently, MFC may be viewed as benefiting financially from (i) the appointment of or continued service of Affiliated Subadvisers to manage the funds; and (ii) the allocation of the assets of the Portfolios to the funds having affiliated subadvisers. However, both the Adviser in recommending to the Board the appointment or continued service of Affiliated Subadvisers and MFC Global (U.S.A.) in allocating the assets of the Portfolios, have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of the funds and their shareholders. In addition, under JHF II’s “Manager of Managers” exemptive order received from the SEC, JHF II is required to obtain shareholder approval of any subadvisory agreement appointing an Affiliated Subadviser as the subadviser to a fund (in the case of a new fund, the initial sole shareholder of the fund, an affiliate of the Adviser and MFC, may provide this approval). The Independent Trustees are aware of and monitor these potential conflicts of interest.
Additional Information Applicable To Subadvisory Agreements
Term of Each Subadvisory Agreement. Each Subadvisory Agreement will initially continue in effect as to a fund for a period no more than two years from the date of its execution (or the execution of an amendment making the agreement applicable to that fund) and thereafter if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually either: (a) by the Trustees; or (b) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that fund. In either event, such continuance shall also be approved by the vote of the majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of any party to the Agreements.
Any required shareholder approval of any continuance of any of the Agreements shall be effective with respect to any fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that fund votes to approve such

87


Table of Contents

continuance even if such continuance may not have been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of (a) any other fund affected by the Agreement or (b) all of the funds of JHF II.
Failure of Shareholders to Approve Continuance of any Subadvisory Agreement. If the outstanding voting securities of any fund fail to approve any continuance of any Subadvisory Agreement, the party may continue to act as investment subadviser with respect to such fund pending the required approval of the continuance of such agreement or a new agreement with either that party or a different subadviser, or other definitive action.
Termination of the Agreements. The Subadvisory Agreements may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty on 60 days’ written notice to the other party or parties to the Agreements, and also to the relevant fund. The following parties may terminate the agreements:
  the Board;
  with respect to any fund, a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such fund;
  the Adviser; and
  the respective subadviser.
The Subadvisory Agreements will automatically terminate in the event of their assignment.
Under certain circumstances, the termination of the subadvisory agreement with GMO with respect to the U.S. Multi-Sector Fund within five years of its effective date may result in the payment to GMO by the Adviser (and not by the funds or the U.S. Multi Sector Fund) of a termination fee. See “The Subadvisory Agreements — Business Arrangement Between the Adviser and GMO” above.
Amendments to the Agreements. The subadvisory agreements may be amended by the parties to the agreement provided the amendment is approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant fund (except as noted below) and by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees of the applicable fund, the Adviser or the subadviser.
The required shareholder approval of any amendment shall be effective with respect to any fund if a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that fund votes to approve the amendment, even if the amendment may not have been approved by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of (a) any other fund affected by the amendment or (b) all the funds of JHF II.
As noted under “Subadvisory Arrangements” in the Prospectus, an SEC order permits the Adviser to appoint a subadviser (other than an Affiliated Subadviser) or change a subadvisory fee or otherwise amend a subadvisory agreement (other than for an Affiliated Subadviser) pursuant to an agreement that is not approved by shareholders.
Other Services
Proxy Voting. Each fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures (the “JHF II’s Procedures”) delegate to the subadviser of each fund the responsibility to vote all proxies relating to securities held by that fund in accordance with the subadviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures. A subadviser has a duty to vote or not vote such proxies in the best interests of the fund it subadvises and its shareholders, and to avoid the influence of conflicts of interest. Complete descriptions of the JHF II’s Procedures and the proxy voting procedures of each of the subadvisers are set forth in Appendix D to this SAI.
It is possible that conflicts of interest could arise for a subadviser when voting proxies. Such conflicts could arise, for example, when the subadviser or its affiliate has an existing business relationship with the issuer of the security being voted or with a third party that has an interest in the vote. A conflict of interest could

88


Table of Contents

also arise when a fund, its Adviser or principal underwriter or any of their affiliates has an interest in the vote.
In the event a subadviser becomes aware of a material conflict of interest, JHF II’s Procedures generally require the subadviser to follow any conflicts procedures that may be included in the subadvisers’ proxy voting procedures. Although conflicts procedures will vary among subadvisers, they generally include one or more of the following:
(a)   voting pursuant to the recommendation of a third party voting service;
(b)   voting pursuant to pre-determined voting guidelines; or
(c)   referring voting to a special compliance or oversight committee.
The specific conflicts procedures of each subadviser are set forth in its proxy voting procedures included in Appendix D. While these conflicts procedures may reduce the influence of conflicts of interest on proxy voting, such influence will not necessarily be eliminated.
Although the subadvisers have a duty to vote all proxies on behalf of the fund it subadvises, it is possible that the subadviser may not be able to vote proxies under certain circumstances. For example, it may be impracticable to translate in a timely manner voting materials that are written in a foreign language or to travel to a foreign country when voting in person rather than by proxy is required. In addition, if the voting of proxies for shares of a security prohibits the subadviser from trading the shares in the marketplace for a period of time, the subadviser may determine that it is not in the best interests of the fund to vote the proxies. The subadviser may also choose not to recall securities that have been lent in order to vote proxies for shares of the security since the fund would lose security lending income if the securities were recalled.
Information regarding how each fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30th is available (1) without charge upon request, by calling (800) 344-1029 (attention: Secretary) and (2) on the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov.
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS
Each fund has a Distribution Agreement with John Hancock Funds, LLC, the Distributor. Under the agreement, the Distributor is obligated to use its best efforts to sell shares of the funds. Shares of the funds are also sold by selected broker-dealers, banks and registered investment advisers (“Selling Firms”) that have entered into selling agreements with the Distributor. These Selling Firms are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on behalf of the funds. The Distributor accepts orders for the purchase of the shares of the funds that are continually offered at NAV next determined, plus any applicable sales charge, if any. In connection with the sale of fund shares, the Distributor and Selling Firms receive compensation from a sales charge imposed, in the case of Class A shares, at the time of sale. In the case of Class B and Class C shares, the Selling Firm receives compensation immediately but the Distributor is compensated on a deferred basis.
The following table shows the underwriting commissions received with respect to sales of Class A shares of the funds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
         
    Year Ended  
Fund   August 31, 2009  
Floating Rate Income
  $ 233,518  
Lifecycle 2045
  $ 13,191  
Lifecycle 2040
  $ 13,842  
Lifecycle 2035
  $ 20,487  
Lifecycle 2030
  $ 29,490  

89


Table of Contents

         
    Year Ended  
Fund   August 31, 2009  
Lifecycle 2025
  $ 29,031  
Lifecycle 2020
  $ 100,255  
Lifecycle 2015
  $ 29,259  
Lifecycle 2010
  $ 15,000  
Optimized Value
  $ 2,838  
The Board has adopted Distribution Plans with respect to each class of shares (other than Class NAV shares) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “12b-1 Plans”). Under the 12b-1 Plans, the funds will pay distribution and service fees at an aggregate annual rate of up to 0.30% for Class A shares, 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares, 0.50% for Class R1 shares, 0.50% for Class R3 shares, 0.25% for Class R4 shares, 0.00% for Class R5 shares, and 0.05% for Class 1 of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to shares of the respective class of shares. However, the service fees will not exceed 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to each class of shares. The distribution fees under the 12b-1 Plans will be paid to the Distributor. The Distributor may spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on any activities or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the particular class, including but not limited to: (i) compensation to Selling Firms and others (including affiliates of the Distributor) that are engaged in or support the sale of fund shares; and (ii) marketing, promotional and overhead expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of fund shares. The service fees under the 12b-1 Plans may be used to compensate Selling Firms and others for providing personal and account maintenance services to shareholders. The fees paid under the Class 1 shares 12b-1 Plans may also be used for certain shareholder and administrative services. Class R shares of various funds, which merged into Class R1 shares of those funds on August 21, 2009, paid a Rule 12b-1 fee of 0.75% during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
The 12b-1 Plans and all amendments were approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, by votes cast in person at meetings called for the purpose of voting on the 12b-1 Plans.
Pursuant to the 12b-1 Plans, at least quarterly, the Distributor provides the Adviser with a written report of the amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plans and the purpose for which these expenditures were made. The Trustees review these reports on a quarterly basis to determine their continued appropriateness.
The 12b-1 Plans provide that it will continue in effect only so long as its continuance is approved at least annually by a majority of both the Trustees and the Independent Trustees. The 12b-1 Plans provide that it may be terminated without penalty, (a) by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees and (b) by a vote of a majority of each fund’s outstanding shares of the applicable class upon 60 days’ written notice to the Distributor. The 12b-1 Plans further provides that it may not be amended to increase materially the maximum amount of the fees for the services described therein without the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class of the relevant fund which has voting rights with respect to the 12b-1 Plans. The 12b-1 Plans provide that no material amendment to the 12b-1 Plans will be effective unless it is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Independent Trustees of the relevant fund. The holders of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class R1, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class 1 shares have exclusive voting rights with respect to the 12b-1 Plans applicable to their class of shares. In adopting the 12b-1 Plans, the Trustees concluded that, in their judgment, there is a reasonable likelihood that the 12b-1 Plans will benefit the holders of the applicable classes of shares of each fund.
Class NAV shares and Class 5 shares of a fund are not subject to any 12b-1 Plan. Expenses associated with the obligation of the Distributor to use its best efforts to sell Class NAV shares and Class 5 shares will be paid by the Adviser or by the Distributor and will not be paid from the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan for any other class of shares.
Amounts paid to the Distributor by any class of shares of a fund will not be used to pay the expenses incurred with respect to any other class of shares of that fund; provided, however, that expenses attributable to the fund as a whole will be allocated, to the extent permitted by law, according to the formula based upon gross sales dollars and/or average daily net assets of each such class, as may be approved from time to time by vote of a majority of the Trustees. From time to time, a fund may participate in joint distribution

90


Table of Contents

activities with other mutual funds and the costs of those activities will be borne by each fund in proportion to the relative NAV of the participating fund.
The 12b-1 Plan recognizes that the Adviser may use its management fee revenue under the Advisory Agreement with the fund as well as its past profits or other resources from any source to make payments with respect to expenses incurred in connection with the distribution of shares of the fund. To the extent that the payment of management fees by a fund to the Adviser should be deemed to be the indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of a class within the meaning of Rule 12b-1, such payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan.
The fund has also adopted a separate Service Plan with respect to each of its Class R1, Class R3, Class R4 and Class R5 shares (the “Service Plan”). The Service Plan authorizes a fund to pay securities dealers, plan administrators or other service organizations who agree to provide certain services to retirement plans or plan participants holding shares of the funds a service fee of up to a specified percentage of the funds’ average daily net assets attributable to the applicable class of shares held by such plan participants. The percentages are 0.25% for Class R1, 0.15% for Class R3 shares, 0.10% for Class R4 shares and 0.05% for Class R5 shares. The services may include (a) acting, directly or through an agent, as the shareholder and nominee for all plan participants; (b) maintaining account records for each plan participant that beneficially owns the applicable class of shares; (c) processing orders to purchase, redeem and exchange the applicable class of shares on behalf of plan participants, and handling the transmission of funds representing the purchase price or redemption proceeds; (d) addressing plan participant questions regarding their accounts and the funds; and (e) other services related to servicing such retirement plans. Class R shares of various funds, which merged into Class R1 shares of those funds on August 21, 2009, paid a Service Plan fee of 0.25% during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, the following amounts were paid pursuant to each fund’s Rule 12b-1 Plan:
                     
    Share           Distribution Payment  
Fund   Class   Service Fee Payments     to the Distributor  
Active Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 15,206     $ 0  
All Cap Core Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
All Cap Growth Fund
  Class 1   $ 36,522     $ 0  
All Cap Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 32,541     $ 0  
Alternative Asset Allocation
  Class A   $ 1,789     $ 358  
Core Diversified Growth and Income Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 2,260     $ 0  
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 1,557     $ 0  
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 1,390     $ 0  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  Class 1   $ 66,677     $ 0  
Capital Appreciation Fund
  Class 1   $ 22,317     $ 0  
Core Allocation Plus Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Core Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 3,532     $ 0  
Emerging Markets Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Equity-Income Fund
  Class 1   $ 59,118     $ 0  
Financial Services Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Floating Rate Income Fund
  Class 1   $ 44     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 93,960     $ 18,791  
 
  Class B   $ 2,297     $ 6,890  
 
  Class C   $ 20,398     $ 61,193  
Fundamental Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 39,330     $ 0  
Global Agribusiness Fund
  Class A   $ 1,724     $ 345  
Global Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Global Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 29,081     $ 0  
Global Infrastructure Fund
  Class A   $ 1,509     $ 302  

91


Table of Contents

                     
    Share           Distribution Payment  
Fund   Class   Service Fee Payments     to the Distributor  
Global Real Estate Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Global Timber Fund
  Class A   $ 1,498     $ 300  
High Income Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
High Yield Fund
  Class 1   $ 19,497     $ 0  
Income Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
International Equity Index Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
International Opportunities Fund
  Class 1   $ 11,120     $ 0  
International Small Cap Fund
  Class 1   $ 34,896     $ 0  
International Small Company Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
International Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 123,669     $ 0  
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 28,368     $ 0  
Large Cap Fund
  Class 1   $ 9,024     $ 0  
Large Cap Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 39,632     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 58,107     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 5,130     $ 1,026  
 
  Class R1   $ 288     $ 288  
 
  Class R3   $ 1,790     $ 1,790  
 
  Class R4   $ 228     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 108,490     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 8,153     $ 1,631  
 
  Class R1   $ 645     $ 645  
 
  Class R3   $ 1,511     $ 1,511  
 
  Class R4   $ 535     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 140,831     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $       $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 13,614     $ 2,723  
 
  Class R1   $ 2,300     $ 2,300  
 
  Class R3   $ 1,854     $ 1,854  
 
  Class R4   $ 386     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 143,200     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 9,830     $ 1,966  
 
  Class R1   $ 1,148     $ 1,148  
 
  Class R3   $ 2,079     $ 2,079  
 
  Class R4   $ 365     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 113,708     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 9,178     $ 1,836  
 
  Class R1   $ 1,276     $ 1,276  
 
  Class R3   $ 1,183     $ 1,183  
 
  Class R4   $ 526     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 86,644     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 5,862     $ 1,172  
 
  Class R1   $ 750     $ 750  

92


Table of Contents

                     
    Share           Distribution Payment  
Fund   Class   Service Fee Payments     to the Distributor  
 
  Class R3   $ 731     $ 731  
 
  Class R4   $ 299     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 62,060     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 3,970     $ 794  
 
  Class R1   $ 735     $ 735  
 
  Class R3   $ 2,478     $ 2,478  
 
  Class R4   $ 416     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 57,779     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 3,205     $ 641  
 
  Class R1   $ 603     $ 603  
 
  Class R3   $ 467     $ 467  
 
  Class R4   $ 466     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class I   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class B   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class C   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class R   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class R1   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class R2   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class R3   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class R4   $ 0     $ 0  
 
  Class R5   $ 0     $ 0  
Mid Cap Index Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Mid Cap Stock Fund
  Class 1   $ 121,777     $ 0  
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Mid Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Money Market Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Natural Resources Fund
  Class 1   $ 54,798     $ 0  
Optimized Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 22,527     $ 0  
 
  Class A   $ 305     $ 61  
 
  Class B   $ 100     $ 301  
 
  Class C   $ 25     $ 74  
Real Estate Equity Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Real Estate Securities Fund
  Class 1   $ 33,227     $ 0  
Real Return Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 25,096     $ 0  
Science & Technology Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Short Term Government Income Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Small Cap Growth Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Small Cap Index Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
  Class 1   $ 17,205     $ 0  
Small Cap Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Small Company Growth Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Small Company Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 45,076     $ 0  
Spectrum Income Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Strategic Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 17,416     $ 0  
Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  

93


Table of Contents

                     
    Share           Distribution Payment  
Fund   Class   Service Fee Payments     to the Distributor  
Total Bond Market Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Total Return Fund
  Class 1   $ 89,232     $ 0  
Total Stock Market Index Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
  Class 1   $ 22,745     $ 0  
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
  Class 1   $ 7,823     $ 0  
U.S. Multi Sector Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Value Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Value & Restructuring Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
Vista Fund
  Class 1   $ 0     $ 0  
SALES COMPENSATION
As part of their business strategy, the funds, along with the Distributor, pay compensation to Selling Firms that sell the funds’ shares. These firms typically pass along a portion of this compensation to your broker or financial representative.
The primary sources of Selling Firm compensation payments for sales of shares of the funds are (1) the 12b-1 fees that are applicable to the class of shares being sold and that are paid out of a fund’s assets and (2), in the case of Class A, Class B and Class C shares, sales charges paid by investors. The sales charges and the 12b-1 fees are detailed in the Prospectus and under “Distribution Agreements,” “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” and “Deferred Sales Charge on Class B and Class C Shares” in this SAI. For Class NAV shares, the Distributor may make a one-time payment at the time of initial purchase out of its own resources to a Selling Firm that sells shares of the funds. This payment may not exceed 0.15% of the amount invested.
Initial compensation. Whenever you make an investment in Class A, Class B or Class C shares of a fund, the Selling Firm receives a reallowance/payment/commission as described in the section “First Year Broker or Other Selling Firm Compensation.” The Selling Firm also receives the first year’s 12b-1 service fee at that time.
Annual Compensation. For Class A, Class B and Class C shares of a fund, beginning in the second year after an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 service fee of 0.25% of its average daily net (aged) assets. In addition, beginning in the second year after an investment is made in Class C shares of the Funds, the Distributor will pay the Selling Firm a distribution fee in an amount not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net (aged) assets. In certain cases, for Class A shares, 12b-1 fees are paid in the first year as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets. These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.
For Classes R1 and R3 shares of the funds, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.50% of its average daily net assets. For Class R4 shares of the funds, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 distribution fee of 0.25% of its average daily net assets. See the table below for the “Selling Firm receives 12b-1 service fees.” These service and distribution fees are paid monthly in arrears.
The Distributor may pay all or part of the Rule 12b-1 fees applicable to the Class 1 shares of a fund to one or more affiliated and unaffiliated insurance companies that have issued group annuity contracts for which the fund serves as an investment vehicle as compensation for providing some or all of the types of services contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan.
Additional Payments to Financial Intermediaries. Shares of the funds are primarily sold through financial intermediaries (firms), such as broker/dealers, banks, registered investment advisers, independent financial planners, and retirement plan administrators. The Distributor may make, either from 12b-1

94


Table of Contents

distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional payments to firms. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Many firms that sell shares of the funds receive one or more types of these cash payments. The categories of payments that the Distributor provides to firms are described below. These categories are not mutually exclusive and the Distributor may make additional types of revenue sharing payments in the future. The same firms may receive payments under more than one or all categories. These payments assist in the Distributor’s efforts to promote the sale of the funds’ shares. The Distributor agrees with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation, which may include the level of sales or assets attributable to the firm. Not all firms receive additional compensation and the amount of compensation varies. These payments could be significant to a firm. The Distributor determines which firms to support and the extent of the payments it is willing to make. The Distributor generally chooses to compensate firms that have a strong capability to distribute shares of the fund and that are willing to cooperate with the Distributor’s promotional efforts. The Distributor does not make an independent assessment of the cost of providing such services.
As of August 31, 2009, the following member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) have arrangements with the Distributor pursuant to which the firm is entitled to a revenue sharing payment, each member may receive up to 0.25% of revenue sharing:
1st Global Capital Corp.
AIG — American General Securities
AIG — FSC Securities Corporation
AIG — Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.
AIG — Sagepoint Financial, Inc.
Ameriprise Financial Services, Inc.
AXA Advisors, LLC.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Cambridge Investment Research
Centaurus Financial
Charles Schwab
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Commonwealth Financial Network
Crown Capital Securities, L.P.
DA Davidson & Co
E*Trade Clearing, LLC
First Allied/FFP
First Tennessee
Geneos Wealth Management
Girard Securities
H.D. Vest Investment Services
Harbour Investments, Inc.
ING — Financial Network Investment Corp.
ING — Multi-Financial Securities Corporation
ING — PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc.
ING — ING Financial Partners
InterSecurities Inc
Investors Capital Corp
Janney Montgomery Scott, LLC

95


Table of Contents

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc
John Hancock Financial Network
Lincoln Financial Advisors Corporation
LPL Financial Corporation
LPL -Associated Securities Corp
LPL -Mutual Service Corporation
LPL- Waterstone Financial Group
LPL -Uvest Financial Services Group
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc
MML Investor Services, Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc.
NFP Securities
NPH — Invest Financial Corporation
NPH — Investment Center of America, Inc.
NPH — National Planning Corp
NPH — SII Investments, Inc.
Oppenheimer & Co. , Inc.
Raymond James Associates
Raymond James Financial Services
RBC Dain Rauscher, Inc.
Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.
Securities America, Inc.
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc.
TD Ameritrade
The Huntington Investment, Co.
The Investment Center
Transamerica Financial Advisors, Inc.
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Wells Fargo Investments, LLC
Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC
The Distributor also has arrangements with intermediaries that are not members of FINRA.
Sales and Asset Based Payments. The Distributor makes revenue sharing payments as incentives to certain firms to promote and sell shares of the funds. The Distributor hopes to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing the funds’ net assets, which, as well as benefiting the funds, would result in additional management and other fees for the Adviser and its affiliates. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature certain funds in its sales system or give the Distributor additional access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, a firm may agree to participate in the marketing efforts of the Distributor by allowing it to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the intermediary’s sales force. Although an intermediary may seek revenue sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients that have invested in the funds, the intermediary may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue sharing payments may provide a firm with an incentive to favor the funds.
The revenue sharing payments the Distributor makes may be calculated on sales of shares of the funds (“Sales-Based Payments”). Such payments also may be calculated on the average daily net assets of the

96


Table of Contents

applicable funds attributable to that particular financial intermediary (“Asset-Based Payments”). Sales-Based Payments primarily create incentives to make new sales of shares of the funds and Asset-Based Payments primarily create incentives to retain previously sold shares of the funds in investor accounts. The Distributor may pay a firm either or both Sales-Based Payments and Asset-Based Payments.
Administrative and Processing Support Payments. The Distributor also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds for certain administrative services, including record keeping and sub-accounting shareholder accounts, to the extent that the funds do not pay for these costs directly. The Distributor also may make payments to certain firms that sell shares of the funds in connection with client account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing. The types of payments that the Distributor may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges per purchase or exchange order placed by a financial intermediary, payment of networking fees in connection with certain mutual fund trading systems, or one-time payments for ancillary services such as setting up funds on a firm’s mutual fund trading system.
Other Cash Payments. From time to time, the Distributor may provide, either from 12b-1 distribution fees or out of its own resources, additional compensation to firms that sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the funds. Such compensation provided by the Distributor may include financial assistance to firms that enable the Distributor to participate in and/or present at conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, client entertainment, client and investor events, and other firm-sponsored events, and travel expenses, including lodging incurred by registered representatives and other employees in connection with client prospecting, retention and due diligence trips. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. The Distributor makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to the Distributor’s guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship.
The Distributor and its affiliates may have other relationships with firms relating to the provisions of services to the funds, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction processing services, or effecting portfolio transactions for the funds. If a firm provides these services, the Adviser or the funds may compensate the firm for these services. In addition, a firm may have other compensated or uncompensated relationships with the Adviser or its affiliates that are not related to the funds.
First Year Broker or Other Selling Firm Compensation
                                 
    Investor pays     Selling Firm     Selling Firm        
    sales charge     receives     receives 12b-     Total Selling Firm  
    (% of offering price)(1)     commission(2)     1 service fee(3)     compensation(4)(5)  
Class A Equity Fund investments
                               
Up to $49,999
    5.00 %     4.01 %     0.25 %     4.25 %
$50,000 - $99,999
    4.50 %     3.51 %     0.25 %     3.75 %
$100,000 - $249,999
    3.50 %     2.61 %     0.25 %     2.85 %
$250,000 - $499,999
    2.50 %     1.86 %     0.25 %     2.10 %
$500,000 - $999,999
    2.00 %     1.36 %     0.25 %     1.60 %
Class A Floating Rate Income Investments
                               
Up to $99,999
    3.00 %     2.25 %     0.25 %     2.50 %
$100,000 - $249,999
    2.50 %     1.75 %     0.25 %     2.00 %
$250,000 - $499,999
    2.00 %     1.25 %     0.25 %     1.50 %
$500,000 - $999,999
    1.50 %     1.00 %     0.25 %     1.25 %
Investments of Class A shares of $1 million or more (6)
                               
First $1M-$4,999,999
          0.75 %     0.25 %     1.00 %
Next $1-$5M above that
          0.25 %     0.25 %     0.50 %
Next $1 or more above that
          0.00 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Investments of Class A shares by certain Retirement Plans (6)
                               
First $1-$4,999,999
          0.75 %     0.25 %     1.00 %

97


Table of Contents

                                 
    Investor pays     Selling Firm     Selling Firm        
    sales charge     receives     receives 12b-     Total Selling Firm  
    (% of offering price)(1)     commission(2)     1 service fee(3)     compensation(4)(5)  
Next $1-$5M above that
          0.25 %     0.25 %     0.50 %
Next $1 or more above that
          0.00 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Class B investments
                               
All amounts
          3.75 %     0.25 %     4.00 %
Class C investments
                               
All amounts
          0.75 %     0.25 %     1.00 %
Class R1 investments (7)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.50 %
Class R3 investments (7)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.50 %     0.50 %
Class R4 investments (7)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.25 %     0.25 %
Class R5 investments
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Class 1 investments
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Class I investments (8)
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
Class 5 investments
                               
All amounts
    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %
 
(1)   See “Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares” for discussion on how to qualify for a reduced sales charge. John Hancock Funds, LLC may take recent redemptions into account in determining if an investment qualifies as a new investment
 
(2)   For Class A investments under $1 million, a portion of the Selling Firm’s commission is paid out of the sales charge.
 
(3)   For Class A, B and C shares, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a percentage of the amount invested and after the first year as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets. Monthly payments are made in arrears. For Selling Firms with a fee-based/WRAP program agreement with John Hancock funds, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees in the first year as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets. In certain circumstances, 12b-1 fees are paid in the first year as a percentage of average daily net eligible assets. This compensation applies to the following: Selling Firms with a fee-based /WRAP program agreement with John Hancock Funds, LLC, certain retirement platforms with over 100 eligible employees at the inception of the Fund account or $1 million in plan assets, and Selling Firms that roll over assets from a terminated participant’s qualified plan, which is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial ROTH IRA investing in John Hancock funds. Monthly payments are made in arrears. For Class R1, R3 and R4 shares, the Selling Firm receives 12b-1 fees effective at the time of purchase as a percentage of average daily assets (paid monthly in arrears). See “Distribution Agreements” for description of Class R1, R3 and R4 Service Plan charges and payments.
 
(4)   Selling Firm commission and 12b-1 service fee percentages are calculated from different amounts, and therefore may not equal the total Selling Firm compensation percentages if combined using simple addition.
 
(5)   Underwriter retains the balance.
 
(6)   Commissions (up to 1.00%) are paid to dealers who initiate and are responsible for certain Class A share purchases by employer sponsored defined contribution retirement plans investing $1 million or more or with 100 or more eligible employee at the time of purchase.

98


Table of Contents

(7)   For purchases of Class R1, R3, and R4, beginning with the first year an investment is made, the Selling Firm receives an annual 12b-1 service fee paid monthly in arrears.
 
(8)   John Hancock Funds, LLC may make a one-time payment at time of initial purchase out of its own resources to a Selling Firm that sells Class I shares of the Portfolios. This payment may be up to 0.15% of the amount invested.
Contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) revenues collected by the Distributor may be used to pay Selling Firm commissions when there is no initial sales charge.
NET ASSET VALUE
Portfolio securities are valued by various methods which are generally described below. As noted in the prospectus, portfolio securities may also be fair valued by the Fund’s Pricing Committee in certain instances.
     Equity Securities Traded on Stock Exchanges
Most equity securities that are traded on stock exchanges (including securities traded in both the OTC market and on an exchange) are valued at the last sales prices as of the close of the exchange in the principal market on which the security trades, or, lacking any sales, at the closing bid prices. Certain exceptions exist. For example, securities traded on the London Stock Exchange and NASDAQ are valued at the official closing price.
     Securities Traded on the OTC Market
Securities traded only in the OTC market are generally valued at the last bid prices quoted by brokers that make markets in the securities at the close of regular trading on the NYSE.
     Debt Securities and Convertible Securities
Debt securities for which market quotations are readily available may be valued at market value determined by the security’s most recent bid price (sales price if the principal market is an exchange) in the principal market in which it is normally traded, as furnished by recognized dealers in such securities. Debt securities (other than certain short term debt securities which are valued at amortized cost) and convertible securities may also be valued on the basis of information furnished by a pricing service. A number of pricing services are available and the Funds may use various pricing services or discontinue the use of any pricing service.
     Short Term Debt Instruments and Instruments held by the Money Market Fund
Certain short term debt instruments held by each of the Funds (except the Money Market Fund) and all instruments held by the Money Market Fund, will be valued on an amortized cost basis. Under this method of valuation, the instrument is initially valued at cost. For securities purchased at a discount or premium, the Fund assumes a constant proportionate amortization in value until maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument. While the amortized cost method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price that would be received upon sale of the instrument.
     Open-End Investment Companies
Shares of other open-end investments companies held by a Fund are valued based on the NAV of the underlying fund.

99


Table of Contents

     Securities Denominated in Foreign Currencies
The value of securities denominated in foreign currencies are converted into U.S. dollars at the prevailing exchange rate at the close of the NYSE.
     Options and Futures Contracts
Exchange-traded options are valued at sale prices, if available, and at the mean of the bid and ask prices if a sale price is unavailable. Futures contracts are valued at the most recent settlement price.
     Limited Partnerships and Pooled Investment Vehicles
     The value of a Fund’s interest in entities such as limited partnerships and other pooled investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, will be determined by fair valuation. In general, the fair value of a Fund’s interest in a hedge fund will represent the amount that the Fund could reasonably expect to receive from a hedge fund or from a third party if the Fund’s interest was redeemed or sold at the time of valuation, based on information available at the time the valuation is made that the Fund reasonably believes to be reliable. In determining fair value for investments in hedge funds, a Fund ordinarily may rely upon the fair value information provided to it by the administrator for and/or manager of a hedge fund in which the fund has invested, computed in compliance with the hedge fund’s valuation policies and procedures, in addition to any other relevant information available at the time of valuation. In certain instances, the Fund’s Pricing Committee may determine that a reported valuation does not reflect fair value, based on additional information available or other factors, and may accordingly determine in good faith the fair value of the assets, which may differ from the reported valuation.
     Non-Negotiable Security
A non-negotiable security not treated as an illiquid security because it may be redeemed with the issuer, subject to a penalty for early redemption, shall be assigned a value that takes into account the reduced amount that would be received if it were liquidated at the time of valuation.
     Money Market Fund – Rule 2a-7
The Money Market Fund uses the amortized cost valuation method in reliance upon Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. As required by this rule, the Money Market Fund will maintain a dollar weighted average maturity of 90 days or less. In addition, the Money Market Fund is only permitted to purchase securities that the subadviser determines present minimal credit risks and at the time of purchase are “eligible securities,” as defined by Rule 2a-7. Generally, eligible securities must be rated by a NRSRO in one of the two highest rating categories for short-term debt obligations or be of comparable quality. The Money Market Fund will invest only in obligations that have remaining maturities of 397 days or less.
The Trustees have established procedures designed to stabilize, to the extent reasonably possible, the Money Market Fund’s price per share as computed for the purpose of sales and redemptions at $1.00. The procedures direct the Adviser to establish procedures that will allow for the monitoring of the propriety of the continued use of amortized cost valuation to maintain a constant net asset value per share (“NAV”) of $1.00. The procedures also direct the Adviser to determine NAV based upon available market quotations (“Shadow Pricing”), pursuant to which the Money Market Fund shall value at least weekly (a) all portfolio instruments for which market quotations are readily available at market, and (b) all portfolio instruments for which market quotations are not readily available or are not obtainable from a pricing service, at their fair value as determined in good faith by the Trustees (the actual calculations, however, may be made by persons acting pursuant to the direction of the Trustees.) If the fair value of a security needs to be determined, the Fund’s Pricing Committee will provide determinations, in accordance with procedures and methods established by the Trustees of the Fund, of the fair value of securities held by the Money Market Fund.

100


Table of Contents

In the event that the deviation from the amortized cost exceeds 0.50 of 1% in NAV, the Adviser shall promptly call a special meeting of the Trustees to determine what, if any, action should be initiated. Where the Trustees believe the extent of any deviation from the Money Market Fund’s amortized cost NAV may result in material dilution or other unfair results to investors or existing shareholders, they shall take the action they deem appropriate to eliminate or reduce to the extent reasonably practical such dilution or unfair results. The actions that may be taken by the Trustees include, but are not limited to:
    redeeming shares in kind;
 
    selling portfolio instruments prior to maturity to realize capital gains or losses or to shorten the average portfolio maturity of a Money Market Fund;
 
    withholding or reducing dividends;
 
    utilizing a NAV based on available market quotations; or
 
    investing all cash in instruments with a maturity on the next business day.
The Money Market Fund may also reduce the number of shares outstanding by redeeming proportionately from shareholders, without the payment of any monetary compensation, such number of full and fractional shares as is necessary to maintain the NAV at $1.00. Any such redemption will be treated as a negative dividend for purposes of the net investment factor under the contracts issued by Manulife New York and Manufacturers USA. Although the Money Market Fund seeks to maintain, to the extent practicable, a constant per share NAV of $1.00, there is no assurance that it will be able to do so.
Except in the case of the Money Market Fund, for purposes of calculating the NAV of a fund’s shares, investment transactions are accounted for on a “trade date plus one basis” (i.e. the business day following the trade date). However, for financial reporting purposes, investment transactions are reported on the trade date. In the case of the Money Market Fund, investment transactions are reported on trade date for both financial reporting purposes and for purposes of calculating the NAV of the fund’s shares.
POLICY REGARDING DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Board has adopted the Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, see Appendix B of this SAI, to protect the interests of the shareholders of JHF II and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, or the interests of a fund’s subadvisers, principal underwriter or affiliated persons of a fund’s Adviser or principal underwriter. JHF II’s general policy with respect to the release of portfolio holdings to nonaffiliated persons is to do so only in limited circumstances and only to provide nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including affiliated persons, on a “need to know” basis and, when released, to release such information only as consistent with applicable legal requirements and the fiduciary duties owed to shareholders. JHF II applies its policy uniformly to all parties, including individual and institutional investors, intermediaries, affiliated persons of a fund, and to all third party service providers and rating agencies.
JHF II posts to its Web site at www.jhfunds.com complete portfolio holdings for a fund fifteen (15) days after each calendar month end, or after any material changes are made to the holdings of the fund. A fund also discloses its complete portfolio holdings information quarterly to the SEC using Form N-Q within 60 days of the end of the first and third quarter ends of JHF II’s fiscal year and on Form N-CSR on the second and fourth quarter ends of JHF II’s fiscal year. Form N-Q is not required to be mailed to shareholders, but is made public through the SEC electronic filings. Shareholders receive either complete portfolio holdings information or summaries of a fund’s portfolio holdings with their annual and semi-annual reports.
Portfolio holdings information that is not publicly available will be released only pursuant to the exceptions described in the Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings. Material nonpublic holdings information may be provided to nonaffiliated persons as part of the investment activities of a fund to: entities which, by explicit agreement, are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information disclosed; rating organizations, such as Morningstar and Lipper; Vestek (Thompson Financial) or other entities for the purpose of compiling reports and preparing data; proxy voting services for the purpose of

101


Table of Contents

voting proxies; entities providing computer software; courts (including bankruptcy courts) or regulators with jurisdiction over JHF II, and its affiliates; and, institutional traders to assist in research and trade execution. Exceptions to the portfolio holdings release policy can only be approved by JHF II’s CCO or his duly authorized delegate after considering: (a) the purpose of providing such information; (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon; and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders.
At this time, the entities receiving information described in the preceding paragraph are: Vestek (holdings, monthly with 30 day lag); Evare (holdings, daily); Morningstar (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Lipper (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Fact Set (holdings, daily); PricewaterhouseCoopers (prices, annual audits); Confluence (holdings, daily); ISS (holdings, daily); Elkins McSherry (purchases and sales, quarterly); NASDAQ (NAVs, daily); Standard & Poor’s (holdings, monthly with 32 day lag); Charles River (holdings and securities details, daily); and DST (NAVs, daily).
The CCO is also required to pre-approve the disclosure of nonpublic information regarding portfolio holdings to any affiliated persons of JHF II. The CCO will use the same three considerations stated above before approving disclosure of nonpublic information to affiliated persons.
The CCO shall report to the Board whenever additional disclosures of portfolio holdings are approved. The CCO’s report shall be at the Board meeting following such approval. The CCO then provides annually a report to the Board regarding the operation of the policy and any material changes recommended as a result of such review.
When the CCO believes that the disclosure of nonpublic information to a nonaffiliated person is a potential conflict of interest between the interest of the shareholders and the interest of affiliated persons of JHF II, the CCO shall refer the conflict to the Board. The Board shall then only permit such disclosure of the nonpublic information if in their reasonable business judgment they conclude such disclosure will be in the best interests of JHF II’s shareholders.
The receipt of compensation by a fund, the Adviser, a subadviser or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing nonpublic portfolio holdings information is not deemed a legitimate business purpose and is strictly forbidden.
INITIAL SALES CHARGE ON CLASS A SHARES
Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the funds are offered at a price equal to their NAV plus a sales charge which, at the option of the purchaser, may be imposed either at the time of purchase (the “initial sales charge”) or on a contingent deferred basis (the “contingent deferred sales charge” or “CDSC”). The funds do not issue share certificates. Shares are electronically recorded. The Trustees reserve the right to change or waive a fund’s minimum investment requirements and to reject any order to purchase shares (including purchase by exchange) when in the judgment of the Adviser such rejection is in a fund’s best interest.
The sales charges applicable to purchases of Class A shares of a fund are described in the Prospectus. Methods of obtaining reduced sales charges referred to generally in the Prospectus are described in detail below. In calculating the sales charge applicable to current purchases of Class A shares of a fund, the investor is entitled to accumulate current purchases with the current offering price of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class ADV, Class T, Class R1, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class I and Class I2 shares of the John Hancock funds owned by the investor (see “Combination Privilege” and “Accumulation Privilege” below).
In order to receive The reduced sales charge, the investor must notify his or her Financial Adviser and/or the financial adviser must notify the Fund’s transfer agent, Signature Services at the time of purchase of the Class A shares, about any other John Hancock Mutual Funds owned by the investor, the Investor’s spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household (See “Combination and Accumulation Privilege” below). This includes Investments held in an Individual Retirement Account, including

102


Table of Contents

those held at a Broker or Financial Adviser other than the one handling your current purchase. Additionally, individual purchases by a Trustee(s) or other fiduciary(ies) may also be aggregated if the investments are for a single trust estate or for a group retirement plan. Assets held within a group retirement plan may not be combined with any assets held by those same participants outside of the plan.
John Hancock will credit the combined value, at the current offering price, of all eligible accounts to determine whether you qualify for a reduced sales charge on your current purchase. Signature Services will automatically link certain accounts registered in the same client name, with the same taxpayer identification number, for the purpose of qualifying you for lower initial sales charge rates. You must notify Signature Services and your broker-dealer (financial adviser) at the time of purchase of any eligible accounts held by your spouse or children under 21, living in the same household in order to insure these assets are linked to Your Accounts.
Without Sales Charges. Class A shares may be offered without a front-end sales charge or CDSC to various individuals and institutions as follows:
  A Trustee or officer of a fund; a Director or officer of the Adviser and its affiliates, subadvisers or Selling Firms; employees or sales representatives of any of the foregoing; retired officers, employees or Directors of any of the foregoing; a member of the immediate family (spouse, child, grandparent, grandchild, parent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, niece, nephew and same sex domestic partner; “Immediate Family”) of any of the foregoing; or any fund, pension, profit sharing or other benefit plan for the individuals described above;
 
  A broker, dealer, financial planner, consultant, registered investment advisor that has entered into a signed agreement with John Hancock funds providing specifically for the use of fund shares in certain retirement platforms, fee-based investment products or services made available to their clients;
 
  Individuals transferring assets held in a SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SAR-SEP invested in the John Hancock Fund Complex directly to an IRA;
 
  Individuals converting assets held in an IRA, SIMPLE IRA, SEP, or SAR-SEP invested in the John Hancock Fund Complex directly to a ROTH IRA;
 
  Individuals recharacterizing assets from an IRA, ROTH IRA, SEP, SAR-SEP or Simple IRA invested in John Hancock funds back to the original account type from which it was converted;
 
  terminating participants rolling over (directly or within 60 days after distribution) assets held in a pension, profit sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, or described in Section 457(b) of the Code, that is funded by certain John Hancock group annuity contracts, to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA that invests in John Hancock funds, including subsequent investments; and
 
  participants rolling over (directly or within 60 days after distribution), from a terminating pension, profit sharing or other plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code or described in Section 457(b) of the Code (the assets of which, immediately prior to its termination, were held in certain John Hancock group annuity contracts but are now transferred from such contracts and held either: (i) in trust by a distribution processing organization; or (ii) in a custodial IRA or custodial Roth IRA sponsored by an authorized third party trust company and made available through John Hancock) to a John Hancock custodial IRA or John Hancock custodial Roth IRA that invests in John Hancock funds, including subsequent investments
 
  Individuals rolling over assets held in John Hancock custodial 403(b) account into a John Hancock custodial IRA account.

103


Table of Contents

NOTE: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and any other qualified plans as described in the Code Sections 401(a), 403(b), 457 and not specified above as waiver eligible, will be subject to applicable sales charges.
  A member of a class action lawsuit against insurance companies who is investing settlement proceeds;
 
  Certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. servicing programs offered in Class A shares, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information;
 
  Retirement plans investing through the PruSolutions ™ program; or
 
  Participants in certain qualified tuition programs under Section 529 of the Code (“529 Plans”) that have a signed agreement with the John Hancock Funds Complex. No CDSC will be due for redemptions on plan purchases made at NAV with no finder’s fee. However, if a plan had a finder’s fee or commission, and the entire plan redeemed within 12 months of the first investment in the plan, a CDSC would be due.
 
  Participant directed retirement plans with at least 100 eligible employees at the inception of a fund account. Each of these employees may purchase Class A shares with no initial sales charge, if the plan sponsor notifies Signature Services of the number of employees at the time the account is established. However, if the shares are redeemed within 12 months of the inception of the plan, a CDSC will be imposed at the following rate:
         
Amount Invested   CDSC Rate  
First $1 to $4,999,999
    1.00 %
Next $1 to $5M above that
    0.50 %
Next $1 or more above that
    0.25 %
In Kind Re-Registrations. A shareholder who withdraws funds via a tax reportable transaction, from one John Hancock fund account, that has previously paid a sales charge, and reregisters those assets directly to another John Hancock fund account, without the assets ever leaving the John Hancock Fund Complex, may do so without paying a sales charge. The beneficial owner must remain the same, i.e., in kind.
NOTE: Rollover investments to Class A shares from assets withdrawn from SIMPLE 401(k), TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and any other qualified plans as described in sections 401(a), 403(b), 457 of the Code are not eligible for this provision, and will be subject to applicable sales charges.
Class A shares may also be purchased without an initial sales charge in connection with certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.
Reducing Your Class A Sales Charges
Combination and Accumulation Privileges. In calculating the sales charge applicable to purchases of Class A shares made at one time, the purchases will be combined to reduce sales charges if made by (a) an individual, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household, purchasing securities for his or their own account, (b) a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing for a single trust, estate or group retirement plan, and (c) groups which qualify for the Group Investment Program (see below). Individual qualified and non-qualified investments can be combined to take advantage of this privilege, however, assets held within a group retirement plan may not be combined with any assets held by those same participants outside the plan.

104


Table of Contents

Class A investors may also reduce their Class A sales charge by taking into account not only the amount being invested but also the current offering price of all the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class T, Class ADV, Class I, Class I2 and all Class R shares of all funds in the John Hancock Fund Complex already held by such persons. However, Class A shares of John Hancock money market funds will only be eligible for the accumulation privilege if the investor has previously paid a sales charge on the amount of those shares. To receive a reduced sales charge, the investor must tell his or her financial adviser or Signature Services at the time of the purchase about any other John Hancock mutual funds held by that investor, his or her spouse and their children under the age of 21 living in the same household. Further information about combined purchases, including certain restrictions on combined group purchases, is available from Signature Services or a Selling Firm’s representative.
Group Investment Program. Under the Combination and Accumulation Privileges, all members of a group may combine their individual purchases of Class A shares to potentially qualify for breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. This feature is provided to any group which (1) has been in existence for more than six months, (2) has a legitimate purpose other than the purchase of mutual fund shares at a discount for its members, (3) utilizes salary deduction or similar group methods of payment, and (4) agrees to allow sales materials of the funds in its mailings to its members at a reduced or no cost to the Distributor.
Letter of Intention. Reduced Class A sales charges under the Combination and Accumulation Privilege are also applicable to investments made pursuant to a Letter of Intention (the “LOI”), which should be read carefully prior to its execution by an investor. Each fund offers two options regarding the specified period for making investments under the LOI. All investors have the option of making their investments over a specified period of thirteen (13) months. Individual investors who are using a fund as a funding medium for their retirement plan account, however, may opt to make the necessary investments called for by the LOI over a forty-eight (48) month period. These individual retirement accounts include traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SEPs, SAR-SEPs, simple IRAs and individual 403(b) accounts. An individual’s non-qualified and qualified retirement plan investments can be combined to satisfy an LOI (either 13 or 48 months). Since some retirement plans are held in an omnibus account, an investor wishing to count retirement plan holdings towards a Class A purchase must notify Signature Services and his or her financial adviser of these holdings. Such an investment (including accumulations, combinations and reinvested dividends) must aggregate $50,000 or more during the specified period from the date of the LOI or from a date within ninety (90) days prior thereto, upon written request to Signature Services. Purchases made within 90 days prior to the signing of an LOI will be counted towards fulfillment of the LOI, however, the original sales charge will not be recalculated for these previous purchases. The sales charge applicable to all amounts invested after an LOI is signed is computed as if the aggregate amount intended to be invested had been invested immediately. If such aggregate amount is not actually invested, the difference in the sales charge actually paid and the sales charge payable had the LOI not been in effect is due from the investor. However, for the purchases actually made within the specified period (either 13 or 48 months) the applicable sales charge will not be higher than that which would have applied (including accumulations and combinations) had the LOI been for the amount actually invested.
The LOI authorizes Signature Services to hold in escrow sufficient Class A shares (approximately 5% of the aggregate) to make up any difference in sales charges on the amount intended to be invested and the amount actually invested, until such investment is completed within the specified period, at which time the escrowed Class A shares will be released. If the total investment specified in the LOI is not completed, the Class A shares held in escrow may be redeemed and the proceeds used as required to pay such sales charge as may be due. By signing the LOI, the investor authorizes Signature Services to act as his or her attorney-in-fact to redeem any escrowed Class A shares and adjust the sales charge, if necessary. A LOI does not constitute a binding commitment by an investor to purchase, or by a fund to sell, any additional Class A shares and may be terminated at any time.

105


Table of Contents

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ON CLASS B AND CLASS C SHARES
Investments in Class B and Class C shares are purchased at NAV per share without the imposition of an initial sales charge so that the funds will receive the full amount of the purchase payment.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Class B and Class C shares which are redeemed within six years or one year of purchase, respectively, will be subject to a CDSC at the rates set forth in the Prospectus as a percentage of the dollar amount subject to the CDSC. The charge will be assessed on an amount equal to the lesser of the current market value or the original purchase cost of the Class B or Class C shares being redeemed. No CDSC will be imposed on increases in account value above the initial purchase prices or on shares derived from reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions.
Class B shares are not available to retirement plans that had more than 100 eligible employees at the inception of the fund account. You must notify Signature Services of the number of eligible employees at the time your account is established.
The amount of the CDSC, if any, will vary depending on the number of years from the time of payment for the purchase of Class B shares until the time of redemption of such shares. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years from the time of any payment for the purchases of both Class B and Class C shares, all payments during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the first day of the month.
In determining whether a CDSC applies to a redemption, the calculation will be determined in a manner that results in the lowest possible rate being charged. It will be assumed that your redemption comes first from shares you have held beyond the six-year CDSC redemption period for Class B or one year CDSC redemption period for Class C, or those you acquired through dividend and capital gain reinvestment, and next from the shares you have held the longest during the six-year period for Class B shares. For this purpose, the amount of any increase in a share’s value above its initial purchase price is not subject to a CDSC. Thus, when a share that has appreciated in value is redeemed during the CDSC period, a CDSC is assessed only on its initial purchase price.
When requesting a redemption for a specific dollar amount please indicate if you require the proceeds to equal the dollar amount requested. If not indicated, only the specified dollar amount will be redeemed from your account and the proceeds will be less any applicable CDSC.
Example:
You have purchased 100 Class B shares at $10 per share. The second year after your purchase, your investment’s NAV per share has increased by $2 to $12, and you have gained 10 additional shares through dividend reinvestment. If you redeem 50 shares at this time your CDSC will be calculated as follows:
         
Proceeds of 50 shares redeemed at $12 per shares (50 x 12)
  $ 600.00  
*Minus Appreciation ($12 - $10) x 100 shares
    (200.00 )
Minus proceeds of 10 shares not subject to CDSC (dividend reinvestment)
    (120.00 )
Amount subject to CDSC
  $ 280.00  
 
*   The appreciation is based on all 100 shares in the account NOT just the shares being redeemed.
Proceeds from the CDSC are paid to the Distributor and are used in whole or in part by the Distributor to defray its expenses related to providing distribution-related services to the funds in connection with the sale of the Class B and Class C shares, such as the payment of compensation to select Selling Firms for selling Class B and Class C shares. The combination of the CDSC and the distribution and service fees facilitates the ability of the funds to sell the Class B and Class C shares without a sales charge being deducted at the time of the purchase.

106


Table of Contents

Waiver of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. The CDSC will be waived on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC, unless indicated otherwise, in the circumstances defined below:
For all account types:
  Redemptions made pursuant to a fund’s right to liquidate your account if you own shares worth less than the stated account minimum in the section “Opening an account” in the prospectus.
 
  Redemptions made under certain liquidation, merger or acquisition transactions involving other investment companies or personal holding companies.
 
  Redemptions due to death or disability. (Does not apply to trust accounts unless trust is being dissolved.)
 
  Redemptions made under the Reinstatement Privilege, as described in “Sales Charge Reductions and Waivers” of the Prospectus.
 
  Redemption of Class B and Class C shares made under a periodic withdrawal plan or redemptions for fees charged by planners or advisors for advisory services, as long as your annual redemptions do not exceed 12% of your account value, including reinvested dividends, at the time you established your periodic withdrawal plan and 12% of the value of subsequent investments (less redemptions) in that account at the time you notify Signature Services. (Please note that this waiver does not apply to periodic withdrawal plan redemptions of Class A shares that are subject to a CDSC).
 
  Certain retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. servicing programs offered in Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.
 
  Redemptions of Class A shares made after one year from the inception date of a retirement plan at John Hancock.
 
  Redemptions of Class A shares by retirement plans that invested through the PruSolutions (SM) program.
 
  Rollovers, contract exchanges or transfers of John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets required by John Hancock funds as a result of its decision to discontinue maintaining and administering 403(b)(7) accounts.
For Retirement Accounts (such as traditional, Roth IRAs and Coverdell ESAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SIMPLE 401(k), Rollover IRA, TSA, 457, 403(b), 401(k), Money Purchase Pension Plan, Profit-Sharing Plan and other plans as described in the Code) unless otherwise noted.
  Redemptions made to effect mandatory or life expectancy distributions under the Code. (Waiver based on required, minimum distribution calculations for John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.)
 
  Returns of excess contributions made to these plans.
 
  Redemptions made to effect certain distributions, as outlined in the chart on the following page, to participants or beneficiaries from employer sponsored retirement plans under sections 401(a) (such as Money Purchase Pension Plans and Profit-Sharing Plan/401(k) Plans), 403(b), 457 and 408 (SEPs and SIMPLE IRAs) of the Code.
Please see the following chart for some examples.

107


Table of Contents

                     
    401(a) Plan                
    (401(k), MPP,                
    PSP)                
Type of   457 & 408 (SEP                
Distribution   & Simple IRAs)   403 (b   457   IRA, IRA Rollover   Non-retirement
Death or Disability
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived
 
                   
Over 70 1/2
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived for required minimum distributions* or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   12% of account value annually in periodic payments
 
                   
Between 59 1/2 and 70 1/2
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived for Life Expectancy or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   12% of account value annually in periodic payments
 
                   
Under 59 1/2 (Class B and Class C only)
  Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   Waived for annuity payments (72t) or 12% of account value annually in periodic payments.   12% of account value annually in periodic payments
 
                   
Loans
  Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A   N/A
 
                   
Termination of Plan
  Not Waived   Waived   Not Waived   Not Waived   N/A
 
                   
Hardships
  Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A
 
                   
Qualified Domestic
Relations Orders
  Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A
 
                   
Termination of Employment Before Normal Retirement Age
  Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A   N/A
 
                   
Return of Excess
  Waived   Waived   Waived   Waived   N/A
 
*   Required minimum distributions based on John Hancock Mutual Fund IRA assets only.
If you qualify for a CDSC waiver under one of these situations, you must notify Signature Services at the time you make your redemption. The waiver will be granted once Signature Services has confirmed that you are entitled to the waiver.

108


Table of Contents

SPECIAL REDEMPTIONS
Although it would not normally do so, each fund has the right to pay the redemption price of shares of the fund in whole or in part in portfolio securities as prescribed by the Trustees. When a shareholder sells any portfolio securities received in a redemption of fund shares, the shareholder will incur a brokerage charge. Any such securities would be valued for the purposes of fulfilling such a redemption request in the same manner as they are in computing the fund’s NAV.
JHF II has adopted Procedures Regarding Redemptions in Kind by Affiliates (the “Procedures”) to facilitate the efficient and cost effective movement of fund assets in connection with certain investment and marketing strategies. It is the position of the SEC that the 1940 Act prohibits an investment company such as each fund from satisfying a redemption request from a shareholder that is affiliated with the investment company by means of an in-kind distribution of fund securities. However, under a no-action letter issued by the SEC staff, a redemption in kind to an affiliated shareholder is permissible provided certain conditions are met. The Procedures, which are intended to conform to the requirements of this no-action letter, allow for in-kind redemptions by affiliated fund shareholders subject to specified conditions, including that:
  the distribution is effected through a pro rata distribution of the distributing fund’s portfolio securities;
 
  the distributed securities are valued in the same manner as they are in computing the fund’s NAV; neither the affiliated shareholder nor any other party with the ability and the pecuniary incentive to influence the redemption in kind may select or influence the selection of the distributed securities; and
 
  the Trustees of the fund, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, must determine on a quarterly basis that any redemptions in kind to affiliated shareholders made during the prior quarter were effected in accordance with the Procedures, did not favor the affiliated shareholder to the detriment of any other shareholder and were in the best interests of the fund.
ADDITIONAL SERVICES AND PROGRAMS
Exchange Privilege. JHF II permits exchanges of shares of any class for shares of the same class in any other fund within John Hancock Fund Complex offering that same class at the time of the exchange. The registration for both accounts involved must be identical. Identical registration is determined by having the same beneficial owner on both accounts involved in the exchange.
Investors may exchange Class I, R1, R3, R4 and R5 shares for the same Class of other John Hancock funds or Money Market Fund Class A. If an investor exchanges Class I, R1, R3, R4 and R5 shares for Class A shares of Money Market Fund, any future exchanges out of Money Market Fund Class A must be back to the original class of shares.
Exchanges between funds are based on their respective NAVs. No sales charge is imposed, except on exchanges of Class A shares from Money Market Fund to another John Hancock fund, if a sales charge has not previously been paid on those shares. However, the shares acquired in an exchange will be subject to the CDSC schedule of the shares acquired if and when such shares are redeemed. For purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon redemption of shares acquired in an exchange, the holding period of the original shares is added to the holding period of the shares acquired in an exchange.
If a retirement plan exchanges the plan’s Class A account in its entirety from the fund to a non-John Hancock investment, the one-year CDSC applies.
Each fund reserves the right to require that previously exchanged shares (and reinvested dividends) be in a fund for 90 days before a shareholder is permitted a new exchange.

109


Table of Contents

An exchange of shares is treated as a redemption of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another for federal income tax purposes. An exchange may result in a taxable gain or loss. See “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”
Under certain circumstances, an investor in the fund pursuant to a fee-based, wrap or other investment platform program of certain firms, as determined by the fund, may be afforded an opportunity to make a conversion of Class A shares also owned by the investor in the same fund to Class I shares of that fund. Conversion of Class A shares to Class I shares of the same fund in these particular circumstances does should not cause the investor to realize taxable gain or loss. For further details, see “Additional information concerning taxes.”
Systematic Withdrawal Plan. JHF II permits the establishment of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan. Payments under this plan represent proceeds arising from the redemption of fund shares. Since the redemption price of fund shares may be more or less than the shareholder’s cost, depending upon the market value of the securities owned by the fund at the time of redemption, the distribution of cash pursuant to this plan may result in realization of gain or loss for purposes of federal, state and local income taxes. The maintenance of a Systematic Withdrawal Plan concurrently with purchases of additional shares of the fund could be disadvantageous to a shareholder because of the initial sales charge payable on such purchases of Class A shares and the CDSC imposed on redemptions of Class B and Class C shares and because redemptions are taxable events. Therefore, a shareholder should not purchase shares at the same time that a Systematic Withdrawal Plan is in effect. The fund reserves the right to modify or discontinue the Systematic Withdrawal Plan of any shareholder on 30 days’ prior written notice to such shareholder, or to discontinue the availability of such plan in the future. The shareholder may terminate the plan at any time by giving proper notice to Signature Services.
Monthly Automatic Accumulation Program (“MAAP”). The program is explained in the Prospectus. The program, as it relates to automatic investment checks, is subject to the following conditions:
  The investments will be drawn on or about the day of the month indicated.
 
  The privilege of making investments through the MAAP may be revoked by Signature Services without prior notice if any investment is not honored by the shareholder’s bank. The bank shall be under no obligation to notify the shareholder as to the nonpayment of any checks.
 
  The program may be discontinued by the shareholder either by calling Signature Services or upon written notice to Signature Services which is received at least five (5) business days prior to the due date of any investment.
Reinstatement Or Reinvestment Privilege. If Signature Services and financial adviser are notified prior to reinvestment, a shareholder who has redeemed shares of a fund may, within 120 days after the date of redemption, reinvest without payment of a sales charge any part of the redemption proceeds in shares back into the same share class of the same John Hancock fund and account from which it was removed, subject to the minimum investment limit in that fund. The proceeds from the redemption of Class A shares may be reinvested at NAV without paying a sales charge in Class A shares of the fund. If a CDSC was paid upon a redemption, a shareholder may reinvest the proceeds from this redemption at NAV in additional shares of the same class and fund and account from which the redemption was made. The shareholder’s account will be credited with the amount of any CDSC charged upon the prior redemption and the new shares will continue to be subject to the CDSC. The holding period of the shares acquired through reinvestment will, for purposes of computing the CDSC payable upon a subsequent redemption, include the holding period of the redeemed shares.
Redemption proceeds that are otherwise prohibited from being reinvested in the same account or the same fund may be invested in another account for the same shareholder in the same share class of the same fund (or different fund if original fund is no longer available) without paying a sales charge. Any such reinvestment is subject to the minimum investment limit.

110


Table of Contents

A fund may refuse any reinvestment request and may change or cancel its reinvestment policies at any time.
A redemption or exchange of fund shares is a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes even if the reinvestment privilege is exercised, and any gain or loss realized by a shareholder on the redemption or other disposition of fund shares will be treated for tax purposes as described under the caption “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”
Retirement plans participating in Merrill Lynch’s or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc.’s
servicing programs:
  Class A shares are available at NAV for Merrill Lynch or The Princeton Retirement Group, Inc. retirement plans, including transferee recording arrangements, Merrill Lynch Connect Arrangements and third party administrator recordkeeping arrangements. See your Merrill Lynch Financial Advisor or Princeton Retirement Group representative for further information.
 
  For participating retirement plans investing in Class B shares, shares will convert to Class A shares after eight years, or sooner if the plan attains assets of $5 million (by means of a CDSC-free redemption/purchase at NAV).
Section 403(b)(7) Accounts:
Section 403(b)(7) of the Code permits public school employers and employers of certain types of tax-exempt organizations to establish for their eligible employees custodial accounts for the purpose of providing for retirement income for such employees. Effective September 25, 2007, Treasury regulations imposed certain conditions on exchanges between one custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b)(7) (the “exchanged account”) and another contract or custodial account intended to qualify under Section 403(b) (the “replacing account”) under the same employer plan (a “Section 403(b) Plan”). Specifically, the replacing account agreement must include distribution restrictions that are no less stringent than those imposed under the exchanged account agreement, and the employer must enter in an agreement with the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account under which the employer and the custodian (or other issuer) of the replacing account will from time to time in the future provide each other with certain information.
Due to the Regulations:
  1.   The funds do not accept requests to establish new John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts intended to qualify as a Section 403(b) Plan; and
 
  2)   The funds do not accept requests for exchanges or transfers into your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) accounts (i.e., where yours is the replacing account); and
 
  3)   The funds require certain signed disclosure documentation in the event:
    You established a John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account with a fund prior to September 24, 2007; and
 
    You direct the fund on or after September 25, 2007 to exchange or transfer some or all of your John Hancock custodial 403(b)(7) account assets to another 403(b) contract or account (i.e., where the exchanged account is with the fund).
  4)   Effective January 1, 2009 the funds will no longer accept salary deferrals into 403(b)(7) accounts
In the event that the fund does not receive the required documentation, and you nonetheless direct the fund to proceed with the transfer, the transfer may be treated as a taxable transaction.

111


Table of Contents

PURCHASES AND REDEMPTIONS THROUGH THIRD PARTIES
Shares of the funds may be purchased or redeemed through certain Selling Firms. Selling Firms may charge the investor additional fees for their services. The funds will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized Selling Firm, or if applicable, a Selling Firm’s authorized designee, receives the order. Orders may be processed at the NAV next calculated after the Selling Firm receives the order. The Selling Firm must segregate any orders it receives after the close of regular trading on the NYSE and transmit those orders to the fund for execution at the NAV next determined. Some Selling Firms that maintain network/omnibus/nominee accounts with a fund for their clients charge an annual fee on the average net assets held in such accounts for accounting, servicing, and distribution services they provide with respect to the underlying fund shares. This fee is paid by the Adviser, the funds and/or the Distributor.
DESCRIPTION OF FUND SHARES
The Trustees are responsible for the management and supervision of each fund. The Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of a fund without par value. Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the authority to create and classify shares of beneficial interest in separate series or funds and classes without further action by shareholders. As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees have authorized shares of eighty one (81) series. Additional series may be added in the future. The Trustees have also authorized the issuance of eleven (11) classes of shares of each fund, designated as Class A, Class B, Class C, Class NAV, Class R1, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5, Class I, Class 1 and Class 5. Not all funds will issue all classes of shares. Additional classes of shares may be authorized in the future.
The shares of each class of a fund represent an equal proportionate interest in the aggregate net assets attributable to that class of the fund. Holders of each class of shares have certain exclusive voting rights on matters relating to their respective distribution plan, if any. The different classes of a fund may bear different expenses relating to the cost of holding shareholder meetings necessitated by the exclusive voting rights of any class of shares.
Dividends paid by a fund, if any, with respect to each class of shares will be calculated in the same manner, at the same time and on the same day and will be in the same amount, except for differences resulting from the facts that (i) the distribution and service fees, if any, relating to each class will be borne exclusively by that class, and (ii) each class of shares will bear any class expenses properly allocable to that class of shares, subject to the conditions the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) imposes with respect to the multiple-class structures. Similarly, the NAV per share may vary depending on which class of shares is purchased. No interest will be paid on uncashed dividend or redemption checks.
In the event of liquidation, shareholders of each class are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of the fund available for distribution to these shareholders. Shares entitle their holders to one vote per share (and fractional votes for fractional shares), are freely transferable and have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. When issued, shares are fully paid and non-assessable, except as set forth below.
Unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act or the Declaration of Trust, no fund has the intention of holding annual meetings of shareholders. Fund shareholders may remove a Trustee by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the fund’s outstanding shares and the Trustees shall promptly call a meeting for such purpose when requested to do so in writing by the record holders of not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of the funds. Shareholders may, under certain circumstances, communicate with other shareholders in connection with requesting a special meeting of shareholders. However, at any time that less than a majority of the Trustees holding office were elected by the shareholders, the Trustees will call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees.
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for acts or obligations of a fund. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts, obligations or affairs of each fund. The

112


Table of Contents

Declaration of Trust also provides for indemnification out of a fund’s assets for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable by reason of being or having been a shareholder. The Declaration of Trust also provides that no fund shall be liable for the liabilities of any other fund. Furthermore, no fund included in the Prospectus shall be liable for the liabilities of any other fund within the John Hancock Fund Complex. Liability is therefore limited to circumstances in which a fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations, and the possibility of this occurrence is remote.
Each fund reserves the right to reject any application which conflicts with the fund’s internal policies or the policies of any regulatory authority. JHF II does not accept starter, credit card or third party checks. All checks returned by the post office as undeliverable will be reinvested at NAV in the fund or funds from which a redemption was made or dividend paid. Information provided on the account application may be used by the fund to verify the accuracy of the information or for background or financial history purposes. A joint account will be administered as a joint tenancy with right of survivorship, unless the joint owners notify Signature Services of a different intent. A shareholder’s account is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. For telephone transactions, the transfer agent will take measures to verify the identity of the caller, such as asking for name, account number, Social Security or other taxpayer ID number and other relevant information. If appropriate measures are taken, the transfer agent is not responsible for any loss that may occur to any account due to an unauthorized telephone call. Also for your protection telephone redemptions are not permitted on accounts whose names or addresses have changed within the past 30 days. Proceeds from telephone transactions can only be mailed to the address of record.
Shares of a fund generally may be sold only to U.S. citizens, U.S. residents, and U.S. domestic corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates.
SAMPLE CALCULATION OF MAXIMUM OFFERING PRICE
Class A shares of the funds are sold with a maximum initial sales charge of 3.00%. Classes B and C shares are sold at NAV without any initial sales charges and with a 5.00% and 1.00% CDSC, respectively, on shares redeemed within 12 months of purchase. Classes R1, NAV, 1 and I shares of each relevant fund are sold at NAV without any initial sales charges or CDSCs. The following tables show the maximum offering price per share of each class of each fund, using the fund’s relevant NAV as of August 31, 2009.
                         
    NAV and redemption   Maximum sales    
    Price Per Class A   charge (3.00% of   Maximum offering
Fund   Share   offering price)   price to public
Floating Rate Income
  $ 9.13     $ 0.28     $ 9.41  
Global Agribusiness
  $ 11.41     $ 0.60     $ 12.01  
Global Infrastructure
  $ 10.26     $ 0.54     $ 10.80  
Global Timber
  $ 11.35     $ 0.60     $ 11.95  
Lifecycle 2045
  $ 7.76     $ 0.41     $ 8.17  
Lifecycle 2040
  $ 7.77     $ 0.41     $ 8.18  
Lifecycle 2035
  $ 7.79     $ 0.41     $ 8.20  
Lifecycle 2030
  $ 7.76     $ 0.41     $ 8.17  
Lifecycle 2025
  $ 7.87     $ 0.41     $ 8.28  
Lifecycle 2020
  $ 8.06     $ 0.42     $ 8.48  
Lifecycle 2015
  $ 8.17     $ 0.43     $ 8.60  
Lifecycle 2010
  $ 8.38     $ 0.44     $ 8.82  
Optimized Value
  $ 9.71     $ 0.51     $ 10.22  

113


Table of Contents

                 
    Shares offering
    price and
    redemption price per
    share:
Fund   Class B   Class C
Floating Rate Income
  $ 9.13     $ 9.16  
Global Agribusiness
    n/a       n/a  
Global Infrastructure
    n/a       n/a  
Global Timber
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2045
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2040
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2035
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2030
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2025
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2020
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2015
    n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2010
    n/a       n/a  
                                                         
    Class R1     Class R3     Class R4     Class R5     Class 1     Class I     Class NAV  
Floating Rate Income
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $ 9.12     $ 9.12     $ 9.12  
Global Agribusiness
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $ 11.43       n/a  
Global Infrastructure
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $ 10.28       n/a  
Global Timber
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a     $ 11.37       n/a  
Lifecycle 2045
  $ 7.75     $ 7.76     $ 7.78     $ 7.80     $ 7.80       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2040
  $ 7.76     $ 7.75     $ 7.78     $ 7.80     $ 7.79       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2035
  $ 7.79     $ 7.79     $ 7.81     $ 7.83     $ 7.83       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2030
  $ 7.74     $ 7.75     $ 7.76     $ 7.76     $ 7.75       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2025
  $ 7.84     $ 7.85     $ 7.85     $ 7.86     $ 7.86       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2020
  $ 8.04     $ 8.04     $ 8.05     $ 8.06     $ 8.06       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2015
  $ 8.15     $ 8.15     $ 8.16     $ 8.17     $ 8.17       n/a       n/a  
Lifecycle 2010
  $ 8.36     $ 8.37     $ 8.38     $ 8.39     $ 8.39       n/a       n/a  
Optimized Value
  $ 9.71     $ 9.70       n/a       n/a     $ 9.76     $ 9.77     $ 9.77  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING TAXES
The following discussion is a general and abbreviated summary of certain additional tax considerations affecting a fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns, and the discussions set forth here and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with specific questions relating to federal, state, local or foreign taxes.
JHF II believes that each fund and Portfolio will qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. If any fund or Portfolio of JHF II does not qualify as a regulated investment company, it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income and net capital gains. As a result of qualifying as a regulated investment company, no fund or Portfolio will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net investment income (i.e., its investment company taxable income, as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), if any,

114


Table of Contents

that it distributes to its shareholders in each taxable year, provided that it distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of its net investment income for such taxable year.
A fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax to the extent that the fund does not distribute by the end of each calendar year (a) at least 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year; (b) at least 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of each year; and (c) 100% of the undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income from the preceding calendar years (if any). For this purpose, any income or gain retained by a fund that is subject to corporate tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. To the extent possible, each fund intends to make sufficient distributions to avoid the application of both corporate income and excise taxes. Under current law, distributions of net investment income and net capital gain are not taxed to a life insurance company to the extent applied to increase the reserves for the company’s variable annuity and life insurance contracts.
To qualify as a regulated investment company for income tax purposes, a Portfolio or fund must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities and currencies, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
A “qualified publicly traded partnership” is a publicly traded partnership other than a publicly traded partnership that would satisfy the qualifying income requirements of Code Section 7704 if such qualifying income included only income derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities, or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in stock, securities and currencies (“RIC-type income”). Qualified publicly traded partnerships therefore are publicly traded partnerships that derive more than 10% of their gross income from types of income, such as income derived from the buying and selling of commodities, or options, futures or forwards with respect to commodities, other than RIC-type income. All of the income received by a fund from its investment in a qualified publicly traded partnership will be income satisfying the 90% qualifying income test. A fund investing in a partnership that is not a qualified publicly traded partnership will be treated as receiving its allocable share of the income of such a partnership as if the fund received such income directly. In such a case, the fund will need to determine whether or not the partnership’s income is qualifying income for purposes of the 90% annual qualifying income test described above. In the event that some portion of the partnership’s income is not such qualifying income, the fund will need to monitor the partnership’s sources of income and control the aggregate amount of nonqualifying income received from partnership investments in order to assure compliance with the 90% qualifying income test. A fund investing in publicly traded partnerships or other partnerships might be required to recognize in its taxable year income in excess of its cash distributions from such publicly traded partnerships or other partnerships during that year. Such income, even if not reported to the fund by the publicly traded partnerships or other partnerships until after the end of that year, would nevertheless be subject to the RIC income distribution requirements and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.
The IRS has issued a revenue ruling that would cause certain income from certain commodities-linked derivatives in which certain funds invest to not be considered qualifying income for purposes of the 90% test. This ruling limits the extent to which a fund may receive income from such commodity-linked derivatives to a maximum of 10% of its annual gross income. It is currently unclear which types of commodity-linked derivatives are affected by the revenue ruling, although it appears that certain commodity-linked notes are not affected.
To qualify as a regulated investment company, a Portfolio or fund must also satisfy certain requirements with respect to the diversification of its assets. A Portfolio or fund must have, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets represented by cash, cash items, United States government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities which, in respect of any one issuer, do not represent more than 5% of the value of the assets of the Portfolio or fund nor more than 10% of the voting securities of that issuer. In addition, at those times not more than 25% of

115


Table of Contents

the value of the Portfolio’s or fund’s assets may be invested in securities (other than United States government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies) of, (i) any one issuer, (ii) two or more issuers that the Portfolio or fund controls and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses; or (iii) one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
If a Portfolio or fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio or fund would incur regular corporate income tax on its taxable income for that year, it would lose its deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and it would be subject to certain gain recognition and distribution requirements upon requalification. Further distributions of income by the Portfolio or fund to its shareholders would be treated as dividend income, although such dividend income would constitute qualified dividend income subject to reduced federal income tax rates if the shareholder satisfies certain holding period requirements with respect to its shares in the Portfolio or fund. Compliance with the regulated investment company 90% qualifying income test and with the asset diversification requirements is carefully monitored by the Adviser and the subadvisers and it is intended that the Portfolios and funds will comply with the requirements for qualification as regulated investment companies.
For United States federal income tax purposes, distributions paid out of s fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits will, except in the case of distributions of qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends described below, be taxable as ordinary dividend income. Under the “Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2003” (the “Tax Act”), certain income distributions paid by s fund (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional fund shares) to individual taxpayers are taxed at rates applicable to net long-term capital gains (15%, or 0% for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets). This tax treatment applies only if certain holding period requirements and other requirements are satisfied by the shareholder and the dividends are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund itself. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” means dividends received by a fund from United States corporations and “qualified foreign corporations,” provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations. These special rules relating to the taxation of ordinary income dividends paid by regulated investment companies generally apply to taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. Thereafter, a fund’s dividends, other than capital gain dividends, will be fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates unless further Congressional action is taken. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the fund’s dividend distributions will qualify for favorable treatment under the Tax Act.
Shareholders receiving any distribution from a fund in the form of additional shares pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received, determined as of the reinvestment date.
Dividends of investment company taxable income designated by a fund and received by corporate shareholders of the fund will qualify for the dividend received deduction (“DRD”) to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. A dividend received by a fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) to the extent the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if the fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (iii) to the extent that the fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the DRD may be disallowed or reduced if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the fund or by application of the Code.
Distributions of net capital gain, if any, designated as capital gains dividends are taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long the shareholder has held fund shares. A distribution of an amount in excess of a fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.

116


Table of Contents

A fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.
Selling shareholders will generally recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold and the sale proceeds. If the shares are held as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss. The maximum tax rate applicable to net capital gains recognized by individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers is (i) the same as the maximum ordinary income tax rate for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for one year or less, or (ii) 15% for gains recognized on the sale of capital assets held for more than one year (as well as certain capital gain distributions) (0% for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets) but only for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. Thereafter, the maximum rate will increase to 20%, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.
Any loss realized upon the sale or exchange of fund shares with a holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain distributions received (or amounts designated as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of a loss realized on a sale or other disposition of fund shares may be disallowed under “wash sale” rules to the extent the shareholder acquires other shares of the same fund (whether through the reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition of the common shares. Any disallowed loss will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of the other shares acquired.
Sales charges paid upon a purchase of shares cannot be taken into account for purposes of determining gain or loss on a sale of the shares before the 91st day after their purchase to the extent a sales charge is reduced or eliminated in a subsequent acquisition of shares of the fund (or of another fund) pursuant to the reinvestment or exchange privilege. Any disregarded amounts will result in an adjustment to the shareholder’s tax basis in some or all of any other shares acquired.
Dividends and distributions on a fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when a fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. Such realized gains may be required to be distributed even when a fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses. Certain distributions declared in October, November or December to Shareholders of record of such month and paid in the following January will be taxed to shareholders as if received on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of a taxable year of a fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the fund (except for purposes of the non-deductible 4% federal excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
Each fund will inform shareholders of the source and tax status of all distributions promptly after the close of each calendar year.
The benefits of the reduced tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income may be impacted by the application of the alternative minimum tax to individual shareholders.
A fund may make investments that produce income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such as investments in pay-in-kind bonds or in obligations such as certain Brady Bonds and zero-coupon securities having original issue discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or market discount (i.e., an amount

117


Table of Contents

equal to the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of the security (appropriately adjusted if it also has original issue discount) over its basis immediately after it was acquired) if the fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis. In addition, income may continue to accrue for federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment. Any such income would be treated as income earned by a fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to a fund, such fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its investors. In addition, if an election is not made to currently accrue market discount with respect to a market discount bond, all or a portion of any deduction for any interest expense incurred to purchase or hold such bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed.
Certain of the funds may engage in hedging or derivatives transactions involving foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options, futures and forward contracts on foreign currencies) and short sales (see “Investment Policies — Hedging and Other Strategic Transactions”). Such transactions will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by a fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income of a fund and defer recognition of certain of the fund’s losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. In addition, these provisions (1) will require a fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of positions in its portfolio (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (2) may cause a fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement and avoid the 4% excise tax. Each fund intends to monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.
Funds investing in foreign securities or currencies may be subject to withholding or other taxes to foreign governments. Foreign tax withholding from dividends and interest, if any, is generally imposed at a rate between 10% and 35%. If a fund purchases shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”), the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If a fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund. Alternatively, a fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, a fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the distribution requirements and would be taken into account for purposes of the 4% excise tax.
If a shareholder realizes a loss on disposition of a fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies.
Additional Tax Considerations. If a fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company, the fund would incur regular corporate federal income tax on its taxable income for that year and be subject to certain distribution requirements upon requalification. Accordingly, compliance with the above rules is carefully monitored by the Adviser and the subadvisers and it is intended that the funds will comply with these rules as they exist or as they may be modified from time to time. Compliance with the tax requirements described above may result in a reduction in the return under a fund, since, to comply with the

118


Table of Contents

above rules, the investments utilized (and the time at which such investments are entered into and closed out) may be different from what the subadvisers might otherwise believe to be desirable.
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations currently in effect. It is not intended to be a complete explanation or a substitute for consultation with individual tax advisors. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and Treasury Regulations are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
PORTFOLIO BROKERAGE
Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreements, the subadvisers are responsible for placing all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities of the funds. The subadvisers have no formula for the distribution of the funds’ brokerage business; rather they place orders for the purchase and sale of securities with the primary objective of obtaining the most favorable overall results for the applicable fund. The cost of securities transactions for each fund will consist primarily of brokerage commissions or dealer or underwriter spreads. Fixed-income securities and money market instruments are generally traded on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes.
Occasionally, securities may be purchased directly from the issuer. For securities traded primarily in the OTC market, the subadvisers will, where possible, deal directly with dealers who make a market in the securities unless better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Such dealers usually act as principals for their own account.
Selection of Brokers or Dealers to Effect Trades. In selecting brokers or dealers to implement transactions, the subadvisers will give consideration to a number of factors, including:
  price, dealer spread or commission, if any;
 
  the reliability, integrity and financial condition of the broker-dealer;
 
  size of the transaction;
 
  difficulty of execution;
 
  brokerage and research services provided; and
 
  confidentiality and anonymity.
Consideration of these factors by a subadviser, either in terms of a particular transaction or the subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the fund and any other accounts managed by the subadviser, could result in the applicable fund paying a commission or spread on a transaction that is in excess of the amount of commission or spread another broker-dealer might have charged for executing the same transaction.
Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. The table below presents information regarding the securities of the funds’ regular broker-dealers* (or the parent of the regular broker-dealers) that were held by the funds as of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
                                 
    Bank of                    
    America     Barclays              
    Corporation     Bank PLC     BNP Paribas     Citigroup, Inc.  
Active Bond Fund
  $ 27,832,602.56     $ 1,675,475.37     $ 0.00     $ 8,528,251.05  
All Cap Core Fund
  $ 9,908,499.77                     $ 4,136,500.00  
All Cap Growth Fund
                               
All Cap Value Fund
  $ 4,963,898.00                          

119


Table of Contents

                                 
    Bank of                    
    America     Barclays              
    Corporation     Bank PLC     BNP Paribas     Citigroup, Inc.  
Alpha Opportunities Fund
  $ 15,406,975.46                     $ 1,181,500.00  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  $ 8,328,865.00                          
Capital Appreciation Fund
                               
Core Bond Fund
  $ 16,996,118.76                     $ 1,600,404.98  
Equity-Income Fund
  $ 21,245,588.98                          
Floating Rate Income Fund
  $ 56,300,000.00                     $ 12,776,443.00  
Fundamental Value Fund
                               
Global Bond Fund
  $ 9,469,860.86     $ 3,464,820.97     $ 5,626,038.75     $ 30,278,918.10  
High Income Fund
  $ 11,546,806.00     $ 0.00                  
High Yield Fund
  $ 9,171,971.50     $ 546,875.00                  
Index 500 Fund
  $ 30,939,737.01                     $ 11,548,755.00  
International Equity Index Fund
          $ 1,576,577.56     $ 1,575,942.81          
International Opportunities Fund
                  $ 11,548,655.51          
International Value Fund
                               
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  $ 5,006,106.55     $ 8,700.00             $ 1,878,638.39  
Large Cap Fund
  $ 3,706,213.00                          
Large Cap Value Fund
                               
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
                          $ 2,600,000.00  
Optimized Value Fund
  $ 5,099,745.57                     $ 1,524,080.00  
Real Return Bond Fund
  $ 5,860,058.46     $ 32,455,248.28             $ 8,566,658.55  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
                               
Smaller Company Growth Fund
                               
Spectrum Income Fund
  $ 12,256,798.60     $ 912,630.43     $ 75,970.01     $ 3,981,088.86  
Strategic Bond Fund
  $ 5,741,031.83     $ 186,637.00             $ 12,207,984.06  
Strategic Income Fund
  $ 2,688,789.04     $ 418,457.22                  
Strategic Value Fund
                               
Technical Opportunities Fund
  $ 6,460,807.00                     $ 6,468,000.00  
Total Bond Market Fund
  $ 5,643,060.84     $ 310,402.95             $ 2,556,679.66  
Total Return Fund
  $ 45,158,456.73     $ 31,402,205.69     $ 5,346,668.40     $ 47,545,896.30  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
  $ 849,760.48     $ 1,150,247.44                  
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
          $ 599,375.00             $ 7,456,794.85  
U.S. Multi-Sector Fund
  $ 3,424,773.00                     $ 519,000.00  
Value & Restructuring Fund
                               
Vista Fund
                               
                                 
    Credit Suisse     Deutsche     Dresdner     JPMorgan  
    Group AG     Bank AG     Bank AG     Chase & Co.  
Active Bond Fund
  $ 4,592,901.57     $ 0.00     $ 264,476.64     $ 23,551,988.28  
All Cap Core Fund
                          $ 2,389,691.56  
All Cap Growth Fund
                          $ 514,392.56  
All Cap Value Fund
                          $ 6,381,318.72  

120


Table of Contents

                                 
    Credit Suisse     Deutsche     Dresdner     JPMorgan  
    Group AG     Bank AG     Bank AG     Chase & Co.  
Alpha Opportunities Fund
                          $ 4,037,694.76  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  $ 963,284.62                     $ 23,277,176.00  
Capital Appreciation Fund
                               
Core Bond Fund
  $ 5,280,476.69     $ 4,229,000.00             $ 15,331,064.93  
Equity-Income Fund
                          $ 29,879,358.44  
Floating Rate Income Fund
                               
Fundamental Value Fund
                          $ 44,726,554.78  
Global Bond Fund
  $ 340,628.38                     $ 56,373,218.68  
High Income Fund
                               
High Yield Fund
                          $ 32,357,515.70  
Index 500 Fund
                          $ 34,514,454.36  
International Equity Index Fund
  $ 1,354,357.78     $ 863,683.59                  
International Opportunities Fund
  $ 24,285,883.12                          
International Value Fund
                               
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  $ 2,188,768.55                     $ 7,849,975.39  
Large Cap Fund
                          $ 6,797,144.00  
Large Cap Value Fund
                          $ 5,736,720.00  
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
                               
Optimized Value Fund
  $ 1,924,914.25                     $ 10,263,296.30  
Real Return Bond Fund
  $ 549,357.75                     $ 3,691,193.12  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
                          $ 16,324.80  
Smaller Company Growth Fund
                               
Spectrum Income Fund
  $ 4,061,516.35     $ 276,752.90             $ 17,257,398.97  
Strategic Bond Fund
  $ 1,854,877.41                     $ 38,697,679.91  
Strategic Income Fund
                          $ 421,998.47  
Strategic Value Fund
                          $ 6,322,744.24  
Technical Opportunities Fund
                               
Total Bond Market Fund
  $ 912,827.21     $ 989,584.55     $ 207,063.56     $ 6,031,823.34  
Total Return Fund
  $ 395,521.36     $ 5,750,617.49             $ 57,741,194.89  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
          $ 13,333,000.00             $ 1,404,440.33  
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
                               
U.S. Multi-Sector Fund
                          $ 508,482.00  
Value & Restructuring Fund
                          $ 10,333,658.04  
Vista Fund
                               
                         
    Morgan Stanley &     The Goldman Sachs        
    Co., Inc.     Group, Inc.     UBS AG  
Active Bond Fund
  $ 8,990,194.05     $ 8,459,187.61     $ 544,963.10  
All Cap Core Fund
  $ 1,103,376.00     $ 6,592,257.32          
All Cap Growth Fund
                       
All Cap Value Fund
  $ 5,044,832.00                  
Alpha Opportunities Fund
          $ 3,962,270.62     $ 8,508,870.51  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  $ 8,016,128.00     $ 36,885,005.04          
Capital Appreciation Fund
          $ 34,003,684.60          

121


Table of Contents

                         
    Morgan Stanley &     The Goldman Sachs        
    Co., Inc.     Group, Inc.     UBS AG  
Core Bond Fund
  $ 16,082,182.51     $ 5,667,999.56     $ 6,197,000.00  
Equity-Income Fund
          $ 6,651,492.00     $ 4,009,515.20  
Floating Rate Income Fund
                       
Fundamental Value Fund
          $ 8,522,844.60     $ 31,054,000.00  
Global Bond Fund
  $ 6,414,877.31     $ 3,126,798.50     $ 4,912,095.00  
High Income Fund
                       
High Yield Fund
                  $ 3,456,000.00  
Index 500 Fund
  $ 7,968,778.40     $ 16,956,671.72          
International Equity Index Fund
  $ 0.00             $ 1,411,574.22  
International Opportunities Fund
                       
International Value Fund
                  $ 9,458,040.98  
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  $ 3,084,102.34     $ 3,495,763.47          
Large Cap Fund
  $ 2,676,280.48                  
Large Cap Value Fund
          $ 11,747,660.00          
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
                       
Optimized Value Fund
  $ 1,510,814.24     $ 4,561,235.82          
Real Return Bond Fund
  $ 14,908,331.59                  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
                       
Smaller Company Growth Fund
  $ 167,517.48                  
Spectrum Income Fund
  $ 6,953,471.12     $ 6,398,629.22     $ 1,197,727.41  
Strategic Bond Fund
  $ 3,010,956.74     $ 4,692,225.60          
Strategic Income Fund
  $ 1,972,921.29                  
Strategic Value Fund
                       
Technical Opportunities Fund
                  $ 6,644,664.00  
Total Bond Market Fund
  $ 6,598,490.79     $ 3,782,580.99     $ 510,857.88  
Total Return Fund
  $ 13,170,757.21     $ 25,054,923.83     $ 4,248,049.80  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
  $ 358,575.60     $ 5,077,566.59          
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
                       
U.S. Multi-Sector Fund
  $ 654,496.00     $ 4,058,733.80          
Value & Restructuring Fund
  $ 8,697,846.40     $ 11,424,185.70          
Vista Fund
  $ 3,877,744.00                  
 
*   “Regular Broker-Dealers” are defined by the SEC as: (a) one of the 10 brokers or dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions by virtue of direct or indirect participation in the company’s portfolio transactions during the company’s most recent fiscal year; (b) one of the 10 brokers or dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions of the investment company during the company’s most recent fiscal year; or (c) one of the 10 brokers or dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of securities of the investment company during the company’s most recent fiscal year.
Soft Dollar Considerations. In selecting brokers and dealers, the subadvisers will give consideration to the value and quality of any research, statistical, quotation, brokerage or valuation services provided by the broker or dealer to the subadviser. In placing a purchase or sale order, a subadviser may use a broker whose commission in effecting the transaction is higher than that of some other broker if the subadviser

122


Table of Contents

determines in good faith that the amount of the higher commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or the subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the fund and any other accounts managed by the subadviser. In addition to statistical, quotation, brokerage or valuation services, a subadviser may receive from brokers or dealers products or research that are used for both research and other purposes, such as administration or marketing. In such case, the subadviser will make a good faith determination as to the portion attributable to research. Only the portion attributable to research will be paid through fund brokerage. The portion not attributable to research will be paid by the subadviser. Research products and services may be acquired or received either directly from executing brokers or indirectly through other brokers in step-out transactions. A “step-out” is an arrangement by which a subadviser executes a trade through one broker-dealer but instructs that entity to step-out all or a portion of the trade to another broker-dealer. This second broker-dealer will clear and settle, and receive commissions for, the stepped-out portion. The second broker-dealer may or may not have a trading desk of its own.
Subadvisers may also receive research or research credits from brokers that are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of fixed-income securities or other assets for a fund. These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities. Some of these services are of value to the subadviser in advising several of its clients (including the funds), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the funds. The management fee paid by a fund is not reduced because a subadviser and its affiliates receive such services.
As noted above, a subadviser may purchase new issues of securities for the fund in underwritten fixed price offerings. In these situations, the underwriter or selling group member may provide the subadviser with research in addition to selling the securities (at the fixed public offering price) to the fund or other advisory clients. Because the offerings are conducted at a fixed price, the ability to obtain research from a broker-dealer in this situation provides knowledge that may benefit the fund, other subadviser clients, and the subadviser without incurring additional costs. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, because the broker-dealer is considered to be acting in a principal capacity in underwritten transactions. However, FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting broker-dealers to provide bona fide research to advisers in connection with fixed price offerings under certain circumstances. As a general matter in these situations, the underwriter or selling group member will provide research credits at a rate that is higher than that which is available for secondary market transactions.
Brokerage and research services provided by brokers and dealers include advice, either directly or through publications or writings, as to:
  the value of securities;
 
  the advisability of purchasing or selling securities;
 
  the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; and
 
  analyses and reports concerning (a) issuers, (b) industries, (c) securities, (d) economic, political and legal factors and trends and (e) portfolio strategy.
Research services are received primarily in the form of written reports, computer generated services, telephone contacts and personal meetings with security analysts. In addition, such services may be provided in the form of meetings arranged with corporate and industry spokespersons, economists, academicians and government representatives. In some cases, research services are generated by third parties but are provided to the subadviser by or through a broker.
To the extent research services are used by the subadvisers, such services would tend to reduce such party’s expenses. However, the subadvisers do not believe that an exact dollar value can be assigned to these

123


Table of Contents

services. Research services received by the subadvisers from brokers or dealers executing transactions for funds of JHF II, which may not be used in connection with a fund, will also be available for the benefit of other funds managed by the subadvisers.
Allocation of Trades by the Subadvisers. The subadvisers manage a number of accounts other than the funds of JHF II. Although investment determinations for the funds will be made by the subadvisers independently from the investment determinations made by them for any other account, investments deemed appropriate for the funds by the subadvisers may also be deemed appropriate by them for other accounts. Therefore, the same security may be purchased or sold at or about the same time for both the funds and other accounts. In such circumstances, the subadvisers may determine that orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the funds and one or more other accounts should be combined. In this event the transactions will be priced and allocated in a manner deemed by the subadvisers to be equitable and in the best interests of the funds and such other accounts. While in some instances combined orders could adversely affect the price or volume of a security, the fund believes that its participation in such transactions on balance will produce better overall results for the fund.
Affiliated Underwriting Transactions by the Subadvisers. JHF II has approved procedures in conformity with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act whereby a fund may purchase securities that are offered in underwritings in which an affiliate of the subadvisers participates. These procedures prohibit a fund from directly or indirectly benefiting a subadviser affiliate in connection with such underwritings. In addition, for underwritings where a subadviser affiliate participates as a principal underwriter, certain restrictions may apply that could, among other things, limit the amount of securities that the funds could purchase.
Brokerage Commissions Paid. For the last three fiscal years, funds paid brokerage commissions in connection with portfolio transactions. The total brokerage commissions paid by the funds for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2009, August 2008, and August 31, 2007 are set forth in the table below:
                         
    Total Commissions     Total Commissions     Total Commissions  
    Paid     Paid     Paid  
    for Fiscal Year     for Fiscal Year     for Fiscal Year  
    Ended     Ended     Ended  
Fund   31-Aug-09     31-Aug-08     31-Aug-07  
Active Bond Fund
  $ 793     $ 446       N/A  
All Cap Core Fund
  $ 558,953     $ 734,061     $ 441,023  
All Cap Growth Fund
  $ 254,233     $ 243,141     $ 327,718  
All Cap Value Fund
  $ 284,789     $ 76,094     $ 232,432  
Alpha Opportunities Fund
    1990879.7       N/A       N/A  
Alternative Asset Allocation Fund
    200       N/A       N/A  
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Blue Chip Growth Fund
  $ 1,110,905     $ 949,154     $ 653,911  
Capital Appreciation Fund
  $ 1,317,492     $ 1,484,035     $ 709,584  
Core Allocation Plus Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Bond Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Core Equity Fund
    N/A     $ 935,777     $ 311,067  
Emerging Growth Fund
    N/A     $ 305,326     $ 263,995  
Emerging Small Company Fund
  $ 186,625     $ 214,690     $ 118,698  
Emerging Markets Value Fund
  $ 838,702     $ 373,218     $ 732,869  
Equity-Income Fund
  $ 400,574     $ 355,115     $ 260,177  
Floating Rate Income Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Fundamental Value Fund
  $ 871,353     $ 630,839     $ 161,835  

124


Table of Contents

                         
    Total Commissions     Total Commissions     Total Commissions  
    Paid     Paid     Paid  
    for Fiscal Year     for Fiscal Year     for Fiscal Year  
    Ended     Ended     Ended  
Fund   31-Aug-09     31-Aug-08     31-Aug-07  
Global Agribusiness Fund
    5964.1       N/A       N/A  
Global Allocation Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Global Bond Fund
    10431.06       N/A       N/A  
Global Infrastructure Fund
    4262.11       N/A       N/A  
Global Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Global Real Estate Fund
  $ 1,561,468     $ 1,393,075     $ 1,145,261  
Global Timber Fund
    7205.01       N/A       N/A  
High Income Fund
  $ 39,088     $ 63,653     $ 43,558  
High Yield Fund
    N/A       N/A     $ 200  
Index 500 Fund
  $ 711,395     $ 190,700     $ 5,784  
Income Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
International Equity Index Fund
  $ 151,713     $ 136,323     $ 91,592  
International Opportunities Fund
  $ 1,735,469     $ 2,290,493     $ 2,014,306  
International Small Cap Fund
  $ 388,027     $ 487,181     $ 520,436  
International Small Company Fund
  $ 137,185     $ 207,446     $ 195,613  
International Value Fund
  $ 939,429     $ 1,239,778     $ 869,672  
Investment Quality Bond Fund
    150.14       N/A       N/A  
Large Cap Fund
  $ 538,075     $ 410,418     $ 194,552  
Large Cap Value Fund
  $ 510,036     $ 200,569     $ 121,127  
Lifecycle 2010 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2015 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2025 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2035 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2040 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2045 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle 2050 Portfolio
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Lifecycle Retirement Portfolio
  $ 39,478     $ 28,204     $ 1,676  
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
  $ 195,317     $ 108,005     $ 66,842  
Mid Cap Index Fund
  $ 115,279     $ 135,127     $ 55,722  
Mid Cap Stock Fund
  $ 2,405,399     $ 1,461,029     $ 885,320  
Mid Cap Value Fund
  $ 175,335     $ 136,468     $ 138,473  
Money Market Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Natural Resources Fund
  $ 287,133     $ 396,586     $ 667,066  
Optimized Value Fund
  $ 1,525,048     $ 2,161,882     $ 1,513,988  
Real Estate Equity Fund
  $ 214,708     $ 104,117     $ 158,812  
Real Estate Securities Fund
  $ 212,492     $ 184,417     $ 319,837  
Real Return Bond Fund
    10546.02       N/A       N/A  
Science & Technology Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Short Term Government Income Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Small Cap Growth Fund
    651279.04       N/A       N/A  
Small Cap Index Fund
  $ 190,964     $ 78,079     $ 94,026  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
  $ 299,024     $ 477,843     $ 339,503  
Small Cap Value Fund
    51278.9       N/A       N/A  
Small Company Growth Fund
  $ 161,946     $ 171,176     $ 164,393  
Small Company Value Fund
  $ 204,247     $ 228,938     $ 191,591  
Smaller Company Growth Fund
    495629.33       N/A       N/A  

125


Table of Contents

                         
    Total Commissions     Total Commissions     Total Commissions  
    Paid     Paid     Paid  
    for Fiscal Year     for Fiscal Year     for Fiscal Year  
    Ended     Ended     Ended  
Fund   31-Aug-09     31-Aug-08     31-Aug-07  
Spectrum Income Fund
  $ 63,098     $ 70,909     $ 70,733  
Strategic Bond Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Strategic Income Opportunities Fund
  $ 8,704     $ 26,037     $ 7,976  
Total Bond Market Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
Total Return Fund
  $ 57,194     $ 259       N/A  
Total Stock Market Index Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
U.S. Government Securities Fund
    N/A       N/A       N/A  
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
    N/A     $ 1,365     $ 709  
U.S. Multi-Sector Fund
  $ 380,196     $ 1,002,522     $ 1,441,082  
Value & Restructuring Fund
  $ 521,783     $ 304,452     $ 188,152  
Value Fund
  $ 177,601     $ 43,340     $ 13,600  
Vista Fund
  $ 267,451     $ 156,035     $ 200,700  
Brokerage Commissions Paid to Affiliated Brokers. For the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, commissions were paid by a fund to brokers affiliated with the fund’s subadvisers as follows:
Commissions Paid to J.P. Morgan. For the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, brokerage commissions were paid as follows:
             
            % OF AGGREGATE $
        % OF FUND’S BROKERAGE   AMOUNT OF
    AGGREGATE $ AMOUNT   COMMISSIONS FOR THE   TRANSACTIONS FOR
Vista   OF COMMISSIONS   PERIOD   THE PERIOD
Year ended August 31, 2009:
  $27,947   10.45%   4.47%
Year ended August 31, 2008:
  $5,363   3.43%   1.35%
Year ended August 31, 2007:
  $1,448   0.72%   0.30%
Commissions Paid to Morgan Stanley. For the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, brokerage commissions were paid as follows:
             
            % OF AGGREGATE $
        % OF FUND’S BROKERAGE   AMOUNT OF
    AGGREGATE $ AMOUNT   COMMISSIONS FOR THE   TRANSACTIONS FOR
Value   OF COMMISSIONS   PERIOD   THE PERIOD
Year ended August 31, 2009:
  $5,922   3.33%   0.48%
Year ended August 31, 2008:
  $1,654   3.82%   0.20%
Year ended August 31, 2007:
  $310   2.28%   0.09%

126


Table of Contents

Commissions Paid to Wachovia. For the years ended August 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, brokerage commissions were paid as follows:
             
            % OF AGGREGATE $
        % OF FUND’S BROKERAGE   AMOUNT OF
    AGGREGATE $ AMOUNT   COMMISSIONS FOR THE   TRANSACTIONS FOR
Core Bond   OF COMMISSIONS   PERIOD   THE PERIOD
Year ended August 31, 2009:
  $0   0.00%   0.01%
Year ended August 31, 2008:
  $0   0.00%   0.71%
Year ended August 31, 2007:
  $0   0.00%   1.03%
TRANSFER AGENT SERVICES
John Hancock Signature Services, Inc., P. O. Box 55913, Boston, Massachusetts 02205-5913, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of MFC, is the transfer and dividend paying agent for the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class I, Class R1, Class R3, Class R4, Class R5 and Class 5 shares of the funds. Each fund pays Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of $16.50 for each shareholder account, except for the Floating Rate Income Fund which pays Signature Services based on an annual rate of $17.50 for each shareholder account. The funds also pays Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of 0.05% of average daily net assets attributable to Class A, B, C, R1, R3, R4 and R5 shares and 0.04% of average daily net assets attributable to Class I shares, except for the Floating Rate Income Fund which pays Signature Services monthly a fee which is based on an annual rate of 0.015% of average daily net assets attributable to Class A, Class B, Class C and Class I. For Class A, B, C, I, R1, R3, R4 and R5 shares, the fund also pays certain out-of-pocket expenses. Expenses are aggregated and allocated to each class on the basis of their relative NAVs. For shares held of record in omnibus or other group accounts where administration and other shareholder services are provided by the Selling Firm or group administrator, the Selling Firm or administrator will charge a service fee to the funds. For such shareholders, Signature Services does not charge its account fee.
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
There are no legal proceedings to which JHF II, the investment adviser or the principal underwriter is a party that are likely to have a material adverse effect on the funds or the ability of the investment adviser or the principal underwriter to perform its contract with the funds.
On June 25, 2007, the Adviser and three of its affiliates including the Distributor (collectively, the “John Hancock Affiliates”) reached a settlement with the SEC that resolved an investigation of certain practices relating to the John Hancock Affiliates’ variable annuity and mutual fund operations involving directed brokerage and revenue sharing. Under the terms of the settlement, each John Hancock Affiliate was censured and agreed to pay a $500,000 civil penalty to the United States Treasury. In addition, the Adviser and one of the John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay disgorgement of $14,838,943 and prejudgment interest of $2,001,999 to the John Hancock Trust funds that participated in the Adviser’s commission recapture program during the period from 2000 to April 2004. The Distributor and another John Hancock Affiliate agreed to pay disgorgement in the amount of $2,087,477 and prejudgment interest of $359,460 to certain entities advised by the associated John Hancock Affiliates. Collectively, all John Hancock Affiliates agreed to pay a total disgorgement of $16,926,420 and prejudgment interest of $2,361,460 to entities advised or distributed by John Hancock Affiliates. The Adviser discontinued the use of directed brokerage in recognition of the sale of fund shares in April 2004.
Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (PIMCO), a subsidiary of Allianz Global Investors of America L.P., and PIMCO Funds are the subject of a lawsuit in the Northern District of Illinois Eastern Division in which the complaint alleges that plaintiffs each purchased and sold a 10-year Treasury note futures contract and suffered damages from an alleged shortage when PIMCO held both physical and

127


Table of Contents

futures positions in 10-year Treasury notes for its client accounts. In July 2007, the court granted class certification of a class consisting of those persons who purchased futures contracts to offset short positions between May 9, 2005 and June 30, 2005. Management currently believes that the complaint is without merit and PIMCO and PIMCO Funds intend to vigorously defend against this action.
In April 2006, certain registered investment companies and other funds managed by PIMCO were served in an adversary proceeding brought by the Official Committee of Asbestos Claimants of G-I Holdings, Inc. in G-I Holdings, Inc.’s bankruptcy in the District of New Jersey. In July 2004, PIMCO was named in this lawsuit and remains a defendant. The plaintiff seeks to recover for the bankruptcy estate assets that were transferred by the predecessor entity of G-I Holdings, Inc. to a wholly-owned subsidiary in 1994. The subsidiary has since issued notes, of which certain registered investment companies and other funds managed by PIMCO are alleged to be holders. The complaint alleges that in 2000, more than two hundred noteholders — including certain registered investment companies and other funds managed by PIMCO — were granted a second priority lien on the assets of the subsidiary in exchange for their consent to a refinancing transaction and the granting of a first priority lien to the lending banks. The plaintiff is seeking invalidation of the lien in favor of the noteholders and/or the value of the lien. On November 12, 2009, the District Court and Bankruptcy Court issued an order confirming a Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan”) in the underlying bankruptcy case. As part of the Plan, the adversary proceeding to which PIMCO and other funds managed by PIMCO (PIMCO Entities) are parties will be dismissed. In confirming the Plan, the Courts overruled certain objections (unrelated to the dismissal of claims against PIMCO and PIMCO Entities) made by the IRS and rejected the IRS’s request for a stay pending appeal. The IRS is expected to seek emergency relief by appealing this to the US Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. It is not known at this time when and whether such emergency relief has or will be sought. This matter is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the relevant PIMCO Entities.
It is possible that these matters and/or other developments resulting from these matters could result in increased fund redemptions or other adverse consequences. However, PIMCO and AGID believe that these matters are not likely to have a material adverse effect on a fund or on PIMCO’s or AGID’s ability to perform their respective investment advisory or distribution services relating to the funds.
The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. While there may be additional litigation or regulatory developments in connection with the matters discussed above, the foregoing disclosure of litigation and regulatory matters will be updated only if those developments are material.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The financial statements of JHF II for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009, including the related financial highlights that appear in the Prospectus, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon said report given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has offices at 125 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.
REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS
The financial statements of the funds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference from each fund’s most recent Annual Report to Shareholders filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR pursuant to Rule 30b2-1 under the 1940 Act.
CUSTODY OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), 2 Avenue de Lafayette, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, currently acts as custodian and bookkeeping agent of all the funds’ and Portfolios’ assets. State Street has selected various banks and trust companies in foreign countries to maintain custody of certain foreign securities. The funds may also use special purpose custodian banks from time to time for certain

128


Table of Contents

assets. State Street is authorized to use the facilities of the Depository Trust Company, the Participants Trust Company and the book-entry system of the Federal Reserve Banks.
CODES OF ETHICS
JHF II, the Adviser, the Distributor and each subadviser to the funds have adopted Codes of Ethics that comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Each Code of Ethics permits personnel subject to the Code of Ethics to invest in securities including securities that may be purchased or held by a fund.

129


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A
DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS
The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt instruments they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt instruments with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt instruments of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.
MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A: Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa: Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements are subject to substantial credit risk.
B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative elements and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
STANDARD & POOR’S RATINGS GROUP
AAA: An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA: An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A: An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB: An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC and C: Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’ ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

A-1


Table of Contents

BB: An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B: An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC: An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC: An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C: The ‘C’ rating may be used to over a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
D: An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Plus (+) or minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
NR: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE (“Fitch”)
Investment Grade
AAA
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that there are currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse changes in

A-2


Table of Contents

circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment grade category.
Speculative Grade
BB
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B
Highly speculative.
• For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘RR1’ (outstanding).
CCC
• For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.
• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘RR2’ (superior), or ‘RR3’ (good) or ‘RR4’ (average).
CC
• For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable.
• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘RR4’ (average) or ‘RR5’ (below average).
C
• For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent.
• For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘RR6’ (poor).
RD
Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations. .
D
Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:
• Failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;
• The bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor;

A-3


Table of Contents

The distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.
Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.
Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.
CORPORATE AND TAX-EXEMPT COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
Moody’s
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Standard and Poor’s
Commercial Paper
A standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from ‘A’ for the highest-quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
A-1
This designation indicates that the degrees of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2
Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-4


Table of Contents

A-3
Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
B
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B-1. A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-2. A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
B-3. A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
C
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Dual Ratings
Standard & Poor’s assigns ‘dual’ rating to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.
The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’). With short-term demand debt, not rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).
Other Considerations — The ratings of S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch represent their respective opinions of the quality of the municipal securities they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal securities with the same maturity, coupon and ratings may have different yields and municipal securities of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

A-5


Table of Contents

TAX-EXEMPT NOTE RATINGS
Moody’s
Short-Term Debt Ratings

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
MIG 1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Dept instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
Standard and Poor’s
Short-Term Issue
A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:
    Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as note; and
 
    Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

A-6


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B
ADOPTED AUGUST 23, 2005
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS II
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS III
POLICY REGARDING DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
It is the policy of John Hancock Funds II and John Hancock Funds III (individually, the “Trust” and collectively, the “Trusts”) to provide Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings of the Trusts to Nonaffiliated Persons of the Trusts only in the limited circumstances noted below. It is also the policy of the Trusts only to provide Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings to any person, including Affiliated Persons, on a “need to know” basis (i.e., the person receiving the information must have a legitimate business purpose for obtaining the information prior to it being publicly available). The Trusts consider Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings of the Trusts to be confidential and the intent of this policy is to guard against selective disclosure of such information in a manner that would not be in the best interests of shareholders of the Trusts.
Nonpublic Information. Portfolio holdings are considered Nonpublic Information until such holdings are posted on a publicly available website which is disclosed in the prospectuses of the Trusts or until filed with the SEC via Edgar on either Form N-CSR or Form N-Q.
“Affiliated Persons” are persons affiliated with: (a) the Trusts, (b) the Trusts’ investment adviser or principal underwriter or any affiliate of either entity, (c) the investment adviser’s ultimate parent, Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) or any affiliate thereof, (d) in the case of a particular Trust portfolio, the subadviser to the portfolio, or any affiliate of the subadviser, (e) the Trusts’ custodian and (f) the Trusts’ certified public accountants.
“Nonaffiliated Persons” is any person who is not an Affiliated Person.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS TO NONAFFILIATED PERSONS
Subject to the pre-approval of the Trusts’ Chief Compliance Officer, the Trusts or their adviser or principal underwriter or any of their subadvisers (or any of their affiliates) may provide Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings to Nonaffiliated Persons in the circumstances listed below.
1. RATING ORGANIZATIONS
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to ratings organizations, such as Morningstar and Lipper, for the purpose of reviewing the portfolio, the adviser or subadviser if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.
2. VESTEK (THOMPSON FINANCIAL)
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to Vestek (Thompson Financial) or other entities for the purpose of compiling reports and preparing data for use by the Trust or any Affiliated Person if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.
3. PROXY VOTING SERVICES
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to proxy voting services for the purpose of voting proxies relating to Trust portfolio holdings if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.

B-1


Table of Contents

4. COMPUTER SOFTWARE
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to entities providing computer software to the Trust (for example, for the purpose of generating Trust compliance reports or reports relating to proxy voting) if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information.
5. COURTS AND REGULATORS
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to any court or regulator with jurisdiction over the Trust, the Trust’s adviser or principal underwriter, MFC or any subadviser to a Trust portfolio (or any of their affiliates) if such information is requested by such court or regulator.
6. INSTITUTIONAL TRADERS
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings (for example, aggregated lists of all fixed income holdings — names only) may be provided to institutional traders to assist in research and trade execution if such entity agrees to keep such information confidential and to prohibit its employees from trading on such information for personal or proprietary purposes.
7. OTHER PERSONS
Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings may be provided to other persons or entities if approved by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust or his or her designee (collectively, the “CCO”). In determining whether to approve such disclosure the CCO shall consider: (a) the purpose of providing such information, (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders of the Trust. In the case of a conflict between (a) the interests of the shareholders of the Trust, on the one hand, and (b) the interests of any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trust’s investment adviser (including any subadviser), the Trust’s principal underwriter or any of their affiliated persons, on the other, the procedures set forth under “Resolution of Conflicts of Interest” below shall be followed.
The CCO shall report to the Board of Trustees whenever additional disclosures of portfolio holdings are approved. This report shall be at the board meeting following such approval.
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS TO AFFILIATED PERSONS
The CCO must pre-approve the provision of any Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings to any Affiliated Persons (other than those listed in Appendix A) and report such approval to the Board of Trustees at the board meeting following such approval. The persons listed in Appendix A have been exempt from such pre-approval. In the case of persons listed in Section II, III and IV of Appendix A, their employers shall provide the CCO reasonable assurances that Nonpublic Information will be kept confidential and that such employees are prohibited from trading on such information.
In determining whether to approve such disclosure of Nonpublic Information regarding portfolio holdings to any Affiliated Persons the CCO shall consider:
(a) the purpose of providing such information, (b) the procedures that will be used to ensure that such information remains confidential and is not traded upon and (c) whether such disclosure is in the best interest of the shareholders of the Trust. In the case of a conflict between (a) the interests of the shareholders of the Trust, on the one hand, and (b) the interests of any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trust’s investment adviser (including any subadviser), the Trust’s principal underwriter or any of their affiliated persons, on the other, the procedures set forth under “Resolution of Conflicts of Interest” below shall be followed.

B-2


Table of Contents

RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
If the Trust or its adviser or principal underwriter or any of its subadviser (or any of their affiliates) desire to provide Nonpublic Information regarding Trust portfolio holdings to a Nonaffiliated Person and the CCO believes there is a potential conflict between (a) the interests of the shareholders of the Trust, on the one hand, and (b) the interests of any affiliated person of the Trust, the Trust’s investment adviser (including any subadviser), the Trust’s principal underwriter or any of their affiliated persons, on the other, the CCO shall refer the conflict to the Board of Trustees of the Trust who shall only permit such disclosure of the Nonpublic Information if in their reasonable business judgment they conclude such disclosure will be in the best interests of Trust shareholders.
POSTING OF TRUST PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS ON A WEBSITE
If the Trust desires to post on its website Trust portfolio holdings that have not yet been disclosed in a publicly available filing with the SEC that is required to include such information (e.g., a Form N-CSR or a Form N-Q), then the Trust shall disclose the following in its prospectus:
1. the nature of the information that will be available, including both the date as of which the information will be current (e.g. quarter-end) and the scope of the information (e.g., complete portfolio holdings, the portfolio’s largest 10 holdings);
2. the date when the information will first become available and the period for which the information will remain available, which shall end no earlier than the date on which the Trust files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the website information is current; and
3. the location of the website where either the information or a prominent hyperlink (or series of prominent hyperlinks) to the information will be available.
CHANGES TO POLICY
Any material changes to this policy must be approved by the Trusts’ Board of Trustees.
REPORTS TO THE TRUST’S BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The CCO shall report any material issues that may arise under this policy to the Trusts’ Board of Trustees no later than the Board meeting following the arising of the issue.
APPLICABILITY OF POLICY TO THE TRUSTS’ ADVISER AND SUBADVISERS
This policy shall apply to the Trusts’ Adviser and each of its subadvisers.
APPENDIX A TO POLICY REGARDING DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
I. Employees* of John Hancock Life Insurance Company, John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) or John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York who are subject to the Code of Ethics of the Trusts, the Trusts’ investment adviser, John Hancock Investment Management Services LLC or the Trusts’ principal underwriter, John Hancock Distributors LLC.
II. Employees* of a Subadviser or any Affiliate of a Subadviser who provide services to either of the Trusts.
III. Employees* of the Trusts’ custodian who provide services to either of the Trust.

B-3


Table of Contents

IV. Employees* and partners of the Trusts’ certified public accounting firm who provide services to either of the Trusts
  Includes temporary employees

B-4


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C
PORTFOLIO MANAGER INFORMATION
AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.
Vista Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled                
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of             Number of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Bradley J. Eixmann
    6     $ 2,925,637,997       0     $ 0       2     $ 101,228,488  
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of             Number of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Bradley J. Eixmann
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Certain conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios. Potential conflicts include, for example, conflicts among investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities. American Century has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to minimize the effects of these conflicts.
Responsibility for managing American Century client portfolios is organized according to investment discipline. Investment disciplines include, for example, core equity, small- and mid-cap growth, large-cap growth, value, international, fixed income, asset allocation, and sector funds. Within each discipline are one or more portfolio teams responsible for managing specific client portfolios. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by the same team using the same objective, approach, and philosophy. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which minimizes the potential for conflicts of interest.
For each investment strategy, one portfolio is generally designated as the “policy portfolio.” Other portfolios with similar investment objectives, guidelines and restrictions are referred to as “tracking portfolios.” When managing policy and tracking portfolios, a portfolio team typically purchases and sells securities across all portfolios that the team manages. American Century’s trading systems include various order entry programs that assist in the management of multiple portfolios, such as the ability to purchase or sell the same relative amount of one security across several funds. In some cases a tracking portfolio may have additional restrictions or limitations that cause it to be managed separately from the policy portfolio. Portfolio managers make purchase and sale decisions for such portfolios alongside the policy portfolio to the extent the overlap is appropriate, and separately, if the overlap is not. American Century may aggregate orders to purchase or sell the same security for multiple funds when it believes such aggregation is consistent

C - 1


Table of Contents

with its duty to seek best execution on behalf of its clients. Orders of certain client portfolios may, by investment restriction or otherwise, be determined not available for aggregation. American Century has adopted policies and procedures to minimize the risk that a client portfolio could be systematically advantaged or disadvantaged in connection with the aggregation of orders. To the extent equity trades are aggregated, shares purchased or sold are generally allocated to the participating portfolios pro rata based on order size. Because initial public offerings (IPOs) are usually available in limited supply and in amounts too small to permit across-the-board pro rata allocations, American Century has adopted special procedures designed to promote a fair and equitable allocation of IPO securities among clients over time. Fixed income securities transactions are not executed through a centralized trading desk. Instead, fund teams are responsible for executing trades with broker/dealers in a predominantly dealer marketplace. Trade allocation decisions are made by the portfolio manager at the time of trade execution and orders entered on the fixed income order management system.
Finally, investment of American Century’s corporate assets in proprietary accounts may raise additional conflicts of interest. To mitigate these potential conflicts of interest, American Century has adopted policies and procedures intended to provide that trading in proprietary accounts is performed in a manner that does not give improper advantage to American Century to the detriment of client portfolios.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
American Century portfolio manager compensation is structured to align the interests of portfolio managers with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. As of August 31, 2009, it includes the components described below, each of which is determined with reference to a number of factors such as overall performance, market competition, and internal equity. Compensation is not directly tied to the value of assets held in client portfolios.
BASE SALARY
Portfolio managers receive base pay in the form of a fixed annual salary.
BONUS
A significant portion of portfolio manager compensation takes the form of an annual incentive bonus tied to performance. Bonus payments are determined by a combination of factors. One factor is fund investment performance. For most American Century mutual funds, investment performance is measured by a combination of one- and three-year pre-tax performance relative to various benchmarks and/or internally-customized peer groups. In 2008, American Century began placing increased emphasis on long-term performance and is phasing in five-year performance comparison periods. The performance comparison periods may be adjusted based on a fund’s inception date or a portfolio manager’s tenure on the fund. Custom peer groups are constructed using all the funds in the indicated categories as a starting point. Funds are then eliminated from the peer group based on a standardized methodology designed to result in a final peer group that is both more stable over the long term (i.e., has less peer turnover) and that more closely represents the fund’s true peers based on internal investment mandates.
Portfolio managers may have responsibility for multiple American Century mutual funds. In such cases, the performance of each is assigned a percentage weight appropriate for the portfolio manager’s relative levels of responsibility.
Portfolio managers also may have responsibility for portfolios that are managed in a fashion similar to that of other American Century mutual funds. This is the case for the Vista Fund. If the performance of a similarly managed account is considered for purposes of compensation, it is either measured in the same way as a comparable American Century mutual fund (i.e., relative to the performance of a benchmark and/or peer group) or relative to the performance of such mutual fund. Performance of Vista Fund is not separately considered in determining portfolio manager compensation.
A second factor in the bonus calculation relates to the performance of a number of American Century funds managed according to one of the following investment styles: U.S. growth, U.S. value, quantitative, international and fixed-income. Performance is measured for each product individually as described above and then combined to create an overall composite for the product group. These composites may measure one-year performance (equal weighted) or a combination of one- and three year performance (equal or asset weighted) depending on the portfolio manager’s responsibilities and products managed. This feature is designed to encourage effective teamwork among portfolio management teams in achieving long-term investment success for similarly styled portfolios.

C - 2


Table of Contents

A portion of portfolio managers’ bonuses may be tied to individual performance goals, such as research projects and the development of new products.
RESTRICTED STOCK PLANS
Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of restricted stock of ACC. These grants are discretionary, and eligibility and availability can vary from year to year. The size of an individual’s grant is determined by individual and product performance as well as other product-specific considerations. Grants can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the ACC stock during the restriction period (generally three to four years).
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS
Portfolio managers are eligible for grants of deferred compensation. These grants are used in limited situations, primarily for retention purposes. Grants are fixed and can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the American Century mutual funds in which the portfolio manager chooses to invest them.

C - 3


Table of Contents

BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
Large Cap Value Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled                
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of     Assets     Number of     Assets     Number of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     (in billions)     Accounts     (in billions)     Accounts     (in billions)  
Robert C. Doll, Jr.
    27     $ 14.2       14     $ 3.58       25     $ 2.26  
Daniel Hanson, CFA
    27     $ 14.2       14     $ 3.58       25     $ 2.26  
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled                
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of     Assets     Number of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     (in millions)     Accounts     (in millions)  
Robert C. Doll, Jr.
    0     $ 0       2     $ 172.3       0     $ 0  
Daniel Hanson, CFA
    0     $ 0       2     $ 172.3       0     $ 0  
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio manager listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that he managed as of August 31, 2009.
Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock such as its Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan and Restricted Stock Program.
Due to Mr. Doll’s unique position (as Portfolio Manager and Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc., Global Chief Investment Officer for Equities, Chairman of the BlackRock Retail Operating Committee, and member of the BlackRock Executive Committee), his compensation does not solely reflect his role as portfolio manager of the funds managed by him. The performance of his fund(s) is included in the determination of his incentive compensation but, given his multiple roles and the various compensation components, the performance of his fund(s) is not the primary driver of his compensation.
Base compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their seniority and/or their position with the firm. Senior portfolio managers who perform additional management functions within the portfolio management group or within BlackRock may receive additional compensation for serving in these other capacities.
Discretionary Incentive Compensation
Discretionary incentive compensation is based on a formulaic compensation program. BlackRock’s formulaic portfolio manager compensation program includes: pre-tax investment performance relative to appropriate competitors or benchmarks over 1-, 3- and 5-year performance periods and a measure of operational efficiency. If a portfolio manager’s tenure is less than five years, performance periods will reflect time in position. In most cases, including for the portfolio managers of the Fund, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Fund or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks against which the performance of funds and other

C - 4


Table of Contents

accounts managed by each portfolio manager is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to the portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Large Cap Value Fund include the Lipper Multi-Cap Value Funds classification.
Portfolio managers who meet relative investment performance and financial management objectives during a specified performance time period are eligible to receive an additional bonus which may or may not be a large part of their overall compensation. A smaller element of portfolio manager discretionary compensation may include consideration of: financial results, expense control, profit margins, strategic planning and implementation, quality of client service, market share, corporate reputation, capital allocation, compliance and risk control, leadership, workforce diversity, supervision, technology and innovation. All factors are considered collectively by BlackRock management.
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation
Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units, if properly vested, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Typically, the cash bonus, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers. Paying a portion of annual bonuses in stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods.
     Long-Term Retention and Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) — The LTIP is a long-term incentive plan that seeks to reward certain key employees. Beginning in 2006, awards are granted under the LTIP in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, if properly vested and subject to the attainment of certain performance goals, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. Messrs. Doll and Hanson have each received awards under the LTIP.
     Deferred Compensation Program — A portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm’s investment products. Each participant in the deferred compensation program is permitted to allocate his deferred amounts among the various investment options. Messrs. Doll and Hanson have each participated in the deferred compensation program.
Other compensation benefits. In addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
     Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $4,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent employee investment direction, are invested into a balanced portfolio. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares or a dollar value of $25,000. Messrs. Doll and Hanson are eligible to participate in these plans.
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund(s). In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, stockholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by BlackRock with respect to the same securities. Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are

C - 5


Table of Contents

directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Each portfolio manager also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. In this connection, it should be noted that Messrs. Doll and Hanson currently manage certain accounts that are subject to performance fees. In addition, a portfolio manager may assist in managing certain hedge funds and may be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such funds and a portion of such incentive fees may be voluntarily or involuntarily deferred. Additional portfolio managers may in the future manage other such accounts or funds and may be entitled to receive incentive fees.
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted a policy that is intended to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated fairly and equitably among client accounts over time. This policy also seeks to achieve reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base.

C - 6


Table of Contents

COLUMBIA MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC
Value & Restructuring Fund
Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“Columbia Management” manages the Value & Restructuring Fund. In rendering investment advisory services, Columbia Management may use the portfolio management and research resources of Columbia Management Pte. Ltd., an affiliate of Columbia Management. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is not registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with Columbia Management pursuant to which Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. is considered a “participating affiliate” of Columbia Management as that term is used in relief granted by the staff of the SEC allowing U.S. registered investment advisers to use portfolio management or research resources of advisory affiliates subject to the supervision of a registered investment adviser. Investment professionals from Columbia Management Pte. Ltd. may render portfolio management or research services to clients of Columbia Management, including the Fund, under the MOU, and are subject to supervision by Columbia Management.
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled\    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
                                    Number    
Portfolio   Number of           Number of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Guy W. Pope
    3     $524 million     0     $ 0       1850     $542 million
J. Nicholas Smith
    0     $ 0       2     $ 783,212,330       1857     $ 599,276,411  
 
                                          $1,829,640,024 (as
David J. Williams
    0     $ 0       2     $ 783,212,330       1922     of 9/30/09)
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on
performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Guy W. Pope
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
J. Nicholas Smith
    2     $ 6,582,485,246       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
David J. Williams
    2     $ 6,582,485,246       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
The portfolio managers receive their compensation from Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“Columbia Management”) and its parent company, Columbia Management Group, LLC, in the form of salary, bonus, stock options, restricted stock, and notional investments through an incentive plan, the value of which is measured by reference to the performance of the Columbia Funds in which the account is invested. A portfolio manager’s bonus is variable and generally is based on (1) an evaluation of the portfolio manager’s investment performance and (2) the results of a peer and/or management review of the portfolio manager, which takes into account skills and attributes such as team participation, investment process, communication and professionalism. In evaluating investment performance, Columbia Management generally considers the one, three and five year performance of mutual funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager relative to the benchmarks and peer groups noted below, emphasizing the portfolio manager’s three and five year performance. Columbia Management also may consider a portfolio manager’s performance in managing client assets in sectors and industries assigned to the portfolio manager as part of his/ her investment team responsibilities, where

C - 7


Table of Contents

applicable. For portfolio managers who also have group management responsibilities, another factor in their evaluation is an assessment of the group’s overall investment performance.
Performance Benchmarks
         
Portfolio Managers   Primary Benchmark(s)   Peer Group
Guy W. Pope
  Russell 1000 Value Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core
 
  S&P 500 Index   Classification
David J. Williams
  Russell 1000 Value Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core
 
  S&P 500 Index   Classification
J. Nicholas Smith
  Russell 1000 Value Index   Lipper Multi-Cap Core
 
  S&P 500 Index   Classification
The size of the overall bonus pool each year is determined by Columbia Management Group, LLC and depends on, among other factors, the levels of compensation generally in the investment management industry (based on market compensation data) and Columbia Management’s profitability for the year, which is largely determined by assets under management.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
     Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, a Fund’s portfolio manager(s) may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both the Fund and other accounts at the same time. Columbia Management has adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of the potential conflicts that portfolio managers face in this regard. Certain of these conflicts of interest are summarized below.
     The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (performance fee accounts), may raise potential conflicts of interest for a portfolio manager by creating an incentive to favor higher fee accounts.
     Potential conflicts of interest also may arise when a portfolio manager has personal investments in other accounts that may create an incentive to favor those accounts. As a general matter and subject to Columbia Management’s Code of Ethics and certain limited exceptions, Columbia Management’s investment professionals do not have the opportunity to invest in client accounts, other than the Columbia Funds. Similarly, the notional investments described above under “Compensation” may give rise to similar potential conflicts of interest to the extent that a portfolio manager may have an incentive to favor or devote more effort in managing accounts that impact his overall compensation.
     A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts managed by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.
     A portfolio manager may be able to select or influence the selection of the broker/dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Fund. A portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of broker/dealers could produce disproportionate costs and benefits among the Fund and the other accounts the portfolio manager manages.
     A potential conflict of interest may arise when a portfolio manager buys or sells the same securities for a Fund and other accounts. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a Fund as well as other accounts, Columbia Management’s trading desk may, to the extent consistent with applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or bought in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to a Fund or another account if a portfolio manager favors one account over another in allocating the securities bought or sold.
“Cross trades,” in which a portfolio manager sells a particular security held by a Fund to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), could involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, a portfolio manager is permitted to sell a security from one account to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. Columbia Management has adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transactions between the Fund and another account managed by Columbia Management are to be made at an independent current market price, consistent with applicable laws and regulation.

C - 8


Table of Contents

     Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of a Fund and other accounts managed by its portfolio manager(s). Depending on another account’s objectives and other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice to and make decisions for a Fund that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to another account. A portfolio manager’s investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a portfolio manager may buy or sell a particular security for certain accounts, and not for a Fund, even though it could have been bought or sold for the Fund at the same time. A portfolio manager also may buy a particular security for one or more accounts when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when a portfolio manager’s purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts, including the Funds.
     In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.
     Columbia Management or an affiliate may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to Columbia Management and its affiliates.
     Additional actual or potential conflicts of interest and certain investment activity limitations that could affect the Fund may arise from the financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates, including the investment advisory/management services it provides for clients and customers other than the Fund. In this regard, Bank of America is a major financial services company, engaged in a wide range of financial activities beyond the mutual fund-related activities of Columbia Management, including, among others, commercial banking, investment banking, broker/dealer (sales and trading), asset management, insurance and other financial activities. The broad range of financial services activities of Bank of America and its affiliates may involve multiple advisory, transactional, lending, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and in companies, that may be bought, sold or held by the Fund.
     Part 1A of Columbia Management’s Form ADV, which it must file the SEC as an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provides information about Columbia Management’s business, assets under management, affiliates and potential conflicts of interest. Part 1A of the Form ADV is available online through the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.
     Portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing the Fund and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could be deemed to exist in managing both the Fund and other accounts. In addition, portfolio managers may also manage other accounts (including their personal assets or the assets of family members) in their personal capacity. The management of these accounts may also involve certain of the potential conflicts described above.

C - 9


Table of Contents

DAVIS SELECTED ADVISERS, L.P.s
Financial Services Fund
Fundamental Value Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
Portfolio   Number of           Number of           Number of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts*   Assets
 
          $ 52.9             $ 997             $ 8.0  
Christopher C. Davis
    28     billion     14     million     124     billion
 
          $ 53.0             $ 923             $ 7.2  
Kenneth Charles Feinberg
    25     billion     13     million     114     billion
 
          $ 82             $ 3             $ 62  
Charles Cavanaugh
    7     million     3     million     24     million
 
  Wrap Accounts have been counted at the sponsor level.
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.

C - 10


Table of Contents

DECLARATION MANAGEMENT & RESEARCH LLC
Active Bond Fund
Total Bond Market Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
                                    Number    
Portfolio   Number of   Assets   Number of   Assets   of   Assets
Manager   Accounts   (in millions)   Accounts   (in millions)   Accounts   (in millions)
Peter Farley, CFA
    4     $ 2521       1     $ 150       8     $ 2525  
Joshua Kuhnert, CFA
    4     $ 2521       1     $ 100       10     $ 1813  
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on
performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
                                    Number    
Portfolio   Number of           Number of   Assets   of   Assets
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   (in millions)   Accounts   (in millions)
Peter Farley, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Joshua Kuhnert, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Each of the accounts managed by Peter M. Farley and Joshua Kuhnert seeks income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in a diversified mix of debt securities. While these accounts have many similarities, the investment performance of each account will be different due to differences in guidelines, fees, expenses and cash flows. Declaration has adopted compliance procedures to manage potential conflicts of interest such as allocation of investment opportunities and aggregated trading. Neither of the Funds pays Declaration an incentive based fee.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
The compensation of Peter M. Farley and Joshua Kuhnert as Declaration employees consists of (i) a competitive base salary, (ii) eligibility for a discretionary bonus pursuant to an incentive compensation plan contingent on company profitability and performance, (iii) a deferred, profit sharing plan which is designed to be an equity ownership substitute, and (iv) eligibility for marketing incentives pursuant to the incentive compensation plan.

C - 11


Table of Contents

DEUTSCHE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AMERICAS INC.
All Cap Core Fund
Global Real Estate Fund
Real Estate Securities Fund
Compensation of Portfolio Managers
Portfolio managers are eligible for total compensation comprised of base salary and variable compensation.
Base Salary – Base salary is linked to job functions, responsibilities and financial services industry peer comparison through the use of extensive market data surveys.
Variable Compensation – Generally, variable compensation comprises a greater proportion of total compensation as a portfolio manager’s seniority and compensation levels increase. Variable Compensation may include a cash bonus incentive, and potential participation in long-term incentive programs including but not limited to, Deutsche Bank equity, equity linked vehicle, and restricted cash. Variable compensation is determined based on an analysis of a number of factors, including among other things, the performance of Deutsche Bank, the performance of the Asset Management division, and the portfolio manager’s individual contribution. In evaluating individual contribution, management will consider a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors. Top performing investment professionals earn a total compensation package that is highly competitive. As variable compensation increases, the percentage awarded in long-term incentives also increases. Long-term incentives are subject to a clawback provision for unvested portions only during the three-year life of the plan should the individual engage in any conduct that is a significant breach of Deutsche Bank policies and procedures.
    The quantitative analysis of a portfolio manager’s individual performance is based on, among other factors, performance of all of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager (which includes the fund and any other accounts managed by the portfolio manager) over a one-, three-, and five-year period relative to the appropriate Morningstar and Lipper peer group universes and/or benchmark index(es) with respect to each account. Additionally, the portfolio manager’s retail/institutional asset mix is weighted, as appropriate for evaluation purposes. Generally the benchmark index used is a benchmark index set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s performance is compared. Additional or different appropriate peer group or benchmark indices may also be used. Primary weight is given to pre-tax portfolio performance over three-year and five-year time periods (adjusted as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served for less than five years) with lesser consideration given to portfolio performance over a one-year period. The increase or decrease in a fund’s assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor.
 
    The qualitative analysis of a portfolio manager’s individual performance is based on, among other things, the results of an annual management and internal peer review process, and management’s assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor relations, the investment process and overall performance (distinct from fund and other account performance). Other factors, including contributions made to the investment team, as well as adherence to Compliance Policies and Procedures, Risk Management procedures, the firm’s Code of Ethics and “living the values” of the Advisor are also factors.
The quantitative analysis of a portfolio manager’s performance is given more weight in determining variable compensation than the qualitative portion.
Fund Ownership of Portfolio Managers
The following table shows the dollar range of shares owned beneficially and of record by each member of the Fund’s portfolio management team in the Fund including investments by their immediate family members sharing the same household and amounts invested through retirement and deferred compensation plans. This information is provided as of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end.

C - 12


Table of Contents

         
     
Name of   Dollar Range of
Portfolio Manager   Fund Shares Owned
William Leung
  $ 0  
John Hammond
  $ 0  
John Robertson
  $ 0  
John Vojticek
  $ 0  
Daniel Ekins
  $ 0  
Conflicts of Interest
In addition to managing the assets of the Fund, the Fund’s portfolio managers may have responsibility for managing other client accounts of the subadvisor or its affiliates. The tables below show, for each portfolio manager, the number and asset size of (1) SEC registered investment companies (or series thereof) other than the Fund, (2) pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and (3) other accounts (e.g., accounts managed for individuals or organizations) managed by each portfolio manager. Total assets attributed to each portfolio manager in the tables below include total assets of each account managed by them, although the manager may only manage a portion of such account’s assets. The tables also show the number of performance based fee accounts, as well as the total assets of the accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. This information is provided as of the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end.
Other SEC Registered Investment Companies Managed:
                                 
                    Number of    
                    Investment    
    Number of   Total Assets of   Company   Total Assets of
    Registered   Registered   Accounts with   Performance-
Name of Portfolio   Investment   Investment   Performance   Based Fee
Manager   Companies   Companies   Based Fee   Accounts
William Leung
    3     $ 349,872,920       0     $ 0  
John Hammond
    3     $ 349,872,920       0     $ 0  
John Robertson
    9     $ 1,143,211,133       0     $ 0  
John Vojticek
    9     $ 1,143,211,133       0     $ 0  
Daniel Ekins
    3     $ 349,872,920       0     $ 0  
 
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Managed
 
                    Number of    
                    Pooled    
                    Investment    
    Number of           Vehicle Accounts   Total Assets of
    Pooled   Total Assets of   with   Performance-
Name of Portfolio   Investment   Pooled Investment   Performance-   Based Fee
Manager   Vehicles   Vehicles   Based Fee   Accounts
William Leung
    16     $ 276,443,094       1     $ 17,138,935  
John Hammond
    12     $ 204,868,878       1     $ 17,138,935  
John Robertson
    13     $ 266,747,146       1     $ 17,138,935  
John Vojticek
    13     $ 266,747,146       1     $ 17,138,935  
Daniel Ekins
    19     $ 414,204,892       1     $ 17,138,935  

C - 13


Table of Contents

Other Accounts Managed:
                                 
                    Number of    
                    Other Accounts   Total Assets of
    Number of           with   Performance-
Name of Portfolio   Other   Total Assets of   Performance-   Based Fee
Manager   Accounts   Other Accounts   Based Fee   Accounts
William Leung
    22     $ 836,473,612       2     $ 71,264,700  
John Hammond
    20     $ 837,329,211       2     $ 71,264,700  
John Robertson
    46     $ 1,617,850,224       6     $ 133,860,187  
John Vojticek
    46     $ 1,617,850,224       6     $ 133,860,187  
Daniel Ekins
    23     $ 943,830,412       2     $ 71,264,700  
In addition to the accounts above, an investment professional may manage accounts in a personal capacity that may include holdings that are similar to, or the same as, those of the Fund. The subadvisor has in place a Code of Ethics that is designed to address conflicts of interest and that, among other things, imposes restrictions on the ability of portfolio managers and other “access persons” to invest in securities that may be recommended or traded in the Fund and other client accounts.
Real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or account, including the following:
    Certain investments may be appropriate for the Fund and also for other clients advised by the subadvisor, including other client accounts managed by the Fund’s portfolio management team. Investment decisions for the Fund and other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives and after consideration of such factors as their current holdings, availability of cash for investment and the size of their investments generally. A particular security may be bought or sold for only one client or in different amounts and at different times for more than one but less than all clients. Likewise, because clients of the subadvisor may have differing investment strategies, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling the security. The investment results achieved for the Fund may differ from the results achieved for other clients of the subadvisor. In addition, purchases or sales of the same security may be made for two or more clients on the same day. In such event, such transactions will be allocated among the clients in a manner believed by the subadvisor to be most equitable to each client, generally utilizing a pro rata allocation methodology. In some cases, the allocation procedure could potentially have an adverse effect or positive effect on the price or amount of the securities purchased or sold by the Fund. Purchase and sale orders for the Fund may be combined with those of other clients of the subadvisor in the interest of achieving the most favorable net results to the Fund and the other clients.
 
    To the extent that a portfolio manager has responsibilities for managing multiple client accounts, a portfolio manager will need to divide time and attention among relevant accounts. The subadvisor attempts to minimize these conflicts by aligning its portfolio management teams by investment strategy and by employing similar investment models across multiple client accounts.
 
    In some cases, an apparent conflict may arise where the subadvisor has an incentive, such as a performance-based fee, in managing one account and not with respect to other accounts it manages. The subadvisor will not determine allocations based on whether it receives a performance-based fee from the client. Additionally, the subadvisor has in place supervisory oversight processes to periodically monitor performance deviations for accounts with like strategies.
 
    The subadvisor and its affiliates and the investment team of the Fund may manage other mutual funds and separate accounts on a long-short basis. The simultaneous management of long and short portfolios creates potential conflicts of interest including the risk that short sale activity could adversely affect the market value of the long positions (and vice versa), the risk arising from sequential orders in long and short positions, and the risks associated with receiving opposing orders at the same time. The subadvisor has adopted procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these potential conflicts of interest. Included in these procedures are specific guidelines developed to ensure fair and equitable treatment for all clients whose accounts are managed by each Fund’s portfolio management team. The subadvisor and the portfolio management team have established monitoring procedures, a protocol for supervisory reviews, as well as compliance oversight to ensure that potential conflicts of interest relating to this type of activity are properly addressed.

C - 14


Table of Contents

The subadvisor is owned by Deutsche Bank AG, a multi-national financial services company. Therefore, the subadvisor is affiliated with a variety of entities that provide, and/or engage in commercial banking, insurance, brokerage, investment banking, financial advisory, broker-dealer activities (including sales and trading), hedge funds, real estate and private equity investing, in addition to the provision of investment management services to institutional and individual investors. Since Deutsche Bank AG, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees (the “Firm”) are engaged in businesses and have interests other than managing asset management accounts, such other activities involve real, potential or apparent conflicts of interest. These interests and activities include potential advisory, transactional and financial activities and other interests in securities and companies that may be directly or indirectly purchased or sold by the Firm for its clients’ advisory accounts. These are considerations of which advisory clients should be aware and which may cause conflicts that could be to the disadvantage of the subadvisor’s advisory clients. The subadvisor has instituted business and compliance policies, procedures and disclosures that are designed to identify, monitor and mitigate conflicts of interest and, as appropriate, to report them to the Fund’s Board.

C - 15


Table of Contents

DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS
Emerging Markets Value Fund
International Small Company Fund
Small Cap Opportunities Fund*
 
*   Also managed by Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc.
Portfolio Managers
In accordance with the team approach used to manage the International Small Cap Fund and the Emerging Markets Value Fund (the “Portfolios”), the portfolio managers and portfolio traders implement the policies and procedures established by the Investment Committee of Dimensional Funds Advisors LP (“Dimensional”). The portfolio managers and portfolio traders also make daily investment decisions regarding the Portfolios, including running buy and sell programs based on the parameters established by the Investment Committee. Karen E. Umland coordinates the efforts of all portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of international equity portfolios, and Stephen A. Clark coordinates the efforts of all portfolio managers with respect to the day-to-day management of domestic equity portfolios. For this reason, Dimensional has identified Ms. Umland as primarily responsible for coordinating the day-to-day management of the Emerging Markets Value Fund and the International Small Company Fund, and Mr. Clark as primarily responsible for coordinating the day-to-day management of the Small Cap Opportunities Fund.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
Dimensional’s portfolio managers receive a base salary and a bonus. Compensation of a portfolio manager is determined by Dimensional and is based on a portfolio manager’s experience, responsibilities, the perception of the quality of his or her work efforts and other subjective factors. The compensation of portfolio managers is not directly based upon the performance of the Portfolios or other accounts that the portfolio managers manage. Dimensional reviews the compensation of each portfolio manager annually. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following:
    Base Salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. Dimensional considers the factors described above to determine each portfolio manager’s base salary.
 
    Semi-Annual Bonus. Each portfolio manager may receive a semi-annual bonus. The bonus is based on the factors described above.
Portfolio managers may be awarded the right to purchase restricted shares of the stock of Dimensional determined from time to time by the Board of Directors of Dimensional or its delegees. Portfolio managers also participate in benefit and retirement plans and other programs available generally to all Dimensional employees.
In addition, portfolio managers are given the option of participating in Dimensional’s Long Term Incentive Plan. The level of participation for eligible employees may be dependent on overall level of compensation, among other considerations. Participation in this program is not based on or related to the performance of any individual strategies or any particular client accounts.
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.

C - 16


Table of Contents

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Stephen A. Clark
    30     $ 41,853,873,592       7     $ 5,593,691,921       48     $ 3,609,052,691  
Karen E. Umland
    40     $ 43,756,179,543       5     $ 895,429,819       19     $ 3,979,095,644  
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Stephen A. Clark
    0     $ 0       1     $ 214,197,428       0     $ 0  
Karen E. Umland
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       1     $ 525,309,480  
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio managers listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has primary day-to-day oversight responsibilities with respect to multiple accounts. In addition to the Portfolios, these accounts may include registered mutual funds, other unregistered pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals (“Accounts”). An Account may have similar investment objectives to a Portfolio, or may purchase, sell or hold securities that are eligible to be purchased, sold or held by a Portfolio. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest include:
    Time Management. The management of the Portfolios and/or Accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of the Portfolios and/or Accounts. Dimensional seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most Accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Portfolios.
 
    Investment Opportunities. It is possible that at times identical securities will be held by a Portfolio and one or more Accounts. However, positions in the same security may vary and the length of time that a Portfolio or an Account may choose to hold its investment in the same security may likewise vary. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for a Portfolio and one or more Accounts, the Portfolio may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across the Portfolio and other eligible Accounts. To deal with these situations, Dimensional has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across the Portfolios and other Accounts.
 
    Broker Selection. With respect to securities transactions for the Portfolios, Dimensional determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain Accounts (such as separate accounts), Dimensional may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, Dimensional or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous, transactions for a Portfolio and another Account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of a Portfolio or an Account.
 
    Performance-Based Fees. For some Accounts, Dimensional may be compensated based on the profitability of the Account, such as by a performance-based management fee. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for Dimensional with regard to Accounts where Dimensional is paid based on a percentage of assets because the portfolio

C - 17


Table of Contents

      manager may have an incentive to allocate securities preferentially to the Accounts where Dimensional might share in investment gains.
 
    Investment in an Account. A portfolio manager or his/her relatives may invest in an Account that he or she manages, and a conflict may arise where he or she may therefore have an incentive to treat an Account in which the portfolio manager or his/her relatives invest preferentially as compared to a Portfolio or other Accounts for which they have portfolio management responsibilities.
Dimensional has adopted certain compliance procedures that are reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

C - 18


Table of Contents

FRANKLIN ADIVSERS, INC.
Income Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Charles B. Johnson
    4     $ 55,963.7       2     $ 431.1       0       N/A  
Edward D. Perks, CFA
    10     $ 53,271.3       2     $ 431.1       0       N/A  
Alex W. Peters, CFA
    1     $ 414.7       6     $ 564.7       5     $ 115.8  
Matt Quinlin
    1     $ 741.9       0       N/A       0       N/A  
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Charles B. Johnson
    0       N/A       0       N/A       0       N/A  
Edward D. Perks, CFA
    0       N/A       0       N/A       0       N/A  
Alex W. Peters, CFA
    0       N/A       0       N/A       0       N/A  
Matt Quinlin
    0       N/A       0       N/A       0       N/A  
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio managers listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
Conflicts
The management of multiple funds, including the Fund, and accounts may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The manager seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment strategies that are used in connection with the management of the Fund. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. As noted above, the separate management of the trade execution and valuation functions from the portfolio management process also helps to reduce potential conflicts of interest. However, securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund. Moreover, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of that opportunity across all eligible funds and other accounts. The manager seeks to manage such potential conflicts by using procedures intended to provide a fair allocation of buy and sell opportunities among funds and other accounts.
The structure of a portfolio manager’s compensation may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. A portfolio manager’s base pay and bonus tend to increase with additional and more complex responsibilities that include increased assets under management. As such, there may be an indirect relationship between a portfolio manager’s marketing or sales efforts and his or her bonus.

C - 19


Table of Contents

Finally, the management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While the funds and the manager have adopted a code of ethics which they believe contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent a wide range of prohibited activities by portfolio managers and others with respect to their personal trading activities, there can be no assurance that the code of ethics addresses all individual conduct that could result in conflicts of interest.
The manager and the Fund have adopted certain compliance procedures that are designed to address these, and other, types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises.
Compensation
The manager seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract, retain and motivate top-quality investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, a cash incentive bonus opportunity, an equity compensation opportunity, and a benefits package. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed annually and the level of compensation is based on individual performance, the salary range for a portfolio manager’s level of responsibility and Franklin Templeton guidelines. Portfolio managers are provided no financial incentive to favor one fund or account over another. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
Base salary Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary.
Annual bonus Annual bonuses are structured to align the interests of the portfolio manager with those of the Fund’s shareholders. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Bonuses generally are split between cash (50% to 65%) and restricted shares of Resources stock (17.5% to 25%) and mutual fund shares (17.5% to 25%). The deferred equity-based compensation is intended to build a vested interest of the portfolio manager in the financial performance of both Resources and mutual funds advised by the manager. The bonus plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the portfolio manager achieving consistently strong investment performance, which aligns the financial incentives of the portfolio manager and Fund shareholders. The Chief Investment Officer of the manager and/or other officers of the manager, with responsibility for the Fund, have discretion in the granting of annual bonuses to portfolio managers in accordance with Franklin Templeton guidelines. The following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:
    Investment performance. Primary consideration is given to the historic investment performance over the 1, 3 and 5 preceding years of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The pre-tax performance of each fund managed is measured relative to a relevant peer group and/or applicable benchmark as appropriate.
 
    Non-investment performance. The more qualitative contributions of a portfolio manager to the manager’s business and the investment management team, including professional knowledge, productivity, responsiveness to client needs and communication, are evaluated in determining the amount of any bonus award.
 
    Responsibilities. The characteristics and complexity of funds managed by the portfolio manager are factored in the manager’s appraisal.
Additional long-term equity-based compensation Portfolio managers may also be awarded restricted shares or units of Resources stock or restricted shares or units of one or more mutual funds, and options to purchase common shares of Resources stock. Awards of such deferred equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.
Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees of the manager.

C - 20


Table of Contents

FRONTIER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
(“Frontier”)
Smaller Company Growth Fund
The following chart reflects the portfolio managers’ investments in the fund that they manage. The chart also reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered Investment        
    Companies        
    Number           Other Pooled Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
  of           Number           Number    
Portfolio Manager   Accounts   Assets   of Accounts   Assets   of Accounts   Assets
Michael A. Cavarretta
    5     $ 371,056,262       2     $ 67,409,725       38     $ 1,423,277,656  
Christopher J. Scarpa
    2     $ 102,415,282       1     $ 11,737,576       7     $ 182,284,451  
Other Accounts Managed- Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered Investment        
    Companies   Other Pooled Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number of    
Portfolio Manager   of Accounts   Assets   of Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Michael A. Cavarretta
    0               0               0          
Christopher J. Scarpa
    0               0               0          
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio managers listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Frontier generally manages all accounts noted in the table above with the same investment philosophy and using the same investment process,’ thus limiting contrary positions between accounts.

C - 21


Table of Contents

GRANTHAM, MAYO, VAN OTTERLOO & CO. LLC (“GMO”)
U.S. Multi Sector Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Sam Wilderman
    15     $ 16,060,013,716.17       5     $ 1,640,491,157.11       18     $ 2,971,528,495.19  
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Sam Wilderman
    0     $ 0       4     $ 1,622,431,768.56       5     $ 1,740,967,647.00  
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio manager listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that he managed as of August 31, 2009.
Description of material conflicts: Whenever a portfolio manager manages other accounts, including accounts that pay higher fees or accounts that pay performance-based fees, potential conflicts of interest exist, including potential conflicts between the investment strategy of the fund and the investment strategy of the other accounts and potential conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities between the fund and such other accounts. GMO believes several factors limit the conflicts between the Fund and other similar stock accounts managed by the Fund’s portfolio management team or individual members of the team. First, discipline and constraints are imposed because the investment programs of the Fund and other similar accounts are determined based on quantitative models. Second, all portfolio management team members are aware of and abide by GMO’s trade allocation procedures, which seek to ensure fair allocation of investment opportunities among all accounts. Performance attribution with full transparency of holdings and identification of contributors to gains and losses act as important controls on conflicts that might otherwise exist. Performance dispersion among accounts employing the same investment strategy but with different fee structures is periodically examined by the Fund’s portfolio management team and GMO’s Investment Analysis team to ensure that any divergence in expected performance is adequately explained by differences in the client’s investment guidelines and timing of cash flows.
Description of the structure of, and the method used to determine, the compensation of each member of the fund’s portfolio management team: The senior member of the Fund’s portfolio management team is a member (partner) of GMO. Compensation for the senior member consists of a base salary, a partnership interest in the firm’s profits and possibly an additional, discretionary, bonus. Compensation does not disproportionately reward out-performance by higher fee/performance fee products. GMO’s Compensation Committee sets the senior member’s base salary taking into account current industry norms and market data to ensure that the base salary is competitive. The Compensation Committee also determines the senior member’s partnership interest, taking into account the senior member’s contribution to GMO and GMO’s mission statement. A discretionary bonus may be paid to recognize specific business contributions and to ensure that the total level of compensation is competitive with the market. Because each member’s compensation is based on his individual performance, GMO does not have a typical percentage split among base salary, bonus and other compensation. Partnership interests in GMO are the primary incentive for senior level persons to continue employment at GMO. GMO believes that partnership interests provide the best incentive to maintain stability of portfolio management personnel.
Dollar range of fund securities owned by each member of the fund’s portfolio management team: The senior members have no beneficial interest in the Fund’s shares.

C - 22


Table of Contents

INVESCO AIM CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
All Cap Growth Fund
Small Cap Opportunities Fund
Small Company Growth Fund*
 
*   Also managed by Dimensional Fund Advisors
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other registered investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Vehicles   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of   Assets   of   Assets   of   Assets
Manager   Accounts   (in millions)   Accounts   (in millions)   Accounts   (in millions)
Ryan Amerman
    5     $ 5,510.7       1     $ 18.4     None   None
Juliet Ellis (as related to Small Cap Opportunities Fund)
    12     $ 3,191.4     None   None   None   None
Juliet Ellis (as related to Small Company Growth Fund)
    12     $ 3,119.0     None   None   None   None
Juan Hartsfield (as related to Small Cap Opportunities Fund)
    15     $ 3,942.2       1     $ 32.1     None   None
Juan Hartsfield (as related to Small Company Growth Fund)
    15     $ 3,869.8       1     $ 32.1     None   None
Robert Lloyd
    6     $ 5,746.1       4     $ 216.5     None   None
Clay Manley
    6     $ 2,165.0     None   None   None   None

C - 23


Table of Contents

Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number    
Portfolio   of           of           of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Ryan Amerman
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Juliet Ellis (as related to Small Cap Opportunities Fund)
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Juliet Ellis (as related to Small Company Growth Fund)
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Juan Hartsfield (as related to Small Cap Opportunities Fund)
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Juan Hartsfield (as related to Small Company Growth Fund)
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Robert Lloyd
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Clay Manley
  None   None   None   None   None   None
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
     Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one Fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple Funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts:
  The management of multiple Funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each Fund and/or other account. Invesco Aim seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by having portfolio managers focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Funds.
 
  If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one Fund or other account, a Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible Funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, Invesco Aim has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.
 
  Invesco Aim determines which broker to use to execute each order for securities transactions for the Funds, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, for certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which Invesco Aim or an affiliate acts as sub-advisor, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), Invesco Aim may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a Fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the Fund or other account(s) involved.
 
  Finally, the appearance of a conflict of interest may arise where Invesco Aim has an incentive, such as a performance-based management fee, which relates to the management of one fund or account but not all funds and accounts for which a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities.
     Invesco Aim has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

C - 24


Table of Contents

Description of Compensation Structure
Invesco Aim seeks to maintain a compensation program that is competitively positioned to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. Portfolio managers receive a base salary, an incentive bonus opportunity, and an equity compensation opportunity. Portfolio manager compensation is reviewed and may be modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as well as to adjust the factors used to determine bonuses to promote competitive fund performance. Invesco Aim evaluates competitive market compensation by reviewing compensation survey results conducted by an independent third party of investment industry compensation. Each portfolio manager’s compensation consists of the following three elements:
Base Salary. Each portfolio manager is paid a base salary. In setting the base salary, Invesco Aim’s intention is to be competitive in light of the particular portfolio manager’s experience and responsibilities.
Annual Bonus. The portfolio managers are eligible, along with other employees of Invesco Aim, to participate in a discretionary year-end bonus pool. The Compensation Committee of Invesco Ltd. reviews and approves the amount of the bonus pool available for Invesco Aim’s investment centers. The Compensation Committee considers investment performance and financial results in its review. In addition, while having no direct impact on individual bonuses, assets under management are considered when determining the starting bonus funding levels. Each portfolio manager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus which is based on quantitative (i.e. investment performance) and non-quantitative factors (which may include, but are not limited to, individual performance, risk management and teamwork).
Each of Invesco Aim’s portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager as described in Table 1 below.
Table 1
     
Sub-Advisor   Performance time period1
Invesco Aim2
  One-, Three- and Five- year performance against Fund peer group
 
1   Rolling time periods based on calendar year end.
 
2   Portfolio Managers may be granted a short-term award that vests on a pro-rata basis over a four year period and final payments are based on the performance of eligible funds selected by the portfolio manager at the time the award is granted.
     High investment performance (against applicable peer group) would deliver compensation generally associated with top pay in the industry (determined by reference to the third-party provided compensation survey information) and poor investment performance (versus applicable peer group) would result in low bonus compared to the applicable peer group or no bonus at all. These decisions are reviewed and approved collectively by senior leadership which has responsibility for executing the compensation approach across the organization.
     Equity-Based Compensation. Portfolio managers may be granted an award that allows them to select receipt of shares of certain AIM Funds with a vesting period as well as common shares and/or restricted shares of Invesco Ltd. stock from pools determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee of Invesco’s Board of Directors. Awards of equity-based compensation typically vest over time, so as to create incentives to retain key talent.
Portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs available generally to all employees.

C - 25


Table of Contents

JENNISON ASSOCIATES LLC
Capital Appreciation Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following tables reflect information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number   Assets   Number   Assets   Number   Assets
Portfolio   of   (in   of   (in   of   (in
Manager   Accounts   thousands)   Accounts   thousands)   Accounts   thousands)
Michael A. Del Balso
    10     $ 7,205,211       5     $ 886,155       5 *   $ 528,148 *
Kathleen A. McCarragher
    15     $ 8,794,843       2     $ 165,176       33     $ 4,328,098  
Spiros Segalas
    15     $ 17,129,181       3     $ 173,449       9     $ 1,985,448  
 
  Other Accounts excludes the assets and number of accounts in wrap fee programs that are managed using model portfolios.
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number           Number   Assets
Portfolio   of   Assets   of   Assets   of   (in
Manager   Accounts   (in thousands)   Accounts   (in thousands)   Accounts   thousands)
Michael A. Del Balso
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Kathleen A. McCarragher
    2     $ 1,514,679       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Spiros Segalas
    0     $ 0       1   $ 8,273     0     $ 0  
 
  The portfolio manager only manages a portion of the accounts subject to a performance fee. The market value shown reflects the portion of those accounts managed by the portfolio manager.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
In managing other portfolios (including affiliated accounts), certain potential conflicts of interest may arise. Potential conflicts include, for example, conflicts among investment strategies, conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities, or conflicts due to different fees. As part of its compliance program, Jennison has adopted policies and procedures that seek to address and minimize the effects of these conflicts.
Jennison’s portfolio managers typically manage multiple accounts. These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, separately managed advisory accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and universities, foundations), commingled trust accounts, other types of unregistered commingled accounts (including hedge funds), affiliated single client and commingled insurance separate accounts, model nondiscretionary portfolios, and model portfolios used for wrap fee programs. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may recommend the purchase (or sale) of certain securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio. Securities purchased in one portfolio may perform better than the securities purchased for another portfolio. Similarly, securities sold from one portfolio may result in better performance if the value of that security declines. Generally, however, portfolios in a particular product strategy (e.g., large cap growth equity) with similar objectives are managed similarly. Accordingly, portfolio holdings and industry and sector

C - 26


Table of Contents

exposure tend to be similar across a group of accounts in a strategy that have similar objectives, which tends to minimize the potential for conflicts of interest. While these accounts have many similarities, the investment performance of each account will be different primarily due to differences in guidelines, timing of investments, fees, expenses and cash flows.
Furthermore, certain accounts (including affiliated accounts) in certain investment strategies may buy or sell securities while accounts in other strategies may take the same or differing, including potentially opposite, position. For example, certain strategies may short securities that may be held long in other strategies. The strategies that sell a security short held long by another strategy could lower the price for the security held long. Similarly, if a strategy is purchasing a security that is held short in other strategies, the strategies purchasing the security could increase the price of the security held short. Jennison has policies and procedures that seek to mitigate, monitor and manage this conflict.
In addition, Jennison has adopted trade aggregation and allocation procedures that seek to treat all clients (including affiliated accounts) fairly and equitably. These policies and procedures address the allocation of limited investment opportunities, such as IPOs and the allocation of transactions across multiple accounts. Some accounts have higher fees, including performance fees, than others. Fees charged to clients differ depending upon a number of factors including, but not limited to, the particular strategy, the size of the portfolio being managed, the relationship with the client, the service requirements and the asset class involved. Fees may also differ based on the account type (e.g., commingled accounts, trust accounts, insurance company separate accounts or corporate, bank or trust-owned life insurance products). Some accounts, such as hedge funds and alternative strategies, have higher fees, including performance fees, than others. Based on these factors, a client may pay higher fees than another client in the same strategy. Also, clients with larger assets under management generate more revenue for Jennison than smaller accounts. These differences may give rise to a potential conflict that a portfolio manager may favor the higher fee-paying account over the other or allocate more time to the management of one account over another.
Furthermore, if a greater proportion of a portfolio manager’s compensation could be derived from an account or group of accounts, which include hedge fund or alternative strategies, than other accounts under the portfolio manager’s management, there could be an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor the accounts that could have a greater impact on the portfolio manager’s compensation. While Jennison does not monitor the specific amount of time that a portfolio manager spends on a single portfolio, senior Jennison personnel periodically review the performance of Jennison’s portfolio managers as well as periodically assess whether the portfolio manager has adequate resources to effectively manage the accounts assigned to that portfolio manager.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
Jennison seeks to maintain a highly competitive compensation program designed to attract and retain outstanding investment professionals, which include portfolio managers and research analysts, and to align the interests of its investment professionals with those of its clients and overall firm results. Overall firm profitability determines the total amount of incentive compensation pool that is available for investment professionals. Investment professionals are compensated with a combination of base salary and cash bonus. In general, the cash bonus comprises the majority of the compensation for investment professionals. Additionally, senior investment professionals, including portfolio managers and senior research analysts, are eligible to participate in a deferred compensation program where all or a portion of the cash bonus can be invested in a variety of predominantly Jennison-managed investment strategies on a tax-deferred basis.
Investment professionals’ total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous qualitative and quantitative factors. There is no particular weighting or formula for considering the factors. Some portfolio managers may manage or contribute ideas to more than one product strategy and are evaluated accordingly. The factors reviewed for the portfolio managers are listed below in order of importance.
The following primary quantitative factor is reviewed for the portfolio managers:
    One and three year pre-tax investment performance of groupings of accounts (a “Composite”) relative to market conditions, pre-determined passive indices, such as the Russell 1000® Growth Index, and industry peer group data for the product strategy (e.g., large cap growth, large cap value) for which the portfolio manager is responsible;
The qualitative factors reviewed for the portfolio managers may include:
    Historical and long-term business potential of the product strategies;
 
    Qualitative factors such as teamwork and responsiveness; and     
 
    Other individual factors such as experience and other responsibilities such as being a team leader or supervisor may also affect an investment professional’s total compensation.

C - 27


Table of Contents

LORD, ABBETT & CO. LLC
All Cap Value Fund
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Each Fund is managed by an experienced portfolio manager or a team of experienced portfolio managers responsible for investment decisions together with a team of research analysts who provide company, industry, sector and macroeconomic research and analysis.
The team for the All Cap Value Fund is headed by Robert P. Fetch. Assisting Mr. Fetch is Deepak Khanna. Messrs. Fetch and Khanna are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.
The following table indicates for each Fund as of December 31, 2008: (1) the number of other accounts managed by each portfolio manager who is jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of that Fund within certain categories of investment vehicles; and (2) the total assets in such accounts managed within each category. For each of the categories a footnote to the table also provides the number of accounts and the total assets in the accounts with respect to which the management fee is based on the performance of the account. Included in the Registered Investment Companies or mutual funds category are those U.S. registered funds managed or sub-advised by Lord Abbett, including funds underlying variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies offered through insurance companies. The Other Pooled Investment Vehicles category includes collective investment funds, offshore funds and similar non-registered investment vehicles. Lord Abbett does not manage any hedge funds. The Other Accounts category encompasses Retirement and Benefit Plans (including both defined contribution and defined benefit plans) sponsored by various corporations and other entities, individually managed institutional accounts of various corporations, other entities and individuals, and separately managed accounts in so-called wrap fee programs sponsored by Financial Intermediaries unaffiliated with Lord Abbett. (The data shown below are approximate.)
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                         
        Dollar                
        Range of   Other Registered   Other Pooled        
        Investments   Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts  
Portfolio   in Each   Number of   Assets (in   Number of   Assets (in   Number   Assets (in
Manager   Fund   Accounts   millions)   Accounts   millions)   of Accounts   millions)
Robert P. Fetch  
All Cap Value Fund:
                                               
       
None
    16     $ 6,496.4       3     $ 351.0       253 (a)   $ 964.0  
Deepak Khanna  
All Cap Value Fund:
                                               
       
None
    3     $ 2,700.4       3     $ 351.0       11 (b)   $ 680.7  
 
(a)    Included in the number of accounts and total assets are three accounts with respect to which the management fee is based on the performance of the account; such accounts total approximately $342.1 million in assets.
 
(b)    Included in the number of accounts and total assets is one account with respect to which the management fee is based on the performance of the account; such accounts total approximately $342.1 million in assets.
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio manager listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that she managed as of August 31, 2009.

C - 28


Table of Contents

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of the Fund and the investments of the other accounts included in the table above. Such conflicts may arise with respect to the allocation of investment opportunities among the Fund and other accounts with similar investment objectives and policies. A portfolio manager potentially could use information concerning the Fund’s transactions to the advantage of other accounts and to the detriment of the Fund. To address these potential conflicts of interest, Lord Abbett has adopted and implemented a number of policies and procedures. Lord Abbett has adopted Policies and Procedures for Evaluating Best Execution of Equity Transactions, as well as Trading Practices/Best Execution Procedures. The objective of these policies and procedures is to ensure the fair and equitable treatment of transactions and allocation of investment opportunities on behalf of all accounts managed by Lord Abbett. In addition, Lord Abbett’s Code of Ethics sets forth general principles for the conduct of employee personal securities transactions in a manner that avoids any actual or potential conflicts of interest with the interests of Lord Abbett’s clients including the Fund. Moreover, Lord Abbett’s Insider Trading and Receipt of Material Non-Public Information Policy and Procedure sets forth procedures for personnel to follow when they have inside information. Lord Abbett is not affiliated with a full service broker-dealer and therefore does not execute any portfolio transactions through such an entity, a structure that could give rise to additional conflicts. Lord Abbett does not conduct any investment bank functions and does not manage any hedge funds. Lord Abbett does not believe that any material conflicts of interest exist in connection with the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of any Fund and the investments of the other accounts referenced in the table above.
COMPENSATION OF PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
When used in this section, the term “fund” refers to the Fund, as well as any other registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and accounts managed by a portfolio manager. Each portfolio manager receives compensation from Lord Abbett consisting of salary, bonus and profit sharing plan contributions. The level of base compensation takes into account the portfolio manager’s experience, reputation and competitive market rates.
Fiscal year-end bonuses, which can be a substantial percentage of overall compensation, are determined after an evaluation of various factors. These factors include the portfolio managers’ investment results and style consistency, the dispersion among funds with similar objectives, the risk taken to achieve the fund returns and similar factors. In considering the portfolio manager’s investment results, Lord Abbett’s senior management may evaluate the Fund’s performance against one or more benchmarks from among the Fund’s primary benchmark and any supplemental benchmarks as disclosed in the prospectus, indexes disclosed as performance benchmarks by the portfolio manager’s other accounts, and other indexes within the one or more of the Fund’s peer groups maintained by rating agencies, as well as the Fund’s peer group. In particular, investment results are evaluated based on an assessment of the portfolio manager’s three- and five-year investment returns on a pre-tax basis versus both the benchmark and the peer groups. Finally, there is a component of the bonus that reflects leadership and management of the investment team. The evaluation does not follow a formulaic approach, but rather is reached following a review of these factors. No part of the bonus payment is based on the portfolio manager’s assets under management, the revenues generated by those assets, or the profitability of the portfolio manager’s team. Lord Abbett does not manage hedge funds. In addition, Lord Abbett may designate a bonus payment of a manager for participation in the firm’s senior incentive compensation plan, which provides for a deferred payout over a five-year period. The plan’s earnings are based on the overall asset growth of the firm as a whole. Lord Abbett believes this incentive focuses portfolio managers on the impact their fund’s performance has on the overall reputation of the firm as a whole and encourages exchanges of investment ideas among investment professionals managing different mandates.
Lord Abbett provides a 401(k) profit-sharing plan for all eligible employees. Contributions to a portfolio manager’s profit-sharing account are based on a percentage of the portfolio manager’s total base and bonus paid during the fiscal year, subject to a specified maximum amount. The assets of this profit-sharing plan are entirely invested in Lord Abbett-sponsored funds.

C - 29


Table of Contents

MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
International Opportunities Fund
Portfolio Manager Disclosure
For any portfolio managed by a team or committee, the name of each committee member (or if there are more than five, the five persons with the most significant responsibility). In addition, appropriate five-year biographical information for each member of the committee disclosed should be provided in accordance with Item 5 of Form N-1A.
James G. Gendelman is the portfolio manager of the John Hancock Funds II International Opportunities Fund. Prior to joining Marsico Capital in 2000, Mr. Gendelman spent thirteen years as a Vice President of International Sales for Goldman, Sachs & Co. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Michigan State University and a MBA in Finance from the University of Chicago. Mr. Gendelman was a certified public accountant for Ernst & Young from 1983 to1985.
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
Portfolio   Number of           Number of           Number of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
James G. Gendelman
    20     $ 7,416,000,000       8     $ 1,353,000,000       22     $ 2,140,000,000  
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio manager listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that he managed as of August 31, 2009.
Material Conflicts. A description of any material conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager’s management of the fund’s investment, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts list in a. above , on the other. (This description would include, for example, material conflicts between the investment strategy on the fund and the investment strategy of other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and material conflicts in allocation of investment opportunities between the fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.
As a general matter, MCM faces the same need to balance the interests of different clients that any investment adviser with multiple clients might experience. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may or may not purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio, or may take similar actions for different portfolios at different times. As a result, the mix of securities purchased in one portfolio may perform better than the mix of securities purchased for another portfolio. Similarly, the sale of securities from one portfolio may cause that portfolio to perform better than others if the value of those securities subsequently decline. The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account. Although MCM does not track the time a portfolio manager spends on a single portfolio, it does assess whether a portfolio manager has adequate time and resources to effectively manage all of the accounts for which he is responsible. MCM seeks to manage competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers.
The need to balance the interests of multiple clients may also arise when allocating and/or aggregating trades. MCM often aggregates into a single trade order several individual contemporaneous client trade orders in a single security. Under MCM’s Portfolio Management and Trade Management Policy and Procedures, when trades are aggregated on behalf of more than one account, MCM seeks to allocate such trades to participating client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. With respect to IPOs and other syndicated

C - 30


Table of Contents

or limited offerings, it is MCM’s policy to seek to ensure that over the long term, accounts with the same or similar investment objectives or strategies will receive an equitable opportunity to participate meaningfully and will not be unfairly disadvantaged. To deal with these situations, MCM has adopted policies and procedures for allocating transactions across multiple accounts. MCM’s policies also seek to ensure that portfolio managers do not systematically allocate other types of trades in a manner that would be more beneficial to one account than another. MCM’s compliance department monitors transactions made on behalf of multiple clients to seek to ensure adherence to its policies.
MCM has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that seek to minimize potential conflicts of interest that may arise as a result of a portfolio manager advising multiple accounts. In addition, MCM monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary Fund guidelines, the allocation of securities, and compliance with its Code of Ethics.
Portfolio Manager Compensation. The structure of, and the method used to determine the compensation of each portfolio manager.
The compensation package for portfolio managers of MCM is structured as a combination of base salary (may be reevaluated at least annually), and periodic cash bonuses. Bonuses are typically based on a number of factors including MCM’s overall profitability for the period. Portfolio manager compensation takes into account, among other factors, the overall performance of all accounts for which the portfolio manager provides investment advisory services. In receiving compensation such as bonuses, portfolio managers do not receive special consideration based on the performance of particular accounts, and do not receive compensation from accounts charging performance-based fees. Exceptional individual efforts are rewarded through salary readjustments and greater participation in the bonus pool. No other special employee incentive arrangements are currently in place or being planned. In addition to salary and bonus, portfolio managers may participate in other MCM benefits to the same extent and on the same basis as other Marsico Capital employees. Portfolio manager compensation comes solely from MCM. In addition, MCM’s portfolio managers typically are offered equity interests in Marsico Management Equity, LLC, which indirectly owns MCM, and may receive distributions on those equity interests.
As a general matter, MCM does not tie portfolio manager compensation to specific levels of performance relative to fixed benchmarks. Although performance may be a relevant consideration, comparisons with fixed benchmarks may not always be useful. Relevant benchmarks vary depending on specific investment styles and client guidelines or restrictions, and comparisons to benchmark performance may at times reveal more about market sentiment than about a portfolio manager’s abilities. To encourage a long-term horizon for managing portfolios, MCM evaluates a portfolio manager’s performance over periods longer than the immediate compensation period, and may consider a variety of measures such as the performance of unaffiliated portfolios with similar strategies and other measurements. Other factors that may also be significant in determining portfolio manager compensation include, without limitation, the effectiveness of the manager’s leadership within MCM’s investment team, contributions to MCM’s overall performance, discrete securities analysis, idea generation, ability to support and train other analysts, and other considerations.

C - 31


Table of Contents

MFC GLOBAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (U.S.A.) LIMITED
(“MFC GLOBAL”)
Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio
Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio
Core Global Diversification Portfolio
Index 500 Fund
Lifecycle Portfolios
Mid Cap Index Fund
Money Market Fund
Optimized Value Fund
Small Cap Index Fund
Total Stock Market Index Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of September 30, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Noman Ali
    1     $ 2,377,884       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Rhonda Chang
    3     $ 1,859,255,816       6     $ 682,436,385       6     $ 151,997,751  
Chris Hensen
    3     $ 1,859,255,816       6     $ 682,436,385       6     $ 151,997,751  
Brett Hryb
    3     $ 1,859,255,816       6     $ 682,436,385       6     $ 151,997,751  
Carson Jen
    14     $ 12,691,553,803       9     $ 989,428,027       2     $ 40,363,919  
Maralyn Kobayashi
    3     $ 6,045,413,617       6     $ 1,240,595,174       2     $ 190,276,607  
Steve Orlich
    31     $ 31,244,459,162       25     $ 36,309,273,404       22     $ 44,100,933  
Faisal Rahman
    3     $ 6,045,413,617       6     $ 1,240,595,174       2     $ 190,276,607  
Narayan Ramani
    14     $ 12,691,553,803       9     $ 989,428,027       7     $ 40,363,919  
Jennifer Dowty
    1     $ 2,291,022       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Harpreet Singh
    3     $ 1,859,255,816       6     $ 682,436,385       6     $ 151,997,751  
Robert Lutzko
    1     $ 2,182,895       1     $ 2,223,058       1     $ 244,666  
Terry Carr
    1     $ 16,940,834       3     $ 28,718,779       4     $ 222,785,248  
Scott Warlow
    31     $ 31,244,459,162       25     $ 36,309,273,404       22     $ 44,100,933  
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of September 30, 2009.

C - 32


Table of Contents

The following table reflects information as of November 30, 2009. Messrs. Speca, Boyda and Medina became portfolio managers of the Lifecycle Portfolios, Alternative Asset Allocation Portfolio, Core Diversified Growth & Income Portfolio, Core Fundamental Holdings Portfolio and Core Global Diversification Portfolio on December 31, 2009.
                                                 
    Registered                                  
    Investment Company             Pooled Investment                    
Trust Manager   Accounts             Vehicle Accounts     Assets     Other     Assets  
(Worldwide)   (Worldwide)     Assets Managed     (Worldwide)     Managed     Accounts     Managed  
Bruce Speca
    37     $65.9 billion       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
 
                                               
Bob Boyda
    37     $65.9 billion       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
 
                                               
Steve Medina
    37     $65.9 billion       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Share Ownership by Portfolio Managers. As of December 31, 2009 none of the portfolio managers owned shares of any of the funds they managed, except as described below. The following tables indicate as of December 31, 2009 the value, within the indicated range, of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers in the applicable Fund. For purposes of each table, the letters represent the range indicated below:
                 
 
  A   -   $ 0  
 
  B   -   $ 1 — $10,000  
 
  C   -   $ 10,001 — $50,000  
 
  D   -   $ 50,001 — $100,000  
 
  E   -   $ 100,001 — $500,000  
 
  F   -   $ 500,001 — $1,000,000  
 
  G   -   More than $1 million
Lifecycle 2020 Portfolio
         
Portfolio Manager   Range of Beneficial Ownership  
Bruce Speca
    E  
 
       
Bob Boyda
    C  
Lifecycle 2030 Portfolio
         
Portfolio Manager   Range of Beneficial Ownership  
Steve Medina
    E  
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
While funds managed by each of the portfolio managers may have many similarities, MFC Global has adopted compliance procedures to manage potential conflicts of interest such as allocation of investment opportunities and aggregated trading.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
MFC Global portfolio managers receive a competitive compensation package that consists of base salary, performance based bonus and a Manulife share ownership plan. The magnitude of the performance based bonus and participation in equity ownership reflects to the seniority and role of each portfolio manager. MFC Global to ensure retention through competitive compensation that rewards both

C - 33


Table of Contents

individual and team performance. The overall compensation package is targeted at the top of the second quartile against our competitors as deemed through industry surveys. By maximizing the performance bonus at the top of the second quartile, this structure ensures that the portfolio managers do not incur undue risk in the funds they manage.
Messrs. Speca, Boyda and Medina do not receive compensation from MFC Global (U.S.A.).

C - 34


Table of Contents

MFC GLOBAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (U.S.), LLC
Active Bond Fund
High Income Fund
Short-Term Government Income Fund
Strategic Income Fund
Portfolio Managers and Other Accounts Managed.
As of August 31, 2009, the portfolio managers of the Active Bond Fund are Barry Evans, Howard C. Greene and Jeffrey N. Given; for the High Income Fund, Arthur N. Calavritinos, John F. Iles, and Joseph E. Rizzo; for the Short-Term Government Income Fund, Jeffrey N. Given and Howard C. Greene; and for the Strategic Income Fund, Barry Evans, John F. Iles, Daniel S. Janis III and Thomas C. Goggins.
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of     Assets     Number of     Assets     Number of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     (in thousands)     Accounts     (in thousands)     Accounts     (in thousands)  
Arthur N. Calavritinos
    2     $ 712,230       0     $ 0       2     $ 592,973  
Barry H. Evans
    6     $ 3,238,166       0     $ 0       80     $ 1,675,656  
Jeffrey N. Given
    8     $ 6,925,715       2     $ 79,120       15     $ 3,982,919  
Howard C. Greene
    4     $ 1,530,552       2     $ 79,120       15     $ 3,982,919  
John F. Iles
    3     $ 2,251,973       1     $ 25,563       10     $ 2,984,884  
Daniel S. Janis, III
    1     $ 1,332,882       1     $ 25,563       8     $ 1,544,115  
Thomas C. Goggins
    1     $ 1,332,882       1     $ 25,563       8     $ 1,544,115  
Joseph E. Rizzo
    2     $ 712,230       0     $ 0       2     $ 592,973  
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
Share Ownership by Portfolio Managers. The following tables indicate as of August 31, 2009 the value, within the indicated range, of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers in each Fund. For purposes of each table, the letters represent the range indicated below:
                 
 
  A   -   $ 0  
 
  B   -   $ 1 — $10,000  
 
  C   -   $ 10,001 — $50,000  
 
  D   -   $ 50,001 — $100,000  
 
  E   -   $ 100,001 — $500,000  
 
  F   -   $ 500,001 — $1,000,000  
 
  G   -   More than $1 million

C - 35


Table of Contents

Active Bond Fund
         
Portfolio Manager   Range of Beneficial Ownership  
Barry H. Evans
    A  
 
       
Jeffrey N. Given
    C  
 
       
Howard C. Greene
    A  
High Income Fund
         
Portfolio Manager   Range of Beneficial Ownership  
Arthur N. Calavritinos
    D  
 
       
John F. Iles
    A  
 
       
Joseph E. Rizzo
    A  
Short-Term Government Income Fund
         
Portfolio Manager   Range of Beneficial Ownership  
Jeffrey N. Given
    A  
 
       
Howard C. Greene
    A  
Strategic Income Fund
     
Portfolio Manager   Range of Beneficial Ownership
Barry H. Evans
  A
 
   
John F. Iles
  A
 
   
Daniel S. Janis, III
  A
 
   
Thomas C. Goggins
  A
Conflicts of Interest. When a portfolio manager is responsible for the management of more than one account, the potential arises for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The principal types of potential conflicts of interest that may arise are discussed below. For the reasons outlined below, the Fund does not believe that any material conflicts are likely to arise out of a portfolio manager’s responsibility for the management of the Fund as well as one or more other accounts. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser have adopted procedures that are intended to monitor compliance with the policies referred to in the following paragraphs. Generally, the risks of such conflicts of interests are increased to the extent that a portfolio manager has a financial incentive to favor one account over another. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser have structured their compensation arrangements in a manner that is intended to limit such potential for conflicts of interests. See “Compensation of Portfolio Managers” below.
    A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in allocating new investment opportunities that have limited supply, such as initial public offerings and private placements. If, for example, an initial public offering that was expected to appreciate in value significantly shortly after the offering was allocated to a single account, that account may be expected to have better investment performance than other accounts that did not receive an allocation on the initial public offering. The Sub-Adviser has policies that require a portfolio manager to allocate such investment opportunities in an equitable manner and generally to allocate such investments proportionately among all accounts with similar investment objectives.
 
    A portfolio manager could favor one account over another in the order in which trades for the accounts are placed. If a portfolio manager determines to purchase a security for more than one account in an aggregate amount that may influence the market price of the security, accounts that purchased or sold the security first may receive a more favorable price than accounts that made subsequent transactions. The less liquid the market for the security or the greater the percentage that the proposed aggregate purchases or sales represent of average daily trading volume, the greater the potential for accounts that make subsequent purchases or sales to receive a less favorable price. When a portfolio manager intends to trade the same security for more than one account, the policies of the Sub-Adviser generally require that such trades be “bunched,” which

C - 36


Table of Contents

      means that the trades for the individual accounts are aggregated and each account receives the same price. There are some types of accounts as to which bunching may not be possible for contractual reasons (such as directed brokerage arrangements). Circumstances may also arise where the trader believes that bunching the orders may not result in the best possible price. Where those accounts or circumstances are involved, the Sub-Adviser will place the order in a manner intended to result in as favorable a price as possible for such client.
 
    A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager’s compensation is tied to the performance of that account rather than all accounts managed by the portfolio manager. If, for example, the portfolio manager receives a bonus based upon the performance of certain accounts relative to a benchmark while other accounts are disregarded for this purpose, the portfolio manager will have a financial incentive to seek to have the accounts that determine the portfolio manager’s bonus achieve the best possible performance to the possible detriment of other accounts. Similarly, if the Sub-Adviser receives a performance-based advisory fee, the portfolio manager may favor that account, whether or not the performance of that account directly determines the portfolio manager’s compensation. The investment performance on specific accounts is not a factor in determining the portfolio manager’s compensation. See “Compensation of Portfolio Managers” below. Neither the Adviser nor the Sub-Adviser receives a performance-based fee with respect to any of the accounts managed by the portfolio managers.
 
    A portfolio manager could favor an account if the portfolio manager has a beneficial interest in the account, in order to benefit a large client or to compensate a client that had poor returns. For example, if the portfolio manager held an interest in an investment partnership that was one of the accounts managed by the portfolio manager, the portfolio manager would have an economic incentive to favor the account in which the portfolio manager held an interest. The Sub-Adviser imposes certain trading restrictions and reporting requirements for accounts in which a portfolio manager or certain family members have a personal interest in order to confirm that such accounts are not favored over other accounts.
 
    If the different accounts have materially and potentially conflicting investment objectives or strategies, a conflict of interest may arise. For example, if a portfolio manager purchases a security for one account and sells the same security short for another account, such trading pattern could disadvantage either the account that is long or short. In making portfolio manager assignments, the Sub-Adviser seeks to avoid such potentially conflicting situations. However, where a portfolio manager is responsible for accounts with differing investment objectives and policies, it is possible that the portfolio manager will conclude that it is in the best interest of one account to sell a portfolio security while another account continues to hold or increase the holding in such security.
Compensation of Portfolio Mangers. The Sub-Adviser has adopted a system of compensation for portfolio managers and others involved in the investment process that is applied systematically among investment professionals. At the Sub-Adviser, the structure of compensation of investment professionals is currently comprised of the following basic components: base salary and an annual investment bonus plan as well as customary benefits that are offered generally to all full-time employees of the Sub-Adviser. A limited number of senior investment professionals, who serve as officers of both the Sub-Adviser and its parent company, may also receive options or restricted stock grants of common shares of Manulife Financial. The following describes each component of the compensation package for the individuals identified as a portfolio manager for the Funds.
    Base salary. Base compensation is fixed and normally reevaluated on an annual basis. The Sub-Adviser seeks to set compensation at market rates, taking into account the experience and responsibilities of the investment professional.
 
    Investment Bonus Plan. Only investment professionals are eligible to participate in the Investment Bonus Plan. Under the plan, investment professionals are eligible for an annual bonus. The plan is intended to provide a competitive level of annual bonus compensation that is tied to the investment professional achieving superior investment performance and aligns the financial incentives of the Sub-Adviser and the investment professional. Any bonus under the plan is completely discretionary, with a maximum annual bonus that may be well in excess of base salary. Payout of a portion of this bonus may be deferred for up to five years. While the amount of any bonus is discretionary, the following factors are generally used in determining bonuses under the plan:
 
    Investment Performance: The investment performance of all accounts managed by the investment professional over one- and three-year periods are considered. The pre-tax performance of each account is measured relative to an

C - 37


Table of Contents

      appropriate peer group benchmark (for example a Morningstar large cap growth peer group if the fund invests primarily in large cap stocks with a growth strategy). With respect to fixed income accounts, relative yields are also used to measure performance.
 
    The Profitability of the Sub-Adviser: The profitability of the Sub-Adviser and its parent company are also considered in determining bonus awards.
 
    Non-Investment Performance: The more intangible contributions of an investment professional to the Sub-Adviser’s business, including the investment professional’s support of sales activities, new fund/strategy idea generation, professional growth and development, and management, where applicable, are evaluating in determining the amount of any bonus award.
    Options and Stock Grants. A limited number of senior investment professionals may receive options to purchase shares of Manulife Financial stock. Generally, such option would permit the investment professional to purchase a set amount of stock at the market price on the date of grant. The option can be exercised for a set period (normally a number of years or until termination of employment) and the investment professional would exercise the option if the market value of Manulife Financial stock increases. Some investment professionals may receive restricted stock grants, where the investment professional is entitle to receive the stock at no or nominal cost, provided that the stock is forgone if the investment professional’s employment is terminated prior to a vesting date.
The Sub-Adviser also permits investment professionals to participate on a voluntary basis in a deferred compensation plan, under which the investment professional may elect on an annual basis to defer receipt of a portion of their compensation until retirement. Participation in the plan is voluntary.

C - 38


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT (VAN KAMPEN)
Value Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Thomas Copper (Lead Manager)
    6     $ 1,375,215,002       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
John Mazanec
    6     $ 1,375,215,002       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
James Gilligan
    20     $ 21,118,835,800       0     $ 0       2     $ 13,325,488  
Thomas Bastian
    20     $ 21,118,835,800       0     $ 0       2     $ 13,325,488  
Mary Jayne Maly
    20     $ 21,118,835,800       0     $ 0       2     $ 13,325,488  
James Roeder
    20     $ 21,118,835,800       0     $ 0       2     $ 13,325,488  
Mark Laskin
    20     $ 21,118,835,800       0     $ 0       2     $ 13,325,488  
Sergio Marcheli
    20     $ 21,118,835,800       0     $ 0       2     $ 13,325,488  
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Because the portfolio managers may manage assets for other investment companies, pooled investment vehicles, and/or other accounts (including institutional clients, pension plans and certain high net worth individuals), there may be an incentive to favor one client over another resulting in conflicts of interest. For instance, the Morgan Stanley Investment Management (“MSIM”) may receive fees from certain accounts that are higher than the fee it receives from the Fund, or it may receive a performance-based fee on certain accounts. In those instances, the portfolio managers may have an incentive to favor the higher and/or performance-based fee accounts over the Fund. In addition, a conflict of interest could exist to the extent MSIM has proprietary investments in certain accounts, where portfolio managers have personal investments in certain accounts or when certain accounts are investment options in MSIM’s employee benefits and/or deferred compensation plans. The portfolio manager may have an incentive to favor these accounts over others. If MSIM manages accounts that engage in short sales of securities of the type in which the Fund invests, MSIM could be seen as harming the performance of the Fund for the benefit of the accounts engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities to fall. MSIM has adopted trade allocation and other policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to address these and other conflicts of interest.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
Portfolio managers receive a combination of base compensation and discretionary compensation, comprising a cash bonus and several deferred compensation programs described below. The methodology used to determine portfolio manager compensation is applied across all funds/accounts managed by the portfolio managers.
Base salary compensation. Generally, portfolio managers receive base salary compensation based on the level of their position with MSIM.
Discretionary compensation. In addition to base compensation, portfolio managers may receive discretionary compensation.

C - 39


Table of Contents

     Discretionary compensation can include:
    Cash Bonus.
 
    Morgan Stanley’s Long Term Incentive Compensation awards — a mandatory program that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation into restricted stock units or other awards based on Morgan Stanley common stock or other investments that are subject to vesting and other conditions.
 
    Investment Management Alignment Plan (IMAP) awards — a mandatory program that defers a portion of discretionary year-end compensation and notionally invests it in designated funds advised by MSIM or its affiliates. The award is subject to vesting and other conditions. Portfolio managers must notionally invest a minimum of 25% to a maximum of 100% of their IMAP deferral account into a combination of the designated funds they manage that are included in the IMAP fund menu, which may or may not include the Fund. For 2008 awards, a clawback provision was implemented that could be triggered if the individual engages in conduct detrimental to MSIM or its affiliates.
 
    Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plans — voluntary programs that permit certain employees to elect to defer a portion of their discretionary year-end compensation and notionally invest the deferred amount across a range of designated investment funds, including funds advised by MSIM or its affiliates.
     Several factors determine discretionary compensation, which can vary by portfolio management team and circumstances. In order of relative importance, these factors include:
    Investment performance. A portfolio manager’s compensation is linked to the pre-tax investment performance of the funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager. Investment performance is calculated for one-, three- and five-year periods measured against a fund’s/account’s primary benchmark (as set forth in the fund’s prospectus), indices and/or peer groups where applicable. Generally, the greatest weight is placed on the three- and five-year periods.
 
    Revenues generated by the investment companies, pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager.
 
    Contribution to the business objectives of MSIM.
 
    The dollar amount of assets managed by the portfolio manager.
 
    Market compensation survey research by independent third parties.
 
    Other qualitative factors, such as contributions to client objectives.
 
    Performance of Morgan Stanley and MSIM, and the overall performance of the investment team(s) of which the portfolio manager is a member.

C - 40


Table of Contents

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC (“PIMCO”)
Global Bond Fund
Real Return Bond Fund
Total Return Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number         Number         Number        
Portfolio   of     Assets     of     Assets     of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     (in millions)     Accounts     (in millions)     Accounts     (in millions)  
William H. Gross
    47       4,076,637.05       41       267,569.19       85       372,380.63  
Scott Mather
    11       253,284.42       52       612,966.23       60       333,556.90  
Mihir Worah
    20       744,936.22       22       70,085.92       70       213,333.81  
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number         Number      
Portfolio   of             of     Assets     of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     (in millions)     Accounts     (in millions)  
William H. Gross
    0       0       4       7,583.60       14       131,455.25  
Scott Mather
    0       0       3       9,638.70       14       125,380.09  
Mihir Worah
    0       0       0       0       11       27,755.28  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
Conflicts of Interest
From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager’s management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. The other accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds, track the same index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Funds. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Funds.
Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s day-to-day management of a Fund. Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Fund’s trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Fund.
Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager’s management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Fund and another account. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.
Under PIMCO’s allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various investment strategies based on

C - 41


Table of Contents

individual account investment guidelines and PIMCO’s investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by-side management of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.
Performance Fees. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between the Funds and such other accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time.
All Asset and All Asset All Authority Funds. Because the All Asset and the All Asset All Authority Funds invest substantially all of their assets in the Underlying PIMCO Funds, Research Affiliates believes that the potential conflicts of interest discussed above are mitigated. However, if any PIMCO Sponsored Fund including, without limitation, the PIMCO Funds of Funds, invests in either the EM Fundamental IndexPLUS™ TR Strategy Fund, Fundamental Advantage Total Return Strategy Fund, Fundamental IndexPLUS™ Fund or Fundamental IndexPLUS™ TR Fund, Research Affiliates will waive any fee to which it would be entitled under the RAFI ® Sub-Advisory Agreement or EM Sub-Advisory Agreement, as applicable, with respect to any assets of the PIMCO Sponsored Fund invested in such Fund. Accordingly, PIMCO and Research Affiliates believe that the potential conflicts of interest discussed above also are mitigated.
Portfolio Manager Compensation
PIMCO has adopted a “Total Compensation Plan” for its professional level employees, including its portfolio managers, that is designed to pay competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork consistent with the firm’s mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary, a bonus, and may include a retention bonus. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO also receive compensation from PIMCO’s profits. Certain employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer compensation through PIMCO’s deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO makes a contribution based on the employee’s compensation. PIMCO’s contribution rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would include portfolio managers.
Salary and Bonus. Base salaries are determined by considering an individual portfolio manager’s experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually. Portfolio managers are entitled to receive bonuses, which may be significantly more than their base salary, upon attaining certain performance objectives based on predetermined measures of group or department success. These goals are specific to individual portfolio managers and are mutually agreed upon annually by each portfolio manager and his or her manager. Achievement of these goals is an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process.
In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria (collectively, the “Bonus Factors”) may be considered when determining the bonus for portfolio managers:
    3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted, pre-tax investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and relative to applicable industry peer groups;
 
    Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO’s investment philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation of alpha;
 
    Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;     
 
    Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);
 
    Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of PIMCO’s secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings, Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;
 
    Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios managed by the portfolio manager;
 
    Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;
 
    Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and
 
    Personal growth and skills added.

C - 42


Table of Contents

A portfolio manager’s compensation is not based directly on the performance of any Fund or any other account managed by that portfolio manager. Final bonus award amounts are determined by the PIMCO Compensation Committee.
Investment professionals, including portfolio managers, are eligible to participate in a Long Term Cash Bonus Plan (“Cash Bonus Plan”), which provides cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based upon the performance of PIMCO’s parent company, Allianz Global Investors, and PIMCO over a three-year period. The aggregate amount available for distribution to participants is based upon Allianz Global Investors’ profit growth and PIMCO’s profit growth. Participation in the Cash Bonus Plan is based upon the Bonus Factors, and the payment of benefits from the Cash Bonus Plan, is contingent upon continued employment at PIMCO.
Key employees of PIMCO, including certain Managing Directors, Executive Vice Presidents, and Senior Vice Presidents, are eligible to participate in the PIMCO Class M Unit Equity Participation Plan, a long-term equity plan. The Class M Unit Equity Participation Plan grants options on PIMCO equity that vest in years three, four and five. Upon vesting, the options will convert into PIMCO M Units, which are non-voting common equity of PIMCO. M Units pay out quarterly distributions equal to a pro-rata share of PIMCO’s net profits. There is no assured liquidity and they may remain outstanding perpetually.
Profit Sharing Plan. Instead of a bonus, portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO’s net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors receive an amount determined by the Partner Compensation Committee, based upon an individual’s overall contribution to the firm and the Bonus Factors. Under his employment agreement, William Gross receives a fixed percentage of the profit sharing plan.
Allianz Transaction Related Compensation. In May 2000, a majority interest in the predecessor holding company of PIMCO was acquired by a subsidiary of Allianz AG (currently known as Allianz SE) (“Allianz”). In connection with the transaction, Mr. Gross received a grant of restricted stock of Allianz, the last of which vested on May 5, 2005.
Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors also have long-term employment contracts, which guarantee severance payments in the event of involuntary termination of a Managing Director’s employment with PIMCO.

C - 43


Table of Contents

PERIMETER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Smaller Company Growth Fund
The following chart reflects the portfolio managers’ investments in the fund that they manage. The chart also reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number of           Number of           Number of    
Portfolio Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Mark D. Garfinkel
    2     $444.7M     0     0     26     $347.4M
 
                                               
James N. Behre
    2     $444.7M     0     0     24     $347.6M
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on
performance
                                                 
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number of           Number of           Number of    
Portfolio Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Mark D. Garfinkel
    0     0     0     0     3     $28.2M
 
                                               
James N. Behre
    0     0     0     0     3     $28.2M
Ownership of fund shares. The portfolio managers listed in the above table did not beneficially own any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
Potential Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio managers’ management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the fund’s investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts may have the same investment objective as the fund. Therefore, a potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the identical investment objectives, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include the portfolio managers’ knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the fund. However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts it manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

C - 44


Table of Contents

RCM Capital Management LLC (“RCM”)
Science & Technology Fund (not active)
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of     Assets     of     Assets     of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     (in millions)     Accounts     (in millions)     Accounts     (in millions)  
Huachen Chen
    6       1,945       4       157       16       494  
Walter Price
    7       1,955       6       163       10       487  
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Like other investment professionals with multiple clients, a portfolio manager for a fund may face certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with managing both a fund and other accounts at the same time. The paragraphs below describe some of these potential conflicts, which RCM believes are faced by investment professionals at most major financial firms. RCM has adopted compliance policies and procedures that attempt to address certain of these potential conflicts. The management of accounts with different advisory fee rates and/or fee structures, including accounts that pay advisory fees based on account performance (“performance fee accounts”), may raise potential conflicts of interest by creating an incentive to favor higher-fee accounts.
These potential conflicts may include, among others:
    The most attractive investments could be allocated to higher-fee accounts or performance fee accounts.
 
    The trading of higher-fee accounts could be favored as to timing and/or execution price. For example, higher fee accounts could be permitted to sell securities earlier than other accounts when a prompt sale is desirable or to buy securities at an earlier and more opportune time.
 
    The investment management team could focus their time and efforts primarily on higher-fee accounts due to a personal stake in compensation.
A potential conflict of interest may arise when a fund and other accounts purchase or sell the same securities. On occasions when a portfolio manager considers the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of a fund as well as other accounts, RCM’s trading desk may, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, aggregate the securities to be sold or purchased in order to obtain the best execution and lower brokerage commissions, if any. Aggregation of trades may create the potential for unfairness to a fund or another account if one account is favored over another in allocating securities purchased or sold – for example, by allocating a disproportionate amount of a security that is likely to increase in value to a favored account.

C - 45


Table of Contents

“Cross trades,” in which one RCM account sells a particular security to another account (potentially saving transaction costs for both accounts), may also pose a potential conflict of interest. Cross trades may be seen to involve a potential conflict of interest if, for example, one account is permitted to sell a security to another account at a higher price than an independent third party would pay. RCM has adopted compliance procedures that provide that any transaction between funds and another RCM-advised account are to be made at an independent current market price, as required by law.
Another potential conflict of interest may arise based on the different investment objectives and strategies of a fund and other accounts. For example, another account may have a shorter-term investment horizon or different investment objectives, policies or restrictions than a fund. Depending on another account’s objectives or other factors, a portfolio manager may give advice and make decisions that may differ from advice given, or the timing or nature of decisions made, with respect to a fund. In addition, investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular account involved. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain accounts even though it could have been bought or sold for other accounts at the same time. More rarely, a particular security may be bought for one or more accounts managed by a portfolio manager when one or more other accounts are selling the security (including short sales). There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more accounts may have an adverse effect on other accounts.
A fund’s portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.
A fund’s portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the Funds. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.
A fund’s portfolio managers may also face other potential conflicts of interest in managing a fund, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict that could be deemed to exist in managing both the Funds and other accounts. In addition, a fund’s portfolio manager may also manage other accounts (including their personal assets or the assets of family members) in their personal capacity. The management of these accounts may also involve certain of the potential conflicts described above. RCM’s investment personnel, including each fund’s portfolio manager, are subject to restrictions on engaging in personal securities transactions, pursuant to Codes of Ethics adopted by RCM, which contain provisions and requirements designed to identify and address certain conflicts of interest between personal investment activities and the interests of the Funds. See “Code of Ethics”.
Pallas Investment Partners, L.P. (“Pallas”) and Related Entities. Pallas is an investment adviser registered with the SEC. Pallas is owned by Walter Price. Mr. Price is dually employed by Pallas and by RCM.
Pallas serves as investment manager to two unregistered investment companies (the “Pallas Hedge Funds”) – Pallas Global Technology Hedge Fund, L.P. and Pallas Investments II, L.P., each a Delaware limited partnership. The general partner of Pallas Investments II, L.P. and Pallas Global Technology Hedge Fund, L.P. is Pallas Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “General Partner”). Mr. Price owns a majority of the interests in the General Partner. RCM has the right to a minority percentage of the profits of Pallas that are derived from the Pallas Hedge Funds. RCM has a minority ownership interest in the General Partner. Each of the Pallas Hedge Funds pays a management fee and an incentive fee (based on a percentage of profits) to either Pallas or the General Partner. The management fee is 1.25% for Pallas Investments II, L.P. and 1.5% for Pallas Global Technology Hedge Fund, L.P. Mr. Price acts as portfolio manager for certain RCM client accounts..
RCM and Pallas share common employees, facilities, and systems. Pallas may act as investment adviser to one or more of RCM’s affiliates, and may serve as sub-adviser for accounts or clients for which RCM or one of its affiliates serves as investment manager or investment adviser. RCM also may provide other services, including but not limited to investment advisory services or administrative services, to Pallas.

C - 46


Table of Contents

RCM, Pallas, and certain other Allianz investment management affiliates (“Allianz Advisory Affiliates”) all engage in proprietary research and all acquire investment information and research services from broker-dealers. RCM and the Allianz Advisory Affiliates share such research and investment information.
In addition, trades entered into by Pallas on behalf of Pallas’ clients are executed through RCM’s equity trading desk, and trades by Pallas on behalf of Pallas’ clients (including the Pallas Hedge Funds) are aggregated with trades by RCM on behalf of RCM’s clients. All trades on behalf of Pallas’ clients that are executed through RCM’s equity trading desk will be executed pursuant to procedures designed to ensure that all clients of both RCM and Pallas (including the Pallas Hedge Funds) is treated fairly and equitably over time. The General Partner and/or Pallas receive a participation in the profits of the Pallas Hedge Funds. Mr. Price also invested personally in one or more of the Pallas Hedge Funds. As a result, Mr. Price has a conflict of interest with respect to the management of the Pallas Hedge Funds and the other accounts that he manages, and he may have an incentive to favor the Pallas Hedge Funds over other accounts that he manages. RCM has adopted procedures reasonably designed to ensure that Mr. Price meets his fiduciary obligations to all clients for whom he acts as portfolio manager and treats all such clients fairly and equitably over time.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
RCM maintains a compensation system that is designed to reward excellence, retain talent and align the individual interests of our staff with the investment results generated on behalf of our clients. Our compensation structure reflects our belief that investment professionals are a key element of our company’s success in meeting clients’ objectives. RCM compensates its portfolio managers using one of two compensation programs. The first program consists of a base salary, a variable bonus opportunity, and a benefits package (the “Bonus Program”). The other program consists of profit sharing relating to the profits generated by the mutual fund managed by a particular portfolio manager (the “Profit Program”).
Bonus Program
The primary components of our compensation system are base salary, an annual cash incentive payment (bonus), and a Long Term Incentive Plan Award (LTIPA). We strive to provide our people with a competitive overall package in which we conduct ongoing research to ensure each component as well as total compensation is ahead of, or in line with market levels, and takes into account their performance, experience and potential. While the bonus is a cash payment driven by achievements of the individual and the business relative to set goals, the LTIPA has as its key value driver the overall growth in our operating results and thus offers our senior professionals participation in the growth of our business medium term.
Base salary typically reflects scope, responsibilities and experience required in a particular role, be it on the investment side or any other function in our company. Base compensation is regularly reviewed against peers with the help of compensation survey data as well as special competitor analysis, where necessary. Base compensation typically is a bigger percentage of total compensation for more junior positions while for the most senior roles it will be a much smaller component often even capped at certain levels and only adjusted every few years.
Bonus compensation is designed to primarily reflect the achievements of an individual against set goals and over a certain time period. For an investment professional these goals will typically be 70% quantitative and 30% qualitative, the former reflecting investment performance over a three-year rolling time period (calculated as one-year plus three year results at 25% and 75% weighting) and the latter reflecting contributions to broader team goals, contributions made to client review meetings, to product development or product refinement initiatives. Our regional CIOs as well as the global CIO have the same 70% quantitative/30% qualitative metric as their team members with the 70% determined by the asset weighted performance against respective benchmarks of all the portfolios under their supervision.
The goal of LTIPA as the non-cash, longer term incentive portion of the compensation system, is to strengthen further the alignment between our clients, senior professionals as well as our corporate parent. This is achieved by the program having a three year time horizon and a valuation metric which is driven by the overall performance of operating results at the level of RCM as well as Allianz Global Investors, our parent. LTIPA is awarded annually – for senior professionals it typically amounts to between 20-30 percent of total compensation — and pays in cash after three years, with the value determined as a multiple of the initial award and growth in operating results. Therefore, under normal circumstances, it is expected that a senior professional will have at all times at least one year of total compensation invested in three tranches of LTIPA. In terms of the criteria driving the specific allocation amounts, they are typically similar to the ones driving bonus; however, more emphasis is given to entrepreneurial initiatives, to achievements above and beyond the “normal” scope of the role and the deferred nature of the awards also allows to emphasize the longer term nature of many of the projects critical for us to deliver for clients on a sustainable basis.

C - 47


Table of Contents

Profit Program
In the Profit Program portfolio managers share in the profits generated by the mutual fund they manage. In this program, portfolio managers receive compensation based on the revenues produced by a mutual fund less designated expenses incurred by RCM to manage the fund. Under this program portfolio managers also are eligible to participate in the LTIP program and the benefits plan referenced above.

C - 48


Table of Contents

RIVERSOURCE INVESTMENTS, LLC
Mid Cap Value Equity Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the fund for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
    The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Steve Schroll
    14     $ 13,825,946,046       2     $ 46,265,891       18     $ 472,569,300  
Laton Spahr
    14     $ 13,825,946,046       2     $ 46,265,891       16     $ 473,027,491  
Warren Spitz
    15     $ 14,095,657,607       2     $ 46,265,891       16     $ 476,093,184  
Paul Stocking
    14     $ 13,825,946,046       2     $ 46,265,891       21     $ 477,083,610  
 
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Steve Schroll
    10     $ 13,321,093,196       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Laton Spahr
    10     $ 13,321,093,196       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Warren Spitz
    11     $ 13,590,804,757       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Paul Stocking
    10     $ 13,321,093,196       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
(1) RiverSource Investments portfolio managers may manage one or more mutual funds as well as other types of accounts, including private funds, proprietary accounts, separate accounts for institutions and individuals, and other pooled investment vehicles. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for an account or portfolio based on its investment objectives and policies, and other relevant investment considerations. A portfolio manager may manage another account whose fees may be materially greater than the management fees paid by the Fund and may include a performance-based fee. Management of multiple funds and accounts may create potential conflicts of interest relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, competing investment decisions made for different accounts and the aggregation and allocation of trades. In addition, RiverSource Investments monitors a variety of areas (e.g., allocation of investment opportunities) and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on portfolio managers who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts.
RiverSource Investments has a fiduciary responsibility to all of the clients for which it manages accounts. RiverSource Investments seeks to provide best execution of all securities transactions and to aggregate securities transactions and then allocate securities to client accounts in a fair and equitable basis over time. RiverSource Investments has developed policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, designed to mitigate and manage the potential conflicts of interest that may arise from the

C - 49


Table of Contents

management of multiple types of accounts for multiple clients.
In addition to the accounts above, portfolio managers may manage accounts in a personal capacity that may include holdings that are similar to, or the same as, those of the fund. The investment manager’s Code of Ethics is designed to address conflicts and, among other things, imposes restrictions on the ability of the portfolio managers and other “investment access persons” to invest in securities that may be recommended or traded in the fund and other client accounts.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
Portfolio manager compensation is typically comprised of a base salary, an annual cash bonus, a portion of which may be subject to a mandatory deferral program, and in some cases an equity incentive award in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock. Portfolio manager compensation may also include retention bonuses that require continued employment through a specified date. The annual cash bonus (and in certain cases the equity incentive award) is paid from a team bonus pool that is based on the performance of the accounts managed by the portfolio management team, which might include RiverSource Funds, third party mutual funds, wrap accounts, institutional portfolios and private funds. Funding for the bonus pool varies by portfolio management team but in most cases is based on the level of assets under management and investment performance relative to a peer group or benchmark, which may be a different benchmark than the one used to measure performance. An exception to this general approach to bonus pool funding is the Contrarian Equity Team*, where one member of the team does not participate in the pool but instead receives a bonus based on management fees on one product and asset retention efforts associated with other products managed by the team. In addition, where a team manages long/short portfolios (including private funds), the bonus pool is also funded by a percentage of any performance fees generated.
Senior management of RiverSource Investments has the discretion to increase or decrease the size of the bonus pool and to determine the exact amount of each portfolio manager’s bonus based on his/her performance as an employee. In addition, RiverSource Investments portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package, including life insurance, health insurance, and participation in company 401(k) plan, comparable to that received by other RiverSource Investments employees. Certain investment personnel are also eligible to defer a portion of their compensation. An individual making this type of election can allocate the deferral to the returns associated with one or more products they manage or support or to certain other products managed by their investment team. Depending upon their job level, RiverSource Investments portfolio managers may also be eligible for other benefits or perquisites that are available to all RiverSource Investments employees at the same job level.
 
  The Contrarian Equity Team is comprised of Warren Spitz, Steve Schroll, Laton Spahr and Paul Stocking.

C - 50


Table of Contents

SSgA FUNDS MANAGEMENT, INC. (“SSgA FM”)
International Equity Index Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of     Assets     of     Assets     of     Assets  
Manager   Accounts     ($billions)     Accounts     ($billions)     Accounts     ($billions)  
Karl Schneider
    108     $ 57.19       218     $ 234.59       240     $ 170.06  
Thomas Coleman
    108     $ 57.19       218     $ 234.59       240     $ 170.06  
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Karl Schneider
    0     $ 0.00       0     $ 0.00       0     $ 0.00  
Thomas Coleman
    0     $ 0.00       0     $ 0.00       0     $ 0.00  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the fund that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
A portfolio manager that has responsibility of managing more than one account may be subject to potential conflicts of interest because he or she is responsible for other accounts in addition to the Funds. Those conflicts could include preferential treatment of one account over others in terms of: (a) the portfolio manager’s execution of different investment strategies for various accounts; or (b) the allocation of resources or of investment opportunities. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser have adopted policies and procedures designed to address these potential material conflicts. For instance, portfolio managers are normally responsible for all accounts within a certain investment discipline, and do not, absent special circumstances, differentiate among the various accounts when allocating investment opportunities among portfolios that are designed to provide a fair and equitable allocation among the portfolio manager’s accounts with the same strategy.
Portfolio managers may manage numerous accounts for multiple clients. These may include registered investment companies, other types of pooled accounts (e.g., collective investment funds), and separate accounts (i.e., accounts managed on behalf of individuals or public or private institutions). Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each account based on the investment objectives and policies and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that portfolio. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers’ responsibility for multiple accounts with similar investment guidelines. Under these circumstances, a potential investment may be suitable for more than one of the portfolio managers’ accounts, but the quantity of investment available for purchase is less than the aggregate amount the accounts would ideally devote to the opportunity. Similar conflicts may arise when multiple accounts seek to dispose of the same investment. The portfolio manager may also manage accounts whose objectives and policies differ from that of the fund. These differences may be such that under certain circumstances, trading activity appropriate for one account managed by the portfolio manager may have adverse consequences for another account managed by the portfolio manager. For example, an account may sell a significant position in a security, which could cause the market price of that security to

C - 51


Table of Contents

decrease, while the fund maintained its position in that security.
A potential conflict may arise when the portfolio manager is responsible for accounts that have different advisory fees – the difference in fees could create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another, for example, in terms of access to investment opportunities. This conflict may be heightened if an account is subject to a performance-based fee. Another potential conflict may arise when the portfolio manager has an investment in one or more accounts that participate in transactions with other accounts. His or her investment(s) may create an incentive for the portfolio manager to favor one account over another. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser have adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these potential material conflicts. For instance, portfolio managers are normally responsible for all accounts within a certain investment discipline, and do not, absent special circumstances, differentiate among the various accounts when allocating resources. Additionally, the Adviser and Sub-Adviser have processes and procedures for allocating investment opportunities among portfolios that are designed to provide a fair and equitable allocation.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
The compensation of SSgA’s FM investment professionals is based on a number of factors. The first factor considered is external market. Through a compensation survey process, SSgA FM seeks to understand what its competitors are paying people to perform similar roles. This data is then used to determine a competitive baseline in the areas of base pay, bonus, and other incentives. The second factor taken into consideration is the size of the pool available for compensation. SSgA FM is a part of State Street Corporation, and therefore works within its corporate environment on determining the overall level of its incentive compensation pool. Once determined, this pool is then allocated to the various locations and departments of SSgA FM and its affiliates. The discretionary determination of the allocation amounts to these locations and departments is influenced by the competitive market data, as well as the overall performance of the group. The pool is then allocated on a discretionary basis to individual employees based on their individual performance. There is no fixed formula for determining these amounts, nor is anyone’s compensation directly tied to the investment performance or asset value of a product or strategy. The same process is followed in determining equity incentive allocations.

C - 52


Table of Contents

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATIONS, INC.
Blue Chip Growth Fund
Equity-Income Fund
Real Estate Equity Fund
Science & Technology Fund (not active)
Small Company Value Fund
Spectrum Income Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009: Assets are based on T. Rowe Price internal records.
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of             Number of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Preston G. Athey
    7     $ 6,466,348,913       1     $ 12,340,563       10     $ 550,062,074  
 
                                               
Andrew McCormick
    3     $ 1,625,916,785       0     $ 0       3     $ 290,349,405  
 
                                               
Ian Kelson
    4     $ 3,736,108,496       12     $ 842,466,710       0     $ 0  
 
                                               
David Lee
    3     $ 2,014,928,794       1     $ 2,523,278       1     $ 13,551,945  
 
                                               
Edmund M. Notzon III **
    24     $ 52,001,363,299       57     $ 5,201,521,713       16     $ 1,766,809,629  
 
                                               
Larry J. Puglia
    14     $ 14,148,673,384       2     $ 588,804,368       12     $ 1,150,367,700  
 
                                               
Daniel O. Shackelford
    10     $ 10,036,124,481       0     $ 0       6     $ 733,281,279  
 
                                               
Brian C. Rogers
    13     $ 22,946,699,881       2     $ 774,990,972       10     $ 636,220,564  
 
                                               
Kennard W. Allen
    3     $ 2,904,793,576       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
 
                                               
Mark J. Vaselvik
    7     $ 7,565,800,828       4     $ 42,906,011       7     $ 620,876,876  
There are no accounts that pay fees based upon performance.
**   Includes assets of underlying registered investment companies and other portfolios in fund-of-funds where Mr. Notzon is the lead portfolio manager.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.

C - 53


Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts of Interest. We are not aware of any material conflicts of interest that may arise in connection with the portfolio manager’s management of the Funds’ investments and the investments of the other account(s) included this response.
Portfolio managers at T. Rowe Price typically manage multiple accounts. These accounts may include, among others, mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, colleges and universities, foundations), and commingled trust accounts. Portfolio managers make investment decisions for each portfolio based on the investment objectives, policies, practices and other relevant investment considerations that the managers believe are applicable to that portfolio. Consequently, portfolio managers may purchase (or sell) securities for one portfolio and not another portfolio. T. Rowe Price has adopted brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures which it believes are reasonably designed to address any potential conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. Also, as disclosed under the “Portfolio Manager Compensation”, T. Rowe Price portfolio managers’ compensation is determined in the same manner with respect to all portfolios managed by the portfolio manager.
Portfolio Manager Compensation. Portfolio manager compensation consists primarily of a base salary, a cash bonus, and an equity incentive that usually comes in the form of a stock option grant. Occasionally, portfolio managers will also have the opportunity to participate in venture capital partnerships. Compensation is variable and is determined based on the following factors:
Investment performance over one-, three-, five-, and 10-year periods is the most important input. The weightings for these time periods are generally balanced and are applied consistently across similar strategies. We evaluate performance in absolute, relative, and risk-adjusted terms. Relative performance and risk-adjusted performance are determined with reference to the broad based index (ex. S&P500) and an applicable Lipper index (e.g., Large-Cap Growth), though other benchmarks may be used as well. Investment results are also measured against comparably managed funds of competitive investment management firms.
Performance is primarily measured on a pre-tax basis, though tax-efficiency is considered and is especially important for tax efficient funds. Compensation is viewed with a long-term time horizon. The more consistent a manager’s performance over time, the higher the compensation opportunity. The increase or decrease in a fund’s assets due to the purchase or sale of fund shares is not considered a material factor. In reviewing relative performance for fixed-income funds, a fund’s expense ratio is usually taken into account.
Contribution to our overall investment process is an important consideration as well. Sharing ideas with other portfolio managers, working effectively with and mentoring our younger analysts, and being good corporate citizens are important components of our long term success and are highly valued.
All employees of T. Rowe Price, including portfolio managers, participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by T. Rowe Price Group. In addition, all employees are eligible to purchase T. Rowe Price common stock through an employee stock purchase plan that features a limited corporate matching contribution. Eligibility for and participation in these plans is on the same basis as for all employees. Finally, all vice presidents of T. Rowe Price Group, including all portfolio managers, receive supplemental medical/hospital reimbursement benefits.
This compensation structure is used for all portfolios managed by the portfolio managers.

C - 54


Table of Contents

UBS GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT
Large Cap Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number Of             Number Of             Number Of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets (millions)     Accounts     Assets (millions)     Accounts     Assets (millions)  
Thomas Cole
    14       3,063       44 *     5,737       13       963  
Thomas Digenan
    14       3,063       44 *     5,737       15       961  
John Leonard
    14       3,063       44 *     5,737       10       962  
 
*   Three accounts with a total of approximately $652 million have an advisory fee based upon the performance of the accounts.
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The portfolio management team’s management of the Fund and other accounts could result in potential conflicts of interest if the Fund and other accounts have different objectives, benchmarks and fees because the portfolio management team must allocate its time and investment expertise across multiple accounts, including the Fund. A portfolio manager and his or her team manage the Fund and other accounts utilizing a model portfolio approach that groups similar accounts within a model portfolio. UBS Global AM manages accounts according to the appropriate model portfolio, including where possible, those accounts that have specific investment restrictions. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across accounts, which may minimize the potential for conflicts of interest.
If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one account or model portfolio, the Fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible model portfolios and accounts. To deal with these situations, UBS Global AM has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio trades across multiple accounts to provide fair treatment to all accounts.
The management of personal accounts by a portfolio manager may also give rise to potential conflicts of interest. UBS Global AM has adopted a Code of Ethics that governs such personal trading but there is no assurance that the Code will adequately address all such conflicts.
UBS AG (“UBS”) is a worldwide full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset management and financial services organization. As a result, UBS Global AM and UBS (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, officers and employees) worldwide, including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund are engaged in businesses and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial, consultative, and other interests in transactions, companies, securities and other instruments that may be engaged in, purchased or sold by the Fund.
UBS Global AM may purchase or sell, or recommend for purchase or sale, for the Fund or its other accounts securities of companies: (i) with respect to which its affiliates act as an investment banker or financial adviser; (ii) with which its affiliates have other confidential relationships; (iii) in which its affiliates maintain a position or (iv) for which its affiliates make a market; or in which it or its officers, directors or employees or those of its affiliates own securities or otherwise have an interest. Except to the extent prohibited

C - 55


Table of Contents

by law or regulation or by client instruction, UBS Global AM may recommend to the Fund or its other clients, or purchase for the Fund or its other clients, securities of issuers in which UBS has an interest as described in this paragraph.
From time to time and subject to client approval, UBS Global AM may rely on certain affiliates to execute trades for the Fund or its other accounts. For each security transaction effected by UBS, UBS Global AM may compensate and UBS may retain such compensation for effecting the transaction, and UBS Global AM may receive affiliated group credit for generating such business.
Transactions undertaken by UBS or client accounts managed by UBS (“Client Accounts”) may adversely impact the Fund. UBS and one or more Client Accounts may buy or sell positions while the Fund is undertaking the same or a differing, including potentially opposite, strategy, which could disadvantage the Fund.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
UBS Global Asset Management’s compensation and benefits programs are designed to provide its investment professionals with incentives to excel, and to promote an entrepreneurial, performance-oriented culture. The total compensation received by the portfolio managers and analysts at UBS Global Asset Management, including the Fund’s portfolio managers, has three basic components – a fixed component (base salary and benefits), a variable cash compensation component (which is correlated with performance) and, for more senior employees, a variable equity component (reinforcing the critical importance of creating long-term business value), which are described in more detail below:
  The fixed component (base salary and benefits) is set to be competitive in the industry and is monitored and adjusted periodically with reference to the labor market in order to remain so. The fixed component is used to recognize the experience, skills and knowledge that portfolio managers and analysts bring to their role.
 
  Variable cash compensation is determined annually on a discretionary basis. It is correlated with the individual’s contribution (financial and non-financial) to UBS Global Asset Management’s business results and the performance of the individual’s respective function, UBS Global Asset Management and UBS. As its name implies, this can be variable.
 
  Variable equity – Many senior employees are required to take a portion of their annual variable cash compensation in the form of UBS shares or notional shares instead of cash. UBS Global Asset Management believes that, not only does this reinforce the critical importance of creating long-term business value, it also serves as an effective retention tool because the shares typically vest over a number of years.
UBS Global Asset Management strongly believes that tying portfolio managers’ variable cash compensation to both the short-term and longer-term performance of their portfolios closely aligns the portfolio managers’ interests with those of the firm’s clients. The total variable cash compensation available generally will depend on the firm’s overall profitability. The allocation of the variable cash compensation pool to each portfolio manager is based on an equal weighting of their investment performance (relative to the Fund’s benchmarks) for all the funds they manage. In the case of the Large Cap Fund, the relevant benchmark is Russell 1000 Index. The portfolio manager’s investment performance over one-, two- and three-year periods to the latest year end is taken into account and this has the effect of placing greater emphasis on the performance for the most recent year (as their one-year performance impacts their two- and three-year annualized results) while keeping the longer-term performance in focus. Further, the delivery of variable cash compensation is subject to a number of deferral mechanisms including investment in UBS shares.
For analysts, variable cash compensation is, in general, tied to the performance of some combination of model and/or client portfolios, generally evaluated over rolling three-year periods and coupled with a qualitative assessment of their contribution.

C - 56


Table of Contents

WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLP
Alpha Opportunities Fund
Core Allocation Plus Fund
Investment Quality Bond Fund
Mid Cap Stock Fund
Natural Resources Fund
Small Cap Growth Fund
Small Cap Value Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of             Number of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Mario E. Abularach, CFA
    14     $ 6,260,056,126       1     $ 102,622,683       7     $ 779,424,445  
Steven C. Angeli, CFA
    9     $ 1,847,451,655       11     $ 651,362,086       36     $ 1,302,581,545  
James A. Bevilacqua
    5     $ 10,139,255,607       19     $ 5,212,928,426       3     $ 321,323,724  
Jay Bhutani
    5     $ 19,397,984       18     $ 496,254,048       75     $ 2,022,541,204  
Michael T. Carmen, CFA
    8     $ 4,582,785,235       8     $ 532,503,200       8     $ 701,397,733  
Scott M. Elliott
    1     $ 154,290,679       14     $ 9,784,989,369       3     $ 757,267,225  
Evan S. Grace, CFA
    4     $ 433,514,728       16     $ 3,653,484,605       7     $ 2,263,569,594  
Christopher L. Gootkind, CFA
    8     $ 3,504,419,447       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Christopher A. Jones, CFA
    9     $ 417,077,647       9     $ 666,826,236       18     $ 796,769,955  
Timothy J. McCormack, CFA
    6     $ 818,496,322       3     $ 152,492,376       19     $ 891,951,918  
Stephen Mortimer
    11     $ 2,790,597,691       1     $ 102,622,683       4     $ 401,670,246  
John C. O’Toole, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Thomas L. Pappas, CFA
    3     $ 35,948,425,984       6     $ 947,447,617       22     $ 23,523,234,116  
Shaun F. Pedersen
    7     $ 826,393,623       6     $ 417,064,973       19     $ 891,951,918  
Kent M. Stahl, CFA
    1     $ 558,770,540       1     $ 902,244       0     $ 0  
Gregg R. Thomas, CFA
    1     $ 558,770,540       1     $ 902,244       0     $ 0  
Rick A. Wurster, CFA
    0     $ 0       8     $ 407,285,506       1     $ 74,622,395  
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of             Number of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Mario E. Abularach, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       1     $ 120,745,376  
Steven C. Angeli, CFA
    0     $ 0       2     $ 287,705,133       2     $ 176,927,920  
James A. Bevilacqua
    1     $ 9,431,308,392       4     $ 719,966,130       0     $ 0  
Jay Bhutani
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       12     $ 399,580,796  
Michael T. Carmen, CFA
    0     $ 0       2     $ 298,602,824       0     $ 0  
Scott M. Elliott
    0     $ 0       8     $ 801,502,635       2     $ 138,939,217  
Evan S. Grace, CFA
    0     $ 0       7     $ 604,671,373       2     $ 138,939,217  

C - 57


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
Portfolio   Number of             Number of             Number of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Christopher L. Gootkind, CFA
    2     $ 471,371,047       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Christopher A. Jones, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       3     $ 67,204,555  
Timothy J. McCormack, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Stephen Mortimer
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       1     $ 120,745,376  
John C. O’Toole, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Thomas L. Pappas, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Shaun F. Pedersen
    0     $ 0       1     $ 7,021,594       0     $ 0  
Kent M. Stahl, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Gregg R. Thomas, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Rick A. Wurster, CFA
    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       0     $ 0  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Individual investment professionals at Wellington Management manage multiple accounts for multiple clients. These accounts may include mutual funds, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, insurance companies, foundations or separately managed account programs sponsored by financial intermediaries), bank common trust accounts, and hedge funds. Each Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds (“Investment Professionals”) generally manage accounts in several different investment styles. These accounts may have investment objectives, strategies, time horizons, tax considerations and risk profiles that differ from those of the relevant Fund. The Investment Professionals make investment decisions for each account, including the relevant Fund, based on the investment objectives, policies, practices, benchmarks, cash flows, tax and other relevant investment considerations applicable to that account. Consequently, the Investment Professionals may purchase or sell securities, including IPOs, for one account and not another account, and the performance of securities purchased for one account may vary from the performance of securities purchased for other accounts. Alternatively, these accounts may be managed in a similar fashion to the relevant Fund and thus the accounts may have similar, and in some cases nearly identical, objectives, strategies and/or holdings to that of the relevant Fund.
An Investment Professional or other investment professionals at Wellington Management may place transactions on behalf of other accounts that are directly or indirectly contrary to investment decisions made on behalf of the relevant Fund, or make investment decisions that are similar to those made for the relevant Fund, both of which have the potential to adversely impact the relevant Fund depending on market conditions. For example, an investment professional may purchase a security in one account while appropriately selling that same security in another account. Similarly, an Investment Professional may purchase the same security for the relevant Fund and one or more other accounts at or about the same time, and in those instances the other accounts will have access to their respective holdings prior to the public disclosure of the relevant Fund’s holdings. In addition, some of these accounts have fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher, in some cases significantly higher, than the fees Wellington Management receives for managing the relevant Fund. Messrs. Angeli, Bevilacqua and Carmen also manage hedge funds, which pay performance allocations to Wellington Management or its affiliates. Because incentive payments paid by Wellington Management to Investment Professional are tied to revenues earned by Wellington Management, and, where noted, to the performance achieved by the manager in each account, the incentives associated with any given account may be significantly higher or lower than those associated with other accounts managed by a given Investment Professional. Finally, the Investment Professionals may hold shares or investments in the other pooled investment vehicles and/or other accounts identified above.
Wellington Management’s goal is to meet its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly and provide high quality investment services to all of its clients. Wellington Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which it believes address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients. In addition, Wellington Management monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary Fund guidelines, the allocation of IPOs, and compliance with the firm’s Code of Ethics, and places additional investment restrictions on investment professionals who manage hedge funds and certain other accounts. Furthermore, senior investment and business personnel at Wellington Management periodically review the performance of Wellington Management’s investment professionals. Although Wellington Management does not track the time an investment professional spends on a single account, Wellington Management does periodically assess whether an Investment Professional has adequate time and resources to effectively manage the investment professional’s various client mandates.

C - 58


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
Wellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of the Funds as set forth in an Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Wellington Management and the Adviser with respect to each Fund. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues and other resources, including the advisory fees earned with respect to the each Fund. The following information relates to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of each Fund’s managers listed in the prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds (“Investment Professionals”) includes a base salary and incentive components. The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner of Wellington Management is determined by the Managing Partners of the firm. A partner’s base salary is generally a fixed amount that may change as a result of an annual review. The base salaries for all other Investment Professionals are determined by the Investment Professional’s experience and performance in their role as an Investment Professional. Base salaries for Wellington Management’s employees are reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on the recommendation of an Investment Professional’s business manager, using guidelines established by Wellington Management’s Compensation Committee, which has final oversight responsibility for base salaries of employees of the firm. Each Investment Professional is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the relevant Fund managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. Each Investment Professional’s incentive payment relating to the relevant Fund is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the Fund managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one and three year periods, with an emphasis on three year results. Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by these Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees. The incentives paid the other Investment Professionals are based solely on the revenues earned by Wellington Management, which have no performance related component. Wellington Management applies similar incentive structures to other accounts managed by the Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees.
Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an investment professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an investment professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on factors other than account performance. Each partner of Wellington Management is eligible to participate in a partner-funded tax qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Messrs. Angeli, Bevilacqua, Carmen, Scott M. Elliott, McCormack, Mortimer, Pappas, and Stahl are partners of Wellington Management.
     
FUND   INCENTIVE BENCHMARK(S) / PEER GROUPS
Alpha Opportunities Fund
  Russell 3000 Index
Core Allocation Plus Fund
  Not Applicable
Investment Quality Bond Fund
  Not Applicable
Mid Cap Stock Fund
  Russell Mid Cap Growth Index/ Lipper Mid Cap Growth Average
Natural Resources Fund
  MSCI S&P World Energy Index/MSCI S&P World Metals & Mining Index/MSCI S&P World Paper, Forest Products Index
Small Cap Growth Fund
  Russell 2000 Growth Index
Small Cap Value Fund
  Russell 2000 Value Index

C - 59


Table of Contents

WELLS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INCORPORATED
(“WellsCap”)
Core Bond Fund
U.S. High Yield Bond Fund
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.
The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                     
    Other Registered   Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number       Number       Number    
Portfolio   of       of       of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Troy Ludgood
    7     $5.6 billion     2     $1.4 billion     32     $11.1 billion
Niklas Nordenfelt
    2     $753 million     4     $550 million     17     $1,073 million
Thomas O’Connor
    8     $6.5 billion     2     $1.4 billion     34     $11.6 billion
Lynne Royer
    7     $5.6 billion     2     $1.4 billion     34     $11.1 billion
Phil Susser
    2     $753 million     4     $550 million     28     $1,073 million
 
*   Two of the accounts listed above are subject to a performance-based advisory fee.
Other Accounts Managed — Of total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                         
    Other Registered   Other Pooled    
    Investment Companies   Investment Vehicles   Other Accounts
    Number           Number       Number    
Portfolio   of           of       of    
Manager   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets   Accounts   Assets
Troy Ludgood
    0     $ 0       0     $0     2     $2.8 billion
Niklas Nordenfelt
    0     $ 0       1     $267 million     2     $117 million
Thomas O’Connor
    0     $ 0       0     $0     2     $2.8 billion
Lynne Royer
    0     $ 0       0     $0     2     $2.8 billion
Phil Susser
    0     $ 0       1     $267 million     2     $117 million
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers often provide investment management for separate accounts advised in the same or similar investment style as that provided to mutual funds. While management of multiple accounts could potentially lead to conflicts of interest over various issues such as trade allocation, fee disparities and research acquisition, Wells Capital Management has implemented policies and procedures for the express purpose of ensuring that clients are treated fairly and that potential conflicts of interest are minimized.

C - 60


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
The compensation structure for Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers includes a competitive fixed base salary plus variable incentives (Wells Capital Management utilizes investment management compensation surveys as confirmation). Incentive bonuses are typically tied to pre-tax relative investment performance of all accounts under his or her management within acceptable risk parameters. Relative investment performance is generally evaluated for 1, 3, and 5 year performance results, with a predominant weighting on the 3- and 5- year time periods, versus the relevant benchmarks and/or peer groups consistent with the investment style. This evaluation takes into account relative performance of the accounts to each account’s individual benchmark and/or the relative composite performance of all accounts to one or more relevant benchmarks consistent with the overall investment style. In the case of each Fund, the benchmark(s) against which the performance of the Fund’s portfolio may be compared for these purposes generally are indicated in the “Performance” sections of the Prospectuses.

C - 61


Table of Contents

WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY
(“Western Asset”)
Western Asset Management Company Limited is sub-sub adviser*
Floating Rate Income Fund*
High Yield Fund*
Strategic Bond Fund*
U.S. Government Securities Fund
Portfolio Managers
Floating Rate Income Fund
A team of investment professionals at Western Asset Management Company, led by Chief Investment Officer Stephen A. Walsh, Chief Investment Officer Emeritus and Investment Strategist S. Kenneth Leech, and portfolio managers Timothy J. Settel and Michael C. Buchanan, manages the portfolio.
High Yield Fund
A team of investment professionals at Western Asset Management Company, led by Chief Investment Officer Stephen A. Walsh, Chief Investment Officer Emeritus and Investment Strategist S. Kenneth Leech, and portfolio managers Michael C. Buchanan and Keith J. Gardner, manages the portfolio.
Strategic Bond Fund
A team of investment professionals at Western Asset Management Company, led by Chief Investment Officer Stephen A. Walsh, Chief Investment Officer Emeritus and Investment Strategist S. Kenneth Leech, and portfolio managers Keith J. Gardner, Mark S. Lindbloom and Michael C. Buchanan, manages the portfolio.
U.S. Government Securities Fund
A team of investment professionals at Western Asset Management Company, led by Chief Investment Officer Stephen A. Walsh, Chief Investment Officer Emeritus and Investment Strategist S. Kenneth Leech, and portfolio managers Mark Lindbloom and Fredrick Marki, manages the portfolio.
The following chart reflects information regarding accounts other than the funds for which each portfolio manager to the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into three categories: (i) other investment companies, (ii) other pooled investment vehicles, and (iii) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is specifically broken out. In addition, any assets denominated in foreign currencies have been converted into U.S. Dollars using the exchange rates as of the applicable date. Also shown below the chart is each portfolio manager’s investments in the fund that he or she manages.

C - 62


Table of Contents

The following table reflects information as of August 31, 2009:
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Michael C. Buchanan
    14     $ 6,578,317,002       8     $ 3,889,571,208       15     $ 2,137,099,384  
Keith J. Gardner
    6     $ 1,152,217,786       7     $ 624,276,895           $  
S. Kenneth Leech
    113     $ 187,325,391,530       225     $ 109,287,842,130.88           $  
Mark S. Lindbloom
    6     $ 3,246,187,322       3     $ 112,379,638       55     $ 15,453,495,141  
Frederick R. Marki
        $       4     $ 1,550,746,144       11     $ 2,342,243,271  
Timothy J. Settel
        $       2     $ 602,180,076           $  
Steven A. Walsh
    112     $ 186,827,810,373       225     $ 109,287,842,130       874     $ 207,411,107,850  
Other Accounts Managed – Of Total listed above, those for which advisory fee is based on performance
                                                 
    Other Registered     Other Pooled        
    Investment Companies     Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Number             Number             Number        
Portfolio   of             of             of        
Manager   Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets     Accounts     Assets  
Michael C. Buchanan
    17     $ 9,181,416,999           $       15     $ 2,137,099,384  
Keith J. Gardner
    6     $ 1,152,217,786       1     $ 139,349           $  
S. Kenneth Leech
        $       7     $ 1,165,017,510       98     $ 25,409,311,570  
Mark S. Lindbloom
    7     $ 3,386,936,767           $       55     $ 15,453,495,141  
Frederick R. Marki
        $           $       11     $ 2,342,243,271  
Timothy J. Settel
        $       1     $ 257,680,675           $  
Steven A. Walsh
        $       7     $ 1,165,017,510       98     $ 25,409,311,570  
Ownership of fund shares. None of the portfolio managers listed in the above table beneficially owned any shares of the funds that they managed as of August 31, 2009.
Note: The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by Western Asset. Mr. Leech and Mr. Walsh are involved in the management of all the firm’s portfolios, but they are not solely responsible for particular portfolios. Western’s investment discipline emphasizes a team approach that combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market sectors. The individuals that have been identified are responsible for overseeing implementation of the firm’s overall investment ideas and coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures that client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise of all team members.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Western has identified several potential conflicts of interest that could directly impact client portfolios. For example, potential conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios (including portfolios managed in a personal capacity). These could include potential conflicts of interest related to the knowledge and timing of a portfolio’s trades, investment opportunities and broker selection. Portfolio managers are privy to the size, timing, and possible market impact of a portfolio’s trades.
It is possible that an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a portfolio and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the portfolio and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a portfolio and another account. A conflict may arise where the portfolio manager may have an incentive to treat an account preferentially as compared to a portfolio because the account pays a performance-based fee or the portfolio manager, the Advisers or an affiliate has an interest in the account. The Firm has adopted procedures for allocation of portfolio transactions and investment opportunities across multiple client accounts on a fair and equitable basis over time. All eligible accounts that can participate in a trade share the same price on a pro-rata allocation basis to ensure that no conflict of interest occurs.

C - 63


Table of Contents

Trades are allocated among similarly managed accounts to maintain consistency of portfolio strategy, taking into account cash availability, investment restrictions and guidelines, and portfolio composition versus strategy.
With respect to securities transactions for mutual funds, the Adviser determines which broker or dealer to use to execute each order, consistent with their duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles that are not registered investment companies and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Firm may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or dealers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker or dealer. In these cases, trades for a portfolio in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of a portfolio or the other account(s) involved. Additionally, the management of multiple portfolios and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each portfolio and/or other account. Western’s team approach to portfolio management and block trading approach works to limit this potential risk.
The Firm also maintains a gift and entertainment policy to address the potential for a business contact to give gifts or host entertainment events that may influence the business judgment of an employee. Employees are permitted to retain gifts of only a nominal value and are required to make reimbursement for entertainment events above a certain value. All gifts (except those of a de minimums value) and entertainment events that are given or sponsored by a business contact are required to be reported in a gift and entertainment log which is reviewed on a regular basis for possible issues.
Employees of the Firm have access to transactions and holdings information regarding client accounts and the Firm’s overall trading activities. This information represents a potential conflict of interest because employees may take advantage of this information as they trade in their personal accounts. Accordingly, the Firm maintains a Code of Ethics that is compliant with Rule 17j-1 and Rule 204A-1 to address personal trading. In addition, the Code of Ethics seeks to establish broader principles of good conduct and fiduciary responsibility in all aspects of the Firm’s business. The Code of Ethics is administered by the Legal and Compliance Department and monitored through the Firm’s compliance monitoring program.
The Firm may also face other potential conflicts of interest with respect to managing client assets, and the description above is not a complete description of every conflict of interest that could be deemed to exist. As a general matter, the Firm has adopted compliance policies and procedures to address a wide range of potential conflicts of interest. As discussed in other parts of this questionnaire, the Firm also maintains a compliance monitoring program and engages independent auditors to conduct a SAS 70 audit on an annual basis. These steps help to ensure that potential conflicts of interest have been addressed.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE
At Western, one compensation methodology covers all products and functional areas.
The Firm’s methodology assigns each position a total compensation “target” which is derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with their job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results.
Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan which includes an employer match and discretionary profit sharing.
In addition, employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to reward sector specialists for contributions to the Firm as well as relative performance of their specific portfolios/product and are determined by the professional’s job function and performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary, and usually distributed in May. This is described in more details below:
  Incentive compensation is based on individual performance, team performance and the performance of the company. Western’s philosophy is to reward its employees through Total Compensation. Total Compensation is reflective of the external market value for skills, experience, ability to produce results, and the performance of one’s group and the Firm as a whole.
  Incentive compensation is the primary focus of management decisions when determining Total Compensation. The components of Total Compensation include benefits, base salary, incentive compensation and assets under management (AUM) bonuses. Incentive Compensation is based on the success of the Firm and one’s team, and personal contribution to that success. Incentive

C - 64


Table of Contents

    compensation is paid annually and is fully discretionary. AUM bonuses are discretionary awards paid to eligible employees on an annual basis. AUM bonuses are calculated according to the company’s annual AUM growth.
  Western offers a Long Term Incentive Plan, which affords eligible employees the opportunity to earn additional long-term compensation from discretionary contributions which will be made on their behalf. These contributions are made by Western Asset and are paid to the employee if he/she remains employed with Western Asset until the discretionary contributions become vested. The Discretionary Contributions allocated to the employee will be credited with tax-deferred investment earnings indexed against mutual fund options or other investment options selected by Western Asset. Discretionary Contributions made to the Plan will be placed in a special trust (known as a rabbi trust) that restricts management’s use and of access to the money.
  Under certain pre-existing arrangements, key professionals are paid incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These incentives may include Legg Mason stock options.

C - 65


Table of Contents

Appendix D – Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
POLICY:
General
The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of each registered investment company in the John Hancock family of funds listed on Schedule A (collectively, the “Trust”), including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)) of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”), adopts these proxy voting policies and procedures.
Each fund of the Trust or any other registered investment company (or series thereof) (each, a “fund”) is required to disclose its proxy voting policies and procedures in its registration statement and, pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act, file annually with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make available to shareholders its actual proxy voting record. In this regard, the Trust Policy is set forth below.
Delegation of Proxy Voting Responsibilities
It is the policy of the Trust to delegate the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund to the fund’s investment adviser (“adviser”) or, if the fund’s adviser has delegated portfolio management responsibilities to one or more investment subadviser(s), to the fund’s subadviser(s), subject to the Board’s continued oversight. The subadviser for each fund shall vote all proxies relating to securities held by each fund and in that connection, and subject to any further policies and procedures contained herein, shall use proxy voting policies and procedures adopted by each subadviser in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”).
Except as noted below under Material Conflicts of Interest, the Trust Policy with respect to a fund shall incorporate that adopted by the fund’s subadviser with respect to voting proxies held by its clients (the “Subadviser Policy”). Each Subadviser Policy, as it may be amended from time to time, is hereby incorporated by reference into the Trust Policy. Each subadviser to a fund is directed to comply with these policies and procedures in voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by a fund, subject to oversight by the fund’s adviser and by the Board. Each adviser to a fund retains the responsibility, and is directed, to oversee each subadviser’s compliance with these policies and procedures, and to adopt and implement such additional policies and procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate to discharge its oversight responsibility. Additionally, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) shall conduct such monitoring and supervisory activities as the CCO or the Board deems necessary or appropriate in order to appropriately discharge the CCO’s role in overseeing the subadvisers’ compliance with these policies and procedures.
The delegation by the Board of the authority to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the funds is entirely voluntary and may be revoked by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time.

D-1


Table of Contents

Voting Proxies of Underlying Funds of a Fund of Funds
A. Where the Fund of Funds is not the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund
With respect to voting proxies relating to the shares of an underlying fund (an “Underlying Fund”) held by a fund of the Trust operating as a fund of funds (a “Fund of Funds”) in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act where the Underlying Fund has shareholders other than the Fund of Funds which are not other Fund of Funds, the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such Underlying Fund shares.
B. Where the Fund of Funds is the Sole Shareholder of the Underlying Fund
In the event that one or more Funds of Funds are the sole shareholders of an Underlying Fund, the adviser to the Fund of Funds or the Trust will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund as set forth below unless the Board elects to have the Fund of Funds seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Funds of Funds in which case the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders.
1. Where Both the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are Voting on Substantially Identical Proposals
In the event that the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds are voting on substantially identical proposals (the “Substantially Identical Proposal”), then the adviser or the Fund of Funds will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the vote of the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the Substantially Identical Proposal.
2. Where the Underlying Fund is Voting on a Proposal that is Not Being Voted on By the Fund of Funds
a. Where there is No Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal
In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is no material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the adviser relating to the Proposal, then the adviser will vote proxies relating to the shares of the Underlying Fund pursuant to its Proxy Voting Procedures.
b. Where there is a Material Conflict of Interest Between the Interests of the Shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the Adviser Relating to the Proposal
In the event that the Fund of Funds is voting on a proposal of the Underlying Fund and the Fund of Funds is not also voting on a substantially identical proposal and there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of the shareholders of the Underlying Fund and the adviser relating to the Proposal, then the Fund of Funds will seek voting instructions from the shareholders of the Fund of Funds on the proposal and will vote proxies relating to shares of the Underlying Fund in the same proportion as the instructions timely received from such shareholders. A material conflict is generally defined as a proposal

D-2


Table of Contents

involving a matter in which the adviser or one of its affiliates has a material economic interest.
Material Conflicts of Interest
If: (1) a subadviser to a fund becomes aware that a vote presents a material conflict between the interests of: (a) shareholders of the fund; and (b) the fund’s adviser, subadviser, principal underwriter, or any of their affiliated persons, and (2) the subadviser does not propose to vote on the particular issue in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy are otherwise triggered, then the subadviser will follow the material conflict of interest procedures set forth in its Subadviser Policy when voting such proxies.
If a Subadviser Policy provides that in the case of a material conflict of interest between fund shareholders and another party, the subadviser will ask the Board to provide voting instructions, the subadviser shall vote the proxies, in its discretion, as recommended by an independent third party, in the manner prescribed by its Subadviser Policy or abstain from voting the proxies.
Securities Lending Program
Certain of the funds participate in a securities lending program with the Trust through an agent lender. When a fund’s securities are out on loan, they are transferred into the borrower’s name and are voted by the borrower, in its discretion. Where a subadviser determines, however, that a proxy vote (or other shareholder action) is materially important to the client’s account, the subadviser should request that the agent recall the security prior to the record date to allow the subadviser to vote the securities.
Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)
The Trust shall include in its SAI a summary of the Trust Policy and of the Subadviser Policy included therein. (In lieu of including a summary of these policies and procedures, the Trust may include each full Trust Policy and Subadviser Policy in the SAI.)
Disclosure of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in Annual and Semi-Annual Shareholder Reports
The Trust shall disclose in its annual and semi-annual shareholder reports that a description of the Trust Policy, including the Subadviser Policy, and the Trust’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12 months ended June 30 are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website, and without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free telephone number. The Trust will send these documents within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.
Filing of Proxy Voting Record on Form N-PX
The Trust will annually file its complete proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX. The Form N-PX shall be filed for the twelve months ended June 30 no later than August 31 of that year.

D-3


Table of Contents

PROCEDURES:
Review of Subadvisers’ Proxy Voting
The Trust has delegated proxy voting authority with respect to fund portfolio securities in accordance with the Trust Policy, as set forth above.
Consistent with this delegation, each subadviser is responsible for the following:
  1)   Implementing written policies and procedures, in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, reasonably designed to ensure that the subadviser votes portfolio securities in the best interest of shareholders of the Trust.
 
  2)   Providing the adviser with a copy and description of the Subadviser Policy prior to being approved by the Board as a subadviser, accompanied by a certification that represents that the Subadviser Policy has been adopted in conformance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act. Thereafter, providing the adviser with notice of any amendment or revision to that Subadviser Policy or with a description thereof. The adviser is required to report all material changes to a Subadviser Policy quarterly to the Board. The CCO’s annual written compliance report to the Board will contain a summary of the material changes to each Subadviser Policy during the period covered by the report.
 
  3)   Providing the adviser with a quarterly certification indicating that the subadviser did vote proxies of the funds and that the proxy votes were executed in a manner consistent with the Subadviser Policy. If the subadviser voted any proxies in a manner inconsistent with the Subadviser Policy, the subadviser will provide the adviser with a report detailing the exceptions.
Adviser Responsibilities
The Trust has retained a proxy voting service to coordinate, collect, and maintain all proxy-related information, and to prepare and file the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC.
The adviser, in accordance with its general oversight responsibilities, will periodically review the voting records maintained by the proxy voting service in accordance with the following procedures:
  1)   Receive a file with the proxy voting information directly from each subadviser on a quarterly basis.
 
  2)   Select a sample of proxy votes from the files submitted by the subadvisers and compare them against the proxy voting service files for accuracy of the votes.
 
  3)   Deliver instructions to shareholders on how to access proxy voting information via the Trust’s semi-annual and annual shareholder reports.

D-4


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Service Responsibilities
Aggregation of Votes:
The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will collect fund-specific and/or account-level voting records, including votes cast by multiple subadvisers or third party voting services.
Reporting:
The proxy voting service’s proxy disclosure system will provide the following reporting features:
  1)   multiple report export options;
 
  2)   report customization by fund-account, portfolio manager, security, etc.; and
 
  3)   account details available for vote auditing.
Form N-PX Preparation and Filing:
The adviser will be responsible for oversight and completion of the filing of the Trust’s reports on Form N-PX with the SEC. The proxy voting service will prepare the EDGAR version of Form N-PX and will submit it to the adviser for review and approval prior to filing with the SEC. The proxy voting service will file Form N-PX for each twelve-month period ending on June 30. The filing must be submitted to the SEC on or before August 31 of each year.

D-5


Table of Contents

Schedule A
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
         
JOHN HANCOCK FUNDS:   Adopted:   Amended:
John Hancock Trust
  September 28, 2007   March 26, 2008; June 27, 2008
John Hancock Funds II
  September 28, 2007   March 26, 2008; June 27, 2008
John Hancock Funds III
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Bond Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock California Tax-Free Income Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Capital Series
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Current Interest
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Equity Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust II
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investment Trust III
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Municipal Securities Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Series Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Sovereign Bond Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Strategic Series
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Exempt Series
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock World Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund II
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Preferred Income Fund III
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Patriot Premium Dividend Fund II
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Bank & Thrift Opportunity Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Income Securities Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Investors Trust
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Dividend Income Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008
John Hancock Tax-Advantaged Global Shareholder Yield Fund
  September 11, 2007   June 10, 2008

D-6


Table of Contents

American Century Investments
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
American Century Investment Management, Inc. and American Century Global Investment Management, Inc. (collectively, the “Adviser”) are the investment managers for a variety of clients, including the American Century family of mutual funds. As such, the Adviser has been delegated the authority to vote proxies with respect to investments held in the accounts it manages. The following is a statement of the proxy voting policies that have been adopted by the Adviser.
General Principles
In voting proxies, the Adviser is guided by general fiduciary principles. It must act prudently, solely in the interest of our clients, and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to them. The Adviser will attempt to consider all factors of its vote that could affect the value of the investment. We will not subordinate the interests of clients in the value of their investments to unrelated objectives. In short, the Adviser will vote proxies in the manner that we believe will do the most to maximize shareholder value.
Specific Proxy Matters
A.   Routine Matters
  1.   Election of Directors
  a.   Generally. The Adviser will generally support the election of directors that result in a board made up of a majority of independent directors. In general, the Adviser will vote in favor of management’s director nominees if they are running unopposed. The Adviser believes that management is in the best possible position to evaluate the qualifications of directors and the needs and dynamics of a particular board. The Adviser of course maintains the ability to vote against any candidate whom it feels is not qualified. For example, we will generally vote for management’s director nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities. Conversely, we will vote against individual directors if they do not provide an adequate explanation for repeated absences at board meetings. When management’s nominees are opposed in a proxy contest, the Adviser will evaluate which nominees’ publicly-announced management policies and goals are most likely to maximize shareholder value, as well as the past performance of the incumbents. In cases where the Adviser’s clients are significant holders of a company’s voting securities, management’s recommendations will be reviewed with the client or an appropriate fiduciary responsible for the client (e.g., a committee of the independent directors of a fund, the trustee of a retirement plan).
 
  b.   Committee Service. The Adviser will withhold votes for non-independent directors who serve on the audit, compensation and/or nominating committees of the board.
 
  c.   Classification of Boards. The Adviser will support proposals that seek to declassify boards. Conversely, the Adviser will oppose efforts to adopt classified board structures.
 
  d.   Majority Independent Board. The Adviser will support proposals calling for a majority of independent directors on a board. We believe that a majority of independent directors

D-7


Table of Contents

      can helps to facilitate objective decision making and enhances accountability to shareholders.
  e.   Withholding Campaigns. The Adviser will support proposals calling for shareholders to withhold votes for directors where such actions will advance the principles set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) above.
  2.   Ratification of Selection of Auditors
 
      The Adviser will generally rely on the judgment of the issuer’s audit committee in selecting the independent auditors who will provide the best service to the company. The Adviser believes that independence of the auditors is paramount and will vote against auditors whose independence appears to be impaired. We will vote against proposed auditors in those circumstances where (1) an auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent; (2) non-audit fees comprise more than 50% of the total fees paid by the company to the audit firm; or (3) there is reason to believe that the independent auditor has previously rendered an opinion to the issuer that is either inaccurate or not indicative of the company’s financial position.
B.   Equity-Based Compensation Plans
      The Adviser believes that equity-based incentive plans are economically significant issues upon which shareholders are entitled to vote. The Adviser recognizes that equity-based compensation plans can be useful in attracting and maintaining desirable employees. The cost associated with such plans must be measured if plans are to be used appropriately to maximize shareholder value. The Adviser will conduct a case-by-case analysis of each stock option, stock bonus or similar plan or amendment, and generally approve management’s recommendations with respect to adoption of or amendments to a company’s equity-based compensation plans, provided that the total number of shares reserved under all of a company’s plans is reasonable and not excessively dilutive.
 
      The Adviser will review equity-based compensation plans or amendments thereto on a case-by-case basis. Factors that will be considered in the determination include the company’s overall capitalization, the performance of the company relative to its peers, and the maturity of the company and its industry; for example, technology companies often use options broadly throughout its employee base which may justify somewhat greater dilution.
 
      Amendments which are proposed in order to bring a company’s plan within applicable legal requirements will be reviewed by the Adviser’s legal counsel; amendments to executive bonus plans to comply with IRS Section 162(m) disclosure requirements, for example, are generally approved.
 
      The Adviser will generally vote against the adoption of plans or plan amendments that:
    provide for immediate vesting of all stock options in the event of a change of control of the company (see “Anti-Takeover Proposals” below);
 
    reset outstanding stock options at a lower strike price unless accompanied by a corresponding and proportionate reduction in the number of shares designated. The Adviser will generally oppose adoption of stock option plans that explicitly or historically permit repricing of stock options, regardless of the number of shares reserved for issuance, since their effect is impossible to evaluate;
 
    establish restriction periods shorter than three years for restricted stock grants;
 
    do not reasonably associate awards to performance of the company; and

D-8


Table of Contents

    are excessively dilutive to the company.
C.   Anti-Takeover Proposals
In general, the Adviser will vote against any proposal, whether made by management or shareholders, which the Adviser believes would materially discourage a potential acquisition or takeover. In most cases an acquisition or takeover of a particular company will increase share value. The adoption of anti-takeover measures may prevent or frustrate a bid from being made, may prevent consummation of the acquisition, and may have a negative effect on share price when no acquisition proposal is pending. The items below discuss specific anti-takeover proposals.
  1.   Cumulative Voting
 
      The Adviser will vote in favor of any proposal to adopt cumulative voting and will vote against any proposal to eliminate cumulative voting that is already in place, except in cases where a company has a staggered board. Cumulative voting gives minority shareholders a stronger voice in the company and a greater chance for representation on the board. The Adviser believes that the elimination of cumulative voting constitutes an anti-takeover measure.
 
  2.   Staggered Board
 
      If a company has a “staggered board,” its directors are elected for terms of more than one year and only a segment of the board stands for election in any year. Therefore, a potential acquiror cannot replace the entire board in one year even if it controls a majority of the votes. Although staggered boards may provide some degree of continuity and stability of leadership and direction to the board of directors, the Adviser believes that staggered boards are primarily an anti-takeover device and will vote against them. However, the Adviser does not necessarily vote against the re-election of staggered boards.
 
  3.   “Blank Check” Preferred Stock
 
      Blank check preferred stock gives the board of directors the ability to issue preferred stock, without further shareholder approval, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions as may be set by the board. In response to a hostile take-over attempt, the board could issue such stock to a friendly party or “white knight” or could establish conversion or other rights in the preferred stock which would dilute the common stock and make an acquisition impossible or less attractive. The argument in favor of blank check preferred stock is that it gives the board flexibility in pursuing financing, acquisitions or other proper corporate purposes without incurring the time or expense of a shareholder vote. Generally, the Adviser will vote against blank check preferred stock. However, the Adviser may vote in favor of blank check preferred if the proxy statement discloses that such stock is limited to use for a specific, proper corporate objective as a financing instrument.
 
  4.   Elimination of Preemptive Rights
 
      When a company grants preemptive rights, existing shareholders are given an opportunity to maintain their proportional ownership when new shares are issued. A proposal to eliminate preemptive rights is a request from management to revoke that right.
 
      While preemptive rights will protect the shareholder from having its equity diluted, it may also decrease a company’s ability to raise capital through stock offerings or use stock for acquisitions or other proper corporate purposes. Preemptive rights may therefore result in a lower market value for the company’s stock. In the long term, shareholders could be adversely affected by preemptive rights. The Adviser generally votes against proposals to

D-9


Table of Contents

      grant preemptive rights, and for proposals to eliminate preemptive rights.
  5.   Non-targeted Share Repurchase
 
      A non-targeted share repurchase is generally used by company management to prevent the value of stock held by existing shareholders from deteriorating. A non-targeted share repurchase may reflect management’s belief in the favorable business prospects of the company. The Adviser finds no disadvantageous effects of a non-targeted share repurchase and will generally vote for the approval of a non-targeted share repurchase subject to analysis of the company’s financial condition.
 
  6.   Increase in Authorized Common Stock
 
      The issuance of new common stock can also be viewed as an anti-takeover measure, although its effect on shareholder value would appear to be less significant than the adoption of blank check preferred. The Adviser will evaluate the amount of the proposed increase and the purpose or purposes for which the increase is sought. If the increase is not excessive and is sought for proper corporate purposes, the increase will be approved. Proper corporate purposes might include, for example, the creation of additional stock to accommodate a stock split or stock dividend, additional stock required for a proposed acquisition, or additional stock required to be reserved upon exercise of employee stock option plans or employee stock purchase plans. Generally, the Adviser will vote in favor of an increase in authorized common stock of up to 100%; increases in excess of 100% are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, and will be voted affirmatively if management has provided sound justification for the increase.
 
  7.   “Supermajority” Voting Provisions or Super Voting Share Classes
 
      A “supermajority” voting provision is a provision placed in a company’s charter documents which would require a “supermajority” (ranging from 66 to 90%) of shareholders and shareholder votes to approve any type of acquisition of the company. A super voting share class grants one class of shareholders a greater per-share vote than those of shareholders of other voting classes. The Adviser believes that these are standard anti-takeover measures and will vote against them. The supermajority provision makes an acquisition more time-consuming and expensive for the acquiror. A super voting share class favors one group of shareholders disproportionately to economic interest. Both are often proposed in conjunction with other anti-takeover measures.
 
  8.   “Fair Price” Amendments
 
      This is another type of charter amendment that would require an offeror to pay a “fair” and uniform price to all shareholders in an acquisition. In general, fair price amendments are designed to protect shareholders from coercive, two-tier tender offers in which some shareholders may be merged out on disadvantageous terms. Fair price amendments also have an anti-takeover impact, although their adoption is generally believed to have less of a negative effect on stock price than other anti-takeover measures. The Adviser will carefully examine all fair price proposals. In general, the Adviser will vote against fair price proposals unless it can be determined from the proposed operation of the fair price proposal that it is likely that share price will not be negatively affected and the proposal will not have the effect of discouraging acquisition proposals.
 
  9.   Limiting the Right to Call Special Shareholder Meetings.
 
      The incorporation statutes of many states allow minority shareholders at a certain threshold level of ownership (frequently 10%) to call a special meeting of shareholders. This right can

D-10


Table of Contents

      be eliminated (or the threshold increased) by amendment to the company’s charter documents. The Adviser believes that the right to call a special shareholder meeting is significant for minority shareholders; the elimination of such right will be viewed as an anti-takeover measure and we will vote against proposals attempting to eliminate this right and for proposals attempting to restore it.
  10.   Poison Pills or Shareholder Rights Plans
 
      Many companies have now adopted some version of a poison pill plan (also known as a shareholder rights plan). Poison pill plans generally provide for the issuance of additional equity securities or rights to purchase equity securities upon the occurrence of certain hostile events, such as the acquisition of a large block of stock.
 
      The basic argument against poison pills is that they depress share value, discourage offers for the company and serve to “entrench” management. The basic argument in favor of poison pills is that they give management more time and leverage to deal with a takeover bid and, as a result, shareholders may receive a better price. The Adviser believes that the potential benefits of a poison pill plan are outweighed by the potential detriments. The Adviser will generally vote against all forms of poison pills.
 
      We will, however, consider on a case-by-case basis poison pills that are very limited in time and preclusive effect. We will generally vote in favor of such a poison pill if it is linked to a business strategy that will – in our view – likely result in greater value for shareholders, if the term is less than three years, and if shareholder approval is required to reinstate the expired plan or adopt a new plan at the end of this term.
 
  11.   Golden Parachutes
 
      Golden parachute arrangements provide substantial compensation to executives who are terminated as a result of a takeover or change in control of their company. The existence of such plans in reasonable amounts probably has only a slight anti-takeover effect. In voting, the Adviser will evaluate the specifics of the plan presented.
 
  12.   Reincorporation
 
      Reincorporation in a new state is often proposed as one part of a package of anti-takeover measures. Several states (such as Pennsylvania, Ohio and Indiana) now provide some type of legislation that greatly discourages takeovers. Management believes that Delaware in particular is beneficial as a corporate domicile because of the well-developed body of statutes and case law dealing with corporate acquisitions.
 
      We will examine reincorporation proposals on a case-by-case basis. If the Adviser believes that the reincorporation will result in greater protection from takeovers, the reincorporation proposal will be opposed. We will also oppose reincorporation proposals involving jurisdictions that specify that directors can recognize non-shareholder interests over those of shareholders. When reincorporation is proposed for a legitimate business purpose and without the negative effects identified above, the Adviser will vote affirmatively.
 
  13.   Confidential Voting
 
      Companies that have not previously adopted a “confidential voting” policy allow management to view the results of shareholder votes. This gives management the opportunity to contact those shareholders voting against management in an effort to change their votes.
 
      Proponents of secret ballots argue that confidential voting enables shareholders to vote on all

D-11


Table of Contents

      issues on the basis of merit without pressure from management to influence their decision. Opponents argue that confidential voting is more expensive and unnecessary; also, holding shares in a nominee name maintains shareholders’ confidentiality. The Adviser believes that the only way to insure anonymity of votes is through confidential voting, and that the benefits of confidential voting outweigh the incremental additional cost of administering a confidential voting system. Therefore, we will vote in favor of any proposal to adopt confidential voting.
  14.   Opting In or Out of State Takeover Laws
 
      State takeover laws typically are designed to make it more difficult to acquire a corporation organized in that state. The Adviser believes that the decision of whether or not to accept or reject offers of merger or acquisition should be made by the shareholders, without unreasonably restrictive state laws that may impose ownership thresholds or waiting periods on potential acquirors. Therefore, the Adviser will vote in favor of opting out of restrictive state takeover laws.
C.   Other Matters
  1.   Shareholder Proposals Involving Social, Moral or Ethical Matters
 
      The Adviser will generally vote management’s recommendation on issues that primarily involve social, moral or ethical matters, such as the MacBride Principles pertaining to operations in Northern Ireland. While the resolution of such issues may have an effect on shareholder value, the precise economic effect of such proposals, and individual shareholder’s preferences regarding such issues is often unclear. Where this is the case, the Adviser believes it is generally impossible to know how to vote in a manner that would accurately reflect the views of the Adviser’s clients, and therefore will review management’s assessment of the economic effect of such proposals and rely upon it if we believe its assessment is not unreasonable.
 
      Shareholders may also introduce social, moral or ethical proposals which are the subject of existing law or regulation. Examples of such proposals would include a proposal to require disclosure of a company’s contributions to political action committees or a proposal to require a company to adopt a non-smoking workplace policy. The Adviser believes that such proposals are better addressed outside the corporate arena, and will vote with management’s recommendation; in addition, the Adviser will generally vote against any proposal which would require a company to adopt practices or procedures which go beyond the requirements of existing, directly applicable law.
 
  2.   Anti-Greenmail Proposals
 
      “Anti-greenmail” proposals generally limit the right of a corporation, without a shareholder vote, to pay a premium or buy out a 5% or greater shareholder. Management often argues that they should not be restricted from negotiating a deal to buy out a significant shareholder at a premium if they believe it is in the best interest of the company. Institutional shareholders generally believe that all shareholders should be able to vote on such a significant use of corporate assets. The Adviser believes that any repurchase by the company at a premium price of a large block of stock should be subject to a shareholder vote. Accordingly, it will vote in favor of anti-greenmail proposals.
 
  3.   Indemnification
 
      The Adviser will generally vote in favor of a corporation’s proposal to indemnify its officers and directors in accordance with applicable state law. Indemnification arrangements are

D-12


Table of Contents

      often necessary in order to attract and retain qualified directors. The adoption of such proposals appears to have little effect on share value.
  4.   Non-Stock Incentive Plans
 
      Management may propose a variety of cash-based incentive or bonus plans to stimulate employee performance. In general, the cash or other corporate assets required for most incentive plans is not material, and the Adviser will vote in favor of such proposals, particularly when the proposal is recommended in order to comply with IRC Section 162(m) regarding salary disclosure requirements. Case-by-case determinations will be made of the appropriateness of the amount of shareholder value transferred by proposed plans.
 
  5.   Director Tenure
 
      These proposals ask that age and term restrictions be placed on the board of directors. The Adviser believes that these types of blanket restrictions are not necessarily in the best interests of shareholders and therefore will vote against such proposals, unless they have been recommended by management.
 
  6.   Directors’ Stock Options Plans
 
      The Adviser believes that stock options are an appropriate form of compensation for directors, and the Adviser will vote for director stock option plans which are reasonable and do not result in excessive shareholder dilution. Analysis of such proposals will be made on a case-by-case basis, and will take into account total board compensation and the company’s total exposure to stock option plan dilution.
 
  7.   Director Share Ownership
 
      The Adviser will vote against shareholder proposals which would require directors to hold a minimum number of the company’s shares to serve on the Board of Directors, in the belief that such ownership should be at the discretion of Board members.
Monitoring Potential Conflicts of Interest
Corporate management has a strong interest in the outcome of proposals submitted to shareholders. As a consequence, management often seeks to influence large shareholders to vote with their recommendations on particularly controversial matters. In the vast majority of cases, these communications with large shareholders amount to little more than advocacy for management’s positions and give the Adviser’s staff the opportunity to ask additional questions about the matter being presented. Companies with which the Adviser has direct business relationships could theoretically use these relationships to attempt to unduly influence the manner in which the Adviser votes on matters for its clients. To ensure that such a conflict of interest does not affect proxy votes cast for the Adviser’s clients, our proxy voting personnel regularly catalog companies with whom the Adviser has significant business relationships; all discretionary (including case-by-case) voting for these companies will be voted by the client or an appropriate fiduciary responsible for the client (e.g., a committee of the independent directors of a fund or the trustee of a retirement plan).
In addition, to avoid any potential conflict of interest that may arise when one American Century mutual fund owns shares of another American Century mutual fund, the Advisor will “echo vote” such shares, if possible. Echo voting means the Advisor will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares. So, for example, if shareholders of a fund cast 80% of their votes in favor of a proposal and 20% against the proposal, any American Century fund that owns shares of such fund will cast 80% of its shares in favor of the proposal and 20% against. When this is not possible (as in the case of the “NT” funds, where the LIVESTRONG funds are the sole shareholder), the shares of the underlying fund (e.g. the “NT” fund) will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of the shareholders of the corresponding American Century policy

D-13


Table of Contents

portfolio for proposals common to both funds. For example, NT Growth Fund shares will be echo voted in accordance with the votes of the Growth Fund shareholders. In the case where the policy portfolio does not have a common proposal, shares will be voted in consultation with a committee of the independent directors.
************************************************************
The voting policies expressed above are of course subject to modification in certain circumstances and will be reexamined from time to time. With respect to matters that do not fit in the categories stated above, the Adviser will exercise its best judgment as a fiduciary to vote in the manner which will most enhance shareholder value.
Case-by-case determinations will be made by the Adviser’s staff, which is overseen by the General Counsel of the Adviser, in consultation with equity managers. Electronic records will be kept of all votes made.
Original 6/1/1989
Revised 12/05/1991
Revised 2/15/1997
Revised 8/1/1999
Revised 7/1/2003
Revised 12/13/2005
Revised 11/29/2006 (KC Board)
Revised 03/08/2007 (MV Board)

D-14


Table of Contents

Schedule A
Registered Investment Advisers
Investment Adviser
American Century Investment Management, Inc.
American Century Global Investment Management

D-15


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
For BlackRock Advisors, LLC
And Its Affiliated SEC Registered Investment Advisers
Effective
June, 2008
Copyright © 2009 BlackRock, Inc.
All rights reserved.

D-16


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
These Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Policy”) for BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliated U.S. registered investment advisers1 (“BlackRock”) reflect our duty as a fiduciary under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) to vote proxies in the best interests of our clients. BlackRock serves as the investment manager for investment companies, other commingled investment vehicles and/or separate accounts of institutional and other clients. The right to vote proxies for securities held in such accounts belongs to BlackRock’s clients. Certain clients of BlackRock have retained the right to vote such proxies in general or in specific circumstances.2 Other clients, however, have delegated to BlackRock the right to vote proxies for securities held in their accounts as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets.
When BlackRock votes proxies for a client that has delegated to BlackRock proxy voting authority, BlackRock acts as the client’s agent. Under the Advisers Act, an investment adviser is a fiduciary that owes each of its clients a duty of care and loyalty with respect to all services the adviser undertakes on the client’s behalf, including proxy voting. BlackRock is therefore subject to a fiduciary duty to vote proxies in a manner BlackRock believes is consistent with the client’s best interests,3 whether or not the client’s proxy voting is subject to the fiduciary standards of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).4 When voting proxies for client accounts (including investment companies), BlackRock’s primary objective is to make voting decisions solely in the best interests of clients and ERISA clients’ plan beneficiaries and participants. In fulfilling its obligations to clients, BlackRock will seek to act in a manner that it believes is most likely to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in client accounts.5 It is imperative that BlackRock considers the interests of its clients, and not the interests of BlackRock, when voting proxies and that real (or perceived) material conflicts that may arise between BlackRock’s interest and those of BlackRock’s clients are properly addressed and resolved.
Advisers Act Rule 206(4)-6 was adopted by the SEC in 2003 and requires, among other things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxy voting adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, discloses to its clients information about those policies and procedures and also discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser has voted their proxies.
In light of such fiduciary duties, the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6, and given the complexity of the issues that may be raised in connection with proxy votes, BlackRock has adopted these policies and
 
1   The Policy does not apply to BlackRock Asset Management U.K. Limited and BlackRock Investment Managers International Limited, which are U.S. registered investment advisers based in the United Kingdom.
 
2   In certain situations, a client may direct BlackRock to vote in accordance with the client’s proxy voting policies. In these situations, BlackRock will seek to comply with such policies to the extent it would not be inconsistent with other BlackRock legal responsibilities.
 
3   Letter from Harvey L. Pitt, Chairman, SEC, to John P.M. Higgins, President, Ram Trust Services (February 12, 2002) (Section 206 of the Investment Advisers Act imposes a fiduciary responsibility to vote proxies fairly and in the best interests of clients); SEC Release No. IA-2106 (February 3, 2003).
 
4   DOL Interpretative Bulletin of Sections 402, 403 and 404 of ERISA at 29 C.F.R. 2509.94-2
 
5   Other considerations, such as social, labor, environmental or other policies, may be of interest to particular clients. While BlackRock is cognizant of the importance of such considerations, when voting proxies it will generally take such matters into account only to the extent that they have a direct bearing on the economic value of the underlying securities. To the extent that a BlackRock client desires to pursue a particular social, labor, environmental or other agenda through the proxy votes made for its securities held through BlackRock as investment adviser, BlackRock encourages the client to consider retaining direct proxy voting authority or to appoint independently a special proxy voting fiduciary other than BlackRock.

D-18


Table of Contents

procedures. BlackRock’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the “Committee”), addresses proxy voting issues on behalf of BlackRock and its clients.6 The Committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group and advised by BlackRock’s Legal and Compliance Department.
I. SCOPE OF COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES
The Committee shall have the responsibility for determining how to address proxy votes made on behalf of all BlackRock clients, except for clients who have retained the right to vote their own proxies, either generally or on any specific matter. In so doing, the Committee shall seek to ensure that proxy votes are made in the best interests of clients, and that proxy votes are determined in a manner free from unwarranted or inappropriate influences. The Committee shall also oversee the overall administration of proxy voting for BlackRock accounts.7
The Committee shall establish BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines, with such advice, participation and research as the Committee deems appropriate from portfolio managers, proxy voting services or other knowledgeable interested parties. As it is anticipated that there will not necessarily be a “right” way to vote proxies on any given issue applicable to all facts and circumstances, the Committee shall also be responsible for determining how the proxy voting guidelines will be applied to specific proxy votes, in light of each issuer’s unique structure, management, strategic options and, in certain circumstances, probable economic and other anticipated consequences of alternative actions. In so doing, the Committee may determine to vote a particular proxy in a manner contrary to its generally stated guidelines.
The Committee may determine that the subject matter of certain proxy issues are not suitable for general voting guidelines and requires a case-by-case determination, in which case the Committee may elect not to adopt a specific voting guideline applicable to such issues. BlackRock believes that certain proxy voting issues – such as approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions – require investment analysis akin to investment decisions, and are therefore not suitable for general guidelines. The Committee may elect to adopt a common BlackRock position on certain proxy votes that are akin to investment decisions, or determine to permit portfolio managers to make individual decisions on how best to maximize economic value for the accounts for which they are responsible (similar to normal buy/sell investment decisions made by such portfolio managers).8
While it is expected that BlackRock, as a fiduciary, will generally seek to vote proxies over which BlackRock exercises voting authority in a uniform manner for all BlackRock clients, the Committee, in conjunction with the portfolio manager of an account, may determine that the specific circumstances of such account require that such account’s proxies be voted differently due to such account’s investment objective or other factors that differentiate it from other accounts. In addition, on proxy votes that are akin to investment decisions, BlackRock believes portfolio managers may from time to time legitimately reach differing but equally valid views, as fiduciaries for BlackRock’s clients, on how best to maximize economic value in respect of a particular investment.
 
6   Subject to the Proxy Voting Policies of Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Company FSB, the Committee may also function jointly as the Proxy Voting Committee for Merrill Lynch Bank & Trust Company FSB trust accounts managed by personnel dually-employed by BlackRock.
 
7   The Committee may delegate day-to-day administrative responsibilities to other BlackRock personnel and/or outside service providers, as appropriate.
 
8   The Committee will normally defer to portfolio managers on proxy votes that are akin to investment decisions except for proxy votes that involve a material conflict of interest, in which case it will determine, in its discretion, the appropriate voting process so as to address such conflict.

D-19


Table of Contents

The Committee will also be responsible for ensuring the maintenance of records of each proxy vote, as required by Advisers Act Rule 204-2.9 All records will be maintained in accordance with applicable law. Except as may be required by applicable legal requirements, or as otherwise set forth herein, the Committee’s determinations and records shall be treated as proprietary, nonpublic and confidential.
The Committee shall be assisted by other BlackRock personnel, as may be appropriate. In particular, the Committee has delegated to the BlackRock Operations Department responsibility for monitoring corporate actions and ensuring that proxy votes are submitted in a timely fashion. The Operations Department shall ensure that proxy voting issues are promptly brought to the Committee’s attention and that the Committee’s proxy voting decisions are appropriately disseminated and implemented.
To assist BlackRock in voting proxies, the Committee may retain the services of a firm providing such services. BlackRock has currently retained Risk Metrics Group, Inc. in that role. Risk Metrics Group, Inc. is an independent adviser that specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. The services provided to BlackRock may include, but are not limited to, in-depth research, voting recommendations (which the Committee is not obligated to follow), vote execution, and recordkeeping.
II. SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
               A. Routine Consents
BlackRock may be asked from time to time to consent to an amendment to, or grant a waiver under, a loan agreement, partnership agreement, indenture or other governing document of a specific financial instrument held by BlackRock clients. BlackRock will generally treat such requests for consents not as “proxies” subject to these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures but as investment matters to be dealt with by the responsible BlackRock investment professionals, provided that such consents (i) do not relate to the election of a board of directors or appointment of auditors of a public company, and (ii) either (A) would not otherwise materially affect the structure, management or control of a public company, or (B) relate to a company in which BlackRock clients hold only interests in bank loans or debt securities and are consistent with customary standards and practices for such instruments.
               B. Securities on Loan
Registered investment companies that are advised by BlackRock as well as certain of our advisory clients may participate in securities lending programs. Under most securities lending arrangements, securities on loan may not be voted by the lender (unless the loan is recalled). BlackRock believes that each client has the right to determine whether participating in a securities lending program enhances returns, to contract with the securities lending agent of its choice and to structure a securities lending program, through its lending agent, that balances any tension between loaning and voting securities in a matter that satisfies such client. If client has decided to participate in a securities lending program, BlackRock will therefore defer to the client’s determination and not attempt to seek recalls solely for the purpose of voting routine proxies as this could impact the returns received from securities lending and make the client a less desirable lender in a marketplace. Where a client retains a lending agent that is unaffiliated with BlackRock, BlackRock will generally not seek to vote proxies relating to securities on loan because
 
9   The Committee may delegate the actual maintenance of such records to an outside service provider. Currently, the Committee has delegated the maintenance of such records to Institutional Shareholder Services.

D-20


Table of Contents

BlackRock does not have a contractual right to recall such loaned securities for the purpose of voting proxies. Where BlackRock or an affiliate acts as the lending agent, BlackRock will also generally not seek to recall loaned securities for proxy voting purposes, unless the portfolio manager responsible for the account or the Committee determines that voting the proxy is in the client’s best interest and requests that the security be recalled.
               C. Voting Proxies for Non-US Companies
While the proxy voting process is well established in the United States, voting proxies of non-US companies frequently involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include (but are not limited to): (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “shareblocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; and (vi) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions.
As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies of non-US companies only on a “best-efforts” basis. In addition, the Committee may determine that it is generally in the best interests of BlackRock clients not to vote proxies of companies in certain countries if the Committee determines that the costs (including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with shareblocking constraints) associated with exercising a vote generally are expected to outweigh the benefit the client will derive by voting on the issuer’s proposal. If the Committee so determines in the case of a particular country, the Committee (upon advice from BlackRock portfolio managers) may override such determination with respect to a particular issuer’s shareholder meeting if the Committee believes the benefits of seeking to exercise a vote at such meeting outweighs the costs, in which case BlackRock will seek to vote on a best-efforts basis.
               D. Securities Sold After Record Date
With respect to votes in connection with securities held on a particular record date but sold from a client account prior to the holding of the related meeting, BlackRock may take no action on proposals to be voted on in such meeting.
               E. Conflicts of Interest
From time to time, BlackRock may be required to vote proxies in respect of an issuer that is an affiliate of BlackRock (a “BlackRock Affiliate”), or a money management or other client of BlackRock (a “BlackRock Client”).10 In such event, provided that the Committee is aware of the real or potential conflict, the following procedures shall apply:
  1.        The Committee intends to adhere to the voting guidelines set forth herein for all proxy issues including matters involving BlackRock Affiliates and BlackRock Clients. If, however, the matter to be voted on represents a non-routine matter that is material to a BlackRock Affiliate or a BlackRock Client and the Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Committee may, in its discretion for the purposes of ensuring that an independent determination is reached, retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of BlackRock’s clients; and
 
10   Such issuers may include investment companies for which BlackRock provides investment advisory, administrative and/or other services.

D-21


Table of Contents

  2.        if the Committee determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with the BlackRock Portfolio Management Group and/or the BlackRock Legal and Compliance Department and concluding that the vote cast is in the client’s best interest notwithstanding the conflict.
III. VOTING GUIDELINES
The Committee has determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of BlackRock’s clients to adopt the following voting guidelines, which represent the Committee’s usual voting position on certain recurring proxy issues that are not expected to involve unusual circumstances. With respect to any particular proxy issue, however, the Committee may elect to vote differently than a voting guideline if the Committee determines that doing so is, in the Committee’s judgment, in the best interest of its clients. The guidelines may be reviewed at any time upon the request of any Committee member and may be amended or deleted upon the vote of a majority of voting Committee members present at a Committee meeting for which there is a quorum.
          A. Boards of Directors
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders relating to the composition of the Board of Directors of companies other than investment companies. As a general matter, the Committee believes that a company’s Board of Directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to important, nonpublic information regarding a company’s business and prospects, and is therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee management. The Committee therefore believes that the foundation of good corporate governance is the election of qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, the Committee may look at a Director nominee’s history of representing shareholder interests as a director of other companies, or other factors to the extent the Committee deems relevant.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
         
#   VOTE and DESCRIPTION
A.1   FOR nominees for director of United States companies in uncontested elections, except for nominees who
 
 
    have missed at least two meetings and, as a result, attended less than 75% of meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees the previous year, unless the nominee missed the meeting(s) due to illness or company business
 
    voted to implement or renew a “dead-hand” poison pill
 
    ignored a shareholder proposal that was approved by either a majority of the shares outstanding in any year or by the majority of votes cast for two consecutive years
 
    failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders have tendered their shares
 
    are corporate insiders who serve on the audit, compensation or nominating committees or on a full Board that does not have such committees composed exclusively of independent directors

D-22


Table of Contents

         
#   VOTE and DESCRIPTION
 
    on a case-by-case basis, have served as directors of other companies with allegedly poor corporate governance
 
    sit on more than six boards of public companies
 
       
A.2   FOR nominees for directors of non-U.S. companies in uncontested elections, except for nominees from whom the Committee determines to withhold votes due to the nominees’ poor records of representing shareholder interests, on a case-by-case basis
 
       
A.3   FOR proposals to declassify Boards of Directors, except where there exists a legitimate purpose for classifying boards
 
       
A.4   AGAINST proposals to classify Boards of Directors, except where there exists a legitimate purpose for classifying boards
 
       
A.5   AGAINST proposals supporting cumulative voting
 
       
A.6   FOR proposals eliminating cumulative voting
 
       
A.7   FOR proposals supporting confidential voting
 
       
A.8   FOR proposals seeking election of supervisory board members
 
       
A.9   AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking additional representation of women and/or minorities generally (i.e., not specific individuals) to a Board of Directors
 
       
A.10   AGAINST shareholder proposals for term limits for directors
 
       
A.11   FOR shareholder proposals to establish a mandatory retirement age for directors who attain the age of 72 or older
 
       
A.12   AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock
 
       
A.13   FOR proposals requiring a majority of independent directors on a Board of Directors
 
       
A.14   FOR proposals to allow a Board of Directors to delegate powers to a committee or committees
 
       
A.15   FOR proposals to require audit, compensation and/or nominating committees of a Board of Directors to consist exclusively of independent directors
 
       
A.16   AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to prohibit a single person from occupying the roles of chairman and chief executive officer or shareholder proposals requiring the position of chair be filled by an independent director
 
       
A.17   FOR proposals to elect account inspectors
 
       
A.18   FOR proposals to fix the membership of a Board of Directors at a specified size
 
       
A.19   FOR proposals permitting shareholder ability to nominate directors directly
 
       
A.20   AGAINST proposals to eliminate shareholder ability to nominate directors directly
 
       
A.21   FOR proposals permitting shareholder ability to remove directors directly
 
       
A.22   AGAINST proposals to eliminate shareholder ability to remove directors directly

D-23


Table of Contents

         
#   VOTE and DESCRIPTION
A.23   FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s by-laws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats
 
       
A.24   AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat
 
       
A.25   AGAINST proposals to eliminate entirely directors’ and officers’ liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care
 
       
A.26   AGAINST indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to liability for acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than mere carelessness
 
       
A.27   AGAINST proposals that would expand the scope of indemnification to provide for mandatory indemnification of company officials in connection with acts that previously the company was permitted to provide indemnification for at the discretion of the company’s board (i.e. “permissive indemnification”), but that previously the company was not required to indemnify
 
       
A.28   FOR only those proposals providing such expanded coverage in cases when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if both of the following apply:

If the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company; and
If only the director’s legal expenses would be covered
 
       
A.29   AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause
 
       
A.30   FOR proposals to restore shareholders’ ability to remove directors with or without cause
 
       
A.31   AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies
 
       
A.32   FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies, provided that it is understood that investment company directors may fill Board vacancies as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended
          B. Auditors
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the Committee believes that corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Committee will generally defer to a corporation’s choice

D-24


Table of Contents

of auditor, in individual cases, the Committee may look at an auditors’ history of representing shareholder interests as auditor of other companies, to the extent the Committee deems relevant.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
         
B.1   FOR approval of independent auditors, except for
 
 
    auditors that have a financial interest in, or material association with, the company they are auditing, and are therefore believed by the Committee not to be independent
 
    auditors who have rendered an opinion to any company which in the Committee’s opinion is either not consistent with best accounting practices or not indicative of the company’s financial situation
 
    on a case-by-case basis, auditors who in the Committee’s opinion provide a significant amount of non-audit services to the company
 
       
B.2   FOR proposals seeking authorization to fix the remuneration of auditors
 
       
B.3   FOR approving internal statutory auditors
 
       
B.4   FOR proposals for audit firm rotation, except for proposals that would require rotation after a period of less than 5 years
          C. Compensation and Benefits
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the Committee favors disclosure of a company’s compensation and benefit policies and opposes excessive compensation, but believes that compensation matters are normally best determined by a corporation’s board of directors, rather than shareholders. Proposals to “micro-manage” a company’s compensation practices or to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits will therefore generally not be supported.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
     
C.1
  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATION OF ISS on compensation plans if the ISS recommendation is based solely on whether or not the company’s plan satisfies the allowable cap as calculated by ISS. If the recommendation of ISS is based on factors other than whether the plan satisfies the allowable cap the Committee will analyze the particular proposed plan. This policy applies to amendments of plans as well as to initial approvals.
 
   
C.2
  FOR proposals to eliminate retirement benefits for outside directors
 
   
C.3
  AGAINST proposals to establish retirement benefits for outside directors
 
   
C.4
  FOR proposals approving the remuneration of directors or of supervisory board members
 
   
C.5
  AGAINST proposals to reprice stock options
 
   
C.6
  FOR proposals to approve employee stock purchase plans that apply to all employees. This policy applies to proposals to amend ESPPs if the plan as amended applies to all employees.

D-25


Table of Contents

     
C.7
  FOR proposals to pay retirement bonuses to directors of Japanese companies unless the directors have served less than three years
 
   
C.8
  AGAINST proposals seeking to pay outside directors only in stock
 
   
C.9
  FOR proposals seeking further disclosure of executive pay or requiring companies to report on their supplemental executive retirement benefits
 
   
C.10
  AGAINST proposals to ban all future stock or stock option grants to executives
 
   
C.11
  AGAINST option plans or grants that apply to directors or employees of “related companies” without adequate disclosure of the corporate relationship and justification of the option policy
 
   
C.12
  FOR proposals to exclude pension plan income in the calculation of earnings used in determining executive bonuses/compensation
 
   
C.13
  FOR shareholder proposals – based on a case-by-case analysis – that request the Board to establish a pay-for-superior performance standard in the company’s executive compensation plan for senior executives
 
   
C.14
  AGAINST executive compensation plans in which there is a no connection between the CEO’s pay and company performance (e.g., the plan calls for an increase in pay and when there has been a decrease in company performance
 
   
C.15
  WITHHOLD votes from the Compensation Committee members when company compensation plan has no connection between executive pay and company performance
 
   
C.16
  FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table
 
   
C.17
  FOR shareholder proposals seeking disclosure regarding the company, Board, or Board committee’s use of compensation consultants, such as company name, business relationship(s) and fees paid
 
   
C.18
  AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount or form of compensation
 
   
C.19
  FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts
 
   
C.20
  FOR shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans
 
   
C.21
  FOR shareholder proposals requesting to limit the executive benefits provided under the company’s supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) by limiting covered compensation to a senior executive’s annual salary and excluding all incentive or bonus pay from the SERP’s definition of covered compensation used to establish such benefits

D-26


Table of Contents

     
C.22
  AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:
 
 
  The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;
 
  The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options without prior shareholder approval;
 
  There is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance; and/or
 
  The plan is a vehicle for poor compensation practices
 
   
C.23
  FOR equity plans for non-employee director on a case-by-case basis based on the structure of the plan
 
   
C.24
  AGAINST plans if the company has a history of repricing options without shareholder approval, and the applicable listing standards would not preclude them from doing so
 
   
C.25
  FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote
          D. Capital Structure
These proposals relate to various requests, principally from management, for approval of amendments that would alter the capital structure of a company, such as an increase in authorized shares. As a general matter, the Committee will support requests that it believes enhance the rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
     
D.1
  AGAINST proposals seeking authorization to issue shares without preemptive rights except for issuances up to 10% of a non-US company’s total outstanding capital
 
   
D.2
  FOR management proposals seeking preemptive rights or seeking authorization to issue shares with preemptive rights
 
   
D.3
  FOR management proposals approving share repurchase programs
 
   
D.4
  FOR management proposals to split a company’s stock
 
   
D.5
  FOR management proposals to denominate or authorize denomination of securities or other obligations or assets in Euros
 
   
D.6
  FOR proposals requiring a company to expense stock options (unless the company has already publicly committed to do so by a certain date)

D-27


Table of Contents

     
D.7
  AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights
 
   
D.8
  AGAINST proposals at companies with dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of stock that has superior voting rights
 
   
D.9
  FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or sub-voting common stock if:
 
   
 
  It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders; and
 
   
 
  It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder
 
   
D.10
  AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock)
 
   
D.11
  FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable
 
   
D.12
  FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced
 
   
D.13
  FOR management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid delisting
 
   
D.14
  FOR management proposals to increase the common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend
 
   
D.15
  FOR management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms
     E. Corporate Charter and By-Laws
These proposals relate to various requests for approval of amendments to a corporation’s charter or by-laws, principally for the purpose of adopting or redeeming “poison pills”. As a general matter, the Committee will oppose poison pill provisions unless, after consultation with the portfolio managers, it is determined that supporting the poison pill is in the best interest of the client.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:

D-28


Table of Contents

     
E.1
  AGAINST proposals seeking to adopt a poison pill
 
   
E.2
  FOR proposals seeking to redeem a poison pill
 
   
E.3
  FOR proposals seeking to have poison pills submitted to shareholders for ratification
 
   
E.4
  FOR management proposals to change the company’s name
 
   
E.5
  AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote
 
   
E.6
  FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements
 
   
E.7
  AGAINST proposals giving the board exclusive authority to amend the bylaws
 
   
E.8
  FOR proposals giving the board the ability to amend the bylaws in addition to shareholders
 
   
E.9
  CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation, taking into consideration both financial and corporate governance concerns, including:
 
   
 
 
- The reasons for reincorporating
 
   
 
 
- A comparison of the governance provisions
 
   
 
 
- Comparative economic benefits, and
 
   
 
 
- A comparison of the jurisdiction laws
 
   
E.10
  FOR re-incorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral
or negative governance changes
 
   
E.11
  FOR proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with rights of appraisal
     F. Corporate Meetings
These are routine proposals relating to various requests regarding the formalities of corporate meetings.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
     
F.1
  AGAINST proposals that seek authority to act on “any other business that may arise”
 
   
F.2
  FOR proposals designating two shareholders to keep minutes of the meeting
 
   
F.3
  FOR proposals concerning accepting or approving financial statements and statutory reports
 
   
F.4
  FOR proposals approving the discharge of management and the supervisory board

D-29


Table of Contents

     
 
   
F.5
  FOR proposals approving the allocation of income and the dividend
 
   
F.6
  FOR proposals seeking authorization to file required documents/other formalities
 
   
F.7
  FOR proposals to authorize the corporate board to ratify and execute approved resolutions
 
   
F.8
  FOR proposals appointing inspectors of elections
 
   
F.9
  FOR proposals electing a chair of the meeting
 
   
F.10
  FOR proposals to permit “virtual” shareholder meetings over the Internet
 
   
F.11
  AGAINST proposals to require rotating sites for shareholder meetings
 
   
F.12
  AGAINST proposals that are substantially duplicative (i.e., shareholder proposals that are unnecessary because a management proposal serves the same purpose)
     G. Investment Companies
These proposals relate to proxy issues that are associated solely with holdings of shares of investment companies, including, but not limited to, investment companies for which BlackRock provides investment advisory, administrative and/or other services. As with other types of companies, the Committee believes that a fund’s Board of Directors (rather than its shareholders) is best-positioned to set fund policy and oversee management. However, the Committee opposes granting Boards of Directors authority over certain matters, such as changes to a fund’s investment objective that the Investment Company Act of 1940 envisions will be approved directly by shareholders.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
     
G.1
  FOR nominees for director of mutual funds in uncontested elections, except for nominees who
 
   
 
 
• have missed at least two meetings and, as a result, attended less than 75% of meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees the previous year, unless the nominee missed the meeting due to illness or fund business
 
   
 
 
• ignore a shareholder proposal that was approved by either a majority of the shares outstanding in any year or by the majority of votes cast for two consecutive years
 
   
 
 
• are interested directors who serve on the audit or nominating committees or on a full Board that does not have such committees composed exclusively of independent directors
 
   
 
 
• on a case-by-case basis, have served as directors of companies with allegedly poor corporate governance
 
   
G.2
  FOR the establishment of new series or classes of shares
 
   
G.3
  AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective to nonfundamental
 
   
G.4
  FOR proposals to establish a master-feeder structure or authorizing the Board to approve a master-feeder structure without a further shareholder vote

D-30


Table of Contents

     
G.5
  AGAINST a shareholder proposal for the establishment of a director ownership requirement
 
   
G.6
  FOR classified boards of closed-end investment companies
 
   
G.6
  AGAINST removal of shareholder approval requirement to reorganize or terminate the trust or any of its series
     H. Environmental and Social Issues
These are shareholder proposals to limit corporate conduct in some manner that relates to the shareholder’s environmental or social concerns. The Committee generally believes that annual shareholder meetings are inappropriate forums for the discussion of larger social issues, and opposes shareholder resolutions “micromanaging” corporate conduct or requesting release of information that would not help a shareholder evaluate an investment in the corporation as an economic matter. While the Committee is generally supportive of proposals to require corporate disclosure of matters that seem relevant and material to the economic interests of shareholders, the Committee is generally not supportive of proposals to require disclosure of corporate matters for other purposes.
The Committee’s general policy is to vote:
     
H.1
  AGAINST proposals seeking to have companies adopt international codes of conduct
 
   
H.2
  AGAINST proposals seeking to have companies provide non-required analyses, information statements or reports in the following areas unless there are compelling investment reasons to request such reports:
 
   
 
 
- environmental liabilities;
 
   
 
 
- bank lending policies;
 
   
 
 
- corporate political contributions or activities;
 
   
 
 
- alcohol and tobacco advertising and efforts to discourage use of such products by minors or other groups;
 
   
 
 
- costs and risk of doing business in any individual country or the standards of operations in such country;
 
   
 
 
- involvement in nuclear defense systems or other military products;
 
   
 
 
- animal welfare standards;
 
   
 
 
- pricing policies;
 
   
 
 
- the use of certain commodities, genetically modified materials or chemicals;
 
   
 
 
- sustainability and other perceived political, environmental or social issues that do not directly relate to the economic operations of the company;
 
   
 
 
- charitable contributions made by the company
 
   
H.3
  AGAINST proposals requesting reports on Maquiladora operations or on
CERES principles
 
   
H.4
  AGAINST proposals seeking implementation of the CERES principles

D-31


Table of Contents

     
H.5
  FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the impact of climate change on the company’s operations unless:
 
   
 
 
- The company already provides current, publicly available information on the perceived impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated policies and procedures to address such risks and/or opportunities;
 
   
 
 
- The company’s level of disclosure is comparable to or better than information provided by industry peers; and
 
   
 
 
-There are no significant fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance
 
   
H.6
  AGAINST proposals that call for reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by specified amounts or within a restrictive time frame unless the company lags industry standards and has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation resulting from greenhouse gas emissions
 
   
H.7
  FOR resolutions requesting that companies outline their preparations to comply with standards established by Kyoto Protocol signatory markets unless:
 
   
 
 
-The company does not maintain operations in Kyoto signatory markets;
 
   
 
 
-The company already evaluates and substantially discloses such information;
 
   
 
 
-Greenhouse gas emissions do not significantly impact the company’s core businesses; or
 
   
 
 
-The company is not required to comply with the Kyoto Protocol standards
 
   
H.8
  AGAINST resolutions that request the disclosure of detailed information on a company’s policies related to land use or development unless the company has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation stemming from its land use
 
   
H.9
  AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the company’s political contributions as such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders
 
   
H.10
  AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage
 
   
H.11
  AGAINST proposals restricting the company from making charitable contributions. Charitable contributions are generally useful for assisting worthwhile causes and for creating goodwill in the community. In the absence of bad faith, self-dealing, or gross negligence, management should determine which contributions are in the best interests of the company
 
   
H.12
  AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders

D-32


Table of Contents

     
 
   
H.13
  AGAINST proposals that would call for the adoption of specific committee charter language regarding diversity initiatives unless the company fails to publicly disclose existing equal opportunity or non-discrimination policies
 
   
H.14
  AGAINST proposals seeking information on the diversity efforts of suppliers and service providers, which can pose a significant cost and administrative burden on the company
 
   
H.15
  FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement in order to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company
 
   
H.16
  AGAINST proposals to exclude references to sexual orientation, interests, or activities from a company’s EEO statement
 
   
H.17
  AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Benefits decisions should be left to the discretion of the company
 
   
H.18
  AGAINST proposals to take specific actions or adopt policies that require the company to support legislation to:
 
   
 
 
-label or identify products in a certain manner;
 
   
 
 
-study or evaluate the use of certain company products;
 
   
 
 
-increase animal welfare standards to above those required by law; or
 
   
 
 
-engage in political, environmental or social activities that do not directly relate to the economic operations of the company
 
   
H.19
  CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting an economic risk assessment of environmental performance, considering:
 
   
 
 
- The feasibility of financially quantifying environmental risk factors;
 
   
 
 
- The company’s compliance with applicable legislation and/or regulations regarding environmental performance;
 
   
 
 
- The costs associated with implementing improved standards;
 
   
 
 
- The potential costs associated with remediation resulting from poor environmental performance; and
 
   
 
 
- The current level of disclosure on environmental policies and initiatives
 
   
H.20
  FOR requests for reports disclosing the company’s environmental policies unless it already has well-documented environmental management systems that are available to the public
H.21
  CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing, considering:
 
   
 
 
- Risks associated with certain international markets;
 
   
 
 
- The utility of such a report to shareholders; and
 
   
 
 
- The existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that applies to international operations
 
   
H.22
  CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company’s operations in a particular country and steps to protect human rights, based on:

D-33


Table of Contents

     
 
 
- The nature and amount of company business in that country;
 
   
 
 
- The company’s workplace code of conduct;
 
   
 
 
- Proprietary and confidential information involved;
 
   
 
 
- Company compliance with U.S. regulations on investing in the country; and/or
 
   
 
 
- Level of peer company involvement in the country
 
   
H.23
  CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement certain human rights standards at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside, independent monitoring. In evaluating these proposals, the following should be considered:
 
   
 
 
- The company’s current workplace code of conduct or adherence to other global standards and the degree they meet the standards promulgated by the proponent;
 
   
 
 
- Agreements with foreign suppliers to meet certain workplace standards;
 
   
 
 
- Whether company and vendor facilities are monitored and how;
 
   
 
 
- Company participation in fair labor organizations;
 
   
 
 
- Type of business;
 
   
 
 
- Proportion of business conducted overseas;
 
   
 
 
- Countries of operation with known human rights abuses;
 
   
 
 
- Whether the company has been recently involved in significant labor and human rights controversies or violations;
 
   
 
 
- Peer company standards and practices; and
 
   
 
 
- Union presence in company’s international factories
IV. NOTICE TO CLIENTS
BlackRock will make records of any proxy vote it has made on behalf of a client available to such client upon request.11 BlackRock will use its best efforts to treat proxy votes of clients as confidential, except as it may decide to best serve its clients’ interests or as may be necessary to effect such votes or as may be required by law.
BlackRock encourages clients with an interest in particular proxy voting issues to make their views known to BlackRock, provided that, in the absence of specific written direction from a client on how to vote that client’s proxies, BlackRock reserves the right to vote any proxy in a manner it deems in the best interests of its clients, as it determines in its sole discretion.
These policies are as of the date indicated on the cover hereof. The Committee may subsequently amend these policies at any time, without notice.
 
11   Such request may be made to the client’s portfolio or relationship manager or addressed in writing to Secretary, BlackRock Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, Legal and Compliance Department, BlackRock Inc., 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10022.

D-34


Table of Contents

Columbia Management Adviser, LLC
Proxy Voting Policy
     
Last Review Date:   March 2009
Applicable Regulatory Authority:
  Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940
Form N-PX
 
  ERISA Department of Labor Bulletin 08-2
 
  Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (SEC No Action Letter dated
September 15, 2004)
Explanation/Summary of Regulatory Requirements
An investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxies must adopt written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that those proxies are voted in the best economic interests of clients. An adviser’s policies and procedures must address how the adviser resolves material conflicts of interest between its interests and those of its clients. An investment adviser must comply with certain record keeping and disclosure requirements with respect to its proxy voting responsibilities. In addition, an investment adviser to Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) accounts has an affirmative obligation to vote proxies for an ERISA account, unless the client expressly retains proxy voting authority.
Policy Summary
Columbia Management Advisors, LLC (“CMA”) has adopted and implemented the following policy, which it believes is reasonably designed to: (1) ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients; and (2) address material conflicts of interest that may arise. This policy applies primarily to the Global Wealth and Investment Management (“GWIM”) Investment Operations Group, the Investment groups (particularly, Equity and Chief Investment Officer’s Office), as well as to Compliance Risk Management (“CRM”) and Legal. CRM and Business groups to which this policy directly applies must adopt written procedures to implement this Policy.
Policy
All proxies regarding client securities for which CMA has authority to vote will, unless CMA determines in accordance with policies stated below to refrain from voting, be voted in a manner considered by CMA to be in the best interest of CMA’s clients without regard to any resulting benefit or detriment to CMA, its associates, or its affiliates. The best interest of clients is defined for this purpose as the interest of enhancing or protecting the economic value of client accounts, considered as a group rather than individually, as CMA determines in its sole and absolute discretion. In the event a client believes that its other interests require a different vote, CMA will vote as the client clearly instructs, provided CMA receives such instructions in time to act accordingly. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential. Therefore, the information may be shared on a need to know basis only, including within CMA and with CMA affiliates. Advisory clients, including mutual funds’ and other funds’ boards, may obtain information on how their proxies were voted by CMA. However, CMA will

D-35


Table of Contents

not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records to third parties. Rather, the investment company clients’ proxy records will be disclosed to shareholders by publicly-available annual filings for 12-month periods ending each year on June 30th on Form N-PX.
CMA endeavors to vote, in accordance with this Policy, all proxies of which it becomes aware prior to the vote deadline date, subject to certain general exceptions described below.
CMA seeks to avoid the occurrence of actual or apparent material conflicts of interest in the proxy voting process by voting in accordance with predetermined voting guidelines and observing other procedures that are intended to prevent where practicable and manage conflicts of interest (refer to Conflicts of Interest section below). CMA’s proxy voting policy and practices are summarized in its Form ADV. Additionally, CMA will provide clients with a copy of its policies, as they may be updated from time to time, upon request.
Means of Achieving Compliance
The Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the proxy voting process. The Proxy Group’s monitoring will take into account the following elements: (1) periodic review of the proxy vendor’s votes to ensure that the proxy vendor is accurately voting consistent with CMA’s Voting Guidelines; and (2) review of the Columbia Funds’ fund website to ensure that annual proxy voting reports are posted in a timely and accurate manner. CMA has established a Proxy Committee which is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process.
The specific responsibilities of the Proxy Committee and scope of its oversight are described in the Proxy Committee’s charter.
CMA’S INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES’RESPONSIBILITIES
Under CMA’s Voting Guidelines, certain matters must be determined on a case-by-case basis. In general, the Proxy Group within GWIM Investment Operations will refer these matters first to the relevant CMA research analyst after first confirming that the proxy matter does not present a potential conflict to CMA. If there is not a research analyst assigned to the particular security, the matter will be referred to the appropriate portfolio manager.
In considering a particular proxy matter, the research analyst or portfolio manager must vote in the clients’ best interest as defined above. Information regarding CMA’s proxy voting decisions is confidential information. Therefore, research analysts and portfolio managers generally must not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of CMA and within CMA except on a need to know basis only.
Research analysts and portfolio managers must discharge their responsibilities consistent with the obligations set forth below (refer to Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures). A research analyst or portfolio manager must disclose in writing any inappropriate attempt to influence their recommendation or any other personal interest that they have with the issuer (see Appendix B — Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form). For each Proxy Referral (defined below), the research analyst or portfolio manager is responsible for memorializing their recommendation on the Proxy Voting Recommendation Form (see Appendix C) and communicating their recommendation to the Proxy Group.
Research analysts and portfolio managers should seek advice from CRM or Legal with respect to any questions that they have regarding personal conflicts of interests, communications regarding proxies, or other related matters.

D-36


Table of Contents

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
For purposes of this policy, a material conflict of interest is a relationship or activity engaged in by CMA, a CMA affiliate12, or a CMA associate that creates an incentive (or appearance thereof) to favor the interests of CMA, the affiliate, or associate, rather than the clients’ interests. However, a material conflict of interest is not automatically created when there is a relationship or activity engaged in by a CMA affiliate, but there is a possibility that a CMA affiliate could cause a conflict. CMA may have a conflict of interest if either CMA has a significant business relationship with a company that is soliciting a proxy, or if a CMA associate involved in the proxy voting decision-making process has a significant personal or family relationship with the particular company. A conflict of interest is considered to be “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence CMA’s decision on the particular vote at issue. In all cases where there is deemed to be a material conflict of interest, CMA will seek to resolve said conflict in the clients’ best interests.
For those proxy proposals that: (1) are not addressed by CMA’s proxy voting guidelines; (2) the guidelines specify the issue must be evaluated and determined on a case-by-case basis; or (3) a CMA investment associate believes that an exception to the guidelines may be in the best economic interest of CMA’s clients (collectively, “Proxy Referrals”), CMA may vote the proxy, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures set forth below.
In the case of Proxy Referrals, CRM identifies companies with which CMA has a significant business relationships and Proxy Referrals of such companies will be voted consistent with CMA’s conflicts management procedures described below. For Proxy Referrals that do not involve companies with which CMA has a significant business relationship the relevant CMA investment personnel (i.e. research analyst, portfolio manager, members of Proxy Committee) involved in the particular Proxy Referral must report any personal conflict of interest circumstances (e.g., relationships with nominees for directorship, members of an issuer’s or dissident’s management or otherwise, unusual communications with parties outside the investment organization concerning a proxy matter) to Columbia Management’s Conflicts of Interest Officer in writing (see Appendix B). In the event any member of the Proxy Committee has a conflict of interest regarding a given matter, he or she will abstain from participating in the Committee’s determination of whether and/or how to vote in the matter.
If the Proxy Committee, the Chairperson of the Proxy Committee, or the Conflicts Officer determines that a proxy matter presents a material conflict of interest, CMA will invoke one or more of the following conflict management procedures:
    Causing the proxies to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent third party (which generally will be CMA’s proxy voting agent);
    Causing the proxies to be delegated to a qualified, independent third party, which may include CMA’s proxy voting agent; or
    In unusual cases, with the Client’s consent and upon ample notice, forwarding the proxies to CMA’s clients so that they may vote the proxies directly.
Affiliate Investment Companies and Public Companies
 
12   Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”), the ultimate corporate parent of CMA, Bank of America, N.A. and all of their numerous affiliates owns, operates and has interests in many lines of business that may create or give rise to the appearance of a conflict of interest between BAC or its affiliates and those of CMA-advised clients. For example, the commercial and investment banking business lines may have interests with respect to issuers of voting securities that could appear to or even actually conflict with CMA’s duty, in the proxy voting process, to act in the best economic interest of its clients.

D-37


Table of Contents

CMA considers (1) proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies for which CMA or an affiliate serves as an investment adviser or principal underwriter; and (2) proxies solicited by Bank of America Corporation (“BAC”) or other public companies within the BAC organization to present a material conflict of interest for CMA. Consequently, the proxies of such affiliates will be voted following one of the conflict management practices discussed above.
Management of Conflicts of Interest – Additional Procedures
In certain circumstances, CMA follows the proxy guidelines and uses other research services provided by the proxy vendor or another independent third party. CMA reviews its proxy vendor’s conflicts of interest procedures as part of its oversight of the proxy vendor’s services.
CMA and other BAC affiliates have adopted various other policies and procedures that help reinforce this Policy. Please see any associated documents.
Ownership Limits – Delegation of Proxy Voting to an Independent Third Party
From time to time, CMA may face regulatory or compliance limits on the types or amounts of voting securities that it may purchase or hold for client accounts. Among other limits, federal, state, foreign regulatory restrictions, or company-specific ownership limits may restrict the total percentage of an issuer’s voting securities that CMA can hold for clients (collectively, “Ownership Limits”).
The regulations or company-specific documents governing a number of these Ownership Limits often focus upon holdings in voting securities. As a result, in limited circumstances in order to comply with such Ownership Limits and/or internal policies designed to comply with such limits, CMA may delegate proxy voting in certain issuers to a qualified, independent third party, who may be CMA’s proxy voting agent.
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
A. CMA’s Proxy Voting Guidelines – General Practices.
The Proxy Committee has adopted the guidelines for voting proxies specified in Appendix A of this policy. CMA uses an independent, third-party proxy vendor to implement its proxy voting process as CMA’s proxy voting agent. In general, whenever a vote is solicited, the proxy vendor will execute the vote according to CMA’s Voting Guidelines.
B. Ability to Vote Proxies Other than as Provided by Voting Guidelines.
A Portfolio Manager or other party involved with a client’s account may conclude that the best interest of the firm’s client, as defined above, requires that a proxy be voted in a manner that differs from the predetermined proxy Voting Guidelines. In this situation, he or she will request in writing that the Proxy Committee consider voting the proxy other than according to such Guidelines and provide information as the Proxy Committee may request. The Proxy Committee may consider the matter, subject to the conflicts of interest procedures discussed above.
C. Other Proxy Matters
For the following categories, proxies will be voted as stated below:
1. New Proposals. For certain new proposals that are expected to be proposed to shareholders of multiple companies, the Proxy Committee may develop a Voting Guideline which will be incorporated into this Policy.

D-38


Table of Contents

2. Accounts Adhering to Taft Hartley Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to Taft Hartley principles will be voted according to the Taft Hartley Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor.
3. Accounts Adhering to Socially Responsible Principles. All proposals for accounts adhering to socially responsible principles will be voted according to the Socially Responsible Guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client.
4. Proxies of International Issuers. In general, CMA will refrain from voting securities in cases where international issuers impose share blocking restrictions. However, in the exceptional circumstances that CMA determines that it would be appropriate to vote such securities, all proposals for these securities will be voted only on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee and to the extent practicable in accordance with the Voting Guidelines set forth in this Policy. Additionally, proxies will typically not be voted in markets where powers of attorney are required to be executed in order to vote shares.
5. Proxies of Investment Company Shares. Proposals on issues other than affiliated investment companies (previously described) will be voted on the specific instruction of the Proxy Committee.
6. Proxy Referrals for Passive Index Accounts. Proxy Referrals for a security that is held only within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and not in any other account within CMA, shall be voted according to the guidelines developed by the proxy vendor or as specified by the client. However, if a security is held within a passive index account managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group and within another CMA-managed account (including without limitation an account actively managed by CMA’s Quantitative Strategies Group), all proposals, including Proxy Referrals, will be voted in accordance with the Voting Guidelines, subject to the other provisions of this Policy.
7. Proxy Voting for Securities on Loan. CMA generally votes in cases where shares have been loaned from actively managed Columbia Funds as long as the shares have been recalled in a timely manner. However, CMA generally does not vote shares that have been loaned from passively managed Columbia Index Funds. Other CMA clients may have their own stock loan programs and may or may not recall their shares for proxy voting.
Supervision
Managers and supervisory personnel are responsible for ensuring that their associates understand and follow this policy and any applicable procedures adopted by the business group to implement the policy. The Proxy Committee has ultimate responsibility for the implementation of this Policy.
Escalation
With the exception of conflicts of interest-related matters, issues arising under this policy should be escalated to the Proxy Committee. Issues involving potential or actual conflicts of interest should be promptly communicated to the Columbia Management Conflicts Officer.

D-39


Table of Contents

Monitoring/Oversight
CRM and/or Corporate Internal Audit Group perform periodic reviews and assessments of various lines of businesses, including a review of Columbia Management’s compliance with the Proxy Voting Policy.
Recordkeeping
CMA will create and maintain records of each investment company’s proxy record for 12-month periods ended June 30th. CMA will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting during the period covered by the annual report and for which CMA was entitled to vote:
    The name of the issuer of the security;
    The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);
    The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if number is available through reasonably practicable means);
    The shareholder meeting date;
    A brief identification of the matter voted on;
    Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;
    Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;
    How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding the election of directors); and
    Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.
Business groups and support partners are responsible for maintaining all records necessary to evidence compliance with this policy. The records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.
These records include:
     
Document   Responsible Party
Proxy Committee Meeting Minutes and Related Materials
  Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Proxy Vote Recommendation Form and Supporting Materials of Investment Management Personnel Concerning Proxy Decisions and Recommendations (or any other document created by CMA that was material to making a voting decision or that memorializes the basis for the voting decision)
  Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
 
Conflicts of Interest Review Documentation, including Conflicts of Interest Forms
  Compliance Risk Management
 
Client Communications Regarding Proxy Matters
  Client Service Group
 
Copy of Each Applicable Proxy Statement Unless it has been Filed with the SEC and may be Obtained from the SEC’s EDGAR System
  Proxy Group in GWIM Investment Operations
Records should be retained for a period of not less than six years plus the current year. Records must be retained in an appropriate office of CM for the first three years.

D-40


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A – CMA’s Proxy Voting Policy
CMA’S VOTING GUIDELINES
A. The Proxy Committee has adopted the following guidelines for voting proxies:
1. Matters Relating to the Board of Directors/Corporate Governance
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Proposals for the election of directors or for an increase or decrease in the number of directors, provided that no more than one-third of the Board of Directors would, presently or at any time during the previous three-year period, be from management.
 
      However, CMA generally will WITHHOLD votes from pertinent director nominees if:
  (i)   the board as proposed to be constituted would have more than one-third of its members from management;
  (ii)   the board does not have audit, nominating, and compensation committees composed solely of directors who qualify as being regarded as “independent,” i.e. having no material relationship, directly or indirectly, with the Company, as CMA’s proxy voting agent may determine (subject to the Proxy Committee’s contrary determination of independence or non-independence);
  (iii)   the nominee, as a member of the audit committee, permitted the company to incur excessive non-audit fees (as defined below regarding other business matters — ratification of the appointment of auditors);
  (iv)   a director serves on more than six public company boards;
  (v)   the CEO serves on more than two public company boards other than the company’s board.
      On a CASE-BY-CASE basis, CMA may WITHHOLD votes for a director nominee who has failed to observe good corporate governance practices or, through specific corporate action or inaction (e.g. failing to implement policies for which a majority of shareholders has previously cast votes in favor), has demonstrated a disregard for the interests of shareholders.
    Proposals requesting that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committee be composed solely of independent directors. The Audit Committee must satisfy the independence and experience requirements established by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange, or appropriate local requirements for foreign securities. At least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a “financial expert” in accordance with SEC rules.
    Proposals to declassify a board, absent special circumstances that would indicate that shareholder interests are better served by a classified board structure.
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Proposals to create or eliminate positions or titles for senior management. CMA generally prefers that the role of Chairman of the Board and CEO be held by different persons unless there are compelling reasons to vote AGAINST a proposal to separate these positions, such as the existence of a counter-balancing governance structure that includes at least the following elements in addition to applicable listing standards:
    Established governance standards and guidelines.

D-41


Table of Contents

    Full board composed of not less than two-thirds “independent” directors, as defined by applicable regulatory and listing standards.
    Compensation, as well as audit and nominating (or corporate governance) committees composed entirely of independent directors.
    A designated or rotating presiding independent director appointed by and from the independent directors with the authority and responsibility to call and preside at regularly and, as necessary, specially scheduled meetings of the independent directors to be conducted, unless the participating independent directors otherwise wish, in executive session with no members of management present.
    Disclosed processes for communicating with any individual director, the presiding independent director (or, alternatively, all of the independent directors, as a group) and the entire board of directors, as a group.
    The pertinent class of the Company’s voting securities has out-performed, on a three-year basis, both an appropriate peer group and benchmark index, as indicated in the performance summary table of the Company’s proxy materials. This requirement shall not apply if there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within the three-year period.
    Proposals that grant or restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
    Proposals to permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
    Proposals that encourage directors to own a minimum amount of company stock.
    Proposals to provide or to restore shareholder appraisal rights.
    Proposals to adopt cumulative voting.
    Proposals for the company to adopt confidential voting.
CMA will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for majority voting thresholds for director elections unless the company has adopted formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and/or provides an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.
CMA generally will vote AGAINST:
    Proposals to classify boards, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure.
    Proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board without shareholder approval.
    Proposals that provide directors may be removed only by supermajority vote.
    Proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.
    Proposals which allow more than one vote per share in the election of directors.
    Proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
    Proposals that mandate a minimum amount of company stock that directors must own.
    Proposals to limit the tenure of non-management directors.
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis in contested elections of directors.
CMA generally will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on board approved proposals relating to corporate governance. Such proposals include, but are not limited to:
    Reimbursement of proxy solicitation expenses taking into consideration whether or not CMA was in favor of the dissidents.
    Proxy contest advance notice. CMA generally will vote FOR proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals as close to the meeting date as possible while allowing for sufficient time for Company response, SEC review, and analysis by other shareholders.

D-42


Table of Contents

    CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis to indemnify directors and officers, and AGAINST proposals to indemnify external auditors.
    CMA will vote FOR the indemnification of internal auditors, unless the costs associated with the approval are not disclosed.
2. Compensation
CMA generally will vote FOR management sponsored compensation plans (such as bonus plans, incentive plans, stock option plans, pension and retirement benefits, stock purchase plans or thrift plans) if they are consistent with industry and country standards. However, CMA generally is opposed to compensation plans that substantially dilute ownership interest in a company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have objectionable structural features. Specifically, for equity-based plans, if the proposed number of shares authorized for option programs (excluding authorized shares for expired options) exceeds an average of 5% of the currently outstanding shares over the previous three years or an average of 3% over the previous three years for directors only, the proposal should be referred to the Proxy Committee. The Committee will then consider the circumstances surrounding the issue and vote in the best interest of CMA’s clients. CMA requires that management provide substantial justification for the repricing of options.
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Proposals requiring that executive severance arrangements be submitted for shareholder ratification.
    Proposals asking a company to expense stock options.
    Proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
    Employee stock purchase plans that have the following features: (i) the shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value, (ii) the offering period under the plan is 27 months or less, and (iii) dilution is 10% or less.
    Proposals for the remuneration of auditors if no more than 25% of the compensation costs comes from non audit activity.
CMA generally will vote AGAINST:
    Stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price, or that permit replacing or repricing of out-of-the money options.
    Proposals to authorize the replacement or repricing of out-of-the money options.
    Proposals requesting that plan administrators have advance authority to amend the terms of a plan without detailed disclosure of the specific amendments. When sufficient details are provided on the amendments permitted by the advance authority, CMA will recommend on such proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding approval of specific executive severance arrangements.
3. Capitalization
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Proposals to increase the authorized shares for stock dividends, stock splits (and reverse stock splits) or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover measure or a general issuance proposal increases the authorization by more than 30% without a clear need presented by the company. Proposals for reverse stock splits should include an overall reduction in authorization. For companies recognizing preemptive rights for existing shareholders, CMA generally will vote FOR general issuance proposals that increase the authorized shares by more than 30%. CMA will

D-43


Table of Contents

      vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis all such proposals by companies that do not recognize preemptive rights for existing shareholders.
    Proposals for the elimination of authorized but unissued shares or retirement of those shares purchased for sinking fund or treasury stock.
    Proposals to institute/renew open market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
    Proposals to reduce or change the par value of common stock, provided the number of shares is also changed in order to keep the capital unchanged.
CMA will evaluate on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals regarding:
    Management proposals that allow listed companies to de-list and terminate the registration of their common stock. CMA will determine whether the transaction enhances shareholder value by giving consideration to:
    Whether the company has attained benefits from being publicly traded.
 
    Cash-out value
 
    Balanced interests of continuing vs. cashed-out shareholders
 
    Market reaction to public announcement of transaction
4. Mergers, Restructurings and Other Transactions
CMA will review, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, business transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, liquidations, spinoffs, buyouts and sale of all or substantially all of a company’s assets.
5. Anti-Takeover Measures
CMA generally will vote AGAINST proposals intended largely to avoid acquisition prior to the occurrence of an actual event or to discourage acquisition by creating a cost constraint. With respect to the following measures, CMA generally will vote as follows:
Poison Pills
    CMA votes FOR shareholder proposals that ask a company to submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.
    CMA generally votes FOR shareholder proposals to eliminate a poison pill.
    CMA generally votes AGAINST management proposals to ratify a poison pill.
Greenmail
    CMA will vote FOR proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or to otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
Supermajority vote
    CMA will vote AGAINST board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures such as supermajority voting provisions, issuance of blank check preferred stock, the creation of a separate class of stock with disparate voting rights and charter amendments adopting control share acquisition provisions.
Control Share Acquisition Provisions
    CMA will vote FOR proposals to opt out of control share acquisition statutes.
6. Other Business Matters
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Bylaw amendments giving holders of at least 25% of outstanding common stock the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders.

D-44


Table of Contents

    Board governance document amendments or other proposals which give the lead independent director the authority to call special meetings of the independent directors at any time.
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Proposals to approve routine business matters such as changing the company’s name and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting such as approving the minutes of a prior meeting.
    Proposals to ratify the appointment of auditors, unless any of the following apply in which case CMA will generally vote AGAINST the proposal:
    Credible reason exists to question:
    The auditor’s independence, as determined by applicable regulatory requirements.
    The accuracy or reliability of the auditor’s opinion as to the company’s financial position.
    Fees paid to the auditor or its affiliates for “non-audit” services were excessive, i.e., in excess of the total fees paid for “audit,” “audit-related” and “tax compliance” and/or “tax return preparation” services, as disclosed in the company’s proxy materials.
    Bylaw or charter changes that are of a housekeeping nature (e.g., updates or corrections).
    Proposals to approve the annual reports and accounts provided the certifications required by the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 have been provided.
CMA generally will vote AGAINST:
    Proposals to eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent or call special meetings.
    Proposals providing management with authority to adjourn an annual or special shareholder meeting absent compelling reasons, or to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws without shareholder approval, or to vote unmarked proxies in favor of management.
    Shareholder proposals to change the date, time or location of the company’s annual meeting of shareholders.
CMA will vote AGAINST:
    Authorization to transact other unidentified substantive (as opposed to procedural) business at a meeting.
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis:
    Proposals to change the location of the company’s state of incorporation. CMA considers whether financial benefits (e.g., reduced fees or taxes) likely to accrue to the company as a result of a reincorporation or other change of domicile outweigh any accompanying material diminution of shareholder rights.
    Proposals on whether and how to vote on “bundled” or otherwise conditioned proposals, depending on the overall economic effects upon shareholders.
CMA generally will ABSTAIN from voting on shareholder proposals predominantly involving social, socio-economic, environmental, political or other similar matters on the basis that their impact on share value can rarely be anticipated with any high degree of confidence. CMA may, on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote:
    FOR proposals seeking inquiry and reporting with respect to, rather than cessation or affirmative implementation of, specific policies where the pertinent issue warrants separate communication to shareholders; and
    FOR or AGAINST the latter sort of proposal in light of the relative benefits and detriments (e.g. distraction, costs, other burdens) to share value which may be expected to flow from passage of the proposal.

D-45


Table of Contents

7. Other Matters Relating to Foreign Issues
CMA generally will vote FOR:
    Most stock (scrip) dividend proposals. CMA votes AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
    Proposals to capitalize the company’s reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase the par value of shares.
    Proposals to approve control and profit transfer agreements between a parent and its subsidiaries.
    Management proposals seeking the discharge of management and supervisory board members, unless there is concern about the past actions of the company’s auditors/directors and/or legal action is being taken against the board by other shareholders.
    Management proposals concerning allocation of income and the distribution of dividends, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
    Proposals for the adoption of financing plans if they are in the best economic interests of shareholders.
CMA will generally vote FOR proposals to approve Directors’ Fees, unless the proxy vendor would vote against such proposal in accordance with its guidelines, in which case CMA will evaluate the proposal on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
CMA will evaluate management proposals to approve protective preference shares for Netherlands located company-friendly foundations proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and will only support resolutions if:
    The supervisory board needs to approve an issuance of shares while the supervisory board is independent within the meaning of CMA’ categorization rules and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
    No call/put option agreement exists between the company and the foundation.
    There is a qualifying offer clause or there are annual management and supervisory board elections.
    The issuance authority is for a maximum of 18 months.
    The board of the company-friendly foundation is independent.
    The company has disclosed under what circumstances it expects to make use of the possibility to issue preference shares.
    There are no priority shares or other egregious protective or entrenchment tools.
    The company releases its proxy circular, with details of the poison pill proposal, at least three weeks prior to the meeting.
    Art 2:359c Civil Code of the legislative proposal has been implemented.
8. Investment Company Matters
Election of Directors:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the election of directors, considering the following factors:
    Board structure
    Attendance at board and committee meetings.

D-46


Table of Contents

CMA will WITHHOLD votes from directors who:
    Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse for the absences. Valid reasons include illness or absence due to company business. Participation via telephone is acceptable. In addition, if the director missed only one meeting or one day’s meetings, votes should not be withheld even if such absence dropped the director’s attendance below 75 percent.
    Ignore a shareholder proposal that is approved by a majority of shares outstanding;
    Ignore a shareholder proposal this is approved by a majority of the votes cast for two consecutive years;
    Are interested directors and sit on the audit or nominating committee; or
    Are interested directors and the full board serves as the audit or nominating committee or the company does not have one of these committees.
Proxy Contests:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for proxy contests, considering the following factors:
    Past performance relative to its peers
    Market in which fund invests
    Measures taken by the board to address the pertinent issues (e.g., closed-end fund share market value discount to NAV)
    Past shareholder activism, board activity and votes on related proposals
    Strategy of the incumbents versus the dissidents
    Independence of incumbent directors; director nominees
    Experience and skills of director nominees
    Governance profile of the company
    Evidence of management entrenchment
Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund:
CMA will vote conversion proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:
    Past performance as a closed-end fund
    Market in which the fund invests
    Measures taken by the board to address the discount
    Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.
Investment Advisory Agreements:
CMA will vote investment advisory agreements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:
    Proposed and current fee schedules
    Fund category/investment objective
    Performance benchmarks
    Share price performance as compared with peers
    Resulting fees relative to peers
    Assignments (where the adviser undergoes a change of control)

D-47


Table of Contents

Approving New Classes or Series of Shares:
CMA will vote FOR the establishment of new classes or series of shares.
Preferred Stock Proposals:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals for the authorization for or increase in the preferred shares, considering the following factors:
    Stated specific financing purpose
    Possible dilution for common shares
    Whether the shares can be used for anti-takeover purposes
Policies Addressed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”):
CMA will vote proposals regarding adoption or changes of policies addressed by the 1940 Act on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:
    Potential competitiveness
    Regulatory developments
    Current and potential returns
    Current and potential risk
CMA generally will vote FOR these amendments as long as the proposed changes do not fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and do comply with current SEC interpretations.
Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction, considering the following factors:
    Fund’s target investments
    Reasons given by the fund for the change
    Projected impact of the change on the portfolio
Change Fundamental Investment Objective to Non-fundamental:
CMA will vote AGAINST proposals to change a fund’s investment objective from fundamental to non-fundamental unless management acknowledges meaningful limitations upon its future requested ability to change the objective
Name Change Proposals:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s name, considering the following factors:
    Political/economic changes in the target market
    Consolidation in the target market
 
    Current asset composition

D-48


Table of Contents

Change in Fund’s Subclassification:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change a fund’s subclassification, considering the following factors:
    Potential competitiveness
    Current and potential returns
    Risk of concentration
    Consolidation in target industry
Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis these proposals, considering the following factors:
    Strategies employed to salvage the company
    Past performance of the fund
    Terms of the liquidation
Changes to the Charter Document:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to change the charter document, considering the following factors:
    The degree of change implied by the proposal
    The efficiencies that could result
    The state of incorporation; net effect on shareholder rights
    Regulatory standards and implications
CMA will vote FOR:
    Proposals allowing the Board to impose, without shareholder approval, fees payable upon redemption of fund shares, provided imposition of such fees is likely to benefit long-term fund investors (e.g., by deterring market timing activity by other fund investors)
    Proposals enabling the Board to amend, without shareholder approval, the fund’s management agreement(s) with its investment adviser(s) or sub-advisers, provided the amendment is not required by applicable law (including the Investment Company Act of 1940) or interpretations thereunder to require such approval
CMA will vote AGAINST:
    Proposals enabling the Board to:
    Change, without shareholder approval the domicile of the fund
 
    Adopt, without shareholder approval, material amendments of the fund’s declaration of trust or other organizational document
Changing the Domicile of a Fund:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reincorporate, considering the following factors:

D-49


Table of Contents

    Regulations of both states
    Required fundamental policies of both states
    The increased flexibility available
Authorizing the Board to Hire and Terminate Subadvisors Without Shareholder Approval:
CMA will vote FOR proposals to enable the Board or Investment Adviser to hire and terminate sub-advisers, without shareholder approval, in accordance with applicable rules or exemptive orders under the Investment Company Act of 1940
Distribution Agreements:
CMA will vote these proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:
    Fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar objectives
    The proposed distributor’s reputation and past performance
    The competitiveness of the fund in the industry
    Terms of the agreement
Master-Feeder Structure:
CMA will vote FOR the establishment of a master-feeder structure.
     Mergers:
CMA will vote merger proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, considering the following factors:
    Resulting fee structure
    Performance of both funds
    Continuity of management personnel
    Changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights
Shareholder Proposals to Establish Director Ownership Requirement:
CMA will generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While CMA favors stockownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.
Shareholder Proposals to Reimburse Shareholder for Expenses Incurred:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses.
Shareholder Proposals to Terminate the Investment Adviser:
CMA will vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis proposals to terminate the investment adviser, considering the following factors:
    Performance of the fund’s NAV

D-50


Table of Contents

    The fund’s history of shareholder relations
 
    The performance of other funds under the adviser’s management

D-51


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B
Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form
Conflict Review Questionnaire for Proxy Voting Working Group Members and Other Individuals
Participating in the Proxy Voting Decision-Making Process.
Instructions: Please complete each of the questions. Please provide an explanation for any affirmative responses. Return the completed questionnaire to Columbia Management Conflicts of Interest Officer.
 
Issuer and Proxy Matter:
 
 
  1.   Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any management personnel of the issuer1?
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
  2.   Do you or any member of your immediate family have an existing (or potential) business, financial, personal or other relationship with any person participating, supporting, opposing or otherwise connected with the particular proxy proposal (e.g., principals of the issuer; director nominees of issuer company; shareholder activists)?
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
  3.   Have you discussed this particular proxy proposal with anyone outside of Columbia Management’s investment group2?
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
  4.   Are you aware of any other potential personal conflicts of interest not described above? Please detail below.
 
     
 
 
     
 

D-52


Table of Contents

Name:
 
 
1   Personal investing in the issuer by you or a member of your immediate family does not require an affirmative response to this item.
 
2   Communications with issuer or solicitors in the regular course of business would not have to be disclosed on this form.
Signed:
 
Date:
 

D-53


Table of Contents

APPENDIX C
CMA Proxy Vote Recommendation/Proxy Committee Request Form
         
Name of Investment Associate:
       
 
 
 
   
     
Company Name:
   
 
   
         
Overview of Proxy Vote and Meeting Date:
       
 
 
 
   
Proxy Agenda Item(s)
         
Description of Item:
       
 
 
 
   
 
(The above information will be pre-populated by the Proxy Department.)
     
Recommendation (FOR , AGAINST, ABSTAIN) including brief rationale:
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
Please attach any supporting information other than analysis or reports provided by the Proxy Department.
     
 
Signed
   
By signing, I am certifying that I either have no conflicts of interest-related information to report or have sent a completed “Conflicts of Interest Disclosure and Certification Form” to Compliance Risk Management (Conflicts Officer).
Send Completed Forms to:
GWIM Investment Operations – Proxy Department
     or
In the case of Proxy Votes to be referred to the Proxy Committee, submit this form and materials to the Chair of the Proxy Committee

D-54


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

I. Introduction
Davis Advisors votes on behalf of its clients in matters of corporate governance through the proxy voting process. Davis Advisors takes its ownership responsibilities very seriously and believes the right to vote proxies for its clients’ holdings is a significant asset of the clients. Davis Advisors exercises its voting responsibilities as a fiduciary, solely with the goal of maximizing the value of its clients’ investments.
Davis Advisors votes proxies with a focus on the investment implications of each issue. For each proxy vote, Davis Advisors takes into consideration its duty to clients and all other relevant facts available to Davis Advisors at the time of the vote. Therefore, while these guidelines provide a framework for voting, votes are ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis.
Davis Advisors has established a Proxy Oversight Group to oversee voting policies and deal with potential conflicts of interest. In evaluating issues, the Proxy Oversight Group may consider information from many sources, including the portfolio manager for each client account, management of a company presenting a proposal, shareholder groups, and independent proxy research services.
II. Guiding Principles
Proxy voting is a valuable right of company shareholders. Through the voting mechanism, shareholders are able to protect and promote their interests by communicating views directly to the company’s board, as well as exercise their right to grant or withhold approval for actions proposed by the board of directors or company management. The interests of shareholders are best served by the following principles when considering proxy proposals:
Creating Value for Existing Shareholders. The most important factors that we consider in evaluating proxy issues are: (i) the Company’s or management’s long-term track record of creating value for shareholders. In general, we will consider the recommendations of a management with a good record of creating value for shareholders as more credible than the recommendations of managements with a poor record; (ii) whether, in our estimation, the current proposal being considered will significantly enhance or detract from long-term value for existing shareholders; and (iii) whether a poor record of long term performance resulted from poor management or from factors outside of managements control.
Other factors which we consider may include:
(a) Shareholder Oriented Management. One of the factors that Davis Advisors considers in selecting stocks for investment is the presence of shareholder-oriented management. In general, such managements will have a large ownership stake in the company. They will also have a record of taking actions and supporting policies designed to increase the value of the company’s shares and thereby enhance shareholder wealth. Davis Advisors’ research analysts are active in meeting with top management of portfolio companies and in discussing their views on policies or actions which could enhance shareholder value. Whether management shows evidence of responding to reasonable shareholder suggestions, and otherwise improving general corporate governance, is a factor which may be taken into consideration in proxy voting.
(b) Allow responsible management teams to run the business. Because we try generally to invest with “owner oriented” managements (see above), we vote with the recommendation of management on most routine matters, unless circumstances such as long standing poor performance or a change from our initial assessment indicate otherwise. Examples include the election of directors and ratification of auditors. Davis Advisors supports policies, plans and structures that give management teams appropriate latitude to run the business in the way that is most likely to maximize value for owners. Conversely, Davis Advisors opposes proposals that limit management’s ability to do this. Davis Advisors will generally vote with management on

D-56


Table of Contents

shareholder social and environmental proposals on the basis that their impact on share value is difficult to judge and is therefore best done by management.
(c) Preserve and expand the power of shareholders in areas of corporate governance — Equity shareholders are owners of the business, and company boards and management teams are ultimately accountable to them. Davis Advisors supports policies, plans and structures that promote accountability of the board and management to owners, and align the interests of the board and management with owners. Examples include: annual election of all board members and incentive plans that are contingent on delivering value to shareholders. Davis Advisors generally opposes proposals that reduce accountability or misalign interests, including but not limited to classified boards, poison pills, excessive option plans, and repricing of options.
(d) Support compensation policies that reward management teams appropriately for performance. We believe that well thought out incentives are critical to driving long-term shareholder value creation. Management incentives ought to be aligned with the goals of longterm owners. In our view, the basic problem of skyrocketing executive compensation is not high pay for high performance, but high pay for mediocrity or worse. In situations where we feel that the compensation practices at companies we own are not acceptable, we will exercise our discretion to vote against compensation committee members and specific compensation proposals.
Davis Advisors exercises its professional judgment in applying these principles to specific proxy votes. Exhibit A, “Detailed Proxy Voting Policies” provides additional explanation of the analysis which Davis Advisors may conduct when applying these guiding principles to specific proxy votes.
III. Fiduciary Duties of Care and Loyalty
Advisers are fiduciaries. As fiduciaries, advisers must act in the best interests of their clients. Thus, when voting portfolio securities, Davis Advisors must act in the best interest of the client and not in its own interest.
When Davis Advisors has been granted the authority to vote client proxies, Davis Advisors owes the client the duties of “care” and “loyalty”:
(1) The duty of care requires Davis Advisors to monitor corporate actions and vote client proxies if it has undertaken to do so.
(2) The duty of loyalty requires Davis Advisors to cast the proxy votes in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of the client and not subrogate the client’s interest to Davis Advisors’ own interests.
IV. Detailed Proxy Voting Policies
Section II, “Guiding Principles” describe Davis Advisors’ pre-determined proxy voting policies. Exhibit A, Detailed Proxy Voting Policies provides greater insight into specific factors which Davis Advisors may sometimes consider.
V. Ensuring Proxies are Voted
If Davis Advisors has been assigned the right to vote the proxies on behalf of a client, then the Chief Compliance Officer shall conduct periodic tests to ensure that Davis Advisors is monitoring corporate actions and voting proxies on behalf of such clients. Scope. If a client has not authorized Davis Advisors to vote its proxies, then these Policies and Procedures shall not apply to that client’s account. The scope of Davis Advisors’ responsibilities with respect to voting proxies are ordinarily determined by Davis Advisors’ contracts with its clients, the disclosures it has made to its clients, and the investment policies and objectives of its

D-57


Table of Contents

clients.
Cost/Benefit Analysis. Davis Advisors is NOT required to vote every proxy. There may be times when refraining from voting a proxy is in the client’s best interest, such as when Davis Advisors determines that the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client. Davis Advisors shall not, however, ignore or be negligent in fulfilling the obligation it has assumed to vote client proxies.
Davis Advisors is not expected to expend resources if it has no reasonable expectation that doing so will provide a net benefit to its clients. For example, if clients hold only a small position in a company, or if the company’s shares are no longer held by Davis Advisors clients at the time of the meeting, a decision to not vote the proxies, engage management in discussions, or to sell the securities rather than fight the corporate action, may be appropriate, particularly if the issue involved would not significantly affect the value of clients’ holdings.
Practical Limitations Relating To Proxy Voting While Davis Advisors uses it best efforts to vote proxies, it may not be practical or possible to vote every client proxy. For example, (i) when a client has loaned securities to a third party and Davis Advisors or the client is unable to recall the securities before record date; (ii) if Davis does not receive the proxy ballot/statement in time to vote the proxy; or (iii) if Davis is unable to meet the requirements necessary to vote foreign securities (e.g., shareblocking).
Errors by Proxy Administrators. Davis Advisors may use a proxy administrator or administrators to cast its proxy votes. Errors made by these entities may be beyond Davis’ Advisors’ control to prevent or correct.
Record of Voting
The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain records of how client proxies were voted. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also maintain a record of all votes which are inconsistent with Guiding Principles.
VI. Identifying and Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest
Potential Conflicts of Interest
A potential conflict of interest arises when Davis Advisors has business interests that may not be consistent with the best interests of its client. In reviewing proxy issues to identify any potential material conflicts between Davis Advisors’ interests and those of its clients, Davis Advisors will consider:
(1) Whether Davis Advisors has an economic incentive to vote in a manner that is not consistent with the best interests of its clients. For example, Davis Advisors may have an economic incentive to vote in a manner that would please corporate management in the hope that doing so might lead corporate management to direct more business to Davis Advisors. Such business could include managing company retirement plans or serving as sub-adviser for funds sponsored by the company; or
(2) Whether there are any business or personal relationships between a Davis Advisors employee and the officers or directors of a company whose securities are held in client accounts that may create an incentive to vote in a manner that is not consistent with the best interests of its clients.
Identifying Potential Conflicts of Interest
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for identifying potential material conflicts of interest and voting the proxies in conformance with direction received from the Proxy Oversight Group. The Chief Compliance Officer shall bring novel or ambiguous issues before the Proxy Oversight Group for guidance.
Assessing Materiality. Materiality will be defined as the potential to have a significant impact on the outcome of a proxy vote. A conflict will be deemed material If (i) Davis Advisors’ clients control more than 2 1/2% of the voting company’s eligible vote; and (ii) more than 2 1/2% of Davis Advisors’ assets under management are controlled by the voting company. If either part of

D-58


Table of Contents

this two part test is not met, then the conflict will be presumed to be immaterial. Materiality will be judged by facts reasonably available to Davis Advisors at the time the materiality determination is made and Davis Advisors is not required to investigate remote relationships or affiliations.
Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest
The Proxy Oversight Group is charged with resolving material potential conflicts of interest which it becomes aware of. It is charged with resolving conflicts in a manner that is consistent with the best interests of clients. There are many acceptable methods of resolving potential conflicts, and the Proxy Oversight Group shall exercise its judgment and discretion to determine an appropriate means of resolving a potential conflict in any given situation:
(1) Votes consistent with the Guiding Principles listed in Section II. are presumed to be consistent with the best interests of clients;
(2) Davis Advisors may disclose the conflict to the client and obtain the client’s consent prior to voting the proxy;
(3) Davis Advisors may obtain guidance from an independent third party;
(4) The potential conflict may be immaterial; or
(5) Other reasonable means of resolving potential conflicts of interest which effectively insulate the decision on how to vote client proxies from the conflict.
VII. Proxy Oversight Group
Davis Advisors has established a Proxy Oversight Group, a committee of senior Davis Advisors officers, to oversee voting policies and decisions for clients. The Proxy Oversight Group:
(1) Establishes, amends, and interprets proxy voting policies and procedures; and
(2) Resolves conflicts of interest identified by the Compliance Department.
Composition of the Proxy Oversight Group
The following are the members of the Proxy Oversight Group. Davis Advisors’:
(1) A Proxy Analyst as designated by the Chief Investment Officer from time to time;
(2) Davis Advisors’ Chief Compliance Officer; and
(3) Davis Advisors’ Chief Legal Officer.
Two or more members shall constitute a quorum. Meetings may be held by telephone. A vote by a majority of the Proxy Oversight Group shall be binding. Action may be taken without a meeting by memorandum signed by two or more members.
VIII. Shareholder Activism
Davis Advisors’ fiduciary duties to its clients do not necessarily require Davis Advisors to become a “shareholder activist.” As a practical matter, Davis Advisors will determine whether to engage in management discussion based upon its costs and expected benefits to clients.
Prior to casting a single vote, Davis Advisors may use its influence as a large shareholder to highlight certain management practices. Consistent with its fiduciary duties, Davis Advisors may discuss with company management its views on key issues that affect shareholder value.
Opening lines of communication with company management to discuss these types of issues can often prove beneficial to Davis Advisors’ clients.
IX. Obtaining Copies of Davis Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and/or How Proxies Were Voted
Davis Advisors’ clients may obtain a copy of Davis Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and/or a record of how their own proxies were voted by writing to:
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Attn: Chief Compliance Officer
2949 East Elvira Road, Suite 101
Tucson, Arizona, 85706

D-59


Table of Contents

Information regarding how mutual funds managed by Davis Advisors voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available through the Funds’ website (http://www.davisfunds.com, http://www.selectedfunds.com, and http://www.clipperfund.com) and also on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
No party is entitled to obtain a copy of how proxies other than their own were voted without valid government authority.
X. Summary of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
Davis Advisors shall maintain a summary of its Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures which also describes how a client may obtain a copy of Davis Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. This summary shall be included in Davis Advisors’ Form ADV Part II, which is delivered to all new clients.
XI. Records
Davis Advisors’ Chief Compliance Officer shall retain for the legally required periods the following records:
(a) Copies of Davis Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and each amendment thereof;
(b) Proxy statements received regarding client securities;
(c) Records of votes Davis Advisors cast on behalf of clients;
(d) Records of written client requests for proxy voting information and Davis Advisors’ response;
and
(e) Any documents prepared by Davis Advisors that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis of the decision.
XII. Amendments
Davis Advisors’ Proxy Oversight Group may amend these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures from time to time. Clients shall be notified of material changes.
Exhibit A
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
Detailed Proxy Voting Policies
As Amended: June 2, 2006
The Guiding Principles control Davis Advisors’ Proxy Voting. Davis Advisors attempts to votes proxies in conformance with the Guiding Principles articulated in Section II of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.
Following is additional explanation of the analysis which Davis Advisors may conduct when applying these Guiding Principles to specific proxy votes. We will NOT vote as indicated below if, in our judgment, the result would be contrary to our Guiding Principles.
I. The Board of Directors
II. Executive Compensation
III. Tender Offer Defenses
IV. Proxy Contests
V. Proxy Contest Defenses
VI. Auditors
VII. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions

D-60


Table of Contents

VIII. State of Incorporation
IX. Mergers and Corporate Restructuring
X. Social and Environmental Issues
XI. Capital Structure
I. The Board of Directors
A. Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
(1) We generally vote with management in the routine election of Directors. As Directors are elected to represent the economic interests of shareholders, our voting on Director Nominees may be shaped by our assessment of a director’s record in representing the interests of shareholders. The most important responsibility of a director is the selection, evaluation and compensation of senior management, and we pay particular attention to directors’ performance in this area. In assessing a director’s performance in selecting and evaluating management, the primary consideration is the company’s long-term track record of creating value for shareholders. In terms of their record on compensation, longterm results will also be a key consideration. Philosophically, we look for directors to construct long-term compensation plans that do not allow for senior executives to be excessively compensated if long-term returns to shareholders are poor. We prefer directors to specify the benchmarks or performance hurdles by which they are evaluating management’s performance. Appropriate hurdles may include the company’s performance relative to its peers and the S&P 500 as well as its cost of equity capital. We expect directors to construct plans such that incentive compensation will not be paid if performance is below these hurdles.
(2) In addition, we believe that stock option re-pricings and exchanges sever the alignment of employee and shareholder interests. Therefore, we will generally withhold votes for any director of any company that has allowed stock options to be re-priced or exchanged at lower prices in the previous year.
(3) Directors also bear responsibility for the presentation of a company’s financial statements and for the choice of broad accounting policies. We believe directors should favor conservative policies. Such policies may include reasonable pension return assumptions and appropriate accounting for stock based compensation, among others.
(4) In voting on director nominees, we may also consider the following factors in order of importance:
(i) long-term corporate performance;
(ii) nominee’s business background and experience;
(iii) nominee’s investment in the company:
(iv) nominee’s ethical track record:
(v) whether a poor record of long term performance resulted from poor management or from factors outside of managements control:
(vi) corporate governance provisions and takeover activity (discussed in Sections III and IV):
(vii) interlocking directorships: and
(viii) other relevant information
B. Majority Voting.
We will generally vote for proposals that require a majority vote standard whereby directors must submit their resignation for consideration by the board of directors when they receive less than a majority of the vote cast.
We will review on a case-by-case basis proposals that require directors to receive greater than a majority of the vote cast in order to remain on the board.

D-61


Table of Contents

C. Cumulative Voting.
We may either support or vote against cumulative voting depending on the specific facts and circumstances.
B. Classification/Declassification of the Board
We generally vote against proposals to classify the board.
We generally vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
II. Executive Compensation
A. Stock Options, Bonus Plans.
In general, we consider executive compensation such as stock option plans and bonus plans to be ordinary business activity. We analyze stock option plans, paying particular attention to their dilutive effects. While we generally support management proposals, we oppose compensation plans which we consider to be excessive.
We believe in paying for performance. We recognize that compensation levels must be competitive and realistic and that under a fair system exceptional managers deserve to be paid exceptionally well. Our test to determine whether or not a proposal for long-term incentive compensation is appropriate is based on the following two questions.
1. Over the long-term, what is the minimum level of shareholder returns below which management’s performance would be considered poor?
  Performance below that of the S&P 500.
 
  Performance below a pre-selected group of competitors.
 
  Performance below the company’s cost of equity capital.
2. Does the company’s proposed incentive compensation plan (including options and restricted stock) allow for the management to receive significant incentive compensation if long-term returns to shareholders fall below the answer specified above?
In most cases, the answer to the first question is unspecified. In virtually all cases, the answer to the second question is “yes,” as most companies use non-qualified stock options and restricted stock for the bulk of their long-term compensation. These options and shares will become enormously valuable even if the shares compound at an unacceptably low rate — or actually do not go up at all but are simply volatile — over the long term. A fair system of long-term incentive compensation should include a threshold rate of performance below which incentive compensation is not earned. To the extent that long-term incentive compensation proposals are put to a vote, we will examine the long-term track record of the management team, past compensation history, and use of appropriate performance hurdles.
We will generally vote against any proposal to allow stock options to be re-priced or exchanged at lower prices. We will generally vote against multi-year authorizations of shares to be used for compensation unless the company’s past actions have been consistent with these policies. We will generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals advocating the addition of appropriate and reasonable performance criteria to long-term compensation plans.
B. Positive Compensation Practices.
Examples of the positive compensation practices we look for in both selecting companies and deciding how to cast our proxy votes include:
(1) A high proportion of compensation derived from variable, performance-based incentives;
(2) Incentive formulas that cut both ways , allowing for outsized pay for outsized performance but ensuring undersized pay when performance is poor;
(3) Base salaries that are not excessive;
(4) Company-wide stock-based compensation grants that are capped at reasonable levels to limit dilution;

D-62


Table of Contents

(5) Stock-based compensation that appropriately aligns management incentives with shareholders, with a strong preference for equity plans that have a cost-of-capital charge or escalating strike price feature as opposed to ordinary restricted stock or plain vanilla options;
(6) Appropriate performance targets and metrics, spelled out in detail in advance of the performance period;
(7) Full and clear disclosure of all forms of management compensation and stock ownership (including full listing of the dollar value of perquisites, value of CEO change of control and termination provisions, pensions, and detail on management’s direct ownership of stock vs. option holdings, ideally presented in a format that is easy to compare and tally rather than tucked away in footnotes);
(8) Compensation committee members with the experience and wherewithal to make the tough decisions that frequently need to be made in determining CEO compensation;
(9) Policies that require executives to continue holding a meaningful portion of their equity compensation after vesting/exercise;
(10) Appropriate cost allocation of charges for stock-based compensation;
(11) Thoughtful evaluation of the present value tradeoff between options, restricted stock and other types of compensation; and
(12) Compensation targets that do not seek to provide compensation above the median of the peer group for mediocre performance. We believe this has contributed to the unacceptably high rates of CEO pay inflation.
III. Tender Offer Defenses
A. Poison Pills
We will generally vote against management proposals to ratify a poison pill.
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to redeem a poison pill.
B. Fair Price Provisions
We will generally vote for fair price proposals, as long as the shareholder vote requirement embedded in the provision is no more than a majority of disinterested shares.
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirement in existing fair price provisions.
C. Greenmail
We will generally vote for proposals to adopt anti-greenmail charter or bylaw amendments or otherwise restrict a company’s ability to make greenmail payments.
We review on a case-by-case basis anti-greenmail proposals when they are bundled with other charter or bylaw amendments.
D. Pale Greenmail
We review on a case-by-case basis restructuring plans that involve the payment of pale greenmail.
E. Unequal Voting Rights
We will generally vote against dual class exchange offers.
We will generally vote against dual class recapitalizations.
F. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Amend the Charter or Bylaws
We will generally vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve charter and bylaw amendments.
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for charter and bylaw amendments.
G. Supermajority Shareholder Vote Requirement to Approve Mergers
We will generally vote against management proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations.

D-63


Table of Contents

We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority shareholder vote requirements for mergers and other significant business combinations.
H. White Squire Placements
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to require approval of blank check preferred stock issues for other than general corporate purposes.
IV. Proxy Contests
A. Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Votes in a contested election of directors are evaluated on a case-by-case basis, considering the following factors:
long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry
management’s track record
background to the proxy contest
qualifications of director nominees (both slates)
evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders as well as the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met
stock ownership positions
B. Reimburse Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Decisions to provide full reimbursement for dissidents waging a proxy contest are made on a caseby-case basis.
V. Proxy Contest Defenses
A. Board Structure: Staggered vs. Annual Elections
We will generally vote against proposals to classify the board.
We will generally vote for proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.
B. Shareholder Ability to Remove Directors
We will generally vote against proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause.
We will generally vote for proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause.
We will generally vote against proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacements to fill board vacancies.
We will generally vote for proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies.
C. Cumulative Voting
See discussion under “The Board of Directors”.
D. Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
We will generally vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit the ability of significant shareholders to call special meetings.
We will generally vote for proposals that remove restrictions on the right of significant shareholders to call special meetings.
E. Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
We will generally vote against proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.
We will generally vote for proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.
VI. Auditors
A. Ratifying Auditors
We will generally vote for proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company (other than to receive reasonable compensation for services rendered), and is therefore not independent,

D-64


Table of Contents

Fees for non-audit services are excessive, or
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion that materially misstates the company’s financial position and either knew or should have known of the accounting improprieties that led to the restatement.
We vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation or partner rotation within an audit firm, unless the rotation period is so short (less than five years) that it would be unduly burdensome to the company (Sarbanes-Oxley mandates that the partners on a company’s audit engagement be subject to five-year term limits).
VII. Miscellaneous Governance Provisions
A. Confidential Voting
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals that request corporations to adopt confidential voting, use independent tabulators and use independent inspectors of election as long as the proposals include clauses for proxy contests as follows: In the case of a contested election, management is permitted to request that the dissident group honor its confidential voting policy. If the dissidents agree, the policy remains in place. If the dissidents do not agree, the confidential voting policy is waived.
We will generally vote for management proposals to adopt confidential voting.
B. Equal Access
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals that would allow significant company shareholders equal access to management’s proxy material in order to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and in order to nominate their own candidates to the board.
C. Bundled Proposals
We review on a case-by-case basis bundled or “conditioned” proxy proposals. In the case of items that are conditioned upon each other, we examine the benefits and costs of the packaged items. In instances when the joint effect of the conditioned items is not in shareholders’ best interests, we will generally vote against the proposals. If the combined effect is positive, we will generally vote for the proposals.
D. Shareholder Advisory Committees
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to establish a shareholder advisory committee.
E. Stock Ownership Requirements
We will generally vote against shareholder proposals requiring directors to own a minimum amount of company stock in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board (we prefer Directors to be long-term shareholders). We oppose the awarding of stock options to directors.
F. Term of Office and Independence of Committees
We will generally vote against shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors.
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals that request that the board audit, compensation and/or nominating committees include independent directors exclusively.
G. Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Protection
Proposals concerning director and officer indemnification and liability protection are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
We will generally vote against proposals to limit or eliminate entirely director and officer liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care.

D-65


Table of Contents

We will generally vote against indemnification proposals that would expand coverage beyond just legal expenses to acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness.
We will generally vote for only those proposals that provide such expanded coverage in cases
when a director’s or officer’s legal defense was unsuccessful if: (1) the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company, and (2) only if the director’s legal expenses would be covered.
H. Charitable Contributions
We will generally vote against shareholder proposals to eliminate, direct or otherwise restrict charitable contributions.
I. Age Limits
We will generally vote against shareholder proposals to impose a mandatory retirement age for outside directors.
J. Board Size
We will generally vote for proposals seeking to fix the board size or designate a range for the board size.
We will generally vote against proposals that give management the ability to alter the size of the board outside of a specified range without shareholder approval.
K. Establish/Amend Nominee Qualifications
We vote case-by-case on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications. Votes should be based on how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree they may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board.
We will generally vote against shareholder proposals requiring two candidates per board seat.
L. OBRA-Related Compensation Proposals
Amendments that Place a Cap on Annual Grant or Amend Administrative Features
We will generally vote for plans that simply amend shareholder-approved plans to include
administrative features or place a cap on the annual grants any one participant may receive to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Amendments to Added Performance-Based Goals
We will generally vote for amendments to add performance goals to existing compensation plans to comply with the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA.
Amendments to Increase Shares and Retain Tax Deductions Under OBRA
Votes on amendments to existing plans to increase shares reserved and to qualify the plan for favorable tax treatment under the provisions of Section 162(m) are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
Approval of Cash or Cash-and-Stock Bonus Plans
We will generally vote for cash or cash-and-stock bonus plans to exempt the compensation from taxes under the provisions of Section 162(m) of OBRA where the compensation plans have been historically consistent with our principles described in Section II of this document.
M. Shareholder Proposals to Limit Executive and Director Pay
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals that seek additional disclosure of executive and director pay information.
We review on a case-by-case basis all other shareholder proposals that seek to limit executive and director pay.
N. Golden and Tin Parachutes
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to have golden and tin parachutes submitted for shareholder ratification.
We will generally review on a case-by-case basis all proposals to ratify or cancel golden or tin parachutes.

D-66


Table of Contents

O. Employee Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs)
We will generally vote for proposals that request shareholder approval in order to implement an ESOP or to increase authorized shares for existing ESOPs, except in cases when the number of shares allocated to the ESOP is “excessive” (i.e., generally greater than five percent of outstanding shares).
P. 401(k) Employee Benefit Plans
We will generally vote for proposals to implement a 401(k) savings plan for employees.
Q. Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash
We review plans which provide participants with the option of taking all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock on a case-by-case basis.
We will generally vote for plans which provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange. We review plans which do not provide a dollar-for-dollar cash for stock exchange on a case-bycase basis.
R. Director Retirement Plans
We will generally vote against retirement plans for non-employee directors.
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to eliminate retirement plans for non-employee directors.
S. Advisory Vote on Compensation
We will review on a case-by-case basis proposals to grant an annual advisory vote on executive compensation to shareholders (so-called “say on pay” votes).
VIII. State of Incorporation
A. Voting on State Takeover Statutes
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to opt in or out of state takeover statutes (including control share acquisition statutes, control share cash-out statutes, freeze out provisions, fair price provisions, stakeholder laws, poison pill endorsements, severance pay and labor contract provisions, anti-greenmail provisions, and disgorgement provisions).
B. Voting on Reincorporation Proposals
Proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation are examined on a case-by-case basis.
IX. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings
A. Mergers and Acquisitions
Votes on mergers and acquisitions are considered on a case-by-case basis, taking into account at least the following:
anticipated financial and operating benefits
offer price (cost vs. premium)
prospects of the combined companies
how the deal was negotiated
changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights
B. Corporate Restructuring
Votes on corporate restructuring proposals, including minority squeeze outs, leveraged buyouts, spin-offs, liquidations, and asset sales are considered on a case-by-case basis.
C. Spin-offs
Votes on spin-offs are considered on a case-by-case basis depending on the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives.
D. Asset Sales
Votes on asset sales are made on a case-by-case basis after considering the impact on the balance sheet/working capital, value received for the asset, and potential elimination of diseconomies.
E. Liquidations
Votes on liquidations are made on a case-by-case basis after reviewing management’s efforts to

D-67


Table of Contents

pursue other alternatives, appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
F. Appraisal Rights
We will generally vote for proposals to restore, or provide shareholders with, rights of appraisal.
G. Changing Corporate Name
We will generally vote for changing the corporate name.
X. Social and Environmental Issues
Davis Advisors will generally vote with management on shareholder social and environmental proposals on the basis that their impact on share value is difficult to judge and is therefore best done by management.
XI. Capital Structure
A. Common Stock Authorization
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issue, giving weight to a company’s history of past equity grants, long term performance, peer company practices, and evolving compensation practices (e.g. cash vs. equity weightings).
B. Reverse Stock Splits
We will review management proposals to implement a reverse stock split on a case-by-case basis.
We will generally support a reverse stock split if management provides a reasonable justification for the split.
C. Blank Check Preferred Authorization
We will generally vote for proposals to create blank check preferred stock in cases when the company expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights.
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals that would authorize the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend and distribution, and other rights. We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase the number of authorized blank check preferred shares. If the company does not have any preferred shares outstanding we will generally vote against the requested increase. If the company does have preferred shares outstanding we will use the criteria set forth herein.
D. Shareholder Proposals Regarding Blank Check Preferred Stock
We will generally vote for shareholder proposals to have blank check preferred stock placements, other than those shares issued for the purpose of raising capital or making acquisitions in the normal course of business, submitted for shareholder ratification.
E. Adjust Par Value of Common Stock
We will generally vote for management proposals to reduce the par value of common stock.
F. Preemptive Rights
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to create or abolish preemptive rights. In evaluating proposals on preemptive rights, we look at the size of a company and the characteristics of its shareholder base.
G. Debt Restructurings
We review on a case-by-case basis proposals to increase common and/or preferred shares and to issue shares as part of a debt-restructuring plan. We consider the following issues:
Dilution - How much will ownership interest of existing shareholders be reduced, and how extreme will dilution to any future earnings be?
Change in Control - Will the transaction result in a change in control of the company?
Bankruptcy - Is the threat of bankruptcy, which would result in severe losses in shareholder value, the main factor driving the debt restructuring?
Generally, we approve proposals that facilitate debt restructurings unless there are clear signs of self-dealing or other abuses.

D-68


Table of Contents

H. Share Repurchase Programs
We will generally vote for management proposals to institute open-market share repurchase plans in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
I. Dual-class Stock
We will generally vote against proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.
We will generally vote for proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if:
It is intended for financing purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders.
It is not designed to preserve the voting power of an insider or significant shareholder.
J. Issue Stock for Use with Rights Plan
We will generally vote against proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a shareholder rights plan (poison pill).
K. Preferred Stock
We will generally vote against proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).
We will generally vote for proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).
We will generally vote for proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
We will generally vote against proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.
We vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
L. Recapitalization
We vote case-by-case on recapitalizations (reclassifications of securities), taking into account the following: more simplified capital structure, enhanced liquidity, fairness of conversion terms, impact on voting power and dividends, reasons for the reclassification, conflicts of interest, and other alternatives considered.
M. Reverse Stock Splits
We will generally vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split when the number of authorized shares will be proportionately reduced.
We will generally vote for management proposals to implement a reverse stock split to avoid delisting.Votes on proposals to implement a reverse stock split that do not proportionately reduce the number of shares authorized for issue should be determined on a case-by-case basis.
N. Stock Distributions: Splits and Dividends
We will generally vote for management proposals to increase the common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in authorized shares would not result in an excessive number of shares available for issuance.
O. Tracking Stock
Votes on the creation of tracking stock are determined on a case-by-case basis, weighing the strategic value of the transaction against such factors as: adverse governance changes, excessive increases in authorized capital stock, unfair method of distribution, diminution of voting rights, adverse conversion features, negative impact on stock option plans, and other alternatives such as a spin-off.

D-69


Table of Contents

Declaration Management & Research LLC
DMR Mortgage Opportunity Fund LP
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
     Declaration Management & Research LLC (“Declaration”) is a fixed income manager and the securities we purchase for client accounts are predominantly fixed income securities. Accordingly, we are seldom if ever called upon to vote equity securities on our clients’ behalf. However, in the event we were granted the discretion to vote proxies for a client’s account and an occasion arose where an equity security needed to be voted, we would follow the following proxy voting policy in carrying out our responsibilities to that client.
I. General Principles
    In order to set a framework within which proxy questions should be considered and voted, the following general principles should be applied:
1)   As a fiduciary under ERISA or otherwise, the discretion to vote proxies for a client’s account should be exercised keeping in mind a fiduciary’s duty to use its best efforts to preserve or enhance the value of the client’s account. We should vote on proxy questions with the goal of fostering the interests of the client (or the participants and beneficiaries in the case of an ERISA account).
 
2)   Proxy questions should be considered within the individual circumstances of the issuer. It is possible that individual circumstances might mean that a given proxy question could be voted differently than what is generally done in other cases.
 
3)   If a proxy question clearly has the capability of affecting the economic value of the issuer’s stock, the question should be voted in a way that attempts to preserve, or give the opportunity for enhancement of, the stock’s economic value.
 
4)   In certain circumstances, even though a proposal might appear to be beneficial or detrimental in the short term, our analysis will conclude that over the long term greater value may be realized by voting in a different manner.
 
5)   It is our policy that when we are given authority to vote proxies for a client’s account, we must be authorized to vote all proxies for the account in our discretion. We do not accept partial voting authority nor do we accept instructions from clients on how to vote on specific issues, except in the case of registered investment companies. Clients may wish to retain proxy voting authority and vote their own proxies if necessary in order to satisfy their individual social, environmental or other goals.

D-70


Table of Contents

Since we cannot currently anticipate circumstances in which Declaration would be called upon to vote an equity security for a client’s account, it is difficult to specify in advance how we would vote on particular questions. For routine matters, we would expect to vote in accordance with the recommendation of the issuer’s management. For all other matters, we would decide how to vote on a case-by-case basis considering the relevant circumstances of the issuer.
We will from time to time review this proxy voting policy and procedures and may adopt changes from time to time. Clients may contact our Compliance Office, by calling 703-749-8200 or via e-mail at compliance@declaration.com to obtain a record of how we voted the proxies for their account.
II. Process
At Declaration, the investment research analysts are responsible for performing research on the companies in which we invest. The same analysts would be responsible for decisions regarding proxy voting, as they would be the most familiar with company-specific issues. Portfolio managers may also provide input when appropriate. Proxy voting mechanics are the responsibility of the analyst.
We may abstain from voting a client proxy if we conclude that the effect on the client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant. We may also abstain from voting a client proxy for cost reasons (e.g., costs associated with voting proxies of non-U.S. securities). In accordance with our fiduciary duties, we would weigh the costs and benefits of voting proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision with respect to whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent. Our decision would take into account the effect that the vote of our client, either by itself or together with other votes, was expected to have on the value of our client’s investment and whether this expected effect would outweigh the cost of voting.
We will maintain the records required to be maintained by us with respect to proxies in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and, with respect to our registered investment company clients (including DMR Mortgage Opportunity Fund LP), the Investment Company Act of 1940. We may, but need not, maintain proxy statements that we receive regarding client securities to the extent that such proxy statements are available on the SEC’s Edgar system. We may also rely upon a third party to maintain certain records required to be maintained by the Advisors Act or the Investment Company Act.

D-71


Table of Contents

III. Conflicts of Interest
We manage the assets of various public and private company clients, and may invest in the securities of certain of these companies on behalf of our clients. As noted above, we invest principally in fixed income securities with respect to which proxies are not required to be voted. However, in the event we were to be granted the discretion to vote proxies by a client, and an equity security were to be held in that client’s portfolio with respect to which a vote was required; we would be responsible for voting proxies for that security. We recognize that the potential for conflicts of interest could arise in situations where we have discretion to vote client proxies and where we have material business relationships15 or material personal/family relationships16 with an issuer (or with a potential target or acquirer, in the case of a proxy vote in connection with a takeover). To address these potential conflicts we have established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Committee”). The Committee consists of the President, the Executive Vice President – Director of Portfolio Management and the Chief Compliance Officer. The Committee will use reasonable efforts to determine whether a potential conflict may exist, including screening proxies against a list of clients with whom we have a material business relationship. However, a potential conflict shall be deemed to exist only if one or more of the members of the Committee actually know of the potential conflict. The Committee will work with the analyst assigned to the specific security to oversee the proxy voting process for securities where we believe we may have potential conflicts.
The Committee will meet to decide how to vote the proxy of any security with respect to which we have identified a potential conflict. The Committee will consider the analyst’s recommendation, make a decision on how to vote the proxy and document the Committee’s rationale for its decision.
Declaration is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a public company. It is our general policy not to acquire or hold MFC stock on behalf of our clients. However, in the event that a client were to hold MFC stock in a portfolio which we managed, and we were responsible for voting a MFC proxy on behalf of the client, the Committee would decide how to vote the MFC proxy in a manner that it believes will maximize shareholder value. The Committee will document the rationale for its decision.
It is Declaration’s policy not to accept any input from any other person or entity, including its affiliates, when voting proxies for any security. In the event that a Declaration employee was contacted by any affiliate or any other person or entity, other than by means of standard materials available to all shareholders, with a recommendation on how to vote a specific
 
15   For purposes of this proxy voting policy, a “material business relationship” is considered to arise in the event a client has contributed more than 5% of Declaration’s annual revenues for the most recent fiscal year or is reasonably expected to contribute this amount for the current fiscal year.
 
16   For purposes of this proxy voting policy, a “material personal/family relationship” is one that would be reasonably likely to influence how we vote proxies. To identify any such relationships, the Proxy Voting Committee will in connection with each proxy vote obtain information about (1) personal and/or family relationships between any Declaration employee involved in the proxy vote (e.g., analyst, portfolio manager and/or members of the Proxy Voting Committee, as applicable), and directors or senior executives of the issuer, and (ii) personal and/or immediate family investments of such employees in issuers which exceed 5% of the outstanding stock of the issuer.

D-72


Table of Contents

proxy, the event would be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer and would be documented. The Committee would then decide how to vote the proxy in question and would document the rationale for its decision.
If there is controversy or uncertainty about how any particular proxy question should be voted, or if an analyst or a Committee member believes that he or she has been pressured to vote in a certain way, he or she will consult with the Committee or with the Chief Compliance Officer and a decision will be made whether to refer the proxy to the Committee for voting. Final decisions on proxy voting will ultimately be made with the goal of enhancing the value of our clients’ investments.
Adopted 07/03
Revised 09/04
Revised 04/08

D-73


Table of Contents

Deutsche Asset Management
Global Proxy Voting Guidelines
I. INTRODUCTION
AM has adopted and implemented the following policies and procedures, which it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interest of clients, in accordance with its fiduciary duties and local regulation. These Proxy Voting Policies, Procedures and Guidelines shall apply to all accounts managed by US domiciled advisers and to all US client accounts managed by non US regional offices. Non US regional offices are required to maintain procedures and to vote proxies as may be required by law on behalf of their non US clients. In addition, AM’s proxy policies reflect the fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts.
The attached guidelines represent a set of global recommendations that were determined by the Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (“the GPVSC”). These guidelines were developed to provide AM with a comprehensive list of recommendations that represent how AM will generally vote proxies for its clients. The recommendations derived from the application of these guidelines are not intended to influence the various AM legal entities either directly or indirectly by parent or affiliated companies. In addition, the organizational structures and documents of the various AM legal entities allows, where necessary or appropriate, the execution by individual AM subsidiaries of the proxy voting rights independently of any DB parent or affiliated company. This applies in particular to non U.S. fund management companies. The individuals that make proxy voting decisions are also free to act independently, subject to the normal and customary supervision by the management/boards of these AM legal entities.
II. AM’S PROXY VOTING RESPONSIBILITIES
Proxy votes are the property of AM’s advisory clients.17 As such, AM’s authority and responsibility to vote such proxies depend upon its contractual relationships with its clients. AM has delegated responsibility for effecting its advisory clients’ proxy votes to Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), an independent third-party proxy voting specialist. ISS votes AM’s advisory clients’ proxies in accordance with AM’s proxy guidelines or AM’s specific instructions. Where a client has given specific instructions as to how a proxy should be voted, AM will notify ISS to carry out those instructions. Where no specific instruction exists, AM will follow the procedures in voting the proxies set forth in this document. Certain Taft-Hartley clients may direct AM to have ISS vote their proxies in accordance with Taft Hartley voting Guidelines
Clients may in certain instances contract with their custodial agent and notify AM that they wish to engage in securities lending transactions. In such cases, it is the responsibility of the custodian to deduct the number of shares that are on loan so that they do not get voted twice.
 
17    For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, “clients” refers to persons or entities: for which AM serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser; for which AM votes proxies; and that have an economic or beneficial ownership interest in the portfolio securities of issuers soliciting such proxies.

D-74


Table of Contents

III. POLICIES
1. Proxy voting activities are conducted in the best economic interest of clients
AM has adopted the following policies and procedures to ensure that proxies are voted in accordance with the best economic interest of its clients, as determined by AM in good faith after appropriate review.
2. The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee
The Global Proxy Voting Sub-Committee (the “GPVSC”) is an internal working group established by the applicable AM’s Investment Risk Oversight Committee pursuant to a written charter. The GPVSC is responsible for overseeing AM’s proxy voting activities, including:
(i)   adopting, monitoring and updating guidelines, attached as Exhibit A (the “Guidelines”), that provide how AM will generally vote proxies pertaining to a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters;
(ii)   voting proxies where (A) the issues are not covered by specific client instruction or the Guidelines; (B) the Guidelines specify that the issues are to be determined on a case-by-case basis; or (C) where an exception to the Guidelines may be in the best economic interest of AM’s clients; and
(iii)   monitoring the Proxy Vendor Oversight’s proxy voting activities (see below).
AM’s Proxy Vendor Oversight, a function of AM’s Operations Group, is responsible for coordinating with ISS to administer AM’s proxy voting process and for voting proxies in accordance with any specific client instructions or, if there are none, the Guidelines, and overseeing ISS’ proxy responsibilities in this regard.
3. Availability of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and proxy voting record
Copies of these Policies and Procedures, as they may be updated from time to time, are made available to clients as required by law and otherwise at AM’s discretion. Clients may also obtain information on how their proxies were voted by AM as required by law and otherwise at AM’s discretion; however, AM must not selectively disclose its investment company clients’ proxy voting records. The Proxy Vendor Oversight will make proxy voting reports available to advisory clients upon request. The investment companies’ proxy voting records will be disclosed to shareholders by means of publicly-available annual filings of each company’s proxy voting record for 12-month periods ended June 30 (see “Recordkeeping” below), if so required by relevant law.
IV. PROCEDURES
The key aspects of AM’s proxy voting process are as follows:

D-75


Table of Contents

1. The GPVSC’s Proxy Voting Guidelines
The Guidelines set forth the GPVSC’s standard voting positions on a comprehensive list of common proxy voting matters. The GPVSC has developed, and continues to update the Guidelines based on consideration of current corporate governance principles, industry standards, client feedback, and the impact of the matter on issuers and the value of the investments.
The GPVSC will review the Guidelines as necessary to support the best economic interests of AM’s clients and, in any event, at least annually. The GPVSC will make changes to the Guidelines, whether as a result of the annual review or otherwise, taking solely into account the best economic interests of clients. Before changing the Guidelines, the GPVSC will thoroughly review and evaluate the proposed change and the reasons therefore, and the GPVSC Chair will ask GPVSC members whether anyone outside of the AM organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as a AM advisory client has requested or attempted to influence the proposed change and whether any member has a conflict of interest with respect to the proposed change. If any such matter is reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee (see below) and will defer the approval, if possible. Lastly, the GPVSC will fully document its rationale for approving any change to the Guidelines.
The Guidelines may reflect a voting position that differs from the actual practices of the public company(ies) within the Deutsche Bank organization or of the investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment adviser or sponsor. Investment companies, particularly closed-end investment companies, are different from traditional operating companies. These differences may call for differences in voting positions on the same matter. Further, the manner in which AM votes investment company proxies may differ from proposals for which a AM-advised or sponsored investment company solicits proxies from its shareholders. As reflected in the Guidelines, proxies solicited by closed-end (and open-end) investment companies are generally voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines of ISS. See Section IV.3.B.
Funds (“Underlying Funds”) in which Topiary Fund Management Fund of Funds (each, a “Fund”) invest, may from time to time seek to revise their investment terms (i.e. liquidity, fees, etc.) or investment structure. In such event, the Underlying Funds may require approval/consent from its investors to effect the relevant changes. Topiary Fund Management has adopted Proxy Voting Procedures which outline the process for these approvals.
2. Specific proxy voting decisions made by the GPVSC
The Proxy Vendor Oversight will refer to the GPVSC all proxy proposals (i) that are not covered by specific client instructions or the Guidelines; or (ii) that, according to the Guidelines, should be evaluated and voted on a case-by-case basis.

D-76


Table of Contents

Additionally, if, the Proxy Vendor Oversight, the GPVSC Chair or any member of the GPVSC, a portfolio manager, a research analyst or a sub-adviser believes that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic interests of clients, that individual may bring the matter to the attention of the GPVSC Chair and/or the Proxy Vendor Oversight.18
If the Proxy Vendor Oversight refers a proxy proposal to the GPVSC or the GPVSC determines that voting a particular proxy in accordance with the Guidelines is not in the best economic interests of clients, the GPVSC will evaluate and vote the proxy, subject to the procedures below regarding conflicts.
The GPVSC endeavors to hold meetings to decide how to vote particular proxies sufficiently before the voting deadline so that the procedures below regarding conflicts can be completed before the GPVSC’s voting determination.
3. Certain proxy votes may not be cast
In some cases, the GPVSC may determine that it is in the best economic interests of its clients not to vote certain proxies. If the conditions below are met with regard to a proxy proposal, AM will abstain from voting:
  Neither the Guidelines nor specific client instructions cover an issue;
 
  ISS does not make a recommendation on the issue;
 
  The GPVSC cannot convene on the proxy proposal at issue to make a determination as to what would be in the client’s best interest. (This could happen, for example, if the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-committee found that there was a material conflict or if despite all best efforts being made, the GPVSC quorum requirement could not be met).
In addition, it is AM’s policy not to vote proxies of issuers subject to laws of those jurisdictions that impose restrictions upon selling shares after proxies are voted, in order to preserve liquidity. In other cases, it may not be possible to vote certain proxies, despite good faith efforts to do so. For example, some jurisdictions do not provide adequate notice to shareholders so that proxies may be voted on a timely basis. Voting rights on securities that have been loaned to third-parties transfer to those third-parties, with loan termination often being the only way to attempt to vote proxies on the loaned securities. Lastly, the GPVSC may determine that the costs to the client(s) associated with voting a particular proxy or group of proxies outweighs the economic benefits expected from voting the proxy or group of proxies.
The Proxy Vendor Oversight will coordinate with the GPVSC Chair regarding any specific proxies and any categories of proxies that will not or cannot be voted. The reasons for not voting any proxy shall be documented.
 
18    The Proxy Vendor Oversight generally monitors upcoming proxy solicitations for heightened attention from the press or the industry and for novel or unusual proposals or circumstances, which may prompt the Proxy Vendor Oversight to bring the solicitation to the attention of the GPVSC Chair. AM portfolio managers, AM research analysts and sub-advisers also may bring a particular proxy vote to the attention of the GPVSC Chair, as a result of their ongoing monitoring of portfolio securities held by advisory clients and/or their review of the periodic proxy voting record reports that the GPVSC Chair distributes to AM portfolio managers and AM research analysts.

D-77


Table of Contents

4. Conflict of Interest Procedures
A. Procedures to Address Conflicts of Interest and Improper Influence
Overriding Principle. In the limited circumstances where the GPVSC votes proxies,19 the GPVSC will vote those proxies in accordance with what it, in good faith, determines to be the best economic interests of AM’s clients.20
Independence of the GPVSC. As a matter of Compliance policy, the GPVSC and the Proxy Vendor Oversight are structured to be independent from other parts of Deutsche Bank. Members of the GPVSC and the employee responsible for Proxy Vendor Oversight are employees of AM. As such, they may not be subject to the supervision or control of any employees of Deutsche Bank Corporate and Investment Banking division (“CIB”). Their compensation cannot be based upon their contribution to any business activity outside of AM without prior approval of Legal and Compliance. They can have no contact with employees of Deutsche Bank outside of the Private Client and Asset Management division (“PCAM”) regarding specific clients, business matters or initiatives without the prior approval of Legal and Compliance. They furthermore may not discuss proxy votes with any person outside of AM (and within AM only on a need to know basis).
Conflict Review Procedures. There will be a committee (the “Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee”) established within AM that will monitor for potential material conflicts of interest in connection with proxy proposals that are to be evaluated by the GPVSC. Promptly upon a determination that a vote shall be presented to the GPVSC, the GPVSC Chair shall notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. The Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee shall promptly collect and review any information deemed reasonably appropriate to evaluate, in its reasonable judgment, if AM or any person participating in the proxy voting process has, or has the appearance of, a material conflict of interest. For the purposes of this policy, a conflict of interest shall be considered “material” to the extent that a reasonable person could expect the conflict to influence, or appear to influence, the GPVSC’s decision on the particular vote at issue. GPVSC should provide the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee a reasonable amount of time (no less than 24 hours) to perform all necessary and appropriate reviews. To the extent that a conflicts review can not be sufficiently completed by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee the proxies will be voted in accordance with the standard guidelines.
 
19    As mentioned above, the GPVSC votes proxies (i) where neither a specific client instruction nor a Guideline directs how the proxy should be voted, (ii) where the Guidelines specify that an issue is to be determined on a case by case basis or (iii) where voting in accordance with the Guidelines may not be in the best economic interests of clients.
 
20   The Proxy Vendor Oversight, who serves as the non-voting secretary of the GPVSC, may receive routine calls from proxy solicitors and other parties interested in a particular proxy vote. Any contact that attempts to exert improper pressure or influence shall be reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.

D-78


Table of Contents

The information considered by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee may include without limitation information regarding (i) AM client relationships; (ii) any relevant personal conflict known by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee or brought to the attention of that sub-committee; (iii) and any communications with members of the GPVSC (or anyone participating or providing information to the GPVSC) and any person outside of the AM organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as a AM advisory client regarding the vote at issue. In the context of any determination, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee may consult with, and shall be entitled to rely upon, all applicable outside experts, including legal counsel.
Upon completion of the investigation, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will document its findings and conclusions. If the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee determines that (i) AM has a material conflict of interest that would prevent it from deciding how to vote the proxies concerned without further client consent or (ii) certain individuals should be recused from participating in the proxy vote at issue, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will so inform the GPVSC chair.
If notified that AM has a material conflict of interest as described above, the GPVSC chair will obtain instructions as to how the proxies should be voted either from (i) if time permits, the effected clients, or (ii) in accordance with the standard guidelines. If notified that certain individuals should be recused from the proxy vote at issue, the GPVSC Chair shall do so in accordance with the procedures set forth below.
Note: Any AM employee who becomes aware of a potential, material conflict of interest in respect of any proxy vote to be made on behalf of clients shall notify Compliance. Compliance shall call a meeting of the conflict review committee to evaluate such conflict and determine a recommended course of action.
Procedures to be followed by the GPVSC. At the beginning of any discussion regarding how to vote any proxy, the GPVSC Chair (or his or her delegate) will inquire as to whether any GPVSC member (whether voting or ex officio) or any person participating in the proxy voting process has a personal conflict of interest or has actual knowledge of an actual or apparent conflict that has not been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee.
The GPVSC Chair also will inquire of these same parties whether they have actual knowledge regarding whether any director, officer or employee outside of the AM organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as a AM advisory client, has: (i) requested that AM, the Proxy Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof) or a GPVSC member vote a particular proxy in a certain manner; (ii) attempted to influence AM, the Proxy Vendor Oversight (or any member thereof), a GPVSC member or any other person in connection with proxy voting activities; or (iii) otherwise communicated with a GPVSC member or any other person participating or providing information to the GPVSC regarding the particular proxy vote at issue, and which incident has not yet been reported to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub- Committee.

D-79


Table of Contents

If any such incidents are reported to the GPVSC Chair, the Chair will promptly notify the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee and, if possible, will delay the vote until the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee can complete the conflicts report. If a delay is not possible, the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee will instruct the GPVSC whether anyone should be recused from the proxy voting process, or whether AM should vote the proxy in accordance with the standard guidelines, seek instructions as to how to vote the proxy at issue from ISS or, if time permits, the effected clients. These inquiries and discussions will be properly reflected in the GPVSC’s minutes.
Duty to Report. Any AM employee, including any GPVSC member (whether voting or ex officio), that is aware of any actual or apparent conflict of interest relevant to, or any attempt by any person outside of the AM organization (but within Deutsche Bank and its affiliates) or any entity that identifies itself as a AM advisory client to influence, how AM votes its proxies has a duty to disclose the existence of the situation to the GPVSC Chair (or his or her designee) and the details of the matter to the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee. In the case of any person participating in the deliberations on a specific vote, such disclosure should be made before engaging in any activities or participating in any discussion pertaining to that vote.
Recusal of Members. The GPVSC will recuse from participating in a specific proxy vote any GPVSC members (whether voting or ex officio) and/or any other person who (i) are personally involved in a material conflict of interest; or (ii) who, as determined by the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee, have actual knowledge of a circumstance or fact that could effect their independent judgment, in respect of such vote. The GPVSC will also exclude from consideration the views of any person (whether requested or volunteered) if the GPVSC or any member thereof knows, or if the Conflicts of Interest Management Sub-Committee has determined, that such other person has a material conflict of interest with respect to the particular proxy, or has attempted to influence the vote in any manner prohibited by these policies.
If, after excluding all relevant GPVSC voting members pursuant to the paragraph above, there are three or more GPVSC voting members remaining, those remaining GPVSC members will determine how to vote the proxy in accordance with these Policies and Procedures. If there are fewer than three GPVSC voting members remaining, the GPVSC Chair will vote the proxy in accordance with the standard guidelines, will obtain instructions as to how to have the proxy voted from, if time permits, the effected clients and otherwise from ISS.
B. Investment Companies and Affiliated Public Companies
Investment Companies. As reflected in the Guidelines, all proxies solicited by open-end and closed-end investment companies are voted in accordance with the pre-determined guidelines of ISS, unless the investment company client directs AM to vote differently on a specific proxy or specific categories of proxies. However, regarding investment companies for which AM or an affiliate serves as investment adviser or principal underwriter, such proxies are voted in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting). Master fund proxies solicited from feeder funds are voted in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 12 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Subject to participation agreements with certain Exchange Traded Funds (“ETF”) issuers that have received exemptive orders from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission allowing

D-80


Table of Contents

investing DWS funds to exceed the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, DeAM will echo vote proxies for ETFs in which Deutsche Bank holds more than 25% of outstanding voting shares globally when required to do so by participation agreements and SEC orders.
Affiliated Public Companies. For proxies solicited by non-investment company issuers of or within the Deutsche Bank organization, e.g., Deutsche bank itself, these proxies will be voted in the same proportion as the vote of other shareholders (i.e., “mirror” or “echo” voting).
Note: With respect to the QP Trust (not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940), the Fund is not required to engage in echo voting and the investment adviser will use these Guidelines, and may determine, with respect to the QP Trust, to vote contrary to the positions in the Guidelines, consistent with the Fund’s best interest.
C. Other Procedures That Limit Conflicts of Interest
AM and other entities in the Deutsche Bank organization have adopted a number of policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to avoid various conflicts of interest, including those that may arise in connection with proxy voting, including:
  Deutsche Bank Americas Restricted Activities Policy. This policy provides for, among other things, independence of AM employees from CIB, and information barriers between AM and other affiliates. Specifically, no AM employee may be subject to the supervision or control of any employee of CIB. No AM employee shall have his or her compensation based upon his or her contribution to any business activity within the Bank outside of the business of AM, without the prior approval of Legal or Compliance. Further, no employee of CIB shall have any input into the compensation of a AM employee without the prior approval of Legal or Compliance. Under the information barriers section of this policy, as a general rule, AM employees who are associated with the investment process should have no contact with employees of Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, outside of PCAM, regarding specific clients, business matters, or initiatives. Further, under no circumstances should proxy votes be discussed with any Deutsche Bank employee outside of AM (and should only be discussed on a need-to-know basis within AM).
Other relevant internal policies include the Deutsche Bank Americas Code of Professional Conduct, the Deutsche Asset Management Information Sharing Procedures, the Deutsche Asset Management Code of Ethics, the Sarbanes-Oxley Senior Officer Code of Ethics, and the Deutsche Bank Group Code of Conduct. The GPVSC expects that these policies, procedures and internal controls will greatly reduce the chance that the GPVSC (or, its members) would be involved in, aware of or influenced by, an actual or apparent conflict of interest.
V. RECORDKEEPING
At a minimum, the following types of records must be properly maintained and readily accessible in order to evidence compliance with this policy.
  AM will maintain a record of each vote cast by AM that includes among other things, company name, meeting date, proposals presented, vote cast and shares voted.

D-81


Table of Contents

  The Proxy Vendor Oversight maintains records for each of the proxy ballots it votes. Specifically, the records include, but are not limited to:
  –    The proxy statement (and any additional solicitation materials) and relevant portions of annual statements.
 
  –    Any additional information considered in the voting process that may be obtained from an issuing company, its agents or proxy research firms.
 
  –    Analyst worksheets created for stock option plan and share increase analyses.
 
  –    Proxy Edge print-screen of actual vote election.
  AM will retain these Policies and Procedures and the Guidelines; will maintain records of client requests for proxy voting information; and will retain any documents the Proxy Vendor Oversight or the GPVSC prepared that were material to making a voting decision or that memorialized the basis for a proxy voting decision.
 
  The GPVSC also will create and maintain appropriate records documenting its compliance with these Policies and Procedures, including records of its deliberations and decisions regarding conflicts of interest and their resolution.
 
  With respect to AM’s investment company clients, ISS will create and maintain records of each company’s proxy voting record for 12-month periods ended June 30. AM will compile the following information for each matter relating to a portfolio security considered at any shareholder meeting held during the period covered by the report and with respect to which the company was entitled to vote:
  –    The name of the issuer of the portfolio security;
 
  –    The exchange ticker symbol of the portfolio security (if symbol is available through reasonably practicable means);
 
  –    The Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures number for the portfolio security (if the number is available through reasonably practicable means);
 
  –    The shareholder meeting date;
 
  –    A brief identification of the matter voted on;
 
  –    Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;
 
  –    Whether the company cast its vote on the matter;
 
  –    How the company cast its vote (e.g., for or against proposal, or abstain; for or withhold regarding election of directors); and
 
  –    Whether the company cast its vote for or against management.
Note: This list is intended to provide guidance only in terms of the records that must be maintained in accordance with this policy. In addition, please note that records must be maintained in accordance with the applicable AM Records Management Policy.
With respect to electronically stored records, “properly maintained” is defined as complete, authentic (unalterable) usable and backed-up. At a minimum, records should be retained for a period of not less than six years (or longer, if necessary to comply with applicable regulatory requirements), the first three years in an appropriate AM office.

D-82


Table of Contents

VI. THE GPVSC’S OVERSIGHT ROLE
In addition to adopting the Guidelines and making proxy voting decisions on matters referred to it as set forth above, the GPVSC will monitor the proxy voting process by reviewing summary proxy information presented by ISS. The GPVSC will use this review process to determine, among other things, whether any changes should be made to the Guidelines. This review will take place at least quarterly and will be documented in the GPVSC’s minutes.
Attachment A – Global Proxy Voting Guidelines

D-83


Table of Contents

Effective Date: June 5, 2009 PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LP
DIMENSIONAL FUND ADVISORS LTD.
DFA AUSTRALIA LIMITED
     Introduction
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP (“Dimensional”) is an investment adviser registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). Dimensional controls Dimensional Fund Advisors Ltd. (“DFAL”) and DFA Australia Limited (“DFAA”) (Dimensional, DFAL and DFAA are collectively referred to as the “Advisors”). DFAL and DFAA are also investment advisors registered under the Advisers Act.
     The Advisors provide investment advisory or subadvisory services to various types of clients, including registered funds, unregistered commingled funds, defined benefit plans, defined contribution plans, private and public pension funds, foundations, endowment funds and other types of investors. These clients frequently give the Advisors the authority and discretion to vote proxy statements relating to the underlying securities that are held on behalf of such clients. Also, a client may, at times, ask an Advisor to provide voting advice on certain proxies without delegating full voting discretion to the Advisor. Depending on the client, the Advisors’ duties may include making decisions regarding whether and how to vote proxies as part of an investment manager’s fiduciary duty under ERISA.
     The following Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Policy”) will apply to proxies received by the Advisors on behalf of clients to the extent that relationships with such clients are subject to the Advisers Act or clients that are registered investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “40 Act”), including The DFA Investment Trust Company, DFA Investment Dimensions Group Inc., Dimensional Investment Group Inc. and Dimensional Emerging Markets Value Fund Inc. (together, the “Dimensional Investment Companies”). The Advisors believe that this Policy is reasonably designed to meet their goal of ensuring that the Advisors vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of their clients, as understood by the Advisors at the time of the vote.
     Exhibit A to this Policy includes a summary of the Advisors’ current Proxy Voting Guidelines which will change from time to time (the “Guidelines”). The Guidelines have been developed by Risk Metrics Group Inc. an independent third party, except with respect to certain matters which are generally described in Exhibit A. The Investment Committee of Dimensional has determined that, in general, voting proxies pursuant to the Guidelines should be in the best interests of clients. Therefore, an Advisor will usually vote proxies in accordance with the Guidelines. The Guidelines provide a framework for analysis and decision making, but do not address all potential issues. In order to be able to address all the relevant facts and circumstances related to a proxy vote, the Advisors reserve the right to vote counter to the Guidelines if, after a review of the matter, an Advisor believes that a client’s best interests would be served by such a vote. In such circumstance, the analysis will be documented in writing and periodically presented to the Committee (as hereinafter defined). To the extent that the Guidelines do not cover potential voting issues, an Advisor will vote on such issues in a manner that is consistent with the spirit of the Guidelines and that the Advisor believes would be in the best interests of the client.

D-84


Table of Contents

     The Advisor may, but will not ordinarily take social concerns into account in voting proxies with respect to securities held by clients including those held by socially screened portfolios or accounts.
     The Advisors have retained Institutional Shareholder Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of Risk Metrics Group Inc. (“ISS”) to provide information on shareholder meeting dates and proxy materials, translate proxy materials printed in a foreign language, provide research on proxy proposals and voting recommendations in accordance with the Guidelines, effect votes on behalf of the clients for whom the Advisors have proxy voting responsibility and provide reports concerning the proxies voted. Although the Advisors may consider the recommendations of third party proxy service providers on proxy issues, the Advisors remain ultimately responsible for all proxy voting decisions.
     Procedures for Voting Proxies
     The Investment Committee at Dimensional is generally responsible for overseeing each Advisor’s proxy voting process. The Investment Committee has formed a Corporate Governance Committee (the “Corporate Governance Committee” or the “Committee”) composed of certain officers, directors and other personnel of the Advisors and has delegated to its members authority to (i) oversee the voting of proxies, (ii) make determinations as to how to vote certain specific proxies, (iii) verify the on-going compliance with this Policy and (iv) review this Policy from time to time and recommend changes to the Investment Committee. The Committee may designate one or more of its members to oversee specific, ongoing compliance with respect to these Procedures and may designate other personnel of each Advisor to vote proxies on behalf of the Advisors’ clients, including all authorized traders of the Advisors (“Authorized Persons”). The Committee may modify this Policy from time to time to meet the goal of acting in a manner consistent with the best interests of the clients.
     Generally, the Advisors analyze proxy statements on behalf of their clients and vote (or refrain from voting) proxies in accordance with this Policy and the Guidelines. Therefore, an Advisor generally will not vote differently for different clients except when a client has expressly directed the Advisor to vote differently for such client’s account. In the case of separate accounts, where an Advisor has contractually agreed to follow a client’s individualized proxy voting guidelines, the Advisor will vote the client’s proxies pursuant to the client’s guidelines.
     Each Advisor votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for its clients in a manner that the Advisor determines is in the best interests of its clients and which seeks to maximize the value of the client’s investments. In some cases, the Advisor may determine that it is in the best interests of clients to refrain from exercising the clients’ proxy voting rights. The Advisor may determine that voting is not in the best interest of a client and refrain from voting if the costs, including the opportunity costs, of voting would, in the view of the Advisor, exceed the expected benefits of voting to the client. For securities on loan, the Advisor will balance the revenue-producing value of loans against the difficult-to-assess value of casting votes. It is the Advisors’ belief that the expected value of casting a vote generally will be less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by the Advisor recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. The Advisor does intend to recall securities on loan if it determines that voting the securities is likely to materially affect the value of a client’s investment and that it is in the client’s best interests to do so.

D-85


Table of Contents

     In cases where the Advisor does not receive a solicitation or enough information within a sufficient time (as reasonably determined by the Advisor) prior to the proxy-voting deadline, the Advisor may be unable to vote.
     Generally, the Advisors do not intend to engage in shareholder activism with respect to a pending vote. However, if an issuer’s management, shareholders or proxy solicitors contact the Advisors with respect to a pending vote, a member of the Committee may discuss the vote with such party and report to the full Committee.
     International Proxy Voting
     While the Advisors utilize the Policy and Guidelines for both their international and domestic portfolios and clients, there are some significant differences between voting U.S. company proxies and voting non-U.S. company proxies. For U.S. companies, it is relatively easy to vote proxies, as the proxies are typically received automatically and may be voted by mail or electronically. In most cases, the officers of a U.S. company soliciting a proxy act as proxies for the company’s shareholders.
     With respect to non-U.S. companies, however, it is typically both difficult and costly to vote proxies due to local regulations, customs or other requirements or restrictions, and such circumstances may outweigh any anticipated economic benefit of voting. The major difficulties and costs may include: (i) appointing a proxy; (ii) obtaining reliable information about the time and location of a meeting; (iii) obtaining relevant information about voting procedures for foreign shareholders; (iv) restrictions on trading securities that are subject to proxy votes (share-blocking periods); (v) arranging for a proxy to vote locally in person; (vi) fees charged by custody banks for providing certain services with regard to voting proxies; and (vii) foregone income from securities lending programs. The Advisors do not vote proxies of non-U.S. companies if they determine that the expected costs of voting outweigh any anticipated economic benefit to the client of voting.1 The Advisors determine whether to vote proxies of non-U.S. companies on a client by client basis, and generally implement uniform voting procedures for all proxies of companies in each country. The Advisors periodically review voting logistics, including costs and other voting difficulties, on a client by client and country by country basis, in order to determine if there have been any material changes that would affect the Advisors’ decision of whether or not to vote. In the event an Advisor is made aware of and believes that an issue to be voted is likely to materially affect the economic value of a portfolio, that its vote is reasonably likely to influence the ultimate outcome of the contest, and that the expected benefits to the client of voting the proxies exceed the expected costs, the Advisor will make every reasonable effort to vote such proxies.
     Conflicts of Interest
     Occasions may arise where an Authorized Person, the Committee, an Advisor, or an affiliated person of the Advisor may have a conflict of interest in connection with the proxy voting process. A conflict of interest may exist, for example, if an Advisor is actively soliciting investment advisory business from the company soliciting the proxy. However, proxies that the Advisors receive on behalf of their clients generally will be voted in accordance with the predetermined Guidelines. Therefore, proxies voted should not result from any conflicts of interest.
     In the limited instances where (i) an Authorized Person is considering voting a proxy contrary to the Guidelines (or in cases for which the Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote

D-86


Table of Contents

and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), and (ii) the Authorized Person believes a potential conflict of interest exists, the Authorized Person will disclose the potential conflict to a member of the Committee. Such disclosure will describe the proposal to be voted upon and disclose any potential conflict of interest including but not limited to any potential personal conflict of interest (e.g., familial
1 As the SEC has stated, “There may even be times when refraining from voting a proxy is in the client’s best interest, such as when the adviser determines that the cost of voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to the client...For example, casting a vote on a foreign security may involve additional costs such as hiring a translator or traveling to the foreign country to vote the security in person.” See Proxy Voting by Investment Advisers, Release No. IA-2106 (Jan. 31, 2003). Additionally, the Department of Labor has stated it “interprets ERISA§ 404(a)(1) to require the responsible plan fiduciary to weigh the costs and benefits of voting on proxy proposals relating to foreign securities and make an informed decision with respect to whether voting a given proxy proposal is prudent and solely in the interest of the plan’s participants and beneficiaries.” See Preamble to Department of Labor Interpretative Bulletin 94-2, 59 FR 38860 (July 29, 1994) 19,971, CCH, 22,485-23 to 22,485-24 (1994).
relationship with company management) the Authorized Person may have relating to the proxy vote, in which case the Authorized Person will remove himself or herself from the proxy voting process.
     If the Committee member has actual knowledge of a conflict of interest and recommends a vote contrary to the Guidelines (or in the case where the Guidelines do not prescribe a particular vote and the proposed vote is contrary to the recommendation of ISS), the Committee member will bring the vote to the Committee which will (a) determine how the vote should be cast keeping in mind the principle of preserving shareholder value or (b) determine to abstain from voting, unless abstaining would be materially adverse to the Client’s interest. To the extent the Committee makes a determination regarding how to vote or to abstain for a proxy on behalf of a Dimensional Investment Company in the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Advisor will report annually on such determinations to the Board of Directors of the Dimensional Investment Company.
     Availability of Proxy Voting Information and Recordkeeping
     Each Advisor will inform its clients on how to obtain information regarding the Advisor’s voting of its clients’ securities. The Advisor will provide its clients with a summary of its proxy voting guidelines, process and policies and will inform its clients of how they can obtain a copy of the complete Policy upon request. The Advisor will include such information described in the preceding two sentences in Part II of its Form ADV. The Advisor will also provide its existing clients with the above information.
     Recordkeeping
     The Advisors will also keep records of the following items: (i) their proxy voting guidelines, policies and procedures; (ii) proxy statements received regarding client securities (unless such statements are available on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system); (iii) records of votes they cast on behalf of clients, which may be maintained by a third party service provider if the service provider undertakes to provide copies of those records promptly upon request; (iv) records of written client requests for proxy voting information and the Advisors’ responses (whether a client’s request was oral or in writing); and

D-87


Table of Contents

(v) any documents prepared by the Advisors that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision. The Advisors will maintain these records in an easily accessible place for at least six years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such records. For the first two years, each Advisor will store such records at one of its principal offices.
     Disclosure
     Dimensional shall disclose in the statements of additional information of the Dimensional Investment Companies a summary of procedures which Dimensional uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Dimensional Investment Companies. The disclosure will include a description of the procedures used when a vote presents a conflict of interest between shareholders and Dimensional, DFA Securities LLC (“DFAS”) or an affiliate of Dimensional or DFAS.
     The semi-annual reports of the Dimensional Investment Companies shall indicate that the procedures are available: (i) by calling Dimensional collect; or (ii) on the SEC’s website. If a request for the procedures is received, the requested description must be sent within three business days by a prompt method of delivery.
     Dimensional, on behalf of each Dimensional Investment Company it advises, shall file its proxy voting record with the SEC on Form N-PX no later than August 31 of each year, for the twelve-month period ending June 30 of the current year. Such filings shall contain all information required to be disclosed on Form N-PX.
EXHIBIT A
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
See Attached
• Dimensional will screen votes otherwise subject to this policy based on the qualifications and circumstances of the directors involved.
Concise Summary of 2009 U.S. Proxy Voting Guidelines
Effective for Meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2009
1. Operational Items:
Auditor Ratification
Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following apply:
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position;

D-88


Table of Contents

Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures; or
Fees for non-audit services (“Other” fees) are excessive.
Non-audit fees are excessive if:
Non-audit (“other”) fees exceed audit fees + audit-related fees + tax compliance/preparation fees
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, taking into account:
The tenure of the audit firm;
The length of rotation specified in the proposal;
Any significant audit-related issues at the company;
The number of Audit Committee meetings held each year;
The number of financial experts serving on the committee; and
Whether the company has a periodic renewal process where the auditor is evaluated for both audit quality and competitive price.
2. Board of Directors:
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:
Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse, such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company, or funeral obligations. If the company provides meaningful public or private disclosure explaining the director’s absences, evaluate the information on a CASE-BY-CASE basis taking into account the following factors:
- Degree to which absences were due to an unavoidable conflict;
Pattern of absenteeism; and
Other extraordinary circumstances underlying the director’s absence;
Sit on more than six public company boards;
Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from all nominees of the board of directors, (except from new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:
The company’s proxy indicates that not all directors attended 75% of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings, but fails to provide the required disclosure of the names of the directors involved. If this information cannot be obtained, vote against/withhold from all incumbent directors;

D-89


Table of Contents

The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature. Vote against/withhold every year until this feature is removed;

D-90


Table of Contents

The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of an newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold/against recommendation for this issue;
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient action taken);
The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;
At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote;
The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election- any or all appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable;
The board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only).
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from Inside Directors and Affiliated Outside Directors (per the Classification of Directors below) when:
The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;
The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;
The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee;
The full board is less than majority independent.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:
The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;
The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or
There is persuasive evidence that the audit committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.
Vote CASE-by-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full board if poor accounting practices, which rise to a level of serious concern are indentified, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures.

D-91


Table of Contents

Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions in determining whether negative vote recommendations are warranted against the members of the Audit Committee who are responsible for the poor accounting practices, or the entire board.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:
There is a negative correlation between the chief executive’s pay and company performance (see discussion under Equity Compensation Plans);
The company reprices underwater options for stock, cash or other consideration without prior shareholder approval, even if allowed in their equity plan;
The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote; The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they made to shareholders;
The company has backdated options (see “Options Backdating” policy);
The company has poor compensation practices (see “Poor Pay Practices” policy). Poor pay practices may warrant withholding votes from the CEO and potentially the entire board as well.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.
Independent Chair (Separate Chair/CEO)
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent director, unless the company satisfies all of the following criteria:
The company maintains the following counterbalancing features:
Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.) The duties should include, but are not limited to, the following:
- presides at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent directors;
- serves as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;
- approves information sent to the board;
- approves meeting agendas for the board;
- approves meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items;
- has the authority to call meetings of the independent directors;
- if requested by major shareholders, ensures that he is available for consultation and direct communication;
Two-thirds independent board;
All independent key committees;

D-92


Table of Contents

Established governance guidelines;
A company in the Russell 3000 universe must not have exhibited sustained poor total shareholder return (TSR) performance, defined as one- and three-year TSR in the bottom half of the company’s four-digit GICS industry group within the Russell 3000 only), unless there has been a change in the Chairman/CEO position within that time;
The company does not have any problematic governance or management issues, examples of which include, but are not limited to:
- Egregious compensation practices;
- Multiple related-party transactions or other issues putting director independence at risk;
- Corporate and/or management scandals;
- Excessive problematic corporate governance provisions; or
- Flagrant board or management actions with potential or realized negative impact on shareholders.
Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
Generally vote FOR precatory and binding resolutions requesting that the board change the company’s bylaws to stipulate that directors need to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast, provided it does not conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. Binding resolutions need to allow for a carve-out for a plurality vote standard when there are more nominees than board seats.
Companies are strongly encouraged to also adopt a post-election policy (also know as a director resignation policy) that provides guidelines so that the company will promptly address the situation of a holdover director.
Performance/Governance Evaluation for Directors
Vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST on all director nominees if the board lacks accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers, measured by one- and three-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only).
Evaluate board accountability and oversight at companies that demonstrate sustained poor performance. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:
a classified board structure;
a supermajority vote requirement;
majority vote standard for director elections with no carve out for contested elections;
the inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

D-93


Table of Contents

the inability of shareholders to act by written consent;
a dual-class structure; and/or
a non-shareholder approved poison pill.
If a company exhibits sustained poor performance coupled with a lack of board accountability and oversight, also take into consideration the company’s five-year total shareholder return and five-year operational metrics in the evaluation.
3. Proxy Contests
Voting for Director Nominees in Contested Elections
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:
Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;
Management’s track record;
Background to the proxy contest;
Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);
Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;
Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);
Stock ownership positions.
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.
Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for the reimbursement of reasonable costs incurred in connection with nominating one or more candidates in a contested election where the following apply:
The election of fewer than 50% of the directors to be elected is contested in the election;
One or more of the dissident’s candidates is elected;
Shareholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for directors; and
The election occurred, and the expenses were incurred, after the adoption of this bylaw.
4. Antitakeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals/Nominations
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to the meeting date and within the broadest window possible, recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company, regulatory and shareholder review.
To be reasonable, the company’s deadline for shareholder notice of a proposal/ nominations must not be more than 60 days prior to the meeting, with a submittal window of at least 30 days prior to the deadline.
In general, support additional efforts by companies to ensure full disclosure in regard to a proponent’s economic and voting position in the company so long as the informational requirements are reasonable and aimed at providing shareholders with the necessary information to review such proposal.

D-94


Table of Contents

Poison Pills
Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:
Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or
The board, in exercising its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e., the “fiduciary out” provision). A poison pill adopted under this “fiduciary out” will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within 12 months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within 12 months would be considered sufficient.
Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:
No lower than a 20% trigger, flip-in or flip-over;
A term of no more than three years;
No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;
Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, 10 percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.
In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance structure, including: board independence, existing takeover defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.
For management proposals to adopt a poison pill for the stated purpose of preserving a company’s net operating losses (“NOL pills”), the following factors should be considered:
the trigger (NOL pills generally have a trigger slightly below 5%);
the value of the NOLs;
the term;
shareholder protection mechanisms (sunset provision, causing expiration of the pill upon exhaustion or expiration of NOLs); and
other factors that may be applicable.
In addition, vote WITHHOLD/AGAINST the entire board of directors, (except new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-by-CASE basis) if the board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval, does not commit to putting it to a shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption (or in the case of a newly public company, does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12 months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold recommendation for this issue.
5. Mergers and Corporate Restructurings

D-95


Table of Contents

Overall Approach
For mergers and acquisitions, review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:
Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction and strategic rationale.
Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.
Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm’s-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers’ competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.
Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.
Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
     5. State of Incorporation
Reincorporation Proposals
Evaluate management or shareholder proposals to change a company’s state of incorporation on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, giving consideration to both financial and corporate governance concerns including the following:
Reasons for reincorporation;
Comparison of company’s governance practices and provisions prior to and following the reincorporation; and
Comparison of corporation laws of original state and destination state
Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.
7. Capital Structure

D-96


Table of Contents

Common Stock Authorization
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:
Specific reasons/ rationale for the proposed increase;
The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RMG’ quantitative model;
The board’s governance structure and practices; and
Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.
Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable cap when a company’s shares are in danger of being delisted or if a company’s ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain.
Preferred Stock
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of preferred stock authorized for issuance. Take into account company-specific factors which include, at a minimum, the following:
Specific reasons/ rationale for the proposed increase;
The dilutive impact of the request as determined through an allowable cap generated by RiskMetrics’ (“RMG”) quantitative model;
The board’s governance structure and practices; and
Risks to shareholders of not approving the request.
Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock).
Vote FOR proposals to create “declawed” blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense).
Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.
8. Executive and Director Compensation
Equity Compensation Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the equity plan if any of the following factors apply:
The total cost of the company’s equity plans is unreasonable;
The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciation rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval;

D-97


Table of Contents

The CEO is a participant in the proposed equity-based compensation plan and there is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company’s performance where over 50 percent of the year-over-year increase is attributed to equity awards;
The company’s three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2% and the mean plus one standard deviation of its industry group;
The plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even though an actual change in control may not occur (e.g., upon shareholder approval of a transaction or the announcement of a tender offer); or
The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.
Poor Pay Practices
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from compensation committee members, CEO, and potentially the entire board, if the company has poor compensation practices. Vote AGAINST equity plans if the plan is a vehicle for poor compensation practices.
The following practices, while not exhaustive, are examples of poor compensation practices that may warrant withhold vote recommendations:
Egregious employment contracts — Contracts containing multi-year guarantees for salary increases, bonuses and equity compensation;
Excessive perks/tax reimbursements:
- Overly generous perquisites, which may include, but are not limited to the following: personal use of corporate aircraft, personal security system maintenance and/or installation, car allowances;
- Reimbursement of income taxes on executive perquisites or other payments;
- Perquisites for former executives, such as car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft or other inappropriate arrangements;
Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance linkage or proper disclosure
- Performance metrics that are changed, canceled or replaced during the performance period without adequate explanation of the action and the link to performance;
Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan) payouts:
- Inclusion of additional years of service not worked that result in significant payouts;
- Inclusion of performance-based equity awards in the pension calculation;
- New CEO with overly generous new hire package:
- Excessive “make whole” provisions;
- Any of the poor pay practices listed in this policy;
- Excessive severance and/or change in control provisions:
- Inclusion of excessive change in control or severance payments, especially those with a multiple in excess of 3X cash pay;
- Payments upon an executive’s termination in connection with performance failure;

D-98


Table of Contents

- Change in control payouts without loss of job or substantial diminution of job duties (single-triggered);
- New or materially amended employment or severance agreements that provide for modified single triggers, under which an executive may voluntarily leave for any reason and still receive the change-in-control severance package;
- Liberal change in control definition in individual contracts or equity plans which could result in payments to executives without an actual change in control occurring;
- New or materially amended employment or severance agreements that provide for an excise tax gross-up. Modified gross-ups would be treated in the same manner as full gross-ups;
- Perquisites for former executives such as car allowances, personal use of corporate aircraft or other inappropriate arrangements;
- Dividends or dividend equivalents paid on unvested performance shares or units;
Poor disclosure practices:
- Unclear explanation of how the CEO is involved in the pay setting process;
- Retrospective performance targets and methodology not discussed;
- Methodology for benchmarking practices and/or peer group not disclosed and explained;
- Internal Pay Disparity:
- Excessive differential between CEO total pay and that of next highest paid named executive officer (NEO);
Options backdating (covered in a separate policy);
Other excessive compensation payouts or poor pay practices at the company.
Other Compensation Proposals and Policies
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay) Management Proposals
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on executive compensation. Vote AGAINST these resolutions in cases where boards have failed to demonstrate good stewardship of investors’ interests regarding executive compensation practices.
For U.S. companies, consider the following factors in the context of each company’s specific circumstances and the board’s disclosed rationale for its practices:
     Relative Considerations:
Assessment of performance metrics relative to business strategy, as discussed and explained in the CD&A;
Evaluation of peer groups used to set target pay or award opportunities;
Alignment of company performance and executive pay trends over time (e.g., performance down: pay down);
Assessment of disparity between total pay of the CEO and other Named Executive Officers (NEOs).

D-99


Table of Contents

     Design Considerations:
Balance of fixed versus performance-driven pay;
Assessment of excessive practices with respect to perks, severance packages, supplemental executive pension plans, and burn rates.
     Communication Considerations:
Evaluation of information and board rationale provided in CD&A about how compensation is determined (e.g., why certain elements and pay targets are used, and specific incentive plan goals, especially retrospective goals);
Assessment of board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues (e.g., in responding to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics).
Employee Stock Purchase Plans— Non-Qualified Plans
Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR nonqualified employee stock purchase plans with all the following features:
Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees of the company with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);
Limits on employee contribution, which may be a fixed dollar amount or expressed as a percent of base salary;
Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee’s contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;
No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.
Vote AGAINST nonqualified employee stock purchase plans when any of the plan features do not meet the above criteria. If the company matching contribution exceeds 25 percent of employee’s contribution, evaluate the cost of the plan against its allowable cap.
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:
Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near term;
Rationale for the re-pricing—was the stock price decline beyond management’s control?
Is this a value-for-value exchange?
Are surrendered stock options added back to the plan reserve?
Option vesting—does the new option vest immediately or is there a black-out period?
Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the replaced option;
Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to market;
Participants—executive officers and directors should be excluded.
If the surrendered options are added back to the equity plans for re-issuance, then also take into consideration the company’s total cost of equity plans and its three-year average burn rate.
In addition to the above considerations, evaluate the intent, rationale, and timing of the repricing proposal. The proposal should clearly articulate why the board is choosing to conduct an exchange program at this point in time. Repricing underwater options after a recent precipitous drop in the company’s stock price demonstrates poor timing. Repricing after a recent decline in stock price triggers additional scrutiny and a potential AGAINST vote on the proposal. At a minimum, the decline should not have happened within the past year. Also, consider the terms of the surrendered options, such as the grant date, exercise price and vesting schedule. Grant dates of surrendered options should be far enough back (two to three years) so as not to suggest that

D-100


Table of Contents

repricings are being done to take advantage of short-term downward price movements. Similarly, the exercise price of surrendered options should be above the 52-week high for the stock price.
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a shareholder vote.
Other Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)
Generally, vote FOR shareholder proposals that call for non-binding shareholder ratification of the compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the accompanying narrative disclosure of material factors provided to understand the Summary Compensation Table.
Golden Coffins/Executive Death Benefits
Generally vote FOR proposals calling on companies to adopt a policy of obtaining shareholder approval for any future agreements and corporate policies that could oblige the company to make payments or awards following the death of a senior executive in the form of unearned salary or bonuses, accelerated vesting or the continuation in force of unvested equity grants, perquisites and other payments or awards made in lieu of compensation. This would not apply to any benefit programs or equity plan proposals for which the broad-based employee population is eligible.
Share Buyback Holding Periods
Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals prohibiting executives from selling shares of company stock during periods in which the company has announced that it may or will be repurchasing shares of its stock. Vote FOR the proposal when there is a pattern of abuse by executives exercising options or selling shares during periods of share buybacks.
Stock Ownership or Holding Period Guidelines
Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board. While RMG favors stock ownership on the part of directors, the company should determine the appropriate ownership requirement.
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to adopt policies requiring Named Executive Officers to retain 75% of the shares acquired through compensation plans while employed and/or for two years following the termination of their employment, and to report to shareholders regarding this policy. The following factors will be taken into account:
- Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or officer ownership requirements in place. These should consist of:
- Rigorous stock ownership guidelines, or
- A holding period requirement coupled with a significant long-term ownership requirement, or
- A meaningful retention ratio,
Actual officer stock ownership and the degree to which it meets or exceeds the proponent’s suggested holding period/retention ratio or the company’s own stock ownership or retention requirements.

D-101


Table of Contents

Problematic pay practices, current and past, which may promote a short-term versus a long-term focus.
Tax Gross-Up Proposals
Generally vote FOR proposals asking companies to adopt a policy of not providing tax gross-up payments to executives, except where gross-ups are provided pursuant to a plan, policy, or arrangement applicable to management employees of the company, such as a relocation or expatriate tax equalization policy.
9. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Issues
Overall Approach
When evaluating social and environmental shareholder proposals, RMG considers the following factors:
Whether adoption of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value;
Whether the information requested concerns business issues that relate to a meaningful percentage of the company’s business as measured by sales, assets, and earnings;
The degree to which the company’s stated position on the issues raised in the proposal could affect its reputation or sales, or leave it vulnerable to a boycott or selective purchasing;
Whether the issues presented are more appropriately/effectively dealt with through governmental or company-specific action;
Whether the company has already responded in some appropriate manner to the request embodied in the proposal;
Whether the company’s analysis and voting recommendation to shareholders are persuasive;
What other companies have done in response to the issue addressed in the proposal;
Whether the proposal itself is well framed and the cost of preparing the report is reasonable;
Whether implementation of the proposal’s request would achieve the proposal’s objectives;
Whether the subject of the proposal is best left to the discretion of the board;
Whether the requested information is available to shareholders either from the company or from a publicly available source; and
Whether providing this information would reveal proprietary or confidential information that would place the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Genetically Modified Ingredients
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking suppliers, genetic research companies, restaurants and food retail companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products and/or eliminate GE ingredients. The cost of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients may not be commensurate with the benefits to shareholders and is an issue better left to regulators.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals asking for a report on the feasibility of labeling products containing GE ingredients taking into account:
The company’s business and the proportion of it affected by the resolution;
The quality of the company’s disclosure on GE product labeling, related voluntary initiatives, and how this disclosure compares with industry peer disclosure; and
Company’s current disclosure on the feasibility of GE product labeling, including information on the related costs.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals seeking a report on the social, health, and environmental effects of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Studies of this sort are better undertaken by regulators and the scientific community.

D-102


Table of Contents

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to completely phase out GE ingredients from the company’s products or proposals asking for reports outlining the steps necessary to eliminate GE ingredients from the company’s products. Such resolutions presuppose that there are proven health risks to GE ingredients (an issue better left to regulators) that may outweigh the economic benefits derived from biotechnology.
Pharmaceutical Pricing, Access to Medicines, and Product Reimportation
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company report on their product pricing policies or their access to medicine policies, considering:
The nature of the company’s business and the potential for reputational and market risk exposure;
The existing disclosure of relevant policies;
Deviation from established industry norms;
The company’s existing, relevant initiatives to provide research and/or products to disadvantaged consumers;
Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions; and
The potential cost and scope of the requested report.
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the financial and legal impact of their prescription drug reimportation policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug reimportation. Such matters are more appropriately the province of legislative activity and may place the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its peers.
Gender Identity, Sexual Orientation, and Domestic Partner Benefits
Generally vote FOR proposals seeking to amend a company’s EEO statement or diversity policies to prohibit discrimination based on sexual orientation and/or gender identity, unless the change would result in excessive costs for the company.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals to extend company benefits to, or eliminate benefits from domestic partners. Decisions regarding benefits should be left to the discretion of the company.
Climate Change
Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the impact of climate change on the company’s operations and investments considering whether:
The company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impacts that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;
The company’s level of disclosure is at least comparable to that of industry peers; and
There are no significant, controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company’s environmental performance.

D-103


Table of Contents

Lobbying Expenditures/Initiatives
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting information on a company’s lobbying initiatives, considering:
Significant controversies, fines, or litigation surrounding a company’s public policy activities,
The company’s current level of disclosure on lobbying strategy, and
The impact that the policy issue may have on the company’s business operations.
Political Contributions and Trade Association Spending
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking the company to affirm political nonpartisanship in the workplace so long as:
There are no recent, significant controversies, fines or litigation regarding the company’s political contributions or trade association spending; and
The company has procedures in place to ensure that employee contributions to company-sponsored political action committees (PACs) are strictly voluntary and prohibits coercion.
Vote AGAINST proposals to publish in newspapers and public media the company’s political contributions. Such publications could present significant cost to the company without providing commensurate value to shareholders.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company’s political contributions and trade association spending, considering:
Recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company’s political contributions or governmental affairs; and
The public availability of a company policy on political contributions and trade association spending including information on the types of organizations supported, the business rationale for supporting these organizations, and the oversight and compliance procedures related to such expenditures of corporate assets.
Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions. Businesses are affected by legislation at the federal, state, and local level and barring political contributions can put the company at a competitive disadvantage.
Vote AGAINST proposals asking for a list of company executives, directors, consultants, legal counsels, lobbyists, or investment bankers that have prior government service and whether such service had a bearing on the business of the company. Such a list would be burdensome to prepare without providing any meaningful information to shareholders.
Labor and Human Rights Standards
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to implement company or company supplier labor and/or human rights standards and policies, considering:
The degree to which existing relevant policies and practices are disclosed;
Whether or not existing relevant policies are consistent with internationally recognized standards;
Whether company facilities and those of its suppliers are monitored and how;

D-104


Table of Contents

Company participation in fair labor organizations or other internationally recognized human rights initiatives;
Scope and nature of business conducted in markets known to have higher risk of workplace labor/human rights abuse;
Recent, significant company controversies, fines, or litigation regarding human rights at the company or its suppliers;
The scope of the request; and
Deviation from industry sector peer company standards and practices.
Sustainability Reporting
Generally vote FOR proposals requesting the company to report on its policies, initiatives, and oversight mechanisms related to social, economic, and environmental sustainability, unless:
The company already discloses similar information through existing reports or policies such as an Environment, Health, and Safety (EHS) report; a comprehensive Code of Corporate Conduct; and/or a Diversity Report; or
The company has formally committed to the implementation of a reporting program based on Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines or a similar standard within a specified time frame
2009 International Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary
Effective for Meetings on or after Feb 1, 2009
The following is a condensed version of the general policies for voting non-U.S. proxies contained in the RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Manual. In addition, RiskMetrics (“RMG”) has country- and market-specific policies, which are not captured below.
1. Operational Items
Financial Results/Director and Auditor Reports
Vote FOR approval of financial statements and director and auditor reports, unless:
There are concerns about the accounts presented or audit procedures used; or
The company is not responsive to shareholder questions about specific items that should be
publicly disclosed.
Appointment of Auditors and Auditor Fees
Vote FOR the reelection of auditors and proposals authorizing the board to fix auditor fees, unless:
There are serious concerns about the accounts presented or the audit procedures used;
The auditors are being changed without explanation; or
Non-audit-related fees are substantial or are routinely in excess of standard annual audit-related fees.
Vote AGAINST the appointment of external auditors if they have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.
Appointment of Internal Statutory Auditors
Vote FOR the appointment or reelection of statutory auditors, unless:
There are serious concerns about the statutory reports presented or the audit procedures used;
Questions exist concerning any of the statutory auditors being appointed; or

D-105


Table of Contents

The auditors have previously served the company in an executive capacity or can otherwise be considered affiliated with the company.
Allocation of Income
Vote FOR approval of the allocation of income, unless:
The dividend payout ratio has been consistently below 30 percent without adequate explanation; or
The payout is excessive given the company’s financial position.
Stock (Scrip) Dividend Alternative
Vote FOR most stock (scrip) dividend proposals.
Vote AGAINST proposals that do not allow for a cash option unless management demonstrates that the cash option is harmful to shareholder value.
Amendments to Articles of Association
Vote amendments to the articles of association on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Change in Company Fiscal Term
Vote FOR resolutions to change a company’s fiscal term unless a company’s motivation for the change is to postpone its AGM.
Lower Disclosure Threshold for Stock Ownership
Vote AGAINST resolutions to lower the stock ownership disclosure threshold below 5 percent unless specific reasons exist to implement a lower threshold.

D-106


Table of Contents

Amend Quorum Requirements
Vote proposals to amend quorum requirements for shareholder meetings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Transact Other Business
Vote AGAINST other business when it appears as a voting item.
2. Board of Directors
Director Elections
Vote FOR management nominees in the election of directors, unless:
Adequate disclosure has not been provided in a timely manner;
There are clear concerns over questionable finances or restatements;
There have been questionable transactions with conflicts of interest;
There are any records of abuses against minority shareholder interests; or
The board fails to meet minimum corporate governance standards.
Vote FOR individual nominees unless there are specific concerns about the individual, such as criminal wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities.
Vote AGAINST individual directors if repeated absences at board meetings have not been explained (in countries where this information is disclosed).
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis for contested elections of directors, e.g. the election of shareholder nominees or the dismissal of incumbent directors, determining which directors are best suited to add value for shareholders.
Vote FOR employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee and are required by law to be on those committees. Vote AGAINST employee and/or labor representatives if they sit on either the audit or compensation committee, if they are not required to be on those committees.

D-107


Table of Contents

RMG Classification of Directors — International Policy 2009
Executive Director
Employee or executive of the company;
Any director who is classified as a non-executive, but receives salary, fees, bonus, and/or other benefits that are in line with the highest-paid executives of the company.
Non-Independent Non-Executive Director (NED)
Any director who is attested by the board to be a non-independent NED;
Any director specifically designated as a representative of a significant shareholder of the company;
Any director who is also an employee or executive of a significant shareholder of the company;
Beneficial owner (direct or indirect) of at least 10% of the company’s stock, either in economic terms or in voting rights (this may be aggregated if voting power is distributed among more than one member of a defined group, e.g., family members who beneficially own less than 10% individually, but collectively own more than 10%), unless market best practice dictates a lower ownership and/or disclosure threshold (and in other special market-specific circumstances);
Government representative;
Currently provides (or a relative[1] provides) professional services[2] to the company, to an affiliate of the company, or to an individual officer of the company or of one of its affiliates in excess of $10,000 per year;
Represents customer, supplier, creditor, banker, or other entity with which company maintains transactional/commercial relationship (unless company discloses information to apply a materiality test[3]);
Any director who has conflicting or cross-directorships with executive directors or the chairman of the company;
Relative[1] of a current employee of the company or its affiliates;
Relative[1] of a former executive of the company or its affiliates;
A new appointee elected other than by a formal process through the General Meeting (such as a contractual appointment by a substantial shareholder);

D-108


Table of Contents

Founder/co-founder/member of founding family but not currently an employee;
Former executive (5 year cooling off period);
Years of service is generally not a determining factor unless it is recommended best practice in a market and/or in extreme circumstances, in which case it may be considered.[4]
Independent NED
No material[5] connection, either directly or indirectly, to the company other than a board seat.
Employee Representative
Represents employees or employee shareholders of the company (classified as “employee representative” but considered a non-independent NED).
Footnotes:
[1] “Relative” follows the U.S. SEC’s definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, stepparents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, nominee for director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
[2] Professional services can be characterized as advisory in nature and generally include the following: investment banking/financial advisory services; commercial banking (beyond deposit services); investment services; insurance services; accounting/audit services; consulting services; marketing services; and legal services. The case of participation in a banking syndicate by a non-lead bank should be considered a transaction (and hence subject to the associated materiality test) rather than a professional relationship.
[3] If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or five percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
[4] For example, in continental Europe, directors with a tenure exceeding 12 years will be considered non-independent. In the United Kingdom and Ireland, directors with a tenure exceeding nine years will be considered non-independent, unless the company provides sufficient and clear justification that the director is independent despite his long tenure.
[5] For purposes of RMG director independence classification, “material” will be defined as a standard of relationship financial, personal or otherwise) that a reasonable person might conclude could potentially influence one’s objectivity in the boardroom in a manner that would have a meaningful impact on an individual’s ability to satisfy requisite fiduciary standards on behalf of shareholders.
Discharge of Directors
Generally vote FOR the discharge of directors, including members of the management board and/or supervisory board, unless there is reliable information about significant and compelling controversies that the board is not fulfilling its fiduciary duties warranted by:
A lack of oversight or actions by board members which invoke shareholder distrust related to malfeasance or poor supervision, such as operating in private or company interest rather than in shareholder interest; or
Any legal issues (e.g. civil/criminal) aiming to hold the board responsible for breach of trust in the past or related to currently alleged actions yet to be confirmed (and not only the fiscal year in question), such as price fixing, insider trading, bribery, fraud, and other illegal actions; or

D-109


Table of Contents

Other egregious governance issues where shareholders will bring legal action against the company or its directors.
For markets which do not routinely request discharge resolutions (e.g. common law countries or markets where discharge is not mandatory), analysts may voice concern in other appropriate agenda items, such as approval of the annual accounts or other relevant resolutions, to enable shareholders to express discontent with the board.
Director Compensation
Vote FOR proposals to award cash fees to non-executive directors unless the amounts are excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry.
Vote non-executive director compensation proposals that include both cash and share-based components on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote proposals that bundle compensation for both non-executive and executive directors into a single resolution on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST proposals to introduce retirement benefits for non-executive directors.
Director, Officer, and Auditor Indemnification and Liability Provisions
Vote proposals seeking indemnification and liability protection for directors and officers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote AGAINST proposals to indemnify auditors.
Board Structure
Vote FOR proposals to fix board size. Vote AGAINST the introduction of classified boards and mandatory retirement ages for directors. Vote AGAINST proposals to alter board structure or size in the context of a fight for control of the company or the board.
3. Capital Structure
Share Issuance Requests
General Issuances:
Vote FOR issuance requests with preemptive rights to a maximum of 100 percent over currently issued capital.
Vote FOR issuance requests without preemptive rights to a maximum of 20 percent of currently issued capital.
Specific Issuances:
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on all requests, with or without preemptive rights.
Increases in Authorized Capital
Vote FOR non-specific proposals to increase authorized capital up to 100 percent over the current authorization unless the increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding.

D-110


Table of Contents

Vote FOR specific proposals to increase authorized capital to any amount, unless:
The specific purpose of the increase (such as a share-based acquisition or merger) does not meet RMG guidelines for the purpose being proposed; or
The increase would leave the company with less than 30 percent of its new authorization outstanding after adjusting for all proposed issuances.
Vote AGAINST proposals to adopt unlimited capital authorizations.
Reduction of Capital
Vote FOR proposals to reduce capital for routine accounting purposes unless the terms are unfavorable to shareholders.
Vote proposals to reduce capital in connection with corporate restructuring on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Capital Structures
Vote FOR resolutions that seek to maintain or convert to a one-share, one-vote capital structure. Vote AGAINST requests for the creation or continuation of dual-class capital structures or the creation of new or additional supervoting shares.
Preferred Stock
Vote FOR the creation of a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50 percent of issued capital unless the terms of the preferred stock would adversely affect the rights of existing shareholders.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible preferred stock as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.
Vote AGAINST the creation of a new class of preference shares that would carry superior voting rights to the common shares.
Vote AGAINST the creation of blank check preferred stock unless the board clearly states that the authorization will not be used to thwart a takeover bid.
Vote proposals to increase blank check preferred authorizations on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Debt Issuance Requests
Vote non-convertible debt issuance requests on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, with or without preemptive rights.
Vote FOR the creation/issuance of convertible debt instruments as long as the maximum number of common shares that could be issued upon conversion meets RMG guidelines on equity issuance requests.
Vote FOR proposals to restructure existing debt arrangements unless the terms of the restructuring would adversely affect the rights of shareholders.

D-111


Table of Contents

Pledging of Assets for Debt
Vote proposals to approve the pledging of assets for debt on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Increase in Borrowing Powers
Vote proposals to approve increases in a company’s borrowing powers on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Share Repurchase Plans
Generally vote FOR share repurchase programs/market repurchase authorities, provided that the proposal meets the following parameters:
Maximum volume: 10 percent for market repurchase within any single authority and 10 percent of outstanding shares to be kept in treasury (“on the shelf”);
Duration does not exceed 18 months.
For markets that either generally do not specify the maximum duration of the authority or seek a duration beyond 18 months that is allowable under market specific legislation, RMG will assess the company’s historic practice. If there is evidence that a company has sought shareholder approval for the authority to repurchase shares on an annual basis, RMG will support the proposed authority.
In addition, vote AGAINST any proposal where:
The repurchase can be used for takeover defenses;
There is clear evidence of abuse;
There is no safeguard against selective buybacks;
Pricing provisions and safeguards are deemed to be unreasonable in light of market practice.
RMG may support share repurchase plans in excess of 10 percent volume under exceptional circumstances, such as one-off company specific events (e.g. capital re-structuring). Such proposals will be assessed case-by-case based on merits, which should be clearly disclosed in the annual report, provided that following conditions are met:
The overall balance of the proposed plan seems to be clearly in shareholders’ interests;
The plan still respects the 10 percent maximum of shares to be kept in treasury.
Reissuance of Repurchased Shares
Vote FOR requests to reissue any repurchased shares unless there is clear evidence of abuse of this authority in the past.
Capitalization of Reserves for Bonus Issues/Increase in Par Value
Vote FOR requests to capitalize reserves for bonus issues of shares or to increase par value. 4. Other
Reorganizations/Restructurings
Vote reorganizations and restructurings on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Mergers and Acquisitions
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account the following: For every M&A analysis, RMG reviews publicly available information as of the date of the report and evaluates the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

D-112


Table of Contents

Valuation — Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, RMG places emphasis on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.
Market reaction — How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction will cause RMG to scrutinize a deal more closely.
Strategic rationale — Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.
Conflicts of interest — Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? RMG will consider whether any special interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger.
Governance — Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.
Vote AGAINST if the companies do not provide sufficient information upon request to make an informed voting decision.
Mandatory Takeover Bid Waivers
Vote proposals to waive mandatory takeover bid requirements on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Reincorporation Proposals
Vote reincorporation proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Expansion of Business Activities
Vote FOR resolutions to expand business activities unless the new business takes the company into risky areas.
Related-Party Transactions
Vote related-party transactions on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Compensation Plans
Vote compensation plans on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Antitakeover Mechanisms
Generally vote AGAINST all antitakeover proposals, unless they are structured in such a way that they give shareholders the ultimate decision on any proposal or offer.
Shareholder Proposals
Vote all shareholder proposals on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
Vote FOR proposals that would improve the company’s corporate governance or business profileat a reasonable cost.
Vote AGAINST proposals that limit the company’s business activities or capabilities or result in significant costs being incurred with little or no benefit.

D-113


Table of Contents

FRANKLIN ADVISERS, INC.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES
RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES
Franklin Advisers, Inc. (hereinafter “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the interests of, separate account clients, Investment Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”) that have properly delegated such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.
HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES
Fiduciary Considerations
All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies, Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group (“RiskMetrics”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics’ and/or Glass Lewis’s analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.
Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:
1. The issuer is a client1 of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;

D-114


Table of Contents

3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);2
4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer; 3
5. An Access Person4 of Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;
6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member5 of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or
7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products.
Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management.
Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on theaccuracy of the information it receives from such parties.
In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved by the Advisory Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy Review Committee comprised of representatives from the Portfolio Management (which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients.
Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refer a matter to an Advisory Client, it mayrely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d’investissement à capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.
The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are identified as presenting

D-115


Table of Contents

material conflicts of interest; determine the appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the results of such votes to Investment Manager’s clients as may be requested; and recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate.
The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client.
Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis, RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or environmental issues or political contributions, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.
To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to an account’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares.
Weight Given Management Recommendations
One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company’s management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the position of a company’s management in any situation where it determines that the ratification of management’s position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company’s shares.
THE PROXY GROUP
The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by Investment

D-116


Table of Contents

Manager’s managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of an independent third party provider of proxy services. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an independent third party service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendations of an independent third party service provider.
GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.
INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES
Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment Manager’s officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.
The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:
Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-

D-117


Table of Contents

case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.
Ratification of Auditors: Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.
Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.
Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.
Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: Investment Manager generally opposes antitakeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting.
Changes to Capital Structure: Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally

D-118


Table of Contents

not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.
Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a caseby-case basis.
Social and Corporate Policy Issues: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients. Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or implications.
Global Corporate Governance: Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced money managers, Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.
PROXY PROCEDURES
The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. In addition, Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy, or may chose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a meeting notice was received too late; (ii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iii) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if Investment Manager votes a proxy or where Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (iv) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (v) proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (vi) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (vii) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person. Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the registered investment companies advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on loan where Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. Investment Managers will not generally make such efforts on behalf

D-119


Table of Contents

of other Advisory Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote.
Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a message to the company that if it had provided additional information, Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.
The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out Investment Manager’s proxy policy:
1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list.
2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.
3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel for review and voting instructions.
4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager’s analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent third party providers of proxy services.
5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports Investment Manager’s voting position. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any information provided by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager, legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee.
6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.
7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager’s vote on all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for foreign securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be impossible to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting. In these situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the proxy vote to RiskMetrics in sufficient

D-120


Table of Contents

time for the vote to be processed.
8. The Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such documentation on a best efforts basis.
9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each Advisory Client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.
10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.
11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary registered investment company clients, disclose that its proxy voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.
12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary registered investment company clients is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.
13. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.
14. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process is functioning.
15. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will 9 recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.
16. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:
Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;

D-121


Table of Contents

Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;
Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and
Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy voting.
The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators.
As of January 15, 2009
1 For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”
2 The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1 distribution fees) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
3 The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions).
4 “Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
5 The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).

D-122


Table of Contents

FRANKLIN MUTUAL ADVISERS, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES
RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES
Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC (hereinafter “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the interests of, separate account clients, Investment Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”) that have properly delegated such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.
HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES
Fiduciary Considerations
All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies, Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group (“RiskMetrics”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics’ and/or Glass Lewis’s analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final

D-123


Table of Contents

voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.
Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:
1. The issuer is a client1 of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
1 For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”
2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);
4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer;
5. An Access Person of Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;
6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or
7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products. Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management.
Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.
In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved by the Advisory

D-124


Table of Contents

Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy Review Committee comprised of representatives from the Portfolio Management (which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy Review Committee may defer to the
2 The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1 distribution fees) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
3 The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions).
4 “Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
5 The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152). 3 voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients. Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refer a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d’investissement à capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.
The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are identified as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the results of such votes to Investment Manager’s clients as may be requested; and recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate. The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it

D-125


Table of Contents

may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client.

Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis, RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or environmental issues or political contributions, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.
To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to an account’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares.
Weight Given Management Recommendations
One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company’s management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the position of a company’s management in any situation where 4 it determines that the ratification of management’s position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company’s shares.
THE PROXY GROUP
The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by Investment Manager’s

D-126


Table of Contents

managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of an independent third party provider of proxy services. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an independent third party service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendations of an independent third party service provider.
GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.
INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES
Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment Manager’s officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually. 5

D-127


Table of Contents

The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:
Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.
Ratification of Auditors: Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.
Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option

D-128


Table of Contents

plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less. Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.
Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: Investment Manager generally opposes antitakeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In 6 addition, Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting.
Changes to Capital Structure: Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.
Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a caseby- case basis.
Social and Corporate Policy Issues: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients. Investment Manager will generally give

D-129


Table of Contents

management discretion with regard to social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or implications.
Global Corporate Governance: Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced money managers, Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.
PROXY PROCEDURES

The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. In addition, Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy, or may chose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a meeting notice was received too late; (ii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iii) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if Investment Manager votes a proxy or where Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (iv) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (v) proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (vi) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (vii) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has 7 transferred legal title to the security to another person. Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the registered investment companies advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on loan where Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. Investment Managers will not generally make such efforts on behalf of other Advisory

D-130


Table of Contents

Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote.

Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a message to the company that if it had provided additional information, Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.

The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out Investment Manager’s proxy policy:
1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list.
2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.
3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel for review and voting instructions.
4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager’s analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent third party providers of proxy services.
5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports Investment Manager’s voting position. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any information provided by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager, legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee.
6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine 8 that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.
7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager’s vote on all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for foreign securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be impossible to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting. In these situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the proxy vote to RiskMetrics in sufficient time for the vote to be processed.
8. The Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such

D-131


Table of Contents

documentation on a best efforts basis.
9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each Advisory Client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.
10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.
11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary registered investment company clients, disclose that its proxy voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.
12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary registered investment company clients is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.
13. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.
14. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process is functioning.
15. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will 9 recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.
16. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:
Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;
Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;
Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and
Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy voting.
The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least five years, the first two of which will be on site.

D-132


Table of Contents

Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators. As of January 15, 2009
TEMPLETON GLOBAL ADVISORS LIMITED
PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES
RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES
Templeton Global Advisors Limited (hereinafter “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc.
Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the interests of, separate account clients, Investment Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”) that have properly delegated such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.
HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES
Fiduciary Considerations
All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies, Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group (“RiskMetrics”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics’ and/or Glass Lewis’s analyses are thoroughly reviewed and

D-133


Table of Contents

considered in making a final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.
Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:
1. The issuer is a client1 of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);2
4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer; 3
5. An Access Person4 of Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;
6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member5 of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or
7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products. Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management.
Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.
In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved by the Advisory Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy Review Committee comprised of representatives from the 1 For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”

2 The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1 distribution fees) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a

D-134


Table of Contents

Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
3 The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions).
4 “Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
5 The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152). 3
Portfolio Management (which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients. Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refer a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d’investissement à capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.
The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are identified as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the results of such votes to Investment Manager’s clients as may be requested; and recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate.
The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client.
Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis, RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or

D-135


Table of Contents

environmental issues or political contributions, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.
To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to an account’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares.
Weight Given Management Recommendations
One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management. Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that Investment Manager considers in determining how proxies should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate 4 decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company’s management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the position of a company’s management in any situation where it determines that the ratification of management’s position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company’s shares.
THE PROXY GROUP
The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by Investment Manager’s managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment

D-136


Table of Contents

Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of an independent third party provider of proxy services. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an independent third party service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendations of an independent third party service provider.
GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.
INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES
Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal counsel, and Investment Manager’s officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually. The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:
Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-

D-137


Table of Contents

case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.
Ratification of Auditors: Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.
Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less. Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.
Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: Investment Manager generally opposes antitakeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On occasion, Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting.
Changes to Capital Structure: Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not vote in

D-138


Table of Contents

favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.
Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a caseby- case basis.
Social and Corporate Policy Issues: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients. Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or implications.
Global Corporate Governance: Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced money managers, Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.
PROXY PROCEDURES
The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. In addition, Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy, or may chose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a meeting notice was received too late; (ii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iii) there are legal encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if Investment Manager votes a proxy or where Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (iv) the

D-139


Table of Contents

Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (v) 7 proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (vi) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (vii) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person. Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the registered investment companies advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on loan where Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. Investment Managers will not generally make such efforts on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote. Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a message to the company that if it had provided additional information, Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director. The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out Investment Manager’s proxy policy:
1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list.
2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.
3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel for review and voting instructions.
4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager’s analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent third party providers of proxy services.

D-140


Table of Contents

5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports Investment Manager’s voting position. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any information provided by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager, legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee. 8
6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.
7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager’s vote on all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for foreign securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be impossible to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting. In these situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the proxy vote to RiskMetrics in sufficient time for the vote to be processed.
8. The Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such documentation on a best efforts basis.
9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each Advisory Client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.
10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.
11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary registered investment company clients, disclose that its proxy voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.
12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary registered investment company clients is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.
13. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.
14. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process is functioning. 9
15. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where

D-141


Table of Contents

these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.
16. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:
Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;
Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;
Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and
Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy voting. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least five years, the first two of which will be on-site.
Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators. As of January 15, 2009

D-142


Table of Contents

As of January 15, 2009
TEMPLETON INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
a division of Franklin Templeton Investments Corp.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES & PROCEDURES
RESPONSIBILITY OF INVESTMENT MANAGER TO VOTE PROXIES
Templeton Investment Management (hereinafter “Investment Manager”) has delegated its administrative duties with respect to voting proxies to the Proxy Group within Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC (the “Proxy Group”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Franklin Resources, Inc. Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC provides a variety of general corporate services to its affiliates, including but not limited to legal and compliance activities. Proxy duties consist of analyzing proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by any client (including both investment companies and any separate accounts managed by Investment Manager) that has either delegated proxy voting administrative responsibility to Investment Manager or has asked for information and/or recommendations on the issues to be voted. The Proxy Group will process proxy votes on behalf of, and Investment Manager votes proxies solely in the interests of, separate account clients, Investment Manager-managed mutual fund shareholders, or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of the plan participants and beneficiaries (collectively, “Advisory Clients”) that have properly delegated such responsibility or will inform Advisory Clients that have not delegated the voting responsibility but that have requested voting advice about Investment Manager’s views on such proxy votes. The Proxy Group also provides these services to other advisory affiliates of Investment Manager.
HOW INVESTMENT MANAGER VOTES PROXIES
Fiduciary Considerations
All proxies received by the Proxy Group will be voted based upon Investment Manager’s instructions and/or policies. To assist it in analyzing proxies, Investment Manager subscribes to RiskMetrics Group (“RiskMetrics”), an unaffiliated third party corporate governance research service that provides in-depth analyses of shareholder meeting agendas, vote recommendations, record keeping and vote disclosure services. In addition, Investment Manager subscribes to Glass Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”), an unaffiliated third party analytical research firm, to receive analyses and vote recommendations on the shareholder meetings of publicly held U.S. companies. Although RiskMetrics’ and/or Glass Lewis’s analyses are thoroughly reviewed and considered in making a final voting decision, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or any other third party to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of policy, the officers, directors and employees of Investment Manager and the Proxy Group will not be influenced by outside sources whose interests conflict with the interests of Advisory Clients.
Conflicts of Interest
All conflicts of interest will be resolved in the interests of the Advisory Clients. Investment Manager is an affiliate of a large, diverse financial services firm with many affiliates and makes its best efforts to avoid conflicts of interest. However, conflicts of interest can arise in situations where:
1. The issuer is a client1 of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
2. The issuer is a vendor whose products or services are material or significant to the business of Investment Manager or its affiliates;
3. The issuer is an entity participating to a material extent in the distribution of investment products advised, administered or sponsored by Investment Manager or its affiliates (e.g., a broker, dealer or bank);

D-143


Table of Contents

4. The issuer is a significant executing broker dealer;
5. An Access Person4 of Investment Manager or its affiliates also serves as a director or officer of the issuer;
6. A director or trustee of Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or of a Franklin Templeton investment product, or an immediate family member5 of such director or trustee, also serves as an officer or director of the issuer; or
7. The issuer is Franklin Resources, Inc. or any of its proprietary investment products.
Nonetheless, even though a potential conflict of interest exists, the Investment Manager may vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management.
Material conflicts of interest are identified by the Proxy Group based upon analyses of client, distributor, broker dealer and vendor lists, information periodically gathered from directors and officers, and information derived from other sources, including public filings. The Proxy Group gathers and analyzes this information on a best efforts basis, as much of this information is provided directly by individuals and groups other than the Proxy Group, and the Proxy Group relies on the accuracy of the information it receives from such parties.
In situations where a material conflict of interest is identified between the Investment Manager or one of its affiliates and an issuer, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients with the Investment Manager’s recommendation regarding the vote for approval. If the conflict is not resolved by the Advisory Client, the Proxy Group may refer the matter, along with the recommended course of action by the Investment Manager, if any, to a Proxy Review Committee comprised of representatives from the
 
1   For purposes of this section, a “client” does not include underlying investors in a commingled trust, Canadian pooled fund, or other pooled investment vehicle managed by the Investment Manager or its affiliates. Sponsors of funds sub-advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates will be considered a “client.”
 
2   The top 40 distributors (based on aggregate 12b-1 distribution fees) will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest. In addition, any insurance company that has entered into a participation agreement with a Franklin Templeton entity to distribute the Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust or other variable products will be considered to present a potential conflict of interest.
 
3   The top 40 executing broker-dealers (based on gross brokerage commissions and client commissions).
 
4   “Access Person” shall have the meaning provided under the current Code of Ethics of Franklin Resources, Inc.
 
5   The term “immediate family member” means a person’s spouse; child residing in the person’s household (including step and adoptive children); and any dependent of the person, as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 152).

D-144


Table of Contents

Portfolio Management (which may include portfolio managers and/or research analysts employed by Investment Manager), Fund Administration, Legal and Compliance Departments within Franklin Templeton for evaluation and voting instructions. The Proxy Review Committee may defer to the voting recommendation of RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or those of another independent third party provider of proxy services or send the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients.
Where the Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee refer a matter to an Advisory Client, it may rely upon the instructions of a representative of the Advisory Client, such as the board of directors or trustees, a committee of the board, or an appointed delegate in the case of a U. S. registered mutual fund, the conducting officer in the case of an open-ended collective investment scheme formed as a Société d’investissement à capital variable (SICAV), the Independent Review Committee for Canadian investment funds, or a plan administrator in the case of an employee benefit plan. The Proxy Group or the Proxy Review Committee may determine to vote all shares held by Advisory Clients in accordance with the instructions of one or more of the Advisory Clients.
The Proxy Review Committee may independently review proxies that are identified as presenting material conflicts of interest; determine the appropriate action to be taken in such situations (including whether to defer to an independent third party or refer a matter to an Advisory Client); report the results of such votes to Investment Manager’s clients as may be requested; and recommend changes to the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as appropriate.
The Proxy Review Committee will also decide whether to vote proxies for securities deemed to present conflicts of interest that are sold following a record date, but before a shareholder meeting date. The Proxy Review Committee may consider various factors in deciding whether to vote such proxies, including Investment Manager’s long-term view of the issuer’s securities for investment, or it may defer the decision to vote to the applicable Advisory Client.
Where a material conflict of interest has been identified, but the items on which the Investment Manager’s vote recommendations differ from Glass Lewis, RiskMetrics, or another independent third party provider of proxy services relate specifically to (1) shareholder proposals regarding social or environmental issues or political contributions, (2) “Other Business” without describing the matters that might be considered, or (3) items the Investment Manager wishes to vote in opposition to the recommendations of an issuer’s management, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of the Investment Manager rather than sending the proxy directly to the relevant Advisory Clients for approval.
To avoid certain potential conflicts of interest, the Investment Manager will employ echo voting, if possible, in the following instances: (1) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests in an underlying fund in reliance on any one of Sections 12(d)(1)(E), (F), or (G) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or pursuant to an SEC exemptive order; (2) when a Franklin Templeton investment company invests uninvested cash in affiliated money market funds pursuant to an SEC exemptive order (“cash sweep arrangement”); or (3) when required pursuant to an account’s governing documents or applicable law. Echo voting means that the Investment Manager will vote the shares in the same proportion as the vote of all of the other holders of the fund’s shares.
Weight Given Management Recommendations
One of the primary factors Investment Manager considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of that company’s management.

D-145


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the recommendation of management on any issue is a factor that Investment Managerconsiders in determining how proxies should be voted. However, Investment Manager does not consider recommendations from management to be determinative of Investment Manager’s ultimate decision. As a matter of practice, the votes with respect to most issues are cast in accordance with the position of the company’s management. Each issue, however, is considered on its own merits, and Investment Manager will not support the position of a company’s management in any situation where it determines that the ratification of management’s position would adversely affect the investment merits of owning that company’s shares.
THE PROXY GROUP
The Proxy Group is part of the Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC Legal Department and is overseen by legal counsel. Full-time staff members are devoted to proxy voting administration and providing support and assistance where needed. On a daily basis, the Proxy Group will review each proxy upon receipt as well as any agendas, materials and recommendations that they receive from RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other sources. The Proxy Group maintains a log of all shareholder meetings that are scheduled for companies whose securities are held by Investment Manager’s managed funds and accounts. For each shareholder meeting, a member of the Proxy Group will consult with the research analyst that follows the security and provide the analyst with the meeting notice, agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, recommendations and any other available information. Except in situations identified as presenting material conflicts of interest, Investment Manager’s research analyst and relevant portfolio manager(s) are responsible for making the final voting decision based on their review of the agenda, RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis analyses, their knowledge of the company and any other information readily available. In situations where the Investment Manager has not responded with vote recommendations to the Proxy Group by the deadline date, the Proxy Group may defer to the vote recommendations of an independent third party provider of proxy services. Except in cases where the Proxy Group is deferring to the voting recommendation of an independent third party service provider, the Proxy Group must obtain voting instructions from Investment Manager’s research analyst, relevant portfolio manager(s), legal counsel and/or the Advisory Client or Proxy Review Committee prior to submitting the vote. In the event that an account holds a security that the Investment Manager did not purchase on its behalf, and the Investment Manager does not normally consider the security as a potential investment for other accounts, the Proxy Group may defer to the voting recommendations of an independent third party service provider.
GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Investment Manager has adopted general guidelines for voting proxies as summarized below. In keeping with its fiduciary obligations to its Advisory Clients, Investment Manager reviews all proposals, even those that may be considered to be routine matters. Although these guidelines are to be followed as a general policy, in all cases each proxy and proposal will be considered based on the relevant facts and circumstances. Investment Manager may deviate from the general policies and procedures when it determines that the particular facts and circumstances warrant such deviation to protect the interests of the Advisory Clients. These guidelines cannot provide an exhaustive list of all the issues that may arise nor can Investment Manager anticipate all future situations. Corporate governance issues are diverse and continually evolving and Investment Manager devotes significant time and resources to monitor these changes.
INVESTMENT MANAGER’S PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES
Investment Manager’s proxy voting positions have been developed based on years of experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues. These principles have been reviewed by various members of Investment Manager’s organization, including portfolio management, legal

D-146


Table of Contents

counsel, and Investment Manager’s officers. The Board of Directors of Franklin Templeton’s U.S.-registered mutual funds will approve the proxy voting policies and procedures annually.
The following guidelines reflect what Investment Manager believes to be good corporate governance and behavior:
Board of Directors: The election of directors and an independent board are key to good corporate governance. Directors are expected to be competent individuals and they should be accountable and responsive to shareholders. Investment Manager supports an independent board of directors, and prefers that key committees such as audit, nominating, and compensation committees be comprised of independent directors. Investment Manager will generally vote against management efforts to classify a board and will generally support proposals to declassify the board of directors. Investment Manager will consider withholding votes from directors who have attended less than 75% of meetings without a valid reason. While generally in favor of separating Chairman and CEO positions, Investment Manager will review this issue on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration other factors including the company’s corporate governance guidelines and performance. Investment Manager evaluates proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting on a case-by-case basis and considers such factors as corporate governance provisions as well as relative performance. The Investment Manager generally will support non-binding shareholder proposals to require a majority vote standard for the election of directors; however, if these proposals are binding, the Investment Manager will give careful review on a case-by-case basis of the potential ramifications of such implementation.
Ratification of Auditors: Investment Manager will closely scrutinize the role and performance of auditors. On a case-by-case basis, Investment Manager will examine proposals relating to non-audit relationships and non-audit fees. Investment Manager will also consider, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to rotate auditors, and will vote against the ratification of auditors when there is clear and compelling evidence of accounting irregularities or negligence attributable to the auditors.
Management & Director Compensation: A company’s equity-based compensation plan should be in alignment with the shareholders’ long-term interests. Investment Manager believes that executive compensation should be directly linked to the performance of the company. Investment Manager evaluates plans on a case-by-case basis by considering several factors to determine whether the plan is fair and reasonable. Investment Manager reviews the RiskMetrics quantitative model utilized to assess such plans and/or the Glass Lewis evaluation of the plan. Investment Manager will generally oppose plans that have the potential to be excessively dilutive, and will almost always oppose plans that are structured to allow the repricing of underwater options, or plans that have an automatic share replenishment “evergreen” feature. Investment Manager will generally support employee stock option plans in which the purchase price is at least 85% of fair market value, and when potential dilution is 10% or less.
Severance compensation arrangements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis, although Investment Manager will generally oppose “golden parachutes” that are considered excessive. Investment Manager will normally support proposals that require that a percentage of directors’ compensation be in the form of common stock, as it aligns their interests with those of the shareholders.
Anti-Takeover Mechanisms and Related Issues: Investment Manager generally opposes antitakeover measures since they tend to reduce shareholder rights. However, as with all proxy issues, Investment Manager conducts an independent review of each anti-takeover proposal. On

D-147


Table of Contents

occasion, Investment Manager may vote with management when the research analyst has concluded that the proposal is not onerous and would not harm Advisory Clients’ interests as stockholders. Investment Manager generally supports proposals that require shareholder rights plans (“poison pills”) to be subject to a shareholder vote. Investment Manager will closely evaluate shareholder rights’ plans on a case-by-case basis to determine whether or not they warrant support. Investment Manager will generally vote against any proposal to issue stock that has unequal or subordinate voting rights. In addition, Investment Manager generally opposes any supermajority voting requirements as well as the payment of “greenmail.” Investment Manager usually supports “fair price” provisions and confidential voting.
Changes to Capital Structure: Investment Manager realizes that a company’s financing decisions have a significant impact on its shareholders, particularly when they involve the issuance of additional shares of common or preferred stock or the assumption of additional debt. Investment Manager will carefully review, on a case-by-case basis, proposals by companies to increase authorized shares and the purpose for the increase. Investment Manager will generally not vote in favor of dual-class capital structures to increase the number of authorized shares where that class of stock would have superior voting rights. Investment Manager will generally vote in favor of the issuance of preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock issuance are deemed reasonable. Investment Manager will review proposals seeking preemptive rights on a case-by-case basis.
Mergers and Corporate Restructuring: Mergers and acquisitions will be subject to careful review by the research analyst to determine whether they would be beneficial to shareholders. Investment Manager will analyze various economic and strategic factors in making the final decision on a merger or acquisition. Corporate restructuring proposals are also subject to a thorough examination on a caseby-case basis.
Social and Corporate Policy Issues: As a fiduciary, Investment Manager is primarily concerned about the financial interests of its Advisory Clients. Investment Manager will generally give management discretion with regard to social, environmental and ethical issues although Investment Manager may vote in favor of those issues that are believed to have significant economic benefits or implications.
Global Corporate Governance: Investment Manager manages investments in countries worldwide. Many of the tenets discussed above are applied to Investment Manager’s proxy voting decisions for international investments. However, Investment Manager must be flexible in these worldwide markets and must be mindful of the varied market practices of each region. As experienced money managers, Investment Manager’s analysts are skilled in understanding the complexities of the regions in which they specialize and are trained to analyze proxy issues germane to their regions.
PROXY PROCEDURES
The Proxy Group is fully cognizant of its responsibility to process proxies and maintain proxy records pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. In addition, Investment Manager understands its fiduciary duty to vote proxies and that proxy voting decisions may affect the value of shareholdings. Therefore, Investment Manager will generally attempt to process every proxy it receives for all domestic and foreign securities. However, there may be situations in which Investment Manager may be unable to vote a proxy, or may chose not to vote a proxy, such as where: (i) a meeting notice was received too late; (ii) there are fees imposed upon the exercise of a vote and it is determined that such fees outweigh the benefit of voting; (iii) there are legal

D-148


Table of Contents

encumbrances to voting, including blocking restrictions in certain markets that preclude the ability to dispose of a security if Investment Manager votes a proxy or where Investment Manager is prohibited from voting by applicable law or other regulatory or market requirements, including but not limited to, effective Powers of Attorney; (iv) the Investment Manager held shares on the record date but has sold them prior to the meeting date; (v) proxy voting service is not offered by the custodian in the market; (vi) the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interest of the Advisory Client to vote the proxy for any other reason not enumerated herein; or (vii) a security is subject to a securities lending or similar program that has transferred legal title to the security to another person. Investment Manager or its affiliates may, on behalf of one or more of the registered investment companies advised by Investment Manager or its affiliates, determine to use its best efforts to recall any security on loan where Investment Manager or its affiliates (a) learn of a vote on a material event that may affect a security on loan and (b) determine that it is in the best interests of such registered investment companies to recall the security for voting purposes. Investment Managers will not generally make such efforts on behalf of other Advisory Clients, or notify such Advisory Clients or their custodians that Investment Manager or its affiliates has learned of such a vote.
Investment Manager may vote against an agenda item where no further information is provided, particularly in non-U.S. markets. For example, if “Other Business” is listed on the agenda with no further information included in the proxy materials, Investment Manager may vote against the item to send a message to the company that if it had provided additional information, Investment Manager may have voted in favor of that item. Investment Manager may also enter a “withhold” vote on the election of certain directors from time to time based on individual situations, particularly where Investment Manager is not in favor of electing a director and there is no provision for voting against such director.
The following describes the standard procedures that are to be followed with respect to carrying out Investment Manager’s proxy policy:
1. The Proxy Group will identify all Advisory Clients, maintain a list of those clients, and indicate those Advisory Clients who have delegated proxy voting authority to the Investment Manager. The Proxy Group will periodically review and update this list.
2. All relevant information in the proxy materials received (e.g., the record date of the meeting) will be recorded immediately by the Proxy Group in a database to maintain control over such materials.
3. The Proxy Group will review and compile information on each proxy upon receipt of any agendas, materials, reports, recommendations from RiskMetrics and/or Glass Lewis, or other information. The Proxy Group will then forward this information to the appropriate research analyst and/or legal counsel for review and voting instructions.
4. In determining how to vote, Investment Manager’s analysts and relevant portfolio manager(s) will consider the General Proxy Voting Guidelines set forth above, their in-depth knowledge of the company, any readily available information and research about the company and its agenda items, and the recommendations put forth by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other independent third party providers of proxy services.
5. The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining the documentation that supports Investment Manager’s voting position. Such documentation may include, but is not limited to, any

D-149


Table of Contents

information provided by RiskMetrics, Glass Lewis, or other proxy service providers, and, especially as to non-routine, materially significant or controversial matters, memoranda describing the position it has taken. Additionally, the Proxy Group may include documentation obtained from the research analyst, portfolio manager, legal counsel and/or the Proxy Review Committee.
6. After the proxy is completed but before it is returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the Proxy Group may review those situations including special or unique documentation to determine that the appropriate documentation has been created, including conflict of interest screening.
7. The Proxy Group will attempt to submit Investment Manager’s vote on all proxies to RiskMetrics for processing at least three days prior to the meeting for U.S. securities and 10 days prior to the meeting for foreign securities. However, in certain foreign jurisdictions it may be impossible to return the proxy 10 days in advance of the meeting. In these situations, the Proxy Group will use its best efforts to send the proxy vote to RiskMetrics in sufficient time for the vote to be processed.
8. The Proxy Group will file Powers of Attorney in all jurisdictions that require such documentation on a best efforts basis.
9. The Proxy Group prepares reports for each Advisory Client that has requested a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues that have been voted for the Advisory Client during the requested period and the position taken with respect to each issue. The Proxy Group sends one copy to the Advisory Client, retains a copy in the Proxy Group’s files and forwards a copy to either the appropriate portfolio manager or the client service representative. While many Advisory Clients prefer quarterly or annual reports, the Proxy Group will provide reports for any timeframe requested by an Advisory Client.
10. If the Franklin Templeton Services, LLC Fund Treasury Department learns of a vote on a material event that will affect a security on loan from a proprietary registered investment company, the Fund Treasury Department will notify Investment Manager and obtain instructions regarding whether Investment Manager desires the Fund Treasury Department to contact the custodian bank in an effort to retrieve the securities. If so requested by Investment Manager, the Fund Treasury Department shall use its best efforts to recall any security on loan and will use other practicable and legally enforceable means to ensure that Investment Manager is able to fulfill its fiduciary duty to vote proxies for Advisory Clients with respect to such loaned securities. The Fund Treasury Department will advise the Proxy Group of all recalled securities.
11. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, on a timely basis, will file all required Form N-PXs, with respect to proprietary registered investment company clients, disclose that its proxy voting record is available on the web site, and will make available the information disclosed in its Form N-PX as soon as is reasonably practicable after filing Form N-PX with the SEC.
12. The Proxy Group, in conjunction with Legal Staff responsible for coordinating Fund disclosure, will ensure that all required disclosure about proxy voting of the proprietary registered investment company clients is made in such clients’ disclosure documents.
13. The Proxy Group will review the guidelines of RiskMetrics and Glass Lewis, with special emphasis on the factors they use with respect to proxy voting recommendations.

D-150


Table of Contents

14. The Proxy Group will familiarize itself with the procedures of RiskMetrics that govern the transmission of proxy voting information from the Proxy Group to RiskMetrics and periodically review how well this process is functioning.
15. The Proxy Group will investigate, or cause others to investigate, any and all instances where these Procedures have been violated or there is evidence that they are not being followed. Based upon the findings of these investigations, the Proxy Group, if practicable, will recommend amendments to these Procedures to minimize the likelihood of the reoccurrence of non-compliance.
16. At least annually, the Proxy Group will verify that:
Each proxy or a sample of proxies received has been voted in a manner consistent with these Procedures and the Proxy Voting Guidelines;
Each proxy or sample of proxies received has been voted in accordance with the instructions of the Investment Manager;
Adequate disclosure has been made to clients and fund shareholders about the procedures and how proxies were voted; and
Timely filings were made with applicable regulators related to proxy voting.
The Proxy Group is responsible for maintaining appropriate proxy voting records. Such records will include, but are not limited to, a copy of all materials returned to the issuer and/or its agent, the documentation described above, listings of proxies voted by issuer and by client, and any other relevant information. The Proxy Group may use an outside service such as RiskMetrics to support this function. All records will be retained for at least five years, the first two of which will be on-site. Advisory Clients may request copies of their proxy voting records by calling the Proxy Group collect at 1-954-527-7678, or by sending a written request to: Franklin Templeton Companies, LLC, 500 East Broward Boulevard, Suite 1500, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33394, Attention: Proxy Group. Advisory Clients may review Investment Manager’s proxy voting policies and procedures on-line at www.franklintempleton.com and may request additional copies by calling the number above. For U.S. proprietary registered investment companies, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.com no later than August 31 of each year. For proprietary Canadian mutual fund products, an annual proxy voting record for the period ending June 30 of each year will be posted to www.franklintempleton.ca no later than August 31 of each year. The Proxy Group will periodically review web site posting and update the posting when necessary. In addition, the Proxy Group is responsible for ensuring that the proxy voting policies, procedures and records of the Investment Manager are available as required by law and is responsible for overseeing the filing of such policies, procedures and mutual fund voting records with the SEC, the CSA and other applicable regulators.

D-151


Table of Contents

As of January 15, 2009
FRONTIER CAPITAL MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
PROXY VOTING STATEMENT AND GUIDELINES
Introduction
     As an investment adviser and fiduciary of client assets, Frontier utilizes proxy voting policies and procedures intended to pursue its clients’ best interest by protecting the value of clients’ investments. Frontier recognizes that proxies have an economic value. In voting proxies, we seek to both maximize the long-term value of our clients’ assets and to cast votes that we believe to be fair and in the best interest of the affected client(s). Proxies are considered client assets and are managed with the same care, skill and diligence as all other client assets. These written proxy policies and procedures are designed to reasonably ensure that Frontier votes proxies in the best interest of clients for whom Frontier has voting authority.
Arrangements with Outside Firms
     Frontier has contracted with a third party vendor (the “ proxy vendor”) to provide vote recommendations according to a set of pre-determined proxy voting policy guidelines. Frontier has contracted with another vendor to act as agent (the “proxy agent”) for the proxy voting process and to maintain records on proxy voting for our clients. The vendor has represented to Frontier that it uses its best efforts to ensure that its proxy voting recommendations are in accordance with these policies as well as relevant requirements of the ERISA and the U.S. Department of Labor’s interpretations thereof.
     There may be occasional circumstances in which Frontier exercises its voting discretion. Frontier’s action in these cases is described in the Conflicts of Interest section of these Policies and Procedures.
Proxy Voting Committee
     Frontier has a Proxy Voting Committee that is responsible for deciding what is in the best interest of clients when determining how proxies are voted. The Committee meets at least annually to review and re-approve the vendor’s proxy voting policies as well as Frontier’s own policies if it determines that they continue to be reasonably designed to be in the best interest of Frontier’s clients. Any changes to the vendor’s voting guidelines must be reviewed, approved and adopted by the Committee before they will become effective for Frontier.
Account Set-Up
     Except where the contract is silent, each client will designate in its investment management contract whether it would like to retain proxy voting authority or delegate that authority to Frontier. If a client contract is silent on whether the client delegates proxy voting authority to Frontier, Frontier will be implied to have proxy voting authority.

D-152


Table of Contents

Account Update
On at least a quarterly basis, the agent for the proxy voting process will provide Frontier with a list of Frontier clients for which the agent is voting. This is designed to ensure that the agent is voting for all clients for whom Frontier retains voting authority. In that regard, Frontier will conduct a periodic reconciliation between its and the agent’s records.
Conflicts of Interest
As noted, Frontier has adopted the proxy vendor’s proxy voting guidelines. The adoption of these proxy voting guidelines provides pre-determined policies for voting proxies and is thus designed to remove conflicts of interest. Examples of such conflicts are when we vote a proxy solicited by an issuer who is a client of ours or with whom we have another business or personal relationship that may affect how we vote on the issuer’s proxy. The intent of this policy is to remove any discretion that Frontier may have to interpret how to vote proxies in cases where Frontier has a material conflict of interest or the appearance of a material conflict of interest.
Although under normal circumstances Frontier is not expected to exercise its voting discretion or to override the vendor, the Proxy Voting Committee will monitor any situation where Frontier wishes to exercise its discretion. In these situations, the Proxy Voting Committee, or an employee delegated by the Committee, will consider whether Frontier has a material conflict of interest. If the Committee determines that a material conflict exists, Frontier will vote the proxy using either of the following two methods: (a) we will follow the recommendations of Glass Lewis; or (b) we will not take into consideration the relationship that gave rise to the conflict and will vote the proxy in the best interest of our clients. If the Committee determines that a material conflict does not exist, then we may vote the proxy in our discretion. Frontier’s General Counsel must approve any decision made on such a vote prior to the vote being cast.
Oversight
Proxy Vendor
     On a periodic basis, Frontier will verify with the proxy vendor that it made voting recommendations according to its pre-determined policies and provided Frontier with any changes in its pre-determined policies.
Proxy Agent
     On a periodic basis, Frontier will verify with the proxy agent that it has voted proxies for accounts for which Frontier delegated voting to the proxy agent.
Custodian
     On a periodic basis, Frontier will confirm that client custodians are alerting the proxy agent when accounts are set up at the custodian for the proxy agent to begin voting Frontier’s clients’ securities and that they are forwarding all proxy materials pertaining to the client’s portfolios to the proxy agent for execution.

D-153


Table of Contents

Votes Cast Other than According to the Proxy Vendor’s Pre-Determined Policies
     Frontier’s CCO, who is also the General Counsel will periodically confirm that all documentation regarding any decisions to vote other than according to the proxy vendor’s pre-determined policies are accurate and complete.
Client Disclosure
     Clients may obtain information about how Frontier voted proxies for securities held in their account(s) by contacting Frontier at (617) 261-0777.
     Upon a client’s request, the proxy agent will provide Frontier with the following information:
1. The name of the issuer of the portfolio security
2. The ticker symbol of the security
3. The CUSIP of the portfolio security
4. The shareholder meeting date
5. A description of the matter voted on
6. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder
7. Whether the account voted on the matter
8. How each proxy proposal was voted (e.g., for or against the proposal, abstain; for or withhold authority regarding election of directors)
9. Whether the vote that was cast was for or against management’s recommendation.
Recordkeeping
     Frontier will maintain in an easily accessible place for a period of six years, the first two years in an appropriate Frontier office, the following documents (except documents maintained on Frontier’s behalf by the proxy agent as specifically noted below):
1. Frontier’s proxy voting policies and procedures and the proxy voting guidelines.
2. Proxy statements received regarding client securities. Frontier will satisfy this requirement by relying on the proxy agent, on Frontier’s behalf, to retain a copy of each proxy statement.
3. Records of votes cast on behalf of its clients. Frontier will satisfy this requirement by relying on the proxy agent to retain, on Frontier’s behalf, a record of the vote cast.

D-154


Table of Contents

4. A copy of any document created by Frontier personnel that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorialized the basis for that decision.
5. A copy of each written client request for information on how Frontier voted proxies on behalf of the client, and a copy of any written response by Frontier to any written or oral client request for information on how Frontier voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client.
September 2008

D-155


Table of Contents

GRANTHAM, MAYO, VAN OTTERLOO & CO. LLC
GMO AUSTRALASIA LLC
(TOGETHER “GMO”)
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Amended and Restated as of February 2, 2009
I. Introduction and General Principles
GMO provides investment advisory services primarily to institutional, including both ERISA and non-ERISA clients, and commercial clients. GMO understands that proxy voting is an integral aspect of security ownership. Accordingly, in cases where GMO has been delegated authority to vote proxies, that function must be conducted with the same degree of prudence and loyalty accorded any fiduciary or other obligation of an investment manager.
This policy permits clients of GMO to: (1) delegate to GMO the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to GMO’s proxy voting polices and guidelines; (2) delegate to GMO the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to the particular client’s own proxy voting policies and guidelines; or (3) elect to vote proxies themselves. In instances where clients elect to vote their own proxies, GMO shall not be responsible for voting proxies on behalf of such clients.
GMO believes that the following policies and procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of its clients, in accordance with GMO’s fiduciary duties, applicable rules under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA clients set out in the Department of Labor interpretations.
II. Proxy Voting Guidelines
GMO has engaged Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (“ISS”) as its proxy voting agent to:
  (1)   research and make voting recommendations or, for matters for which GMO has so delegated, to make the voting determinations;
 
  (2)   ensure that proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner;
 
  (3)   handle other administrative functions of proxy voting;
 
  (4)   maintain records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies of such proxy statements promptly upon request;
 
  (5)   maintain records of votes cast; and
 
  (6)   provide recommendations with respect to proxy voting matters in general.
Proxies generally will be voted in accordance with the voting recommendations contained in the applicable domestic or global ISS Proxy Voting Manual, as in effect from time to time, subject to such modifications as may be determined by GMO (as described below). Copies of concise summaries of the current domestic and global ISS proxy voting guidelines are attached to these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as Exhibit A. To the extent GMO determines to adopt proxy voting guidelines that differ from the ISS proxy voting recommendations, such guidelines will be set forth on Exhibit B and proxies with respect to such matters will be voted in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit B. GMO reserves the right to modify any of the recommendations set forth in the ISS Proxy Voting Manual in the

D-156


Table of Contents

future. If any such changes are made, an amended Exhibit B to these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures will be made available for clients.
Except in instances where a GMO client retains voting authority, GMO will instruct custodians of client accounts to forward all proxy statements and materials received in respect of client accounts to ISS.
III. Proxy Voting Procedures
GMO has a Corporate Actions Group with responsibility for administering the proxy voting process, including:
  1.   Implementing and updating the applicable domestic and global ISS proxy voting guidelines set forth in the ISS Proxy Voting Manual, as modified from time to time by Exhibit B hereto;
 
  2.   Overseeing the proxy voting process; and
 
  3.   Providing periodic reports to GMO’s Compliance Department and clients as requested.
There may be circumstances under which a portfolio manager or other GMO investment professional (“GMO Investment Professional”) believes that it is in the best interest of a client or clients to vote proxies in a manner inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines described in Section II. In such an event, the GMO Investment Professional will inform GMO’s Corporate Actions Group of its decision to vote such proxy in a manner inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines described in Section II. GMO’s Corporate Actions Group will report to GMO’s Compliance Department no less than quarterly any instance where a GMO Investment Professional has decided to vote a proxy on behalf of a client in that manner.
IV. Conflicts of Interest
As ISS will vote proxies in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines described in Section II, GMO believes that this process is reasonably designed to address conflicts of interest that may arise between GMO and a client as to how proxies are voted.
In instances where GMO has the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients for shares of GMO Trust, a registered mutual fund for which GMO serves as the investment adviser, there may be instances where a conflict of interest exists. Accordingly, GMO will (i) vote such proxies in the best interests of its clients with respect to routine matters, including proxies relating to the election of Trustees; and (ii) with respect to matters where a conflict of interest exists between GMO and GMO Trust, such as proxies relating to a new or amended investment management contract between GMO Trust and GMO, or a re-organization of a series of GMO Trust, GMO will either (a) vote such proxies in the same proportion as the votes cast with respect to that proxy, or (b) seek instructions from its clients.
In addition, if GMO is aware that one of the following conditions exists with respect to a proxy, GMO shall consider such event a potential material conflict of interest:
  1.   GMO has a business relationship or potential relationship with the issuer;
 
  2.   GMO has a business relationship with the proponent of the proxy proposal; or
 
  3.   GMO members, employees or consultants have a personal or other business relationship with the participants in the proxy contest, such as corporate directors or director candidates.

D-157


Table of Contents

In the event of a potential material conflict of interest, GMO will (i) vote such proxy according to Exhibit B (if applicable) or the specific recommendation of ISS; (ii) abstain; or (iii) request that the client votes such proxy. All such instances shall be reported to GMO’s Compliance Department at least quarterly.
V. Recordkeeping
GMO will maintain records relating to the implementation of these proxy voting policies and procedures, including:
  (1)   a copy of these policies and procedures which shall be made available to clients, upon request;
 
  (2)   a record of each vote cast (which ISS maintains on GMO’s behalf); and
 
  (3)   each written client request for proxy records and GMO’s written response to any client request for such records.
Such proxy voting records shall be maintained for a period of five years.
VI. Reporting
GMO’s Compliance Department will provide GMO’s Conflict of Interest Committee with periodic reports that include a summary of instances where GMO has (i) voted proxies in a manner inconsistent with the proxy voting guidelines described in Section II, (ii) voted proxies in circumstances in which a material conflict of interest may exist as set forth in Section IV, and (iii) voted proxies of shares of GMO Trust on behalf of its clients.
VII. Disclosure
Except as otherwise required by law, GMO has a general policy of not disclosing to any issuer or third party how GMO or its voting delegate voted a client’s proxy.

D-158


Table of Contents

Exhibit A
[Concise Summaries of the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines]

D-159


Table of Contents

Exhibit B (as amended February 2, 2009)
Modifications to recommendations set forth in the ISS Proxy Voting Manual
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
Vote FOR proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholder activity to take action by written consent.
Vote AGAINST proposals to allow or make easier shareholder action by written consent.
Cumulative Voting
Vote FOR proposals to eliminate cumulative voting.
Vote AGAINST proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting.
Incumbent Director Nominees
Vote WITH management’s recommendations regarding incumbent director nominees.
Invesco Aim Proxy Voting Guidelines
(Effective as of March 31, 2008)

D-160


Table of Contents

The following Invesco Aim Proxy Voting Guidelines are applicable to all funds and other accounts managed by Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc., Invesco Aim Capital Management, Inc and Invesco Aim Private Asset Management, Inc. (collectively, “Invesco Aim”).1
Introduction
Our Belief
The AIM Funds Boards of Trustees and Invesco Aim’s investment professionals expect a high standard of corporate governance from the companies in our portfolios so that Invesco Aim may fulfill its fiduciary obligation to our fund shareholders and other account holders. Well governed companies are characterized by a primary focus on the interests of shareholders, accountable boards of directors, ample transparency in financial disclosure, performance-driven cultures and appropriate consideration of all stakeholders. Invesco Aim believes well governed companies create greater shareholder wealth over the long term than poorly governed companies, so we endeavor to vote in a manner that increases the value of our investments and fosters good governance within our portfolio companies.
In determining how to vote proxy issues, Invesco Aim considers the probable business consequences of each issue and votes in a manner designed to protect and enhance fund shareholders’ and other account holders’ interests. Our voting decisions are intended to enhance each company’s total shareholder value over Invesco Aim’s typical investment horizon.
Proxy voting is an integral part of Invesco Aim’s investment process. We believe that the right to vote proxies should be managed with the same care as all other elements of the investment process. The objective of Invesco Aim’s proxy-voting activity is to promote good governance and advance the economic interests of our clients. At no time will Invesco Aim exercise its voting power to advance its own commercial interests, to pursue a social or political cause that is unrelated to our clients’ economic interests, or to favor a particular client or business relationship to the detriment of others.
Proxy administration
The Invesco Aim Proxy Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) consists of members representing Invesco Aim’s Investments, Legal and Compliance departments. Invesco Aim’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”) are revised annually by the Proxy Committee, and are approved by the AIM Funds Boards of Trustees. The Proxy Committee implements the Guidelines and oversees proxy voting.
The Proxy Committee has retained outside experts to assist with the analysis and voting of proxy issues. In addition to the advice offered by these experts, Invesco Aim uses information gathered from our own research, company managements, Invesco Aim’s portfolio managers and outside shareholder groups to reach our voting decisions.

D-161


Table of Contents

Generally speaking, Invesco Aim’s investment-research process leads us to invest in companies led by management teams we believe have the ability to conceive and execute strategies to outperform their competitors. We select companies for investment based in large part on our assessment of their management teams’ ability to create shareholder wealth. Therefore, in formulating our proxy-voting decisions, Invesco Aim gives proper consideration to the recommendations of a company’s Board of Directors.
Important principles underlying the Invesco Aim Proxy Voting Guidelines
I. Accountability
Management teams of companies are accountable to their boards of directors, and directors of publicly held companies are accountable to their shareholders. Invesco Aim endeavors to vote the proxies of its portfolio companies in a manner that will reinforce the notion of a board’s accountability to its shareholders. Consequently, Invesco Aim votes against any actions that would impair the rights of shareholders or would reduce shareholders’ influence over the board or over management.
The following are specific voting issues that illustrate how Invesco Aim applies this principle of accountability.
    Elections of directors. In uncontested director elections for companies that do not have a controlling shareholder, Invesco Aim votes in favor of slates if they are comprised of at least a majority of independent directors and if the boards’ key committees are fully independent. Key committees include the Audit, Compensation and Governance or Nominating Committees. Invesco Aim’s standard of independence excludes directors who, in addition to the directorship, have any material business or family relationships with the companies they serve.
 
      Contested director elections are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and are decided within the context of Invesco Aim’s investment thesis on a company.
 
    Director performance. Invesco Aim withholds votes from directors who exhibit a lack of accountability to shareholders, either through their level of attendance at meetings or by enacting egregious corporate-governance or other policies. In cases of material financial restatements, accounting fraud, habitually late filings, adopting shareholder rights plan (“poison pills”) without shareholder approval, or other areas of poor performance, Invesco Aim may withhold votes from some or all of a company’s directors. In situations where directors’ performance is a concern, Invesco Aim may also support shareholder proposals to take corrective actions such as so-called “clawback” provisions.
 
    Auditors and Audit Committee members. Invesco Aim believes a company’s Audit Committee has a high degree of responsibility to shareholders in matters of financial disclosure, integrity of the financial statements and effectiveness of a company’s internal controls. Independence, experience and financial expertise are critical elements of a well-functioning Audit Committee. When electing directors who are members of a company’s

D-162


Table of Contents

      Audit Committee, or when ratifying a company’s auditors, Invesco Aim considers the past performance of the Committee and holds its members accountable for the quality of the company’s financial statements and reports.
 
    Majority standard in director elections. The right to elect directors is the single most important mechanism shareholders have to promote accountability. Invesco Aim supports the nascent effort to reform the U.S. convention of electing directors, and votes in favor of proposals to elect directors by a majority vote.
 
    Classified boards. Invesco Aim supports proposals to elect directors annually instead of electing them to staggered multi-year terms because annual elections increase a board’s level of accountability to its shareholders.
 
    Supermajority voting requirements. Unless proscribed by law in the state of incorporation, Invesco Aim votes against actions that would impose any supermajority voting requirement, and supports actions to dismantle existing supermajority requirements.
 
    Responsiveness. Invesco Aim withholds votes from directors who do not adequately respond to shareholder proposals that were approved by a majority of votes cast the prior year.
 
    Cumulative voting. The practice of cumulative voting can enable minority shareholders to have representation on a company’s board. Invesco Aim supports proposals to institute the practice of cumulative voting at companies whose overall corporate-governance standards indicate a particular need to protect the interests of minority shareholders.
 
    Shareholder access. On business matters with potential financial consequences, Invesco Aim votes in favor of proposals that would increase shareholders’ opportunities to express their views to boards of directors, proposals that would lower barriers to shareholder action and proposals to promote the adoption of generally accepted best practices in corporate governance.
II. Incentives
Invesco Aim believes properly constructed compensation plans that include equity ownership are effective in creating incentives that induce managements and employees of our portfolio companies to create greater shareholder wealth. Invesco Aim supports equity compensation plans that promote the proper alignment of incentives, and votes against plans that are overly dilutive to existing shareholders, plans that contain objectionable structural features, and plans that appear likely to reduce the value of an account’s investment.
Following are specific voting issues that illustrate how Invesco Aim evaluates incentive plans.
    Executive compensation. Invesco Aim evaluates compensation plans for executives within the context of the company’s performance under the executives’ tenure. Invesco Aim believes independent compensation committees are best positioned to craft executive-compensation plans that are suitable for their company-specific circumstances. We view the election of those independent compensation committee members as the appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their approval or disapproval of a

D-163


Table of Contents

      company’s compensation practices. Therefore, Invesco Aim generally does not support shareholder proposals to limit or eliminate certain forms of executive compensation. In the interest of reinforcing the notion of a compensation committee’s accountability to shareholders, Invesco Aim supports proposals requesting that companies subject each year’s compensation record to an advisory shareholder vote, or so-called “say on pay” proposals.
 
    Equity-based compensation plans. When voting to approve or reject equity-based compensation plans, Invesco Aim compares the total estimated cost of the plans, including stock options and restricted stock, against a carefully selected peer group and uses multiple performance metrics that help us determine whether the incentive structures in place are creating genuine shareholder wealth. Regardless of a plan’s estimated cost relative to its peer group, Invesco Aim votes against plans that contain structural features that would impair the alignment of incentives between shareholders and management. Such features include the ability to reprice or reload options without shareholder approval, the ability to issue options below the stock’s current market price, or the ability to automatically replenish shares without shareholder approval.
 
    Employee stock-purchase plans. Invesco Aim supports employee stock-purchase plans that are reasonably designed to provide proper incentives to a broad base of employees, provided that the price at which employees may acquire stock is at most a 15 percent discount from the market price.
 
    Severance agreements. Invesco Aim generally votes in favor of proposals requiring advisory shareholder ratification of executives’ severance agreements. However, we oppose proposals requiring such agreements to be ratified by shareholders in advance of their adoption.
III. Capitalization
Examples of management proposals related to a company’s capital structure include authorizing or issuing additional equity capital, repurchasing outstanding stock, or enacting a stock split or reverse stock split. On requests for additional capital stock, Invesco Aim analyzes the company’s stated reasons for the request. Except where the request could adversely affect the fund’s ownership stake or voting rights, AIM generally supports a board’s decisions on its needs for additional capital stock. Some capitalization proposals require a case-by-case analysis within the context of Invesco Aim’s investment thesis on a company. Examples of such proposals include authorizing common or preferred stock with special voting rights, or issuing additional stock in connection with an acquisition.
IV. Mergers, Acquisitions and Other Corporate Actions
Issuers occasionally require shareholder approval to engage in certain corporate actions such as mergers, acquisitions, name changes, dissolutions, reorganizations, divestitures and reincorporations. Invesco Aim analyzes these proposals within the context of our investment thesis on the company, and determines its vote on a case-by-case basis.

D-164


Table of Contents

V. Anti-Takeover Measures
Practices designed to protect a company from unsolicited bids can adversely affect shareholder value and voting rights, and they create conflicts of interests among directors, management and shareholders. Except under special issuer-specific circumstances, Invesco Aim votes to reduce or eliminate such measures. These measures include adopting or renewing “poison pills”, requiring supermajority voting on certain corporate actions, classifying the election of directors instead of electing each director to an annual term, or creating separate classes of common or preferred stock with special voting rights. Invesco Aim generally votes against management proposals to impose these types of measures, and generally votes for shareholder proposals designed to reduce such measures. Invesco Aim supports shareholder proposals directing companies to subject their anti-takeover provisions to a shareholder vote.
VI. Shareholder Proposals on Corporate Governance
Invesco Aim generally votes for shareholder proposals that are designed to protect shareholder rights if a company’s corporate-governance standards indicate that such additional protections are warranted.
VII. Shareholder Proposals on Social Responsibility
The potential costs and economic benefits of shareholder proposals seeking to amend a company’s practices for social reasons are difficult to assess. Analyzing the costs and economic benefits of these proposals is highly subjective and does not fit readily within our framework of voting to create greater shareholder wealth over Invesco Aim’s typical investment horizon. Therefore, Invesco Aim abstains from voting on shareholder proposals deemed to be of a purely social, political or moral nature.
VIII. Routine Business Matters
Routine business matters rarely have a potentially material effect on the economic prospects of fund holdings, so we generally support the board’s discretion on these items. However, Invesco Aim votes against proposals where there is insufficient information to make a decision about the nature of the proposal. Similarly, Invesco Aim votes against proposals to conduct other unidentified business at shareholder meetings.
Summary
These Guidelines provide an important framework for making proxy-voting decisions, and should give fund shareholders and other account holders insight into the factors driving Invesco Aim’s decisions. The Guidelines cannot address all potential proxy issues, however. Decisions on specific issues must be made within the context of these Guidelines and within the context of the investment thesis of the funds and other accounts that own the company’s stock. Where a different investment thesis is held by portfolio managers who may hold stocks in common, Invesco Aim may vote the shares held on a fund-by-fund or account-by-account basis.

D-165


Table of Contents

Exceptions
In certain circumstances, Invesco Aim may refrain from voting where the economic cost of voting a company’s proxy exceeds any anticipated benefits of that proxy proposal.
Share-lending programs
One reason that some portion of Invesco Aim’s position in a particular security might not be voted is the securities lending program. When securities are out on loan and earning fees for the lending fund, they are transferred into the borrower’s name. Any proxies during the period of the loan are voted by the borrower. The lending fund would have to terminate the loan to vote the company’s proxy, an action that is not generally in the best economic interest of fund shareholders. However, whenever Invesco Aim determines that the benefit to shareholders or other account holders of voting a particular proxy outweighs the revenue lost by terminating the loan, we recall the securities for the purpose of voting the fund’s full position.
“Share-blocking”
Another example of a situation where Invesco Aim may be unable to vote is in countries where the exercise of voting rights requires the fund to submit to short-term trading restrictions, a practice known as “share-blocking.” Invesco Aim generally refrains from voting proxies in share-blocking countries unless the portfolio manager determines that the benefit to fund shareholders and other account holders of voting a specific proxy outweighs the fund’s or other account’s temporary inability to sell the security.
International constraints
An additional concern that sometimes precludes our voting non-U.S. proxies is our inability to receive proxy materials with enough time and enough information to make a voting decision. In the great majority of instances, however, we are able to vote non-U.S. proxies successfully. It is important to note that Invesco Aim makes voting decisions for non-U.S. issuers using these Guidelines as our framework, but also takes into account the corporate-governance standards, regulatory environment and generally accepted best practices of the local market.
Exceptions to these Guidelines
Invesco Aim retains the flexibility to accommodate company-specific situations where strictly adhering to the Guidelines would lead to a vote that the Proxy Committee deems not to be in the best interest of the funds’ shareholders and other account holders. In these situations, the Proxy Committee will vote the proxy in the manner deemed to be in the best interest of the funds’ shareholders and other account holders, and will promptly inform the funds’ Boards of Trustees of such vote and the circumstances surrounding it.
Resolving potential conflicts of interest
A potential conflict of interest arises when Invesco Aim votes a proxy for an issuer with which it also maintains a material business relationship. Examples could include issuers that are distributors of Invesco Aim’s products, or issuers that employ Invesco Aim to manage portions of their retirement plans or treasury accounts. Invesco Aim reviews each proxy proposal to assess the extent, if any, to which there may be a material conflict between the interests of the fund shareholders or other account holders and Invesco Aim.

D-166


Table of Contents

Invesco Aim takes reasonable measures to determine whether a potential conflict may exist. A potential conflict is deemed to exist only if one or more of the Proxy Committee members actually knew or should have known of the potential conflict.
If a material potential conflict is deemed to exist, Invesco Aim may resolve the potential conflict in one of the following ways: (1) if the proposal that gives rise to the potential conflict is specifically addressed by the Guidelines, Invesco Aim may vote the proxy in accordance with the predetermined Guidelines; (2) Invesco Aim may engage an independent third party to determine how the proxy should be voted; or (3) Invesco Aim may establish an ethical wall or other informational barrier between the persons involved in the potential conflict and the persons making the proxy-voting decision in order to insulate the potential conflict from the decision makers.
Because the Guidelines are pre-determined and crafted to be in the best economic interest of shareholders and other account holders, applying the Guidelines to vote client proxies should, in most instances, adequately resolve any potential conflict of interest. As an additional safeguard against potential conflicts, persons from Invesco Aim’s marketing, distribution and other customer-facing functions are precluded from becoming members of the Proxy Committee.
On a quarterly basis, the AIM Funds Boards of Trustees review a report from Invesco Aim’s Internal Compliance Controls Committee. The report contains a list of all known material business relationships that Invesco Aim maintains with publicly traded issuers. That list is cross-referenced with the list of proxies voted over the period. If there are any instances where Invesco Aim’s voting pattern on the proxies of its material business partners is inconsistent with its voting pattern on all other issuers, they are brought before the Trustees and explained by the Chairman of the Proxy Committee.
Personal conflicts of interest. If any member of the Proxy Committee has a personal conflict of interest with respect to a company or an issue presented for voting, that Proxy Committee member will inform the Proxy Committee of such conflict and will abstain from voting on that company or issue.
Funds of funds. Some AIM Funds offering diversified asset allocation within one investment vehicle own shares in other AIM Funds. A potential conflict of interest could arise if an underlying AIM Fund has a shareholder meeting with any proxy issues to be voted on, because Invesco Aim’s asset-allocation funds or target-maturity funds may be large shareholders of the underlying fund. In order to avoid any potential for a conflict, the asset-allocation funds and target maturity funds vote their shares in the same proportion as the votes of the external shareholders of the underlying fund.
Policies and Vote Disclosure
A copy of these Guidelines and the voting record of each AIM Fund are available on our web site, www.invescoaim.com. In accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, all funds file a record of all proxy-voting activity for the prior 12 months ending June 30th. That filing is made on or before August 31st of each year

D-167


Table of Contents

Footnotes
1AIM Funds not managed by Invesco Aim Advisors, Inc., are governed by the proxy voting policies of their respective sub-advisors. Proxy Voting Guidelines applicable to AIM China Fund, AIM Floating Rate Fund, AIM Global Real Estate Fund, AIM International Core Equity Fund, AIM International Total Return Fund, AIM Japan Fund, AIM LIBOR Alpha Fund, AIM Real Estate Fund, AIM S&P 500 Index Fund, AIM Select Real Estate Income Fund, AIM Structured Core Fund, AIM Structured Growth Fund, AIM Structured Value Fund, AIM Trimark Endeavor Fund, AIM Trimark Fund, AIM Trimark Small Companies Fund, Series C and Series M are available at our website, http://www.invescoaim.com.
(JENNISON ASSOCIATES LOGO)

D-168


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
Introduction
          Jennison Associates LLC (the “Adviser”) has adopted the following “Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures” (“Policy”), in compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and other applicable fiduciary obligations. The Policy is designed to provide guidance to those Jennison employees (portfolio managers and analysts, hereinafter referred to as “Investment Professionals”) who are responsible for discharging the Adviser’s proxy voting obligation under the Rule, and to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of the Adviser’s clients21.
II. Statement of Policy
It is the policy of the Adviser that where proxy voting authority has been delegated to the Adviser by clients, that all proxies be voted in the best interest of the client without regard to the interests of the Adviser or other related parties. Secondary consideration may be given to the public and social value of each issue. For purposes of the Policy, the “best interests of clients” shall mean, unless otherwise specified by the client, the clients’ best economic interests over the long term – that is, the common interest that all clients share in seeing the value of a common investment increase over time. It is further the policy of the Adviser that complete and accurate disclosure concerning its proxy voting policies and procedures and proxy voting records, as required by the Advisers Act be made available to clients.
In voting proxies for international holdings, we will generally apply the same principles as those for U.S. holdings. However, in some countries, voting proxies result in additional restrictions that have an economic impact or cost to the security, such as “share blocking,” where Jennison would be restricted from selling shares of the security for a period of time if Jennison exercised its ability to vote the proxy. As such, we consider whether the vote, either itself or together with the votes of other shareholders, is expected to have an effect on the value of the investment that will outweigh the cost of voting. Our policy is to not vote these types of proxies when the costs outweigh the benefit of voting, as in share blocking.
III. Procedures
          A. Account Set-up and Review
          Initially, the Adviser must determine whether the client seeks to retain the responsibility of voting proxies or seeks to delegate that responsibility to the Adviser. The responsibility to vote proxies will be specified in the client’s investment advisory contract with the Adviser. Where no designation is made, Jennison will vote proxies for such accounts(s) in accordance with this Policy. The client may choose to have the Adviser vote proxies in accordance with the Adviser’s standard guidelines. The Adviser, in its discretion, may also permit a client to modify
 
21   In the event the Adviser should manage affiliated client accounts, the Adviser, for purposes of this policy, makes no distinction between accounts of affiliated companies, e.g., the General Accounts of Prudential (as well as related insurance companies and entities), and other separately managed accounts, each of which will be treated consistently under the Policy.

D-169


Table of Contents

the Adviser’s standard guidelines with respect to such client exclusively or may accept direction from a client with respect to the client’s proxies and vote in accordance with a client’s own guidelines (collectively, “Client Guidelines”). Alternatively, the Adviser may decline to accept authority to vote such client’s proxies.
          Proxy Voting
          1. Guidelines for Recurring Issues
          The Adviser has adopted proxy voting guidelines (“Guidelines”) with respect to certain recurring issues. These Guidelines are reviewed as deemed necessary by the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee and its relevant portfolio management staff, then revised when a determination has been made that a change is appropriate. These Guidelines are meant to convey the Adviser’s general approach to voting decisions on certain issues. Nevertheless, the Adviser’s Investment Professionals maintain responsibility for reviewing all proxies individually and making final decisions based on the merits of each case.
          2. Use of Third Party Proxy Service
In an effort to discharge its responsibility, the Adviser has examined third-party services that assist in the researching and voting of proxies and development of voting guidelines. After such review, the Adviser has selected an independent third party proxy voting vendor to assist it in researching and voting proxies. The Adviser will utilize the research and analytical services, operational implementation and recordkeeping and reporting services provided by the proxy voting vendor. The proxy voting vendor will research each proxy and provide a recommendation to the Adviser as to how best to vote on each issue based on its research of the individual facts and circumstances of the proxy issue and its application of its research findings. It is important to note while the Adviser may review the research and analysis provided by the vendor, the vendor’s recommendation does not dictate the actual voting instructions nor the Adviser’s Guidelines. The proxy voting vendor will cast votes in accordance with the Adviser’s Guidelines, unless instructed otherwise by a Jennison Investment Professional, as set forth below, or if the Adviser has accepted direction from a Client, in accordance with the Client’s Guidelines.
          3. Quantitatively Derived Holdings and Jennison Managed Accounts
In voting proxies for quantitatively derived holdings and Jennison Managed Accounts (i.e. “wrap”) where the securities are not held elsewhere in the firm, the Adviser has established a custom proxy voting policy with respect to the voting of these proxies. Proxies received in these circumstances will be voted utilizing the Adviser’s guidelines. Additionally, in those circumstances where no specific Adviser guideline exists, the Adviser will vote using the recommendations of the proxy voting vendor.

D-170


Table of Contents

          4. Review of Recommendations
          The Adviser’s Investment Professionals have the ultimate responsibility to accept or reject any proxy voting recommendation – as determined by either the Guidelines or Client’s Guidelines (“Recommendation”). Consequently, Investment Professionals shall review and evaluate the Recommendation for each proxy ballot before the proxy voting vendor casts the vote, taking into account the Policy, all guidelines applicable to the account(s), and the best interests of the client(s). The Investment Professionals shall override the Recommendation should he/she not believe that such Recommendation, based on all relevant facts and circumstances at the time the proxy ballot is voted, is in the best interest of the client(s). The Adviser will memorialize the basis for any decision to override a Recommendation, including the resolution of any conflicts, if any, as further discussed below. The Adviser may vote the same proxy proposal differently for different clients. Also, the Adviser may choose not to vote proxies under the following circumstances:
    If the effect on the client’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant;
 
    If the cost of voting the proxy outweighs the possible benefit (such as security lending, see section 6 below); or
 
    If a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which prevent the Adviser from exercising its voting authority.
          5. Addressing Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
          There may be instances where the interest of the Adviser conflicts or may appear to conflict with the interest of its clients when voting proxies on behalf of those clients (“Material Conflict”). Investment Professionals have an affirmative duty to disclose any potential Material Conflicts known to them related to a proxy vote. Material Conflicts may exist in situations where the Adviser is called to vote on a proxy involving an issuer or proponent of a proxy proposal regarding the issuer where the Adviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser also:
    Manages the issuer’s or proponent’s pension plan;
 
    Administers the issuer’s or proponent’s employee benefit plan;
 
    Manages money for an employee group.
          Additional Material Conflicts may exist if an executive of the Adviser or its control affiliates is a close relative of, or has a personal or business relationship with:
    An executive of the issuer or proponent;
 
    A director of the issuer or proponent;
 
    A person who is a candidate to be a director of the issuer;
 
    A participant in the proxy contest; or
 
    A proponent of a proxy proposal.
          Material Conflicts based on business relationships or dealings of affiliates of the Adviser will only be considered to the extent that the applicable portfolio management area of the Adviser has actual knowledge of such business relationships. Whether a relationship creates a Material Conflict will depend on the facts and circumstances at the time the proxy is voted. Even if these parties do not attempt to influence the Adviser with respect to voting, the value of the relationship

D-171


Table of Contents

to the Adviser may create the appearance of or an actual Material Conflict, such as when the issuer is a client of the Adviser.
          The Adviser may adopt such processes it deems necessary to identify Material Conflicts. When a potential material conflict exists, the Investment Professional (or other designated personnel) must complete the Proxy Voting For Conflicts Documentation Form and submit it to Compliance.
          The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will consider the facts and circumstances of all proxy votes where a potential material conflict of interest is identified and the recommendation is to override the Adviser’s guidelines. In making the determination as to how to vote the proxy, the Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee may review the following factors, including but not limited to:
    Whether the issuer is a client of the Adviser.
 
    The percentage of outstanding securities of the issuer held on behalf of clients by the Adviser.
 
    The nature of the relationship of the issuer with the Adviser, its affiliates or its executive officers.
 
    Whether there has been any attempt to directly or indirectly influence the Investment Professional’s decision
 
    Whether the direction (for or against) of the proposed vote would appear to benefit the Adviser or a related party.
 
    Whether an objective decision to vote in a certain way will still create a strong appearance of a conflict.
 
    Whether the vote should be delegated to an independent third party or request an independent third party to provide a recommendation on the vote.
All votes that would override the Adviser’s Guidelines and involve a potential material conflict of interest, require the approval of the CEO and CCO of the Adviser.
          Additionally, a committee comprised of both senior business executives and regulatory personnel of Jennison and its affiliated asset management unit, Prudential Investment Management, Inc, reviews these votes. This committee also has a role in identifying Material Conflicts that may affect Jennison due to ownership by a diversified financial organization, Prudential Financial, Inc.
The Adviser may not abstain from voting any such proxy for the purpose of avoiding conflict.
          6. Lending
Jennison may identify a particular issuer that may be subject to a security lending arrangement. In this situation, Jennison will work with either custodian banks or the proxy voting vendor to monitor upcoming meetings and call stock loans, if applicable, in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. In determining whether to call stock loans, the relevant investment professional shall consider whether the benefit to the client in voting the matter outweighs the benefit to the client in keeping the stock on loan. It is important to note that in order to recall securities on loan in time to vote,

D-172


Table of Contents

one must begin the process PRIOR to the record date of the proxy. This is extremely difficult to accomplish as the Adviser is rarely made aware of the record date in advance.
          B. Proxy Voting Committee
          The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will consist of representatives from various functional areas within the Adviser. It will meet as deemed necessary to address potential Material Conflicts as further described above. The Adviser’s Proxy Voting Committee will have the following responsibilities:
    Review potential Material Conflicts and decide whether to approve the vote recommendation or override requests made by Investment Professionals.
 
    Review the Guidelines for voting on recurring matters and make revisions as it deems appropriate.
 
    Recommend and adopt changes to the Policy as needed.
 
    Review all overrides by Investment Professionals.
 
    Review proxy voting reports to determine voting consistency with guidelines and this Policy.
 
    Review the performance of the proxy voting vendor and determine whether the Adviser should continue to retain their services.
 
    Review the Adviser’s voting record (or applicable summaries of the voting record).
 
    Oversee compliance with the regulatory disclosure requirements.
IV. Compliance Monitoring
          The Adviser’s Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the administration of this Policy. This Policy will be reviewed annually for adequacy and effectiveness.
          A. Monitoring of Overrides
          Compliance will periodically review proxy voting reports of overrides to confirm that proper override and conflict checking procedures were followed.
          Supervisory Review
The designated supervisor for each Investment Professional will be responsible for ensuring that investment professionals with proxy voting responsibility are acting in accordance with this Policy. Supervisors must approve all requests for overrides and evidence such approval by signing the completed Proxy Guideline Override Form.

D-173


Table of Contents

V. Client Reporting
          A. Disclosure to Advisory Clients
     The Adviser will also provide a copy of this Policy and the Adviser’s Guidelines upon request from a client.
     The Adviser will provide any client who makes a written or verbal request with a copy of a report disclosing how the Adviser voted securities held in that client’s portfolio. The report will generally contain the following information:
    The name of the issuer of the security:
 
    The security’s exchange ticker symbol;
 
    The security’s CUSIP number;
 
    The shareholder meeting date;
 
    A brief identification of the matter voted on;
 
    Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a security holder;
 
    Whether the Adviser cast a vote on the matter;
 
    How the Adviser voted; and
 
    Whether the Adviser voted for or against management.
          B. Compliance Reporting for Investment Companies
Upon request, the Adviser will provide to each investment company board of directors or trustees for which the Adviser acts as sub-adviser reporting needed to satisfy their regulatory and board requirements, including but not limited to, information required for them to meet their filing of Form NP-X.
VI. Recordkeeping
Either the Adviser or proxy voting vendor as indicated below will maintain the following records:
    A copy of the Policy (Adviser)
 
    A copy of the Guidelines i.e. Adviser or client specific guidelines (Adviser and proxy voting vendor)
 
    A copy of each proxy statement received by the Adviser regarding client securities (proxy voting vendor);
 
    A record of each vote cast by the Adviser on behalf of a client (proxy voting vendor);
 
    A copy of all documents created by the Adviser that were material to making a decision on the proxy voting, (or abstaining from voting) of client securities or that memorialize the basis for that decision including the resolution of any conflict, a copy of all Proxy Voting Documentation Forms and all supporting documents (Adviser);
 
    A copy of each written request by a client for information on how the Adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client, as well as a copy of any written response by the Adviser to any request by a client for information on how the adviser voted proxies

D-174


Table of Contents

      on behalf of the client. Records of oral requests for information or oral responses will not be kept. (Adviser); and
 
    Agenda of Proxy Voting Committee meetings with supporting documents. (Adviser)
Such records must be maintained for at least six years.
VI. Policies and Procedures Revisions
This policy and related procedures may be changed, amended or revised as frequently as necessary in order to accommodate any changes in operations or by operation of law. Any such change, amendment or revision may be made only by Jennison Compliance in consultation with the business groups or areas impacted by these procedures and consistent with applicable law. Such changes will be promptly distributed to all impacted personnel.

D-175


Table of Contents

April 23, 2009

LORD, ABBETT & CO. LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
Lord Abbett has a Proxy Committee responsible for establishing voting policies and for the oversight of its proxy voting process. Lord Abbett’s Proxy Committee consists of the Chief Investment Officer, the Director of Domestic Equity Portfolio Management, the Director of International Equity, the Director of Research, and the General Counsel. Once policy is established, it is the responsibility of the Investment Department to assure that each proxy is voted in a timely manner in accordance with those policies. In each case where the Investment Department declines to follow a recommendation of a company’s management, a detailed explanation of the reason(s) for the decision is entered into the proxy voting system. Lord Abbett has retained RiskMetrics Group, formerly Institutional Shareholder Services (“RMG”), to analyze proxy issues and recommend voting on those issues, and to provide assistance in the administration of the proxy process, including maintaining complete proxy voting records.
The Boards of Directors of each of the Lord Abbett Mutual Funds established several years ago a Proxy Committee, composed solely of independent directors. The Funds’ Proxy Committee Charter provides that the Committee shall (i) monitor the actions of Lord Abbett in voting securities owned by the Funds; (ii) evaluate the policies of Lord Abbett in voting securities; (iii) meet with Lord Abbett to review the policies in voting securities, the sources of information used in determining how to vote on particular matters, and the procedures used to determine the votes in any situation where there may be a conflict of interest.
Lord Abbett is a privately-held firm, and we conduct only one business: we manage the investment portfolios of our clients. We are not part of a larger group of companies conducting diverse financial operations. We would therefore expect, based on our past experience, that the incidence of an actual conflict of interest involving Lord Abbett’s proxy voting process would be limited. Nevertheless, if a potential conflict of interest were to arise, involving one or more of the Lord Abbett Funds, where practicable we would disclose this potential conflict to the affected Funds’ Proxy Committees and seek voting instructions from those Committees in accordance with the procedures described below under “Specific Procedures for Potential Conflict Situations”. If it were not practicable to seek instructions from those Committees, Lord Abbett would simply follow its proxy voting policies or, if the particular issue were not covered by those policies, we would follow a recommendation of RMG. If such a conflict arose with any other client, Lord Abbett would simply follow its proxy voting policies or, if the particular issue were not covered by those policies, we would follow the recommendation of RMG.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES FOR POTENTIAL CONFLICT SITUATIONS
Situation 1. Fund Independent Board Member on Board (or Nominee for Election to Board) of Publicly Held Company Owned by a Lord Abbett Fund. Lord Abbett will compile a list of all publicly held companies where an Independent Board Member serves on the board of directors, or has indicated to Lord Abbett that he is a nominee for election to the board of directors (a “Fund Director Company”). If a Lord Abbett Fund owns stock in a Fund Director Company, and if Lord Abbett has decided not to follow the proxy voting recommendation of RMG, then Lord Abbett shall bring that issue to the Fund’s Proxy Committee for instructions on how to vote that proxy issue.
The Independent Directors have decided that the Director on the board of the Fund Director Company will not participate in any discussion by the Fund’s Proxy Committee of any proxy issue for that Fund Director Company or in the voting

D-176


Table of Contents

instruction given to Lord Abbett.
Situation 2. Lord Abbett has a Significant Business Relationship with a Company. Lord Abbett will compile a list of all publicly held companies (or which are a subsidiary of a publicly held firm) that have a significant business relationship with Lord Abbett (a “Relationship Firm”). A “significant business relationship” for this purpose means: (a) a broker dealer firm which sells one percent or more of the Lord Abbett Funds’ total (i.e., gross) dollar amount of shares sold for the last 12 months; (b) a firm which is a sponsor firm with respect to Lord Abbett’s Separately Managed Account business; (c) an institutional client which has an investment management agreement with Lord Abbett; (d) an institutional investor having at least $5 million in Class I shares of the Lord Abbett Funds; and (e) a large plan 401(k) client with at least $5 million under management with Lord Abbett.
For each proxy issue involving a Relationship Firm, Lord Abbett shall notify the Fund’s Proxy Committee and shall seek voting instructions from the Fund’s Proxy Committee only in those situations where Lord Abbett has proposed not to follow the recommendations of RMG.
SUMMARY OF PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Lord Abbett generally votes in accordance with management’s recommendations on the election of directors, appointment of independent auditors, changes to the authorized capitalization (barring excessive increases) and most shareholder proposals. This policy is based on the premise that a broad vote of confidence on such matters is due the management of any company whose shares we are willing to hold.

3

Election of Directors
Lord Abbett will generally vote in accordance with management’s recommendations on the election of directors. However, votes on director nominees are made on a case-by- case basis. Factors that are considered include current composition of the board and key- board nominees, long-term company performance relative to a market index, and the directors’ investment in the company. We also consider whether the Chairman of the board is also serving as CEO, and whether a retired CEO sits on the board, as these situations may create inherent conflicts of interest. We generally will vote in favor of separation of the Chairman and CEO functions when management supports such a requirement, but we will make our determination to vote in favor of or against such a proposed requirement on a case-by-case basis. There are some actions by directors that may result in votes being withheld. These actions include, but are not limited to:
1. Attending less than 75% of board and committee meetings without a valid excuse.
2. Ignoring shareholder proposals that are approved by a majority of votes for two consecutive years.
3. Failing to act on takeover offers where a majority of shareholders tendered their shares.
4. Serving as inside directors and sit on an audit, compensation, stock option, nominating or governance committee.
5. Failing to replace management as appropriate.
We will generally vote in favor of proposals requiring that directors be elected by a majority of the shares represented and voting at a meeting at which a quorum is present, although special

D-177


Table of Contents

considerations in individual cases may cause us to vote against such a proposal. We will consider on a case-by-case basis proposals to elect directors annually.
The ability to elect directors is the single most important use of the shareholder franchise, and, as a general matter, we believe that all directors should be accountable on an annual basis. Nonetheless, we recognize that the basic premise of the staggered election of directors is to provide a continuity of experience on the board and to prevent a precipitous change in the composition of the board. Moreover, in certain cases, shareholders need some form of protection from hostile takeover attempts, and boards need tools and leverage in order to negotiate effectively with potential acquirers, and a classified board may give incumbent management the ability to combat a hostile takeover attempt and thereby preserve shareholder value. Accordingly, we will examine proposals to classify or declassify boards of directors on a case-by-case basis and vote in the manner we determine to be in the best interests of shareholders.

4

Incentive Compensation Plans
We usually vote with management regarding employee incentive plans and changes in such plans, but these issues are looked at very closely on a case-by-case basis. We use RMG for guidance on appropriate compensation ranges for various industries and company sizes. In addition to considering the individual expertise of management and the value they bring to the company, we also consider the costs associated with stock-based incentive packages including shareholder value transfer and voting power dilution. We scrutinize very closely the approval of repricing or replacing underwater stock options, taking into consideration the following:
1. The stock’s volatility, to ensure the stock price will not be back in the money over the near term.
2. Management’s rationale for why the repricing is necessary.
3. The new exercise price, which must be set at a premium to market price to ensure proper employee motivation.
4. Other factors, such as the number of participants, term of option, and the value for value exchange.
In large-cap companies we would generally vote against plans that promoted short-term performance at the expense of longer-term objectives. Dilution, either actual or potential, is, of course, a major consideration in reviewing all incentive plans. Team leaders in small- and mid-cap companies often view option plans and other employee incentive plans as a critical component of such companies’ compensation structure, and have discretion to approve such plans, notwithstanding dilution concerns.
Shareholder Rights

Cumulative Voting
We generally oppose cumulative voting proposals on the ground that a shareowner or special group electing a director by cumulative voting may seek to have that director represent a narrow special interest rather than the interests of the shareholders as a whole.

Confidential Voting

There are both advantages and disadvantages to a confidential ballot. Under the open voting system, any shareholder that desires anonymity may register the shares in the name of a bank, a broker or some other nominee. A confidential ballot may tend to preclude any opportunity for the board to communicate with those who oppose management proposals.

D-178


Table of Contents

5
On balance we believe shareholder proposals regarding confidential balloting should generally be approved, unless in a specific case, countervailing arguments appear compelling.
Supermajority Voting
Supermajority provisions violate the principle that a simple majority of voting shares should be all that is necessary to effect change regarding a company and its corporate governance provisions. Requiring more than this may permit management to entrench themselves by blocking amendments that are in the best interest of shareholders.
Takeover Issues
Votes on mergers and acquisitions must be considered on a case-by-case basis. The voting decision should depend on a number of factors, including: anticipated financial and operating benefits, the offer price, prospects of the combined companies, changes in corporate governance and their impact on shareholder rights. It is our policy to vote against management proposals to require supermajority shareholder vote to approve mergers and other significant business combinations, and to vote for shareholder proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements for mergers and acquisitions. We are also opposed to amendments that attempt to eliminate shareholder approval for acquisitions involving the issuance of more than 10% of the company’s voting stock. Restructuring proposals will also be evaluated on a case-by-case basis following the same guidelines as those used for mergers. Among the more important issues that we support, as long as they are not tied in with other measures that clearly entrench management, are:
1. Anti-greenmail provisions, which prohibit management from buying back shares at above market prices from potential suitors without shareholder approval.
2. Fair Price Amendments, to protect shareholders from inequitable two-tier stock acquisition offers.
3. Shareholder Rights Plans (so-called “Poison Pills”), usually “blank check” preferred and other classes of voting securities that can be issued without further shareholder approval. However, we look at these proposals on a case-by-case basis, and we only approve these devices when proposed by companies with strong, effective managements to force corporate raiders to negotiate with management and assure a degree of stability that will support good long-range corporate goals. We vote for shareholder proposals asking that a company submit its poison pill for shareholder ratification.
4. “Chewable Pill” provisions, are the preferred form of Shareholder Rights Plan. These provisions allow the shareholders a secondary option when the Board refuses to withdraw a poison pill against a majority shareholder vote. To strike a balance of power between management and the shareholder, ideally “Chewable Pill” provisions should embody the following attributes, allowing sufficient flexibility to maximize shareholder wealth when employing a poison pill in negotiations:
• Redemption Clause allowing the board to rescind a pill after a potential acquirer has surpassed the ownership threshold.
• No dead-hand or no-hand pills.
• Sunset Provisions which allow the shareholders to review, and reaffirm or redeem a pill after a predetermined time frame.
• Qualifying Offer Clause which gives shareholders the ability to redeem a poison pill when faced with a bona fide takeover offer.

D-179


Table of Contents

Social Issues
It is our general policy to vote as management recommends on social issues, unless we feel that voting otherwise will enhance the value of our holdings. We recognize that highly ethical and competent managements occasionally differ on such matters, and so we review the more controversial issues closely.
Dominant Position Controls Voting
In situations where multiple investment teams hold the same voting security, the investment team that holds the greatest number of shares shall be considered to be the dominant position and Lord Abbett shall vote all shares on behalf of all portfolios in accordance with the vote determined by the investment team with the dominant position.
Share Blocking
Share blocking restrictions refers to the requirement that certain foreign jurisdictions impose that would preclude Lord Abbett from trading a company’s stock during the period prior to the shareholders’ meeting. Due to this restriction, it is Lord Abbett’s general policy not to vote securities in instances where there are such share blocking restrictions.

D-180


Table of Contents

MARSICO CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
Statement of Policy
1. It is the policy of Marsico Capital Management, LLC (“MCM”) to seek to vote or otherwise process, such as by a decision to abstain from voting or to take no action on, proxies over which it has voting authority in the best interests of MCM’s clients, as summarized here.
  MCM’s security analysts generally review proxy proposals as part of their monitoring of portfolio companies. Under MCM’s investment discipline, one of the qualities that MCM generally seeks in companies selected for client portfolios is good management teams that generally seek to serve shareholder interests. Because MCM believes that the management teams of most companies it invests in generally seek to serve shareholder interests, MCM believes that voting proxy proposals in clients’ best economic interests usually means voting with the recommendations of these management teams (including their boards of directors).
  In certain circumstances, MCM’s vote-by-vote analysis of proxy proposals could lead it to conclude that particular management or board recommendations may not appear as closely aligned with shareholder interests as MCM may deem desirable, or could be disregarded in the best interests of shareholders. In those and other circumstances, MCM may, in its sole discretion, vote against a management or board recommendation (or abstain or take no action) based on its analysis if such a vote appears consistent with the best interests of clients.
  MCM may process certain proxies without voting them, such as by making a decision to abstain from voting or take no action on such proxies (or on certain proposals within such proxies). Examples include, without limitation, proxies issued by companies that MCM has decided to sell, proxies issued for securities that MCM did not select for a client portfolio (such as, without limitation, securities that were selected by a previous adviser, unsupervised securities held in a client’s account, money market securities, or other securities selected by clients or their representatives other than MCM), or proxies issued by foreign companies that impose burdensome or unreasonable voting, power of attorney, or holding requirements. MCM also may abstain from voting, or take no action on, proxies in other circumstances, such as when voting may not be in the best interests of clients, as an alternative to voting with (or against) management, or when voting may be unduly burdensome or expensive, or if MCM may have a material conflict of interest in voting certain proxies and alternative voting procedures are not desirable.
  In circumstances when there may be an apparent material conflict of interest between MCM’s interests and clients’ interests in how proxies are voted (such as when MCM knows that a proxy issuer is also an MCM client), MCM generally will resolve any appearance concerns by causing those proxies to be “echo voted” or “mirror voted” in the same proportion as other votes, by voting the proxies as recommended by an independent service provider, or by abstaining or taking no action. In other cases, MCM might use other procedures to resolve an apparent material conflict.
  MCM may use an independent service provider to assist in voting proxies, keep voting records, and disclose voting information to clients. MCM’s Proxy Voting policy and reports describing the voting of a client’s proxies are available to the client on request.
  MCM seeks to ensure that, to the extent reasonably feasible, proxies for which MCM receives ballots in good order and receives timely notice will be voted or otherwise processed (such as through a decision to abstain or take no action) as intended under MCM’s Proxy Voting policy and procedures. MCM may be unable to vote or otherwise process proxy ballots that are not received or processed in a timely manner due to functional limitations of the proxy voting system, custodial limitations, or other factors beyond MCM’s control. Such ballots may include, without limitation, ballots for securities out on loan under securities lending programs initiated by the client or its custodian, ballots not timely forwarded by a custodian, or ballots for which MCM does not timely receive essential information such as the proxy proposal itself or modifications to the required voting date. Other ballots may be voted but not counted, or may be counted in an unexpected way, because of factors such as foreign voting requirements or other limitations.

D-181


Table of Contents

     Definitions
2. By “best interests of MCM’s clients,” MCM means clients’ best economic interests over the long term — that is, the common interest that all clients share in seeing the value of a common investment increase over time. Clients may have differing political or social interests, but their best economic interests are generally uniform.
3. By “material conflict of interest,” MCM means circumstances when MCM itself knowingly does business with a particular proxy issuer, other principal proponent of a proposal, or an entity closely affiliated with the proxy issuer or other principal proponent of a proposal, or other circumstances in which MCM may appear to have a significant conflict of interest between its own interests and the interests of clients in how proxies are voted.
     Procedures: MCM Invests in Companies With Management Teams That Seek Shareholders’ Best Interests, and Usually Votes Proxies with Management Recommendations
4. MCM’s security analysts generally review proxy proposals as part of their monitoring of portfolio companies. Under MCM’s investment discipline, one of the qualities that MCM generally seeks in companies selected for client portfolios is good management teams that generally seek to serve shareholder interests. Because MCM believes that the management teams of companies it invests in generally seek to serve shareholder interests, MCM believes that voting proxy proposals in clients’ best economic interests usually means voting with the recommendations of these management teams (or their boards of directors). Therefore, when portfolio companies issue proxy proposals, MCM usually votes the proxies with management or board recommendations, because it believes that recommendations by these companies’ managements generally are in shareholders’ best interests, and therefore in the best economic interests of MCM’s clients.
5. In certain circumstances, MCM’s vote-by-vote analysis of proxy proposals could lead it to conclude that particular management or board recommendations may not appear as closely aligned with shareholder interests as MCM may deem desirable, or could be disregarded in the best interests of shareholders. For example, in some circumstances, certain proxy proposals or recommendations by management, shareholders, or other proponents — such as, without limitation, proposals that would affect corporate governance relating to anti-takeover measures, board election requirements, director qualifications, shared board and management responsibilities, capitalization changes, compensation programs, or other matters – could present circumstances in which management recommendations may not appear as closely aligned with shareholder interests as MCM in its sole discretion may deem desirable. In those and other circumstances, MCM may, in its sole discretion, vote against a management or board recommendation (or abstain or take no action) based on MCM’s analysis if in MCM’s view such a vote appears consistent with the best interests of clients. As further examples, in MCM’s sole discretion, it may vote against a management or board recommendation in order to, without limitation, support a shareholder proposal favoring safeguards against potential overreaching by management or enhancements of shareholder control that MCM believes are reasonable or appropriate, or vote against management or board recommendations in order to oppose management proposals that are not shareholder-friendly in MCM’s view.

D-182


Table of Contents

6. MCM generally considers each proxy proposal on its merits, and periodically reassesses its views of the management teams of the companies that it invests in for clients. A decision to vote against a particular management or board recommendation or to otherwise abstain or take no action on a proxy proposal does not necessarily signal a departure from MCM’s general view that a management team or board is serving the best interests of shareholders. If MCM concludes, in its sole discretion, that a company’s management team or board no longer appears to be serving shareholders’ best interests, MCM may take any action it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, awaiting further developments, voting against selected management or board recommendations, or selling shares of the company.
     Procedures: Use of an Independent Service Provider
7. MCM may engage an independent service provider to assist with the administrative and ministerial aspects of proxy voting. The independent service provider may perform functions that include, without limitation, voting proxies for MCM in accordance with MCM’s instructions based on MCM’s Proxy Voting policy, maintaining records of proxy votes, and assisting in preparing certain reports. To minimize the possibility that MCM’s proxy votes could be affected by potential conflicts of interest that may exist between an independent service provider and a proxy issuer, MCM rarely considers directing such a service provider to vote proxies for MCM based on the service provider’s recommendations (although MCM may do so in certain circumstances discussed in “Alternative Procedures for Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” below).
     Procedures: Voting/Abstention/No Action/Other Exceptions
8. MCM seeks to ensure that, to the extent reasonably feasible, proxies for which MCM receives ballots in good order and receives timely notice will be voted or otherwise processed as intended under MCM’s Proxy Voting policy and procedures. MCM employs a number of measures, including certain reconciliations and other cross-check procedures, to attempt to verify that proxies are voted or otherwise processed as intended, although such checks may not be feasible or reliable in some cases because of the complexity of the proxy voting process. MCM’s ability to vote or otherwise process proxies may be limited by many factors, including MCM’s dependence on custodians and independent proxy voting service providers to assist in processing proxies. MCM may be unable to vote or otherwise process proxy ballots that are not received or processed in a timely manner due to functional limitations of the proxy voting system, custodial limitations, or other factors beyond MCM’s control. Such ballots may include, without limitation, ballots for securities out on loan under securities lending programs initiated by a client or its custodian, ballots not timely forwarded by a custodian, or ballots for which MCM does not timely receive essential information such as the proxy proposal itself or modifications to the required voting date. Other ballots may be voted but not counted, or may be counted in an unexpected way, because of factors such as foreign voting requirements or other limitations. For example, in a few foreign markets, ballots cast by MCM may not be counted if required powers of attorney between the client and the custodian are not maintained. Also in foreign markets, ballots for securities held by a custodian in an omnibus account for multiple customers may be voted in an unexpected manner if the custodian receives different voting instructions from its customers and cannot split its vote as each customer requested.
9.a MCM may process some proxies without voting them, such as by making a decision to abstain or take no action on such proxies (or on certain proposals within such proxies). For

D-183


Table of Contents

example, if MCM has decided to sell the shares of a company, MCM generally may abstain from voting proxies or may take no action on proxies issued by the company. If MCM receives proxies relating to securities acquired as a result of an account transition (such as, without limitation, securities delivered into a newly opened MCM account that were selected by a previous adviser), MCM may choose to abstain or take no action on the proxies. MCM also may abstain or take no action on proxies issued for other securities that MCM did not select for a client portfolio (such as, without limitation, unsupervised securities held in a client’s account, or money market securities or other securities selected by clients or their representatives other than MCM).
9.b. MCM may abstain or take no action on proxies (or on certain proposals within such proxies) in other circumstances. MCM may determine, for example, that abstaining or taking no action on proxies is appropriate if voting may be unduly burdensome or expensive, such as when foreign proxy issuers impose burdensome or unreasonable voting, power of attorney, or holding requirements, or if MCM may have a material conflict of interest in voting certain proxies and alternative voting procedures are not desirable. MCM also may abstain or take no action when voting may not be in the best interests of clients in MCM’s view, or as an alternative to voting with (or against) management.
10. The procedures in this policy generally apply to all proxy voting matters over which MCM has voting authority, including changes in corporate governance structures, the adoption or amendment of compensation plans (including stock options), and matters involving social issues or corporate responsibility.
     Alternative Procedures for Potential Material Conflicts of Interest
11. In certain circumstances such as when the issuer or other proponent of a proxy proposal is also a client of MCM, it is possible that an appearance might arise of a potential conflict between MCM’s interests and the interests of affected clients in how the proxies of that issuer are voted.
12. MCM seeks to vote or otherwise process proxies in the best interests of its clients, and believes that any potential conflict of interest would not actually affect MCM’s voting of the proxies.
13. Nevertheless, when MCM is aware that a material conflict of interest (as defined in section 3 above) between MCM’s interests and clients’ interests may appear to exist, MCM generally will, to avoid appearance concerns, follow an alternative procedure rather than vote or otherwise process ballots in accordance with its own determinations. Such an alternative procedure generally would involve either:
(i) Directing an independent service provider to cause the proxies of those MCM client accounts that MCM is responsible for processing to be “echo voted” or “mirror voted” in the same proportion as the votes of other proxy holders if the service provider indicates it can do so; or
(ii) Directing the proxies of those MCM client accounts that MCM is responsible for processing to be voted in accordance with the recommendations of an independent service

D-184


Table of Contents

provider that MCM may use to assist in voting proxies. This procedure generally may be used if it can be determined that the independent service provider appears able to make such recommendations and vote in an impartial manner. In making this determination, MCM may (1) require the independent service provider to represent or otherwise demonstrate that the service provider faces no conflict of interest with respect to the vote, or (2) ask the independent service provider to disclose to MCM relevant facts concerning the firm’s relationship with the proxy issuer or other persons and certify that the service provider has taken steps to ensure that no actual conflicts exist.
MCM seeks to document the identification of any material conflict of interest and its procedure for resolving the particular conflict.
14. MCM may use other alternative procedures to address circumstances when a material conflict of interest may appear to exist, such as, without limitation:
(i) Notifying affected clients of the conflict of interest (if it is reasonably feasible to do so), and seeking a waiver of the conflict to permit MCM to vote the proxies;
(ii) Abstaining or taking no action on the proxies in cases when, without limitation, service providers cannot echo vote proxies of certain securities (such as those issued by foreign companies), or in other cases when alternative voting procedures are not desirable; or
(iii) Forwarding the proxies to clients so that clients may vote the proxies themselves.
     Voting by Client Instead of MCM
15. An MCM client may elect to vote proxies for its own account instead of directing MCM to do so. MCM recommends this approach if a client believes that proxies should be voted based on political or social interests or other client-specific considerations.
16. MCM generally cannot implement client proxy voting guidelines that do not delegate full discretion to MCM, or that are not fully consistent with these procedures. In particular, MCM encourages the client to vote its own proxies if the client seeks to impose client-specific voting guidelines that may be inconsistent with MCM’s policy or with MCM’s vote-by-vote analysis. MCM does not generally advise a client on proxy voting issues when the client retains authority to handle such matters itself.
17. MCM generally may abstain or will take no action on proxy votes relating to legal proceedings such as shareholder class actions or bankruptcy proceedings, or may refer such votes to clients.
     Persons Responsible for Implementing MCM’s Policy
18. MCM’s Operations/Client Services staff has primary responsibility for implementing MCM’s Proxy Voting policy and procedures, including ensuring that proxies are timely submitted. MCM also generally uses a service provider to assist in voting proxies, recordkeeping, and other matters.

D-185


Table of Contents

19. Members of MCM’s Investment staff, such as security analysts, generally review proxy proposals as part of their ongoing assessment of companies.
     Recordkeeping
20.a. MCM or a service provider maintains, in accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act:
(i) Copies of all proxy voting policies and procedures;
(ii) Copies of proxy statements received (unless maintained elsewhere as described below);
(iii) Records of proxy votes cast on behalf of clients;
(iv) Documents prepared by MCM that are material to a decision on how to vote or memorializing the basis for a decision;
(v) Written client requests for proxy voting information, and
(vi) Written responses by MCM to written or oral client requests.
20.b. MCM seeks to document instances in which it identifies a material conflict of interest, as well as the procedure utilized for resolving the particular conflict. MCM’s Operations/Client Services Department also documents certain other non-routine proxy voting issues, including: the basis for (1) any decision to vote against a management or board recommendation for reasons other than general matters affecting corporate governance issues discussed in section 5 above; and (2) any decision to abstain or take no action on a proxy that is intended by MCM to demonstrate divergence from a management or board recommendation.
20.c. MCM will not document other, more routine instances in which it may take certain actions with respect to a particular proxy, including certain situations identified in this Proxy Voting policy and procedures. MCM generally will not document, for example, the basis for routine decisions (i) to vote against corporate governanceproposals such as those described above, or (ii) to abstain or take no action on proxies in circumstances (A) when foreign issuers impose burdensome or unreasonable voting, power of attorney, or holding requirements, (B) when MCM has sold or determined to sell a security, or when MCM did not select the securities for the client portfolio (such as, without limitation, securities that were selected by a previous adviser, unsupervised securities held in a client’s account, or money market securities or other securities selected by clients or their representatives other than MCM), or (C) when other routine situations arise such as those identified in section 9 above. MCM also cannot document decisions not to vote or otherwise process proxies that were not received in good order, not received in a timely fashion, or otherwise not processed for reasons beyond MCM’s control, such as in certain situations addressed in section 8 above.
21. MCM will obtain an undertaking from any service provider that the service provider will provide copies of proxy voting records and other documents promptly upon request if MCM relies on the service provider to maintain related records.

D-186


Table of Contents

22. MCM or its service provider may rely on the SEC’s EDGAR system to keep records of certain proxy statements issued by domestic (and some foreign) issuers if the proxy statements are maintained by issuers on that system (as is generally true in the case of larger U.S.-based issuers).
23. All proxy-related records will be maintained in an easily accessible place for five years (and at an appropriate office of MCM or a service provider for the first two years).
Availability of Policy and Proxy Voting Records to Clients
24. MCM will initially inform clients of this policy and provide information regarding how a client may learn of MCM’s voting record for the client’s securities through summary disclosure in Part II of MCM’s Form ADV. Upon receipt of a client’s request for more information, MCM will provide the client with a copy of this Proxy Voting policy. Reports describing how MCM voted proxies for the client during the period since this policy was adopted are also available upon request.
*       *       *
MCM’s Chief Compliance Officer will review this policy at least annually to determine whether it should be amended or updated. Any amendments to this policy require the written approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.
         
Approved by:
  /s/ Steven Carlson    
 
       
 
  Title:Chief Compliance Officer    
 
  Effective Date: October 1, 2004    
 
       
Policy Amended: February 10, 2006
 
       
Approved by:
  /s/ Steven Carlson    
 
       
 
  Title:Chief Compliance Officer    
 
  Effective Date: February 10, 2006    
 
       

D-187


Table of Contents

         
Policy Amended: July 19, 2006
 
       
Approved by:
  /s/ Steven Carlson    
 
       
 
  Title:Chief Compliance Officer    
 
  Effective Date: July 19, 2006    
 
Amendment Approved: August 8, 2008
 
       
Approved by:
  Steven Carlson    
 
       
 
  Title:Chief Compliance Officer    
 
  Effective Date: September 1, 2008    

D-188


Table of Contents

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited Proxy Voting Policy Investment Compliance Page 1
of 4 Nov 2009
Proxy Voting
         
    2  
 
       
    2  
 
       
    2  
 
       
    2  
 
       
    2  
 
       
    3  
 
       
    3  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    4  
 
       
    4  
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited Proxy Voting Policy
Background
Policy objectives and scope
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited (“MFC GIM (USA)”) manages money on behalf of, or provides investment advice to, many clients.
Arising out of these relationships, MFC GIM (USA) has a fiduciary duty to exercise care, diligence and skill in the administration and management of these funds that any person, familiar with the matters, would exercise under similar circumstances in managing the property of another person.
A proxy is a shareholder’s right to vote that has been delegated to professionals who manage their investments. (Note: clients have the unqualified right to rescind the permission given to us to vote proxies on their behalf.) The right to vote is an asset, as a company’s shareholders have the power to influence the management of a corporation and it is our fiduciary obligation to ensure that these rights are voted, if clients request us to do so in writing, such that they optimize the long-term value of the investment portfolios.
Guiding principles for policy
When voting proxies, fiduciaries have an obligation to do so in an informed and responsible manner. There is a duty of loyalty. Records of voting should be maintained by retaining copies of proxies and any supporting documentation for non-routine issues. As an investment management company, the obligation of fiduciaries is to vote proxies in the best interest of the clients or beneficiaries.

D-189


Table of Contents

Policy
General Requirements
A proxy vote should be cast on behalf of each client holding the security in question. The decision on how to vote is made by the responsible Portfolio Manager, or another person to whom such responsibility has been delegated by the Portfolio Manager, on behalf of the client. Such a person may include a proxy committee or a proxy voting service. Refer to “Proxy Committees” and “Proxy Services” below.
When voting proxies, the following standards apply:
  Portfolio Managers will vote based on what they believe to be in the best interest of the client and in accordance with the client’s investment guidelines.
 
  Each voting decision should be made independently. Portfolio Managers may enlist the services of reputable professionals and/or proxy evaluation services, such as RiskMetrics Group, Inc. (“RiskMetrics” ISS Governance Services (“ISS”), refer to “Proxy Services” below, whether inside or outside the organization, to assist with the analysis of voting issues and/or to carry out the actual voting process. However, the ultimate decision as to how to cast a vote will always rest with Portfolio Managers, or any
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited Proxy Voting Policy
Proxy Committee which may be formed to deal with voting matters from time to time, refer to “Proxy Committees” below.
  Investment guidelines/contracts should outline how voting matters should be treated and clients should be notified of voting procedures from time to time in accordance with any applicable legislative requirements.
 
  The quality of a company’s management is a key consideration factor in the Portfolio Manager’s investment decision, and a good management team is presumed to act in the best interests of the company. Therefore, in general, MFC GIM (USA) will vote as recommended by a company’s management, except in situations where the Portfolio Manager believes this is not in the best interests of clients.
 
  As a general principle, voting should be consistent among portfolios having the same mandates subject to the client’s preferences and the Conflict Procedures set out below.
MFC GIM (USA) will reasonably consider specific voting instruction requests made by clients
Proxy Services
    Each Portfolio Manager is responsible for the voting of securities in portfolios managed by them. In order to assist in voting securities, MFC GIM (USA) may from time to time delegate certain proxy advisory and voting responsibilities to a third party proxy service provider.
 
    MFC GIM (USA) has currently delegated certain duties to ISS Governance Services (“ISS”). ISS specializes in the areas of proxy voting and corporate governance and

D-190


Table of Contents

provides a variety of proxy advisory and voting services. These services include in-depth research, analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting, auditing and consulting assistance. While each Portfolio Manager may rely on ISS’s research and recommendations in casting votes, each Portfolio Manager may deviate from any recommendation provided by ISS on general policy issues or specific proxy proposals in accordance with any MFC GIM (USA) proxy policies and procedures which may be in effect from time to time. Refer to “Proxy Committees” below.
MFC GIM (USA) may retain other proxy voting services in place of, or in addition to, ISS from time to time without further notice to clients.
Proxy Committees
From time to time proxy voting issues arise generally or with respect to a specific vote. In such cases, one or more persons may be appointed as a Proxy Committee to review certain issues.
One or more of such committees may be created on a permanent or temporary basis from time to time. The terms of reference and the procedures under which a committee will operate from time to time must be reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department. Records of the committee’s deliberations and recommendations shall be kept in accordance with this Policy and applicable law, if any. Refer to “Documentation Requirements and Client Notification Requirements” below.
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.A.) Limited Proxy Voting Policy
Conflicts Procedures
MFC GIM (USA) is required to monitor and resolve possible material conflicts (“Conflicts”) between the interests of MFC GIM (USA) and the interests of clients who have instructed MFC GIM (USA) to vote securities held in their portfolios. MFC GIM (USA) is affiliated with both Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) and The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (“MLI”). Conflicts may arise, for example, if a proxy vote is required on matters involving those companies, or other issuers in which either of them has a substantial equity interest.
Anyone within MFC GIM (USA) who becomes aware of a potential conflict shall notify the Legal and Compliance department as well as the appropriate desk head. If it is determined by the Legal and Compliance Department that a potential conflict does exist, a Proxy Committee shall be appointed to consider the issue.
In addition to the procedures set out above concerning Proxy Committees, any Proxy Committee which considers a Conflict must appoint a member of the Legal and Compliance team as a voting member of the Committee. Persons who are officers of the issuer involved in the matter may participate in the Committee’s deliberations, but shall not be entitled to vote as a member of the Committee.
The Proxy Committee shall then consider the issue involved and shall be free to make any decision it concludes is reasonable The Proxy Committee need not determine to vote each client portfolio the same way on a given matter, depending on the interests of the particular client involved.

D-191


Table of Contents

Documentation Requirements
The Portfolio Manager retains or arranges to be retained in an accessible format from a proxy service or other source, voting records for securities held in each portfolio voting records for each portfolio that held the security. These should include all records required by applicable law from time to time, such as:
  proxy voting procedures and policies, and all amendments thereto;
 
  all proxy statements received regarding client securities;
 
  a record of all votes cast on behalf of clients;
 
  records of all client requests for proxy voting information;
 
  any documents prepared by the Portfolio Manager or a Proxy Committee that were material to a voting decision or that memorialized the basis for the decision;
 
  all records relating to communications with clients regarding conflicts of interest in voting; and
 
  any other material required by law to be kept from time to time.
Client Notification Requirements
MFC GIM (USA) shall describe to clients, or provide a copy of its proxy voting policies and procedures and shall also advise clients how they may obtain information on securities voted in their portfolio.

D-192


Table of Contents

MFC Global Investment Management (U.S), LLC
Introduction
MFC Global Investment Management (U.S.), LLC (MFC GIM (US) or the “Firm”) is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as an investment adviser. As a registered investment adviser, MFC GIM (US) must comply with the requirements of the SEC Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended and the rules there under (Advisers Act). In accordance with Rule 206(4)-7 of the Advisers Act, MFC GIM (US) has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Advisers Act and designated a Chief Compliance Officer to administer its compliance policies and procedures.
The Firm is a wholly owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (Manulife Financial) and is affiliated with several SEC-registered and non-SEC registered investment advisers which are also subsidiaries or affiliates of Manulife Financial. Collectively, MFC GIM (US) and its advisory affiliates represent the diversified investment management division of Manulife Financial and they provide comprehensive asset management solutions for institutional investors, retirement and investment funds, and individuals, in key markets around the world. Certain of these companies within Manulife Financial offer a number of products and services designed specifically for various categories of investors in a number of different countries and regions. These products or services are only offered to such investors in those countries and regions in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
The Firm manages assets for a variety of institutional and other types of clients, including public and private pension funds, financial institutions and investment trusts. It also manages registered and private collective funds, including UCITS, US and Canadian open- and closed-end mutual funds. In particular, the Firm is affiliated with, and serves as investment manager or a sub-adviser to, a number of mutual fund families that are sponsored by affiliates (the “Funds”). This investment expertise extends across a full range of asset classes including equity, fixed income and alternative investments such as real estate, as well as asset allocation strategies.
The portfolios under management have a mix of investment objectives and may invest in, or create exposure to, a wide variety of financial instruments in different asset classes, including listed and unlisted equity and fixed income securities, commodities, fixed income instruments, derivatives and structured products, futures and options.
Proxy Voting Policy
This Proxy Voting Policy (the “Policy”) covers the proxy activities and related disclosure obligations of MFC GIM (US) and applies to all MFC GIM (US) clients for whom MFC GIM (US) has been delegated the authority to vote proxies.
The Proxy Voting Policy is designed to meet the needs of MFC GIM (US)’s clients with strict adherence to the highest principles of fiduciary conduct, including minimizing any potential material conflict of interest between the Firm and the Firm’s clients. It is also designed to ensure compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of the various regulators to which MFC GIM (US) is subject. It sets forth the general corporate governance principles of MFC GIM (US) in ensuring that clear guidelines are established for voting proxies and communicating such with our clients, regulators and other relevant parties.
The structure and purpose of the Proxy Voting Policy will continually evolved in alignment with the risk profile of MFC GIM (US), internal standards and requirements, roles and responsibilities

D-193


Table of Contents

of the MFC GIM (US) Board and other relevant oversight committees, and regulatory requirements. The Proxy Voting Policy is not intended to cover every possible situation that may arise in the course of conducting the Firm’s business. It is meant to be subject to change and to interpretation from time to time where facts and circumstances dictate, or where new regulations or guidance become effective, or where the plain language of the Policy appears unclear in light of the particular circumstances.
All Firm employees are asked to consult with the Chief Compliance Officer of MFC GIM (US) (“Chief Compliance Officer”) if they have any questions concerning this Policy, questions about the standards set forth, or questions about proxy voting in general. Where, however, such obligations are inconsistent with this Policy, then the matter should immediately be referred to the Chief Compliance Officer and the MFC GIM (US) General Counsel (“General Counsel”) who have authority to interpret this Policy or to take appropriate action in accordance with the principles set forth in this Policy in a manner in any situations not specifically covered by guidelines or procedures.
The Proxy Policy has the following seven sections:
  1.   General Principles
 
  2.   Standards
 
  3.   Administration
 
  4.   Potential Conflicts
 
  5.   Recordkeeping
 
  6.   Policy Administration
 
  7.   Exhibit A- RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Guidelines
**
General Principles
Scope
MFC GIM (US) provides investment advisory services to both ERISA and non-ERISA institutional clients, the Funds, and other non-institutional clients (collectively, the “Clients”). MFC GIM (US) understands that proxy voting is an integral aspect of security ownership. Accordingly, in cases where MFC GIM (US) has been delegated authority to vote proxies, that function must be conducted with the same degree of prudence and loyalty accorded any fiduciary or other obligation of an investment manager.
This Policy permits Clients to:
  1.   delegate to MFC GIM (US) the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to MFC GIM (US)’s proxy voting polices and guidelines;
 
  2.   delegate to MFC GIM (US) the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on their behalf according to the particular Client’s own proxy voting policies and guidelines, subject to acceptance by the Firm, as mutually agreed upon between the Firm and the Client; or
 
  3.   elect to vote proxies themselves. In instances where Clients elect to vote their own proxies, MFC GIM (US) shall not be responsible for voting proxies on behalf of such Clients.

D-194


Table of Contents

Policy Statement
MFC GIM (US) seeks to vote proxies in the best economic interests of all of its Clients for whom the Firm has proxy voting authority and responsibilities. In the ordinary course, this entails voting proxies in a way which MFC GIM (US) believes will maximize the monetary value of each portfolio’s holdings. MFC GIM (US) takes the view that this will benefit the Clients.
The Firm believes that its Proxy Voting Policy is reasonably designed to ensure that proxy matters are conducted in the best interest of Clients, and in accordance with MFC GIM (US)’s fiduciary duties, applicable rules under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA clients set out in the U.S. Department of Labor interpretations.
To fulfill the Firm’s fiduciary duty to Clients with respect to proxy voting, MFC GIM (US) has contracted with the RiskMetrics Group (RiskMetrics), an independent third party service provider, to vote Clients’ proxies according to RiskMetrics’ proxy voting recommendations. Proxies will be voted in accordance with the voting recommendations contained in the applicable domestic or global RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Manual, as in effect from time to time. Except in instances where a MFC GIM (US) client retains voting authority, MFC GIM (US) will instruct custodians of client accounts to forward all proxy statements and materials received in respect of client accounts to RiskMetrics.
Copies of the current domestic and global RiskMetrics proxy voting guidelines are attached as Exhibit A to the Policy. MFC GIM (US) reserves the right to amend any of RiskMetrics’s guidelines in the future. If any such changes are made an amended Proxy Voting Policy will be made available for clients.
Therefore, the Proxy Voting Policy encompasses the following principles:
    The proxy voting function of MFC GIM (US) Operations (“Proxy Operations”) shall cause the implementation of procedures, practices, and controls (collectively, the “Procedures”) sufficient to promote high quality fiduciary administration of the Proxy Voting Policy, including the proper oversight of any service providers hired by the Firm to assist it in the proxy voting process. Such Procedures shall be reasonably designed to meet all applicable regulatory requirements and highest fiduciary standards.
 
    The Chief Compliance Officer makes an annual risk-based assessment of MFC GIM (US)’s compliance program, which may include proxy voting activities, and may conduct a review of the Procedures to determine that such Procedures are satisfactory to promote high-quality fiduciary administration. The Chief Compliance Officer makes periodic reports to MFC GIM (US) Senior Investment Policy Committee (SIPC) that include a summary of instances where MFC GIM (US) has (i) voted proxies in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of RiskMetrics, and (ii) voted proxies in circumstances in which a material conflict of interest may exist as set forth in the Conflicts section.
 
    Except as otherwise required by law, MFC GIM (US) has a general policy of not disclosing to any issuer or third party how MFC GIM (US) or its voting delegate voted a Client’s proxy.

D-195


Table of Contents

    MFC GIM (US) endeavors to show sensitivity to local market practices when voting proxies of non-U.S. issuers. MFC GIM (US) votes in all markets where it is feasible to do so.
Standards
    MFC GIM (US) has engaged RiskMetrics as its proxy voting agent to:
  1.   research and make voting recommendations or, for matters for which MFC GIM (US) has so delegated, to make the voting determinations;
 
  2.   ensure that proxies are voted and submitted in a timely manner;
 
  3.   handle other administrative functions of proxy voting;
 
  4.   maintain records of proxy statements received in connection with proxy votes and provide copies of such proxy statements promptly upon request;
 
  5.   maintain records of votes cast; and
 
  6.   provide recommendations with respect to proxy voting matters in general.
  Oversight of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the SIPC. The SIPC reviews and approves amendments to the Proxy Voting Policy and delegates authority to vote in accordance with this Policy to RiskMetrics.
MFC GIM (US) does not engage in the practice of “empty voting” ( a term embracing a variety of factual circumstances that result in a partial or total separation of the right to vote at a shareholders meeting from beneficial ownership of the shares on the meeting date). MFC GIM (US) prohibits investment managers from creating large hedge positions solely to gain the vote while avoiding economic exposure to the market. MFC GIM (US) will not knowingly vote borrowed shares (for example, shares borrowed for short sales and hedging transactions) that the lender of the shares is also voting.
MFC GIM (US) reviews various criteria to determine whether the costs associated with voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to Clients and may conduct a cost-benefit analysis in determining whether it is in the best economic interest to vote client proxies. Given the outcome of the cost-benefit analysis, the Firm may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of the Clients’ accounts.
In addition, MFC GIM (US) may refrain from voting a proxy due to logistical considerations that may have a detrimental effect on the Firm’s ability to vote such a proxy. These issues may include, but are not limited to:
  1.   proxy statements and ballots being written in a foreign language;
 
  2.   underlying securities have been lent out pursuant to a Client’s securities lending program;
 
  3.   untimely notice of a shareholder meeting;
 
  4.   requirements to vote proxies in person;
 
  5.   restrictions on foreigner’s ability to exercise votes;
 
  6.   restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting (“share blocking and re-registration”);
 
  7.   requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions. Such proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis; or
 
  8.   inability of a Client’s custodian to forward and process proxies electronically.

D-196


Table of Contents

Administration
Proxy Operations is responsible for administering the proxy voting process, including:
  1.   Implementing and updating the applicable domestic and global RiskMetrics proxy voting guidelines;
 
  2.   Coordinating and overseeing the proxy voting process performed by RiskMetrics; and
 
  3.   Providing periodic reports to the SIPC, the Chief Compliance Officer and Clients as requested.
As noted, all proxies received on behalf of Clients are forwarded to RiskMetrics. Any MFC GIM (US) employee that receives a client’s proxy statement should therefore notify Proxy Operations and arrange for immediate delivery to RiskMetrics.
From time to time, proxy votes will be solicited which (i) involve special circumstances and require additional research and discussion or (ii) are not directly addressed by RiskMetrics. These proxies are identified through a number of methods, including but not limited to notification from RiskMetrics, concerns of clients, and questions from consultants.
In such instances of special circumstances or issues not directly addressed by RiskMetrics, a sub-committee of the SIPC (“Proxy Committee”) will be consulted for a determination of the proxy vote. The Proxy Committee comprises of no fewer three members of the SIPC. Although the Firm anticipates that such instances will be rare, The Proxy Committee’s first determination is whether there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of a Client and those of MFC GIM (US). If the Proxy Committee determines that there is a material conflict, the process detailed under “Potential Conflicts” below is followed. If there is no material conflict, the Proxy Committee examines each of the issuer’s proposals in detail in seeking to determine what vote would be in the best interests of Clients. At this point, the Proxy Committee will make a voting decision based on maximizing the monetary value of all portfolios’ holdings.
There may be circumstances under which a portfolio manager or other MFC GIM (US) investment professional (“MFC GIM (US) Investment Professional”) believes that it is in the best interest of a Client or Clients to vote proxies in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of RiskMetrics. In such an event, as feasible, the MFC GIM (US) Investment Professional shall inform Proxy Operations of its decision to vote such proxy in a manner inconsistent with the recommendation of RiskMetrics. Proxy Operations will report to the Chief Compliance Officer no less than quarterly any instance where a MFC GIM (US) Investment Professional has decided to vote a proxy on behalf of a Client in that manner.
In addition to voting proxies, MFC GIM (US):
  1.   describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients in the relevant or required disclosure document, including Part 2 of its Form ADV;
 
  2.   provides clients with a copy of the Proxy Voting Policy, upon request;
 
  3.   discloses to its clients how they may obtain information on how MFC GIM (US) voted the client’s proxies;
 
  4.   generally applies its Proxy Voting Policy consistently and keeps records of votes for each Client;

D-197


Table of Contents

  5.   documents the reason(s) for voting for all non-routine items; and
 
  6.   keeps records of such proxy voting through RiskMetrics available for inspection by the Client or governmental agencies.
CONFLICT of interest
In instances where MFC GIM (US) has the responsibility and authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients for which MFC GIM (US) serves as the investment adviser, there may be instances where a material conflict of interest exists. For example, MFC GIM (US) or its affiliates may provide services to a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or to another entity which is a proponent of a particular proxy proposal. Another example could arise when MFC GIM (US) or its affiliates has business or other relationships with participants involved in proxy contests, such as a candidate for a corporate directorship. More specifically, if MFC GIM (US) is aware that one of the following conditions exists with respect to a proxy, MFC GIM (US) shall consider such event a potential material conflict of interest:
  1.   MFC GIM (US) has a business relationship or potential relationship with the issuer;
 
  2.   MFC GIM (US) has a business relationship with the proponent of the proxy proposal; or
 
  3.   MFC GIM (US) members, employees or consultants have a personal or other business relationship with the participants in the proxy contest, such as corporate directors or director candidates.
As a fiduciary to its clients, MFC GIM (US) takes these potential conflicts very seriously. While MFC GIM (US)’s only goal in addressing any such potential conflict is to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the clients’ best interests and are not affected by MFC GIM (US)’s potential conflict, there are a number of courses MFC GIM (US) may take. The final decision as to which course to follow shall be made by the Proxy Committee.
In the event of a potential material conflict of interest, the Proxy Committee will (i) vote such proxy according to the specific recommendation of RiskMetrics; (ii) abstain; or (iii) request that the Client votes such proxy. All such instances shall be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer at least quarterly.
As RiskMetrics will vote proxies in accordance with the proxy voting guidelines described in Exhibit A, MFC GIM (US) believes that this process is reasonably designed to address conflicts of interest that may arise between MFC GIM (US) and a Client as to how proxies are voted. When the matter falls clearly within one of the proposals enumerated in RiskMetrics proxy voting policy, casting a vote which simply follows RiskMetrics’ pre-determined policy would eliminate MFC GIM (US)’s discretion on the particular issue and hence avoid the conflict.
In other cases, where the matter presents a potential material conflict and is not clearly within one of the RiskMetrics’ enumerated recommendations, or is of such a nature that the Proxy Committee believes more active involvement is necessary, the Proxy Committee shall make a decision as to the voting of the proxy. The basis for the voting decision, including the basis for the determination that the decision is in the best interests of Clients, shall be formalized in writing as a part of the minutes of the Proxy Committee. Which action is appropriate in any given scenario would be the decision of the Proxy Committee in carrying out its duty to ensure that the proxies are voted in the Clients’, and not MFC GIM (US)’s, best interests.

D-198


Table of Contents

RECORDKEEPING
In accordance with applicable law, MFC GIM (US) shall retain the following documents on behalf of MFC GIM (US) for not less than five years from the end of the year in which the proxies were voted, the first two years in MFC GIM (US)’s office:
    the MFC GIM (US) Proxy Voting Policy and any additional procedures created pursuant to that policy;
 
    a copy of each proxy statement MFC GIM (US) receives regarding securities held by Clients (this requirement will be satisfied by RiskMetrics who has agreed in writing to do so or by obtaining a copy of the proxy statement from the EDGAR database);
 
    a record of each vote cast by MFC GIM (US) (this requirement will be satisfied by RiskMetrics who has agreed in writing to do so) on behalf of Clients;
 
    a copy of any document created by MFC GIM (US) that was material in making its voting decision or that memorializes the basis for such decision; and
 
    a copy of each written request from a client, and response to the client, for information on how MFC GIM (US) Clients’ proxies were voted.
Policy Administration
The Proxy Voting Policy shall be review and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer at least annually.
The Chief Compliance Officer shall make periodic reports to the SIPC covering the effectiveness of the Policy.
*****
Exhibit: MFC GIM (US) Proxy Voting Policy
RiskMetrics Proxy Voting Guidelines Summary
The following is a concise summary of RiskMetrics’ proxy voting policy guidelines.

D-199


Table of Contents

February 27, 2009
MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
I. POLICY STATEMENT
Morgan Stanley Investment Management’s (“MSIM”) policy and procedures for voting proxies (“Policy”) with respect to securities held in the accounts of clients applies to those MSIM entities that provide discretionary investment management services and for which an MSIM entity has authority to vote proxies. This Policy is reviewed and updated as necessary to address new and evolving proxy voting issues and standards.
The MSIM entities covered by this Policy currently include the following: Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc., Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Company, Morgan Stanley Asset & Investment Trust Management Co., Limited, Morgan Stanley Investment Management Private Limited, Van Kampen Asset Management, and Van Kampen Advisors Inc. (each an “MSIM Affiliate” and collectively referred to as the “MSIM Affiliates” or as “we” below).
Each MSIM Affiliate will use its best efforts to vote proxies as part of its authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets. With respect to the MSIM registered management investment companies (Van Kampen, Institutional and Advisor Funds—collectively referred to herein as the “MSIM Funds”), each MSIM Affiliate will vote proxies under this Policy pursuant to authority granted under its applicable investment advisory agreement or, in the absence of such authority, as authorized by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the MSIM Funds. An MSIM Affiliate will not vote proxies if the “named fiduciary” for an ERISA account has reserved the authority for itself, or in the case of an account not governed by ERISA, the investment management or investment advisory agreement does not authorize the MSIM Affiliate to vote proxies. MSIM Affiliates will vote proxies in a prudent and diligent manner and in the best interests of clients, including beneficiaries of and participants in a client’s benefit plan(s) for which the MSIM Affiliates manage assets, consistent with the objective of maximizing long-term investment returns (“Client Proxy Standard”). In certain situations, a client or its fiduciary may provide an MSIM Affiliate with a proxy voting policy. In these situations, the MSIM Affiliate will comply with the client’s policy.
Proxy Research Services- RiskMetrics Group ISS Governance Services (“ISS”) and Glass Lewis (together with other proxy research providers as we may retain from time to time, the “Research Providers”) are independent advisers that specialize in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. The services provided include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations. While we may review and utilize the recommendations of the Research Providers in making proxy voting decisions, we are in no way obligated to follow such recommendations. In addition to research, ISS provides vote execution, reporting, and recordkeeping services.
     Voting Proxies for Certain Non-U.S. Companies- Voting proxies of companies located in some jurisdictions, particularly emerging markets, may involve several problems that can restrict or prevent the ability to vote such proxies or entail significant costs. These problems

D-200


Table of Contents

include, but are not limited to: (i) proxy statements and ballots being written in a language other than English; (ii) untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings; (iii) restrictions on the ability of holders outside the issuer’s jurisdiction of organization to exercise votes; (iv) requirements to vote proxies in person; (v) the imposition of restrictions on the sale of the securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting; and (vi) requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate our voting instructions. As a result, we vote clients’ non-U.S. proxies on a best efforts basis only, after weighing the costs and benefits of voting such proxies, consistent with the Client Proxy Standard. ISS has been retained to provide assistance in connection with voting non-U.S. proxies.
II. GENERAL PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
To promote consistency in voting proxies on behalf of its clients, we follow this Policy (subject to any exception set forth herein). The Policy addresses a broad range of issues, and provides general voting parameters on proposals that arise most frequently. However, details of specific proposals vary, and those details affect particular voting decisions, as do factors specific to a given company. Pursuant to the procedures set forth herein, we may vote in a manner that is not in accordance with the following general guidelines, provided the vote is approved by the Proxy Review Committee (see Section III for description) and is consistent with the Client Proxy Standard. Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP will follow the procedures as described in Appendix A.
We endeavor to integrate governance and proxy voting policy with investment goals, using the vote to encourage portfolio companies to enhance long-term shareholder value and to provide a high standard of transparency such that equity markets can value corporate assets appropriately.
We seek to follow the Client Proxy Standard for each client. At times, this may result in split votes, for example when different clients have varying economic interests in the outcome of a particular voting matter (such as a case in which varied ownership interests in two companies involved in a merger result in different stakes in the outcome). We also may split votes at times based on differing views of portfolio managers.
We may abstain on matters for which disclosure is inadequate.
A. Routine Matters. We generally support routine management proposals. The following are examples of routine management proposals:
    Approval of financial statements and auditor reports if delivered with an unqualified auditor’s opinion.
 
    General updating/corrective amendments to the charter, articles of association or bylaws, unless we believe that such amendments would diminish shareholder rights.
 
    Most proposals related to the conduct of the annual meeting, with the following exceptions. We generally oppose proposals that relate to “the transaction of such other business which may come before the meeting,” and open-ended requests for adjournment. However, where management specifically states the reason for requesting an adjournment and the requested adjournment would facilitate passage of a proposal that would otherwise be supported under this Policy (i.e. an uncontested corporate transaction), the adjournment request will be supported.

D-201


Table of Contents

We generally support shareholder proposals advocating confidential voting procedures and independent tabulation of voting results.
B. Board of Directors.
  1.   Election of directors: Votes on board nominees can involve balancing a variety of considerations. In balancing various factors in uncontested elections, we may take into consideration whether the company has a majority voting policy in place that we believe makes the director vote more meaningful. In the absence of a proxy contest, we generally support the board’s nominees for director except as follows:
  a.   We consider withholding support from or voting against interested directors if the company’s board does not meet market standards for director independence, or if otherwise we believe board independence is insufficient. We refer to prevalent market standards as promulgated by a stock exchange or other authority within a given market (e.g., New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq rules for most U.S. companies, and The Combined Code on Corporate Governance in the United Kingdom). Thus, for an NYSE company with no controlling shareholder, we would expect that at a minimum a majority of directors should be independent as defined by NYSE. Where we view market standards as inadequate, we may withhold votes based on stronger independence standards. Market standards notwithstanding, we generally do not view long board tenure alone as a basis to classify a director as non-independent, although lack of board turnover and fresh perspective can be a negative factor in voting on directors.
  i.   At a company with a shareholder or group that controls the company by virtue of a majority economic interest in the company, we have a reduced expectation for board independence, although we believe the presence of independent directors can be helpful, particularly in staffing the audit committee, and at times we may withhold support from or vote against a nominee on the view the board or its committees are not sufficiently independent.
 
  ii.   We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee if he or she is affiliated with a major shareholder that has representation on a board disproportionate to its economic interest.
  b.   Depending on market standards, we consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee who is interested and who is standing for election as a member of the company’s compensation, nominating or audit committee.
 
  c.   We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee if we believe a direct conflict exists between the interests of the nominee and the public shareholders, including failure to meet fiduciary standards of care and/or loyalty. We may oppose directors where we conclude that actions of directors are unlawful, unethical or negligent. We consider opposing individual board members or an entire slate if we believe the board is entrenched and/or dealing inadequately with performance problems, and/or acting with insufficient independence between the board and management.

D-202


Table of Contents

  d.   We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee standing for election if the board has not taken action to implement generally accepted governance practices for which there is a “bright line” test. For example, in the context of the U.S. market, failure to eliminate a dead hand or slow hand poison pill would be seen as a basis for opposing one or more incumbent nominees.
 
  e.   In markets that encourage designated audit committee financial experts, we consider voting against members of an audit committee if no members are designated as such. We also may not support the audit committee members if the company has faced financial reporting issues and/or does not put the auditor up for ratification by shareholders.
 
  f.   We believe investors should have the ability to vote on individual nominees, and may abstain or vote against a slate of nominees where we are not given the opportunity to vote on individual nominees.
 
  g.   We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee who has failed to attend at least 75% of the nominee’s board and board committee meetings within a given year without a reasonable excuse. We also consider opposing nominees if the company does not meet market standards for disclosure on attendance.
 
  h.   We consider withholding support from or voting against a nominee who appears overcommitted, particularly through service on an excessive number of boards. Market expectations are incorporated into this analysis; for U.S. boards, we generally oppose election of a nominee who serves on more than six public company boards (excluding investment companies).
  2.   Discharge of directors’ duties: In markets where an annual discharge of directors’ responsibility is a routine agenda item, we generally support such discharge. However, we may vote against discharge or abstain from voting where there are serious findings of fraud or other unethical behavior for which the individual bears responsibility. The annual discharge of responsibility represents shareholder approval of actions taken by the board during the year and may make future shareholder action against the board difficult to pursue.
 
  3.   Board independence: We generally support U.S. shareholder proposals requiring that a certain percentage (up to 66⅔%) of the company’s board members be independent directors, and promoting all-independent audit, compensation and nominating/governance committees.
 
  4.   Board diversity: We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals urging diversity of board membership with respect to social, religious or ethnic group.
 
  5.   Majority voting: We generally support proposals requesting or requiring majority voting policies in election of directors, so long as there is a carve-out for plurality voting in the case of contested elections.
 
  6.   Proxy access: We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to provide procedures for inclusion of shareholder nominees in company proxy statements.

D-203


Table of Contents

  7.   Proposals to elect all directors annually: We generally support proposals to elect all directors annually at public companies (to “declassify” the Board of Directors) where such action is supported by the board, and otherwise consider the issue on a case-by-case basis based in part on overall takeover defenses at a company.
 
  8.   Cumulative voting: We generally support proposals to eliminate cumulative voting in the U.S. market context. (Cumulative voting provides that shareholders may concentrate their votes for one or a handful of candidates, a system that can enable a minority bloc to place representation on a board.) U.S. proposals to establish cumulative voting in the election of directors generally will not be supported.
 
  9.   Separation of Chairman and CEO positions: We vote on shareholder proposals to separate the Chairman and CEO positions and/or to appoint a non-executive Chairman based in part on prevailing practice in particular markets, since the context for such a practice varies. In many non-U.S. markets, we view separation of the roles as a market standard practice, and support division of the roles in that context.
 
  10.   Director retirement age and term limits: Proposals recommending set director retirement ages or director term limits are voted on a case-by-case basis.
 
  11.   Proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or broaden indemnification of officers and directors. Generally, we will support such proposals provided that an individual is eligible only if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duties.
C. Statutory auditor boards. The statutory auditor board, which is separate from the main board of directors, plays a role in corporate governance in several markets. These boards are elected by shareholders to provide assurance on compliance with legal and accounting standards and the company’s articles of association. We generally vote for statutory auditor nominees if they meet independence standards. In markets that require disclosure on attendance by internal statutory auditors, however, we consider voting against nominees for these positions who failed to attend at least 75% of meetings in the previous year. We also consider opposing nominees if the company does not meet market standards for disclosure on attendance.
D. Corporate transactions and proxy fights. We examine proposals relating to mergers, acquisitions and other special corporate transactions (i.e., takeovers, spin-offs, sales of assets, reorganizations, restructurings and recapitalizations) on a case-by-case basis in the interests of each fund or other account. Proposals for mergers or other significant transactions that are friendly and approved by the Research Providers usually are supported if there is no portfolio manager objection. We also analyze proxy contests on a case-by-case basis.
E. Changes in capital structure.
  1.   We generally support the following:
    Management and shareholder proposals aimed at eliminating unequal voting rights, assuming fair economic treatment of classes of shares we hold.
 
    Management proposals to increase the authorization of existing classes of common stock (or securities convertible into common stock) if: (i) a clear business purpose is stated that we can support and the number of shares

D-204


Table of Contents

      requested is reasonable in relation to the purpose for which authorization is requested; and/or (ii) the authorization does not exceed 100% of shares currently authorized and at least 30% of the total new authorization will be outstanding. (We consider proposals that do not meet these criteria on a case-by-case basis.)
    Management proposals to create a new class of preferred stock or for issuances of preferred stock up to 50% of issued capital, unless we have concerns about use of the authority for anti-takeover purposes.
 
    Management proposals to authorize share repurchase plans, except in some cases in which we believe there are insufficient protections against use of an authorization for anti-takeover purposes.
 
    Management proposals to reduce the number of authorized shares of common or preferred stock, or to eliminate classes of preferred stock.
 
    Management proposals to effect stock splits.
 
    Management proposals to effect reverse stock splits if management proportionately reduces the authorized share amount set forth in the corporate charter. Reverse stock splits that do not adjust proportionately to the authorized share amount generally will be approved if the resulting increase in authorized shares coincides with the proxy guidelines set forth above for common stock increases.
 
    Management dividend payout proposals, except where we perceive company payouts to shareholders as inadequate.
  2.   We generally oppose the following (notwithstanding management support):
    Proposals to add classes of stock that would substantially dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders.
 
    Proposals to increase the authorized or issued number of shares of existing classes of stock that are unreasonably dilutive, particularly if there are no preemptive rights for existing shareholders. However, depending on market practices, we consider voting for proposals giving general authorization for issuance of shares not subject to pre-emptive rights if the authority is limited.
 
    Proposals that authorize share issuance at a discount to market rates, except where authority for such issuance is de minimis, or if there is a special situation that we believe justifies such authorization (as may be the case, for example, at a company under severe stress and risk of bankruptcy).
 
    Proposals relating to changes in capitalization by 100% or more.
We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals to increase dividend payout ratios, in light of market practice and perceived market weaknesses, as well as individual company payout history and current circumstances. For example, currently we perceive low payouts to shareholders as a concern at some Japanese companies, but may deem a low payout ratio as

D-205


Table of Contents

appropriate for a growth company making good use of its cash, notwithstanding the broader market concern.
F. Takeover Defenses and Shareholder Rights.
  1.   Shareholder rights plans: We generally support proposals to require shareholder approval or ratification of shareholder rights plans (poison pills). In voting on rights plans or similar takeover defenses, we consider on a case-by-case basis whether the company has demonstrated a need for the defense in the context of promoting long-term share value; whether provisions of the defense are in line with generally accepted governance principles in the market (and specifically the presence of an adequate qualified offer provision that would exempt offers meeting certain conditions from the pill); and the specific context if the proposal is made in the midst of a takeover bid or contest for control.
 
  2.   Supermajority voting requirements: We generally oppose requirements for supermajority votes to amend the charter or bylaws, unless the provisions protect minority shareholders where there is a large shareholder. In line with this view, in the absence of a large shareholder we support reasonable shareholder proposals to limit such supermajority voting requirements.
 
  3.   Shareholder rights to call meetings: We consider proposals to enhance shareholder rights to call meetings on a case-by-case basis.
 
  4.   Reincorporation: We consider management and shareholder proposals to reincorporate to a different jurisdiction on a case-by-case basis. We oppose such proposals if we believe the main purpose is to take advantage of laws or judicial precedents that reduce shareholder rights.
 
  5.   Anti-greenmail provisions: Proposals relating to the adoption of anti-greenmail provisions will be supported, provided that the proposal: (i) defines greenmail; (ii) prohibits buyback offers to large block holders (holders of at least 1% of the outstanding shares and in certain cases, a greater amount, as determined by the Proxy Review Committee) not made to all shareholders or not approved by disinterested shareholders; and (iii) contains no anti-takeover measures or other provisions restricting the rights of shareholders.
 
  6.   Bundled proposals: We may consider opposing or abstaining on proposals if disparate issues are “bundled” and presented for a single vote.
G. Auditors. We generally support management proposals for selection or ratification of independent auditors. However, we may consider opposing such proposals with reference to incumbent audit firms if the company has suffered from serious accounting irregularities and we believe rotation of the audit firm is appropriate, or if fees paid to the auditor for non-audit-related services are excessive. Generally, to determine if non-audit fees are excessive, a 50% test will be applied (i.e., non-audit-related fees should be less than 50% of the total fees paid to the auditor). We generally vote against proposals to indemnify auditors.
H. Executive and Director Remuneration.
  1.   We generally support the following:

D-206


Table of Contents

    Proposals for employee equity compensation plans and other employee ownership plans, provided that our research does not indicate that approval of the plan would be against shareholder interest. Such approval may be against shareholder interest if it authorizes excessive dilution and shareholder cost, particularly in the context of high usage (“run rate”) of equity compensation in the recent past; or if there are objectionable plan design and provisions.
 
    Proposals relating to fees to outside directors, provided the amounts are not excessive relative to other companies in the country or industry, and provided that the structure is appropriate within the market context. While stock-based compensation to outside directors is positive if moderate and appropriately structured, we are wary of significant stock option awards or other performance-based awards for outside directors, as well as provisions that could result in significant forfeiture of value on a director’s decision to resign from a board (such forfeiture can undercut director independence).
 
    Proposals for employee stock purchase plans that permit discounts up to 15%, but only for grants that are part of a broad-based employee plan, including all non-executive employees.
 
    Proposals for the establishment of employee retirement and severance plans, provided that our research does not indicate that approval of the plan would be against shareholder interest.
  2.   We generally oppose retirement plans and bonuses for non-executive directors and independent statutory auditors.
 
  3.   Shareholder proposals requiring shareholder approval of all severance agreements will not be supported, but proposals that require shareholder approval for agreements in excess of three times the annual compensation (salary and bonus) generally will be supported. We generally oppose shareholder proposals that would establish arbitrary caps on pay. We consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder proposals that seek to limit Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs), but support such proposals where we consider SERPs to be excessive.
 
  4.   Shareholder proposals advocating stronger and/or particular pay-for-performance models will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, with consideration of the merits of the individual proposal within the context of the particular company and its labor markets, and the company’s current and past practices. While we generally support emphasis on long-term components of senior executive pay and strong linkage of pay to performance, we consider whether a proposal may be overly prescriptive, and the impact of the proposal, if implemented as written, on recruitment and retention.

D-207


Table of Contents

  5.   We consider shareholder proposals for U.K.-style advisory votes on pay on a case-by-case basis.
 
  6.   We generally support proposals advocating reasonable senior executive and director stock ownership guidelines and holding requirements for shares gained in executive equity compensation programs.
 
  7.   We generally support shareholder proposals for reasonable “claw-back” provisions that provide for company recovery of senior executive bonuses to the extent they were based on achieving financial benchmarks that were not actually met in light of subsequent restatements.
 
  8.   Management proposals effectively to re-price stock options are considered on a case-by-case basis. Considerations include the company’s reasons and justifications for a re-pricing, the company’s competitive position, whether senior executives and outside directors are excluded, potential cost to shareholders, whether the re-pricing or share exchange is on a value-for-value basis, and whether vesting requirements are extended.
I. Social, Political and Environmental Issues. We consider proposals relating to social, political and environmental issues on a case-by-case basis to determine likely financial impacts on shareholder value, balancing concerns on reputational and other risks that may be raised in a proposal against costs of implementation. We may abstain from voting on proposals that do not have a readily determinable financial impact on shareholder value. While we support proposals that we believe will enhance useful disclosure, we generally vote against proposals requesting reports that we believe are duplicative, related to matters not material to the business, or that would impose unnecessary or excessive costs. We believe that certain social and environmental shareholder proposals may intrude excessively on management prerogatives, which can lead us to oppose them.
J. Fund of Funds. Certain Funds advised by an MSIM Affiliate invest only in other MSIM Funds. If an underlying fund has a shareholder meeting, in order to avoid any potential conflict of interest, such proposals will be voted in the same proportion as the votes of the other shareholders of the underlying fund, unless otherwise determined by the Proxy Review Committee.

D-208


Table of Contents

III. ADMINISTRATION OF POLICY
The MSIM Proxy Review Committee (the “Committee”) has overall responsibility for the Policy. The Committee, which is appointed by MSIM’s Chief Investment Officer of Global Equities (“CIO”) or senior officer, consists of senior investment professionals who represent the different investment disciplines and geographic locations of the firm, and is chaired by the director of the Corporate Governance Team (“CGT”). Because proxy voting is an investment responsibility and impacts shareholder value, and because of their knowledge of companies and markets, portfolio managers and other members of investment staff play a key role in proxy voting, although the Committee has final authority over proxy votes.
The CGT Director is responsible for identifying issues that require Committee deliberation or ratification. The CGT, working with advice of investment teams and the Committee, is responsible for voting on routine items and on matters that can be addressed in line with these Policy guidelines. The CGT has responsibility for voting case-by-case where guidelines and precedent provide adequate guidance.
The Committee will periodically review and have the authority to amend, as necessary, the Policy and establish and direct voting positions consistent with the Client Proxy Standard.
CGT and members of the Committee may take into account Research Providers’ recommendations and research as well as any other relevant information they may request or receive, including portfolio manager and/or analyst comments and research, as applicable. Generally, proxies related to securities held in accounts that are managed pursuant to quantitative, index or index-like strategies (“Index Strategies”) will be voted in the same manner as those held in actively managed accounts, unless economic interests of the accounts differ. Because accounts managed using Index Strategies are passively managed accounts, research from portfolio managers and/or analysts related to securities held in these accounts may not be available. If the affected securities are held only in accounts that are managed pursuant to Index Strategies, and the proxy relates to a matter that is not described in this Policy, the CGT will consider all available information from the Research Providers, and to the extent that the holdings are significant, from the portfolio managers and/or analysts.
A. Committee Procedures
The Committee meets at least annually to review and consider changes to the Policy. The Committee will appoint a subcommittee (the “Subcommittee”) to meet as needed between Committee meetings to address any outstanding issues relating to the Policy or its implementation.
The Subcommittee will meet on an ad hoc basis to (among other functions): (1) monitor and ratify “split voting” (i.e., allowing certain shares of the same issuer that are the subject of the same proxy solicitation and held by one or more MSIM portfolios to be voted differently than other shares) and/or “override voting” (i.e., voting all MSIM portfolio shares in a manner contrary to the Policy); (2) review and approve upcoming votes, as appropriate, for matters as requested by CGT.
The Committee reserves the right to review voting decisions at any time and to make voting decisions as necessary to ensure the independence and integrity of the votes. The Committee or the Subcommittee are provided with reports on at least a monthly basis detailing specific key votes cast by CGT.

D-209


Table of Contents

B. Material Conflicts of Interest
In addition to the procedures discussed above, if the CGT Director determines that an issue raises a material conflict of interest, the CGT Director will request a special committee to review, and recommend a course of action with respect to, the conflict(s) in question (“Special Committee”).
A potential material conflict of interest could exist in the following situations, among others:
  1.   The issuer soliciting the vote is a client of MSIM or an affiliate of MSIM and the vote is on a matter that materially affects the issuer.
 
  2.   The proxy relates to Morgan Stanley common stock or any other security issued by Morgan Stanley or its affiliates except if echo voting is used, as with MSIM Funds, as described herein.
 
  3.   Morgan Stanley has a material pecuniary interest in the matter submitted for a vote (e.g., acting as a financial advisor to a party to a merger or acquisition for which Morgan Stanley will be paid a success fee if completed).
If the CGT Director determines that an issue raises a potential material conflict of interest, depending on the facts and circumstances, the issue will be addressed as follows:
  1.   If the matter relates to a topic that is discussed in this Policy, the proposal will be voted as per the Policy.
 
  2.   If the matter is not discussed in this Policy or the Policy indicates that the issue is to be decided case-by-case, the proposal will be voted in a manner consistent with the Research Providers, provided that all the Research Providers have the same recommendation, no portfolio manager objects to that vote, and the vote is consistent with MSIM’s Client Proxy Standard.
 
  3.   If the Research Providers’ recommendations differ, the CGT Director will refer the matter to the Subcommittee or a Special Committee to vote on the proposal, as appropriate.
The Special Committee shall be comprised of the CGT Director, the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee, a senior portfolio manager (if practicable, one who is a member of the Proxy Review Committee) designated by the Proxy Review Committee, and MSIM’s relevant Chief Investment Officer or his/her designee, and any other persons deemed necessary by the CGT Director. The CGT Director may request non-voting participation by MSIM’s General Counsel or his/her designee. In addition to the research provided by Research Providers, the Special Committee may request analysis from MSIM Affiliate investment professionals and outside sources to the extent it deems appropriate.
C. Proxy Voting Reporting
The CGT will document in writing all Committee, Subcommittee and Special Committee decisions and actions, which documentation will be maintained by the CGT for a period of at least six years. To the extent these decisions relate to a security held by an MSIM Fund, the CGT

D-210


Table of Contents

will report the decisions to each applicable Board of Trustees/Directors of those Funds at each Board’s next regularly scheduled Board meeting. The report will contain information concerning decisions made during the most recently ended calendar quarter immediately preceding the Board meeting.
MSIM will promptly provide a copy of this Policy to any client requesting it. MSIM will also, upon client request, promptly provide a report indicating how each proxy was voted with respect to securities held in that client’s account.
MSIM’s Legal Department is responsible for filing an annual Form N-PX on behalf of each MSIM Fund for which such filing is required, indicating how all proxies were voted with respect to such Fund’s holdings.
APPENDIX A
The following procedures apply to accounts managed by Morgan Stanley AIP GP LP (“AIP”).
Generally, AIP will follow the guidelines set forth in Section II of MSIM’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures. To the extent that such guidelines do not provide specific direction, or AIP determines that consistent with the Client Proxy Standard, the guidelines should not be followed, the Proxy Review Committee has delegated the voting authority to vote securities held by accounts managed by AIP to the Liquid Markets investment team and the Private Markets investment team of AIP. A summary of decisions made by the investment teams will be made available to the Proxy Review Committee for its information at the next scheduled meeting of the Proxy Review Committee.
In certain cases, AIP may determine to abstain from determining (or recommending) how a proxy should be voted (and therefore abstain from voting such proxy or recommending how such proxy should be voted), such as where the expected cost of giving due consideration to the proxy does not justify the potential benefits to the affected account(s) that might result from adopting or rejecting (as the case may be) the measure in question.
Waiver of Voting Rights
For regulatory reasons, AIP may either 1) invest in a class of securities of an underlying fund (the “Fund”) that does not provide for voting rights; or 2) waive 100% of its voting rights with respect to the following:
  1.   Any rights with respect to the removal or replacement of a director, general partner, managing member or other person acting in a similar capacity for or on behalf of the Fund (each individually a “Designated Person,” and collectively, the “Designated Persons”), which may include, but are not limited to, voting on the election or removal of a Designated Person in the event of such Designated Person’s death, disability, insolvency, bankruptcy, incapacity, or other event requiring a vote of interest holders of the Fund to remove or replace a Designated Person; and
 
  2.   Any rights in connection with a determination to renew, dissolve, liquidate, or otherwise terminate or continue the Fund, which may include, but are not limited to, voting on the renewal, dissolution, liquidation, termination or continuance of the Fund upon the occurrence of an event described in the Fund’s organizational documents; provided,

D-211


Table of Contents

      however, that, if the Fund’s organizational documents require the consent of the Fund’s general partner or manager, as the case may be, for any such termination or continuation of the Fund to be effective, then AIP may exercise its voting rights with respect to such matter.
APPENDIX B
The following procedures apply to the portion of the Van Kampen Dynamic Credit Opportunities Fund (“VK Fund”) sub advised by Avenue Europe International Management, L.P. (“Avenue”). (The portion of the VK Fund managed solely by Van Kampen Asset Management will continue to be subject to MSIM’s Policy.)
  1.   Generally: With respect to Avenue’s portion of the VK Fund, the Board of Trustees of the VK Fund will retain sole authority and responsibility for proxy voting. The Adviser’s involvement in the voting process of Avenue’s portion of the VK Fund is a purely administrative function, and serves to execute and deliver the proxy voting decisions made by the VK Fund Board in connection with the Avenue portion of the VK Fund, which may, from time to time, include related administrative tasks such as receiving proxies, following up on missing proxies, and collecting data related to proxies. As such, the Adviser shall not be deemed to have voting power or shared voting power with Avenue with respect to Avenue’s portion of the Fund.
 
  2.   Voting Guidelines: All proxies, with respect to Avenue’s portion of the VK Fund, will be considered by the VK Fund Board or such subcommittee as the VK Fund Board may designate from time to time for determination and voting approval. The VK Board or its subcommittee will timely communicate to MSIM’s Corporate Governance Group its proxy voting decisions, so that among other things the votes will be effected consistent with the VK Board’s authority.
 
  3.   Administration: The VK Board or its subcommittee will meet on an adhoc basis as may be required from time to time to review proxies that require its review and determination. The VK Board or its subcommittee will document in writing all of its decisions and actions which will be maintained by the VK Fund, or its designee(s), for a period of at least 6 years. If a subcommittee is designated, a summary of decisions made by such subcommittee will be made available to the full VK Board for its information at its next scheduled respective meetings.

D-212


Table of Contents

PIMCO
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures22
     The following are general proxy voting policies and procedures (“Policies and Procedures”) adopted by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”).23 PIMCO serves as the investment adviser to a wide range of domestic and international clients, including investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) and separate investment accounts for other clients.24 These Policies and Procedures are adopted to ensure compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, other applicable fiduciary obligations of PIMCO and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and interpretations of its staff. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, PIMCO’s Policies and Procedures reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities applicable to investment advisers with respect to accounts subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as set forth in the Department of Labor’s rules and regulations.25
     PIMCO will implement these Policies and Procedures for each of its respective clients as required under applicable law, unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain from voting that client’s proxies. PIMCO’s authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients is established by its advisory contracts, comparable documents or by an overall delegation of discretionary authority over its client’s assets. Recognizing that proxy voting is a rare event in the realm of fixed income investing and is typically limited to solicitation of consent to changes in features of debt securities, these Policies and Procedures also apply to any voting rights and/or
 
22   Revised as of May 7, 2007.
 
23   These Policies and Procedures are adopted by PIMCO pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, effective August 6, 2003. See Proxy Voting by Investment Advisers, IA Release No. 2106 (January 31, 2003).
 
24   These Policies and Procedures address proxy voting considerations under U.S. law and regulations and do not address the laws or requirements of other jurisdictions.
 
25   Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.94-2 (July 29, 1994). If a client is subject to ERISA, PIMCO will be responsible for voting proxies with respect to the client’s account, unless the client has expressly retained the right and obligation to vote the proxies, and provided prior written notice to PIMCO of this retention.

D-213


Table of Contents

consent rights of PIMCO, on behalf of its clients, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures.26
     Set forth below are PIMCO’s Policies and Procedures with respect to any voting or consent rights of advisory clients over which PIMCO has discretionary voting authority. These Policies and Procedures may be revised from time to time.
General Statements of Policy
     These Policies and Procedures are designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests of PIMCO’s clients. Each proxy is voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances.
     PIMCO may abstain from voting a client proxy under the following circumstances: (1) when the economic effect on shareholders’ interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant; or (2) when the cost of voting the proxies outweighs the benefits.
Conflicts of Interest
     PIMCO seeks to resolve any material conflicts of interest by voting in good faith in the best interest of its clients. If a material conflict of interest should arise, PIMCO will seek to resolve such conflict in the client’s best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action:
  1.   convening an ad-hoc committee to assess and resolve the conflict;27
 
  2.   voting in accordance with the instructions/consent of a client after providing notice of and disclosing the conflict to that client;
 
  3.   voting the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider;
 
  4.   suggesting that the client engage another party to determine how the proxies should be voted;
 
  5.   delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider; or
 
  6.   voting in accordance with the factors discussed in these Policies and Procedures.
PIMCO will document the process of resolving any identified material conflict of interest.
Reporting Requirements and the Availability of Proxy Voting Records
     Except to the extent required by applicable law or otherwise approved by PIMCO, PIMCO will not disclose to third parties how it voted a proxy on behalf of a client. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized individual, PIMCO will disclose to its clients or the entity delegating the voting authority to PIMCO for such clients (e.g., trustees or consultants retained by the client), how PIMCO voted such client’s proxy. In addition, PIMCO provides its clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures or a concise summary of these Policies and Procedures: (i) in Part II of Form ADV; (ii) together with a periodic account statement in a
 
26   For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, proxy voting includes any voting rights, consent rights or other voting authority of PIMCO on behalf of its clients. For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, voting or consent rights shall not include matters which are primarily investment decisions, including tender offers, exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemptions, and dutch auctions.
 
27   Any committee must be comprised of personnel who have no direct interest in the outcome of the potential conflict

D-214


Table of Contents

separate mailing; or (iii) any other means as determined by PIMCO. The summary will state that these Policies and Procedures are available upon request and will inform clients that information about how PIMCO voted that client’s proxies is available upon request.
PIMCO Record Keeping
     PIMCO or its agent maintains proxy voting records as required by Rule 204-2(c) of the Advisers Act. These records include: (1) a copy of all proxy voting policies and procedures; (2) proxy statements (or other disclosures accompanying requests for client consent) received regarding client securities (which may be satisfied by relying on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system or a third party provided that the third party undertakes to provide a copy promptly upon request); (3) a record of each vote cast by PIMCO on behalf of a client; (4) a copy of any document created by PIMCO that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and (5) a copy of each written client request for proxy voting records and any written response from PIMCO to any (written or oral) client request for such records. Additionally, PIMCO or its agent maintains any documentation related to an identified material conflict of interest.
     Proxy voting books and records are maintained by PIMCO or its agent in an easily accessible place for a period of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in the offices of PIMCO or its agent.
Review and Oversight
     PIMCO’s proxy voting procedures are described below. PIMCO’s Compliance Group will provide for the supervision and periodic review, no less than on an annual basis, of its proxy voting activities and the implementation of these Policies and Procedures.
     Because PIMCO has contracted with State Street Investment Manager Solutions, LLC (“IMS West”) to perform portfolio accounting, securities processing and settlement processing on behalf of PIMCO, certain of the following procedures involve IMS West in administering and implementing the proxy voting process. IMS West will review and monitor the proxy voting process to ensure that proxies are voted on a timely basis.
     1. Transmit Proxy to PIMCO. IMS West will forward to PIMCO’s Compliance Group each proxy received from registered owners of record (e.g., custodian bank or other third party service providers).
     2. Conflicts of Interest. PIMCO’s Compliance Group will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between PIMCO and its client. As part of this review, the group will determine whether the issuer of the security or proponent of the proposal is a client of PIMCO, or if a client has actively solicited PIMCO to support a particular position. If no conflict exists, this group will forward each proxy to PIMCO’s Middle Office Group for consideration by the appropriate portfolio manager(s). However, if a conflict does exist, PIMCO’s Compliance Group will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with these Policies and Procedures.
     3. Vote. The portfolio manager will review the information, will vote the proxy in accordance with these Policies and Procedures and will return the voted proxy to PIMCO’s Middle Office Group.
     4. Review. PIMCO’s Middle Office Group will review each proxy that was submitted to and completed by the appropriate portfolio manager. PIMCO’s Middle Office Group will forward the voted proxy back to IMS West with the portfolio manager’s decision as to how it should be voted.
     5. Transmittal to Third Parties. IMS West will document the portfolio manager’s decision for each proxy received from PIMCO’s Middle Office Group in a format designated by the custodian bank or other third party service provider. IMS West will maintain a log of all corporate actions, including proxy voting, which indicates, among other things, the date the

D-215


Table of Contents

notice was received and verified, PIMCO’s response, the date and time the custodian bank or other third party service provider was notified, the expiration date and any action taken.
     6. Information Barriers. Certain entities controlling, controlled by, or under common control with PIMCO (“Affiliates”) may be engaged in banking, investment advisory, broker-dealer and investment banking activities. PIMCO personnel and PIMCO’s agents are prohibited from disclosing information regarding PIMCO’s voting intentions to any Affiliate. Any PIMCO personnel involved in the proxy voting process who are contacted by an Affiliate regarding the manner in which PIMCO or its delegate intend to vote on a specific issue must terminate the contact and notify the Compliance Group immediately.
Categories of Proxy Voting Issues
     In general, PIMCO reviews and considers corporate governance issues related to proxy matters and generally supports proposals that foster good corporate governance practices. PIMCO considers each proposal on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration various factors and all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. PIMCO may vote proxies as recommended by management on routine matters related to the operation of the issuer and on matters not expected to have a significant economic impact on the issuer and/or shareholders, because PIMCO believes the recommendations by the issuer generally are in shareholders’ best interests, and therefore in the best economic interest of PIMCO’s clients. The following is a non-exhaustive list of issues that may be included in proxy materials submitted to clients of PIMCO, and a non-exhaustive list of factors that PIMCO may consider in determining how to vote the client’s proxies.
     Board of Directors
     1. Independence. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on director independence issues: (i) majority requirements for the board and the audit, nominating, compensation and/or other board committees; and (ii) whether the issuer adheres to and/or is subject to legal and regulatory requirements.
     2. Director Tenure and Retirement. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on limiting the term of outside directors: (i) the introduction of new viewpoints on the board; (ii) a reasonable retirement age for the outside directors; and (iii) the impact on the board’s stability and continuity.
     3. Nominations in Elections. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on uncontested elections: (i) composition of the board; (ii) nominee availability and attendance at meetings; (iii) any investment made by the nominee in the issuer; and (iv) long-term corporate performance and the price of the issuer’s securities.
     4. Separation of Chairman and CEO Positions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals requiring that the positions of chairman of the board and the chief executive officer not be filled by the same person: (i) any potential conflict of interest with respect to the board’s ability to review and oversee management’s actions; and (ii) any potential effect on the issuer’s productivity and efficiency.
     5. D&O Indemnification and Liability Protection. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals that include director and officer indemnification and liability protection: (i) indemnifying directors for conduct in the normal course of business; (ii) limiting liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care; (iii) expanding coverage beyond legal expenses to acts that represent more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than carelessness (e.g. negligence); and (iv) providing expanded coverage in cases where a director’s legal defense was unsuccessful if the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company.
     6. Stock Ownership. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals on mandatory share ownership requirements for directors: (i) the benefits of additional vested interest in the issuer’s stock; (ii) the ability of a director to fulfill his duties to the issuer

D-216


Table of Contents

     regardless of the extent of his stock ownership; and (iii) the impact of limiting the number of persons qualified to be directors.

D-217


Table of Contents

     Proxy Contests and Proxy Contest Defenses
     1. Contested Director Nominations. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals for director nominees in a contested election: (i) background and reason for the proxy contest; (ii) qualifications of the director nominees; (iii) management’s track record; (iv) the issuer’s long-term financial performance within its industry; (v) assessment of what each side is offering shareholders; (vi) the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and (vii) stock ownership positions of the director nominees.
     2. Reimbursement for Proxy Solicitation Expenses. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on reimbursement for proxy solicitation expenses: (i) identity of the persons who will pay the expenses; (ii) estimated total cost of solicitation; (iii) total expenditures to date; (iv) fees to be paid to proxy solicitation firms; and (v) when applicable, terms of a proxy contest settlement.
     3. Ability to Alter the Size of the Board by Shareholders. PIMCO may consider whether the proposal seeks to fix the size of the board and/or require shareholder approval to alter the size of the board.
     4. Ability to Remove Directors by Shareholders. PIMCO may consider whether the proposal allows shareholders to remove directors with or without cause and/or allow shareholders to elect directors and fill board vacancies.
     5. Cumulative Voting. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on cumulative voting proposals: (i) the ability of significant stockholders to elect a director of their choosing; (ii) the ability of minority shareholders to concentrate their support in favor of a director(s) of their choosing; and (iii) any potential limitation placed on the director’s ability to work for all shareholders.
     6. Supermajority Shareholder Requirements. PIMCO may consider all relevant factors, including but not limited to limiting the ability of shareholders to effect change when voting on supermajority requirements to approve an issuer’s charter or bylaws, or to approve a merger or other significant business combination that would require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority.
Tender Offer Defenses
     1. Classified Boards. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on classified boards: (i) providing continuity to the issuer; (ii) promoting long-term planning for the issuer; and (iii) guarding against unsolicited takeovers.
     2. Poison Pills. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on poison pills: (i) supporting proposals to require a shareholder vote on other shareholder rights plans; (ii) ratifying or redeeming a poison pill in the interest of protecting the value of the issuer; and (iii) other alternatives to prevent a takeover at a price clearly below the true value of the issuer.
     3. Fair Price Provisions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals with respect to fair price provisions: (i) the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition; (ii) the vote required to repeal the fair price provision; (iii) the mechanism for determining fair price; and (iv) whether these provisions are bundled with other anti-takeover measures (e.g., supermajority voting requirements) that may entrench management and discourage attractive tender offers.
Capital Structure
     1. Stock Authorizations. PIMCO may consider the following factors to help distinguish between legitimate proposals to authorize increases in common stock for expansion and other corporate purchases and those proposals designed primarily as an anti-takeover device: (i) the purpose and need for the stock increase; (ii) the percentage increase with respect to the

D-218


Table of Contents

authorization currently in place; (iii) voting rights of the stock; and (iv) overall capitalization structure of the issuer.
     2. Issuance of Preferred Stock. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on the issuance of preferred stock: (i) whether the new class of preferred stock has unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights; (ii) whether the issuer expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights; (iii) whether the issuer specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable; and (iv) whether the stated purpose is to raise capital or make acquisitions in the normal course of business.
     3. Stock Splits. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the number of shares with respect to the issuer’s existing authorized shares; and (ii) the industry that the issuer is in and the issuer’s performance in that industry.
     4. Reversed Stock Splits. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on reverse stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the shares with respect to the issuer’s existing authorized stock; and (ii) issues related to delisting the issuer’s stock.
     Executive and Director Compensation
     1. Stock Option Plans. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on stock option plans: (i) whether the stock option plan expressly permits the repricing of options; (ii) whether the plan could result in earnings dilution of greater than a specified percentage of shares outstanding; (iii) whether the plan has an option exercise price below the market price on the day of the grant; (iv) whether the proposal relates to an amendment to extend the term of options for persons leaving the firm voluntarily or for cause; and (v) whether the stock option plan has certain other embedded features.
     2. Director Compensation. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on director compensation: (i) whether director shares are at the same market risk as those of the issuer’s shareholders; and (ii) how stock option programs for outside directors compare with the standards of internal stock option programs.
     3. Golden and Tin Parachutes. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on golden and/or tin parachutes: (i) whether they will be submitted for shareholder approval; and (ii) the employees covered by the plan and the quality of management.
     State of Incorporation
     State Takeover Statutes. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals to opt out of a state takeover statute: (i) the power the statute vests with the issuer’s board; (ii) the potential of the statute to stifle bids; and (iii) the potential for the statute to empower the board to negotiate a better deal for shareholders.
     Mergers and Restructurings
     1. Mergers and Acquisitions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on a merger and/or acquisition: (i) anticipated financial and operating benefits as a result of the merger or acquisition; (ii) offer price; (iii) prospects of the combined companies; (iv) how the deal was negotiated; and (v) changes in corporate governance and the potential impact on shareholder rights. PIMCO may also consider what impact the merger or acquisition may have on groups/organizations other than the issuer’s shareholders.
     2. Corporate Restructurings. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes a spin-off, PIMCO may consider the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes an asset sale, PIMCO may consider the impact on the balance sheet or working capital and the value received for the asset. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes a liquidation, PIMCO may

D-219


Table of Contents

consider management’s efforts to pursue alternatives, the appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.
     Investment Company Proxies
For a client that is invested in an investment company, PIMCO votes each proxy of the investment company on a case-by-case basis and takes all reasonable steps to ensure that proxies are voted consistent with all applicable investment policies of the client and in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the client.
For a client that is invested in an investment company that is advised by PIMCO or its affiliates, if there is a conflict of interest which may be presented when voting for the client (e.g., a proposal to approve a contract between PIMCO and the investment company), PIMCO will resolve the conflict by doing any one of the following: (i) voting in accordance with the instructions/consent of the client after providing notice of and disclosing the conflict to that client; (ii) voting the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider; or (iii) delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider.
     1. Election of Directors or Trustees. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on the director or trustee nominees of a mutual fund: (i) board structure, director independence and qualifications, and compensation paid by the fund and the family of funds; (ii) availability and attendance at board and committee meetings; (iii) investments made by the nominees in the fund; and (iv) the fund’s performance.
     2. Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on converting a closed-end fund to an open-end fund: (i) past performance as a closed-end fund; (ii) the market in which the fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address any discount of the fund’s shares; (iv) past shareholder activism; (v) board activity; and (vi) votes on related proposals.
     3. Proxy Contests. PIMCO may consider the following factors related to a proxy contest: (i) past performance of the fund; (ii) the market in which the fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address past shareholder activism; (iv) board activity; and (v) votes on related proposals.
     4. Investment Advisory Agreements. PIMCO may consider the following factors related to approval of an investment advisory agreement: (i) proposed and current fee arrangements/schedules; (ii) fund category/investment objective; (iii) performance benchmarks; (iv) share price performance as compared with peers; and (v) the magnitude of any fee increase and the reasons for such fee increase.
     5. Policies Established in Accordance with the 1940 Act. PIMCO may consider the following factors: (i) the extent to which the proposed changes fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and comply with SEC interpretation; (ii) potential competitiveness; (iii) regulatory developments; and (iv) current and potential returns and risks.
     6. Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction: (i) reasons given by the board and management for the change; and (ii) the projected impact of the change on the fund’s portfolio.

D-220


Table of Contents

     7. Distribution Agreements. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to approve a distribution agreement: (i) fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar investment objectives; (ii) the distributor’s reputation and past performance; and (iii) competitiveness of the fund among other similar funds in the industry.
     8. Names Rule Proposals. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on a proposal to change a fund name, consistent with Rule 35d-1 of the 1940 Act: (i) whether the fund invests a minimum of 80% of its assets in the type of investments suggested by the proposed name; (ii) the political and economic changes in the target market; and (iii) current asset composition.
     9. Disposition of Assets/Termination/Liquidation. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to dispose of fund assets, terminate, or liquidate the fund: (i) strategies employed to salvage the fund; (ii) the fund’s past performance; and (iii) the terms of the liquidation.
     10. Changes to Charter Documents. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a fund’s charter documents: (i) degree of change implied by the proposal; (ii) efficiencies that could result; (iii) state of incorporation; and (iv) regulatory standards and implications.
     11. Changing the Domicile of a Fund. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change the domicile of a fund: (i) regulations of both states; (ii) required fundamental policies of both states; and (iii) the increased flexibility available.
     12. Change in Fund’s Subclassification. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a change in a fund’s subclassification from diversified to non-diversified or to permit concentration in an industry: (i) potential competitiveness; (ii) current and potential returns; (iii) risk of concentration; and (iv) consolidation in the target industry.
     Distressed and Defaulted Securities
     1. Waivers and Consents. PIMCO may consider the following when determining whether to support a waiver or consent to changes in provisions of indentures governing debt securities which are held on behalf of clients: (i) likelihood that the granting of such waiver or consent will potentially increase recovery to clients; (ii) potential for avoiding cross-defaults under other agreements; and (iii) likelihood that deferral of default will give the obligor an opportunity to improve its business operations.
     2. Voting on Chapter 11 Plans of Liquidation or Reorganization. PIMCO may consider the following when determining whether to vote for or against a Chapter 11 plan in a case pending with respect to an obligor under debt securities which are held on behalf of clients: (i) other alternatives to the proposed plan; (ii) whether clients are treated appropriately and in accordance with applicable law with respect to their distributions; (iii) whether the vote is likely to increase or decrease recoveries to clients.
     Miscellaneous Provisions
     1. Such Other Business. Proxy ballots sometimes contain a proposal granting the board authority to “transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.” PIMCO may consider the following factors when developing a position on proxy ballots that contain a proposal granting the board authority to “transact such other business as may properly

D-221


Table of Contents

come before the meeting”: (i) whether the board is limited in what actions it may legally take within such authority; and (ii) PIMCO’s responsibility to consider actions before supporting them.
     2. Equal Access. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on equal access: (i) the opportunity for significant company shareholders to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and to nominate candidates to the board; and (ii) the added complexity and burden of providing shareholders with access to proxy materials.
     3. Charitable Contributions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on charitable contributions: (i) the potential benefits to shareholders; and (ii) the potential impact on the issuer’s resources that could have been used to increase shareholder value.
     4. Special Interest Issues. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on special interest issues: (i) the long-term benefit to shareholders of promoting corporate accountability and responsibility on social issues; (ii) management’s responsibility with respect to special interest issues; (iii) any economic costs and restrictions on management; (iv) a client’s instruction to vote proxies in a specific manner and/or in a manner different from these Policies and Procedures; and (v) the responsibility to vote proxies for the greatest long-term shareholder value.
* * * * *

D-222


Table of Contents

Perimeter Capital Management, LLC
Policy
It is the policy of Perimeter to vote proxies in the interest of maximizing value for Perimeter’s Clients. Proxies are an asset of a Client, which should be treated by Perimeter with the same care, diligence, and loyalty as any asset belonging to a Client. To that end, Perimeter will vote in a way that it believes, consistent with its fiduciary duty, will cause the value of the issue to increase the most or decline the least. Consideration will be given to both the short- and long-term implications of the proposal to be voted on when considering the optimal vote.
Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by a Client or its designated agent in writing will supersede this policy. A Client may have its proxies voted by an independent third party or other named fiduciary or agent, at the Client’s cost.
Procedures for Voting Proxies
Perimeter has retained Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass, Lewis”) to assist in the coordination and voting of Client proxies. The CCO is responsible for managing the relationship with Glass, Lewis. The CCO shall ensure that all proxies are being properly voted and that Glass, Lewis is retaining all of the appropriate proxy voting records.
Perimeter assumes voting responsibility for all Client accounts unless explicitly noted otherwise in the Client’s advisory agreement. Perimeter will generally cast votes for all shares for which the Company has voting authority, with the possible exception of share blocking markets. In some non-U.S. markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be “frozen” for trading purposes at the custodian or sub-custodian level in order to vote. During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle. Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks. Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees. For this reason, in blocking markets, Perimeter retains the right to vote or not, based on the determination of Perimeter’s investment personnel. Glass, Lewis sends a weekly report of upcoming meetings in blocking markets detailing each client account entitled to vote, the number of shares held, type of meeting and blocking period. The CCO will monitor these upcoming meetings, consult with Perimeter’s investment team members responsible for each industry or market and arrive at a decision on whether or not to vote. If the decision is made to vote, Perimeter will process votes through Glass, Lewis.
The following general guidelines are to be followed when possible:
    Glass, Lewis will monitor and keep track of all voting proxies.
 
    Glass, Lewis will analyze each vote and provide Perimeter with its recommendation, which recommendation shall be pursuant to the guidelines previously agreed to by Perimeter and Glass, Lewis.
 
    The member of the investment team who covers the security shall be responsible for reviewing the proxy and Glass, Lewis’ recommendation and make a determination on how the Company should vote such proxy. If the vote of Perimeter investment team member is contrary to Glass, Lewis’ recommendation, then the investment team member shall provide a brief explanation of such vote.

D-223


Table of Contents

    The investment team shall have its recommendation voted through Glass, Lewis.
In certain limited circumstances, a proxy may be received from sources other than Glass, Lewis. In such circumstances, the CCO shall use the above guidelines and be responsible for maintaining the history and record customarily retained by Glass, Lewis.
Resolving Potential Conflicts of Interest
We recognize that conflicts of interest may arise due to a variety of reasons and the CCO will reasonably try to assess any material conflicts between Perimeter’s interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. If the CCO detects a conflict of interest, Glass, Lewis will evaluate the ballot issue and, using our pre-determined guidelines and their research, make an objective voting decision based upon criteria such as the financial implication of the proposal and impact on shareholder rights. In exceptional circumstances, for instance in the case of a merger or acquisition which may have significant economic implications for our client’s portfolios, we may solicit input from the applicable Perimeter investment team and possibly override the voting recommendation of Glass, Lewis.
Conflicts of Interest
Perimeter realizes that due to the difficulty of predicting and identifying all material conflicts, it must rely on its Employees to notify the CCO of any material conflict that may impair Perimeter’s ability to vote proxies in an objective manner.
In addition, any attempts by others within Perimeter to influence the voting of client proxies in a manner that is inconsistent with the proxy voting policy shall be reported to the CCO. Further, any attempts by persons or entitles outside Perimeter to influence the voting of client proxies shall be reported to the CCO. The CCO may then elect to report the attempt to legal counsel.
Procedures for Perimeter’s Receipt of Class Actions
Perimeter recognizes that as a fiduciary it has a duty to act with the highest obligation of good faith, loyalty, fair dealing and due care. When a recovery is achieved in a class action, investors who owned shares in the company subject to the action have the option to either: (1) opt out of the class action and pursue their own remedy; or (2) participate in the recovery achieved via the class action. Collecting the recovery involves the completion of a Proof of Claim form which is submitted to the Claims Administrator. After the Claims Administrator receives all Proof of Claims, it dispenses the money from the settlement fund to those persons and entities with valid claims.
If “Class Action” documents are received by Perimeter for a separate account client, Perimeter will gather any requisite information it has and forward to the client, to enable the client to file the “Class Action” at the client’s discretion. The decision of whether to participate in the recovery or opt-out may be a legal one that Perimeter is not qualified to make for such client. Therefore Perimeter will not file “Class Actions” on behalf of any separate account client.
If “Class Action” documents are received by Perimeter for a pooled fund client, Perimeter will gather requisite information and file a Proof of Claim form with the Claims Administrator if deemed appropriate and in the best interest of shareholders of the pooled fund. Any sums received from the settlement fund will be credited to the account of the pooled fund client.

D-224


Table of Contents

Recordkeeping
Perimeter will maintain the documentation described in the following section for a period of not less than five (5) years, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business. The Director of Third-Party Distribution & Client Relations will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained.
Client request to review proxy votes
    Any request, whether written (including e-mail) or oral, received by any Employee of Perimeter, must be promptly reported to the CCO. All written requests must be retained in the permanent file.
 
    The CCO will record the identity of the client, the date of the request, and the action taken as a result of the request, in a suitable place.
 
    In order to facilitate the management of proxy voting record keeping process, and to facilitate dissemination of such proxy voting records to Clients, the CCO may distribute to any client requesting proxy voting information the complete proxy voting record of Perimeter for the period requested.
 
    Furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days). Maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to client’s written (including e-mail) or oral request. A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the client’s written request, if applicable and maintained in the permanent file.
 
    Clients are permitted to request the proxy voting record for the five-year period prior to their request.
Proxy statements received regarding client securities
    Upon receipt of a proxy, copy or print a sample of the proxy statement or card and maintain the copy in a central file along with a sample of the proxy solicitation instructions.
 
      Note: Perimeter is permitted to rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system instead of keeping its own copies.
Proxy voting records
    A record of how Perimeter voted Client proxies.
 
    Documents prepared or created by Perimeter that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision.
 
    Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc. that were material in the basis for the decision.

D-225


Table of Contents

Disclosure
Perimeter will ensure that Part II of Form ADV is updated as necessary to reflect: (i) all material changes to the Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures; and (ii) information about how Clients may obtain information on how Perimeter voted their securities.
Proxy Solicitation
As a matter of practice, it is Perimeter’s policy to not reveal or disclose to any client how Perimeter may have voted (or intends to vote) on a particular proxy until after such proxies have been counted at a shareholder’s meeting. Perimeter will never disclose such information to unrelated third parties.
The CCO is to be promptly informed of the receipt of any solicitation from any person to vote proxies on behalf of Clients. At no time may any Employee accept any remuneration in the solicitation of proxies. The CCO shall handle all responses to such solicitations.

D-226


Table of Contents

RCM Proxy Voting Guidelines
and Procedures
January 1, 2009
Table of Contents
     
  page 3
 
   
  page 4
 
   
  page 4
 
   
  page 5
 
   
  page 5
 
   
  page 5
 
   
  page 6
 
   
  page 8
 
   
  page 10
 
   
  page 10
 
   
  page 12
 
   
  page 14

D-227


Table of Contents

Policy Statement
RCM Capital Management LLC (“RCM”) typically votes proxies as part of its discretionary authority to manage accounts, unless our client has explicitly reserved the authority for itself. RCM exercises our proxy voting responsibilities as a fiduciary. As a result, in the cases where we have voting authority of our client proxies, we intend to vote such proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of our clients. Our guidelines are designed to meet applicable fiduciary standards. All votes submitted by RCM on behalf of its clients are not biased by other clients of RCM. Proxy voting proposals are voted with regard to enhancing shareholder wealth and voting power.
RCM has adopted written Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures (the “Proxy Guidelines”) that are reasonably designed to ensure that we are voting in the best interest of our clients. A Proxy Committee, including investment, compliance and operations personnel, is responsible for establishing our proxy voting policies and procedures. The Proxy Guidelines summarize our positions on various issues and give general indication as to how we will vote shares on each issue. However, this listing is not exhaustive and does not include all potential voting issues and for that reason, there may be instances when we may not vote proxies in strict adherence to the Proxy Guidelines. To the extent that these guideline policies and procedures do not cover potential voting issues or a case arises of a material conflict between our interest and those of a client with respect to proxy voting, our Proxy Committee will convene to discuss the issues. In evaluating issues, the Proxy Committee may consider information from many sources, including our portfolio management team, our analyst responsible for monitoring the stock of the company at issue, management of a company presenting a proposal, shareholder groups, and independent proxy research services. The Proxy Committee will meet annually to review these guidelines and determine whether any revisions are appropriate.
Voting Procedure
The voting of all proxies is conducted under the direction of the Proxy Committee consisting of representatives from the Research Department, Portfolio Management Team (PMT), and the Legal and Compliance Department. Vote decisions are made in accordance with the Proxy Guidelines and implemented by RCM’s third party proxy services provider, RiskMetrics Group (RMG). In situations where the Proxy Guidelines do not give clear guidance on an issue, an analyst or portfolio manager and/or the Proxy Committee will review the issue. In the event that either the analyst or portfolio manager wishes to override the Proxy Guidelines, the proposal will be presented to the Proxy Committee for a final decision. Deviation from the Proxy Guidelines will be documented and maintained in accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
RCM’s third party proxy services provider, RMG, is responsible for notifying RCM of all upcoming meetings, providing a proxy analysis and vote recommendation for each proposal, verifying that all proxies are received, submitting vote instructions to the appropriate tabulator, and contacting custodian banks to request missing proxies. RMG also provides holdings reconciliation reports on a monthly basis, and vote summary reports for clients on a quarterly or annual basis. RCM keeps proxy materials used in the vote process on site for at least two years.

D-228


Table of Contents

Resolving Conflicts of Interest
RCM may have conflicts that can affect how it votes its clients’ proxies. For example, RCM may manage a pension plan whose management is sponsoring a proxy proposal. RCM may also be faced with clients having conflicting views on the appropriate manner of exercising shareholder voting rights in general or in specific situations. Accordingly, RCM may reach different voting decisions for different clients. Regardless, votes shall only be cast in the best interest of the client affected by the shareholder right. For this reason, RCM shall not vote shares held in one client’s account in a manner designed to benefit or accommodate any other client.
In order to ensure that all material conflicts of interest are addressed appropriately while carrying out its obligation to vote proxies, the Proxy Committee shall be responsible for addressing how RCM resolves such material conflicts of interest with its clients.
Cost-Benefit Analysis Involving Voting Proxies
RCM shall review various criteria to determine whether the costs associated with voting the proxy exceeds the expected benefit to its clients and may conduct a cost-benefit analysis in determining whether it is in the best economic interest to vote client proxies. Given the outcome of the cost-benefit analysis, RCM may refrain from voting a proxy on behalf of its clients’ accounts.
In addition, RCM may refrain from voting under certain circumstances. These circumstances may include, but are not limited to: 1) proxy statements and ballots being written in a foreign language, 2) untimely notice of a shareholder meeting, 3) requirements to vote proxies in person, 4) restrictions on foreigner’s ability to exercise votes, 5) requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions. Such proxies are voted on a best-efforts basis.
Proxy voting in certain countries requires “share blocking.” To vote proxies in such countries, shareholders must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the meeting with a designated depositary and the shares are then restricted from being sold until the meeting has taken place and the shares are returned to the shareholders’ custodian banks. Absent compelling reasons, RCM believes the benefit to its clients of exercising voting rights does not outweigh the effects of not being able to sell the shares. Therefore, if share blocking is required RCM generally abstains from voting.
RCM will not be able to vote securities on loan under securities lending arrangements into which RCM’s clients have entered. However, under rare circumstances, for voting issues that may have a significant impact on the investment, and if the client holds a sufficient number of shares to have a material impact on the vote, we may request that clients recall securities that are on loan if we determine that the benefit of voting outweighs the costs and lost revenue to the client and the administrative burden of retrieving the securities.

D-229


Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Guidelines
Ordinary Business
Ordinary Business Matters: Case-by-Case
RCM votes FOR management proposals covering routine business matters such as changing the name of the company, routine bylaw amendments, and changing the date, time, or location of the annual meeting.
Routine items that are bundled with non-routine items will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Proposals that are not clearly defined other than to transact “other business,” will be voted AGAINST, to prevent the passage of significant measures without our express oversight.
Auditors
Ratification of Auditors: Case-by-Case
RCM generally votes FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless there is reason to believe that there is a conflict of interest, or if the auditor has rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the company’s financial position.
RCM will review, on a case-by-case basis, instances in which the audit firm has substantial non-audit relationships with the company, to determine whether we believe independence has been compromised.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Rotation of Auditors: Generally FOR
RCM generally will support shareholder proposals asking for audit firm rotation, unless the rotation period is less than five years, which would be unduly burdensome to the company.
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Auditor Independence: Case-by-Case
RCM will evaluate on a case-by-case basis, shareholder proposals asking companies to prohibit their auditors from engaging in non-audit services or to cap the level of non-audit services.
Board of Directors
Election of Directors: Case-by-Case
Votes on director nominees are made on a case-by-case basis. RCM favors boards that

D-230


Table of Contents

consist of a substantial majority of independent directors who demonstrate a commitment to creating shareholder value. RCM also believes that key board committees (audit, compensation, and nominating) should include only independent directors to assure that shareholder interests will be adequately addressed. When available information demonstrates a conflict of interest or a poor performance record for specific candidates, RCM may vote against or withhold votes from director nominees.
Majority Vote Requirement for the Election of Directors: Case-by-Case
RCM evaluates proposals to require a majority vote for the election of directors, on a case-by-case basis. RCM generally supports binding and non-binding (advisory) proposals to initiate a change in the vote threshold requirement for board nominees, as we believe this may bring greater director accountability to shareholders. Exceptions may be made for companies with policies that provide for a meaningful alternative to a full majority-voting standard.
Classified Boards: AGAINST
Classified (or staggered) boards provide for the directors to be divided into three groups, serving a staggered three-year term. Each year one of the groups of directors is nominated for re-election and serves a three-year term. RCM generally opposes classified board structures, as we prefer annual election of directors to discourage entrenchment. RCM will vote FOR shareholder proposals to de-classify the board of directors.
Changing Size of Board: Case-by-Case
RCM votes FOR proposals to change the size of the board of directors, if the proposed number falls between 6 to 15 members. We generally vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of directors to more than 15, because very large boards may experience difficulty achieving consensus and acting quickly on important items.
Majority of Independent Directors on Board: Case-by-Case
RCM considers how board structure impacts the value of the company and evaluates shareholder proposals for a majority of independent directors on a case-by-case basis. RCM generally votes FOR proposals requiring the board to consist of, at least, a substantial (2/3) majority of independent directors. Exceptions are made for companies with a controlling shareholder and for boards with very long term track records of adding shareholder value based on 3, 5 and 10-year stock performance.
Minimum Share Ownership by the Board: AGAINST
Although stockholders may benefit from directors owning stock in a company and having a stake in the profitability and well-being of a company, RCM does not support resolutions that would require directors to make a substantial investment which would effectively exclude them from accepting directorships for purely financial reasons.

D-231


Table of Contents

Limit Tenure of Directors: AGAINST
RCM does not support shareholder proposals for term limits, as limiting tenure may force valuable, experienced directors to leave the board solely because of their length of service. We prefer to retain the ability to evaluate director performance, and vote on all director nominees once a year.
Director Indemnification and Liability Protection: Case-by-Case
RCM votes AGAINST proposals that would limit or eliminate all liability for monetary damages, for directors and officers who violate the duty of care. RCM will also vote AGAINST proposals that would expand indemnification to cover acts, such as negligence, that are more serious violations of fiduciary obligations than mere carelessness. If, however, a director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed was in the best interest of the company, and if only the director’s legal expenses would be covered, RCM may vote FOR expanded coverage.
Separate Chairman/Chief Executive Officer: Case-by-Case
RCM votes shareholder proposals to separate Chairman and CEO positions on a case-by-case basis, and considers the impact on management credibility and thus the value of the company. RCM generally votes FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of Chairman to be filled by an independent director, because a combined title can make it difficult for the board to remove a CEO that has underperformed, and harder to challenge a CEO’s decisions. We are, however, willing to accept a combined title for companies whose outside directors hold regularly-scheduled non-management meetings with a powerful and independent Lead Director.
Diversity of the Board of Directors: Case-by-Case
RCM reviews shareholder proposals that request a company to increase the representation of women and minorities on the board, on a case-by-case basis. RCM generally votes FOR requests for reports on the company’s efforts to diversify the board, unless the board composition is reasonably inclusive of women and minorities in relation to companies of similar size and business, and if the board already reports on its nominating procedures and diversity initiatives.
Executive and Director Compensation
Stock Incentive Plans: Case-by-Case
RCM reviews stock incentive plan proposals on a case-by-case basis, to determine whether the plan is in the best interest of shareholders. We generally support stock incentive plans that are designed to attract, retain or encourage executives and employees, while aligning their financial interests with those of investors. We also prefer plans that limit the transfer of shareholder wealth to insiders, and favor stock compensation in the form of performance-

D-232


Table of Contents

based restricted stock over fixed price option plans.
RCM utilizes research from a third-party proxy voting service (RMG) to assist us in analyzing all details of a proposed stock incentive plan. Unless there is evidence that a plan would have a positive economic impact on shareholder value, we generally vote against plans that result in excessive dilution, and vote against plans that contain negative provisions, such as repricing or replacing underwater options without shareholder approval.
Cash Bonus Plans (OBRA related): Case-by-Case
RCM considers Omnibus Budget and Reconciliation Act (OBRA) Cash Bonus Plan proposals on a case-by-case basis. OBRA regulations require companies to secure shareholder approval for their performance-based cash or cash and stock bonus plans to preserve the tax deduction for bonus compensation exceeding OBRA’s $1 million cap.
The primary objective of such proposals is to avoid tax deduction limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, and RCM will generally vote FOR plans that have appropriate performance targets and measures in place.
In cases where plans do not meet acceptable standards or we believe executives are over compensated in the context of shareholder value creation, RCM may vote AGAINST the cash bonus plan, and may withhold votes from compensation committee members.
Eliminate Non-Employee Director Retirement Plans: FOR
RCM generally supports proposals to eliminate retirement benefits for non-employee directors, as such plans can create conflicts of interest by their high value. Additionally, such benefits are often redundant, since many directors receive pension benefits from their primary employer.
Employee Stock Purchase Plans: Case-by-Case
Employee Stock Purchase Plans give employees the opportunity to purchase stock of their company, primarily through payroll deductions. Such plans provide performance incentives and lead employees to identify with shareholder interests.
Qualified employee stock purchase plans qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. RCM will vote FOR Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans that include: (1) a purchase price of at least 85 percent of fair market value, and (2) an offering period of 27 months or less, and (3) voting power dilution (percentage of outstanding shares) of no more than 10 percent.
For Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plans, companies provide a match to employees’ contributions, instead of a discount in stock price. Provided the cost of the plan is not excessive, RCM generally votes FOR non-qualified plans that include: (1) broad-based participation (2) limits on employee contribution (3) company matching contribution up to 25 percent of the employee’s contribution (4) no discount on stock price on the date of purchase.

D-233


Table of Contents

Shareholder Proposals Regarding Executive Pay: Case-by-Case
RCM generally votes FOR shareholder proposals that request additional disclosure of executive and director pay information, provided the information requested is relevant to shareholders’ needs, would not put the company at a competitive disadvantage relative to its industry, and is not unduly burdensome to the company.
RCM votes FOR proposals requesting that at least a significant portion of the company’s awards are performance-based. Preferably, performance measures should include long term growth metrics.
RCM votes FOR proposals to require option repricings to be put to a shareholder vote, and FOR proposals to require shareholder votes on compensation plans.
RCM votes AGAINST shareholder proposals that seek to set absolute levels on compensation or otherwise dictate the amount of compensation, and AGAINST shareholder proposals requiring director fees to be paid in stock only.
All other shareholder proposals regarding executive and director pay are voted on a case-by-case basis, taking into account company performance, pay level versus peers, pay level versus industry, and long term corporate outlook.
Executive Severance Agreements (Golden Parachutes): Case-by-Case
RCM votes FOR shareholder proposals to require golden and tin parachutes (executive severance agreements) to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts.
Proposals to ratify or cancel golden or tin parachutes are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. RCM will vote AGAINST parachute proposals, when the amount exceeds three times base salary plus guaranteed benefits.

D-234


Table of Contents

Capital Structure
Capital Stock Authorizations: Case-by-Case
RCM utilizes research from a third-party proxy voting service (RMG) to assist us in analyzing all details of a proposed stock incentive plan. Proposals requesting an increase in authorized shares of common or preferred stock are voted, on a case-by-case basis, after analyzing the company’s industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.
Stock Splits and Dividends: Case-by-Case
RCM generally votes FOR management proposals to increase common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend, provided that the increase in shares is not excessive. We also generally vote in favor shareholder proposals to initiate a dividend, particularly in the case of poor performing large cap companies with stock option plans result in excessive dilution.
Mergers and Corporate Restructuring
Mergers and Restructurings: Case-by-Case
A merger, restructuring, or spin-off in some way affects a change in control of the company’s assets. In evaluating the merit of such transactions, RCM will consider the terms of each proposal and will analyze the potential long-term value of the investment. RCM will support management proposals for a merger or restructuring if the transaction appears to offer fair value, but may oppose them if they include significant changes to corporate governance and takeover defenses that are not in the best interest of shareholders.
Prevent a Company from Paying Greenmail: FOR
Greenmail is the payment a corporate raider receives for his/her shares. This payment is usually at a premium to the market price, so while greenmail can ensure the continued independence of the company, it discriminates against other shareholders. RCM will generally vote FOR anti-greenmail provisions.
Fair Price Provision: AGAINST
Standard fair price provisions require that, absent board or shareholder approval of the acquisition, the bidder must pay the remaining shareholders the same price for their shares as was paid to buy the control shares (usually between five and twenty percent of the outstanding shares) that triggered the provision. An acquirer may avoid such a pricing requirement by obtaining the support of holders of at least a majority of disinterested shares. Such provisions may be viewed as marginally favorable to the remaining disinterested shareholders, since achieving a simple majority vote in favor of an attractive offer may not be difficult.
RCM will vote AGAINST fair price provisions, if the shareholder vote requirement, imbedded in the provision, is greater than a majority of disinterested shares.

D-235


Table of Contents

RCM will vote FOR shareholder proposals to lower the shareholder vote requirements imbedded in existing fair price provisions.
State Antitakeover Statutes: Case-by-Case
RCM evaluates the specific statutes at issue, including their effect on shareholder rights and votes proposals to opt out-of-state takeover statutes on a case-by-case basis.
Reincorporation: Case-by-Case
RCM will evaluate reincorporation proposals case-by-case and will consider a variety of factors including the impact reincorporation might have on the longer-term valuation of the stock, the quality of the company’s financial disclosure, the impact on current and potential business with the U.S. government, M&A opportunities and the risk of being forced to reincorporate in the future. RCM generally supports reincorporation proposals for valid business reasons such as reincorporating in the same state as its corporate headquarters.
Anti-takeover Defenses and Voting Related Issues
Poison Pills: Case-by-Case
RCM votes AGAINST poison pills (or shareholder rights plans) proposed by a company’s management. Poison pills are triggered by an unwanted takeover attempt and cause a variety of events to occur which may make the company financially less attractive to the suitor. Typically, directors have enacted these plans without shareholder approval.
RCM will always vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting boards to submit their pills to a shareholder vote or redeem them, as poison pills may lead to management entrenchment and can discourage legitimate tender offers.
Dual Class Capitalization with Unequal Voting Rights: Case-by-Case
RCM will vote AGAINST dual class exchange offers and dual class capitalizations with unequal voting rights as they can contribute to the entrenchment of management and allow for voting power to be concentrated in the hands of management and other insiders. RCM will vote FOR proposals to create a new class of nonvoting or subvoting common stock if intended for purposes with minimal or no dilution to current shareholders or not designed to preserve voting power of insiders or significant shareholders.
Blank Check Preferred Stock: Case-by-Case
Blank check proposals authorize a class of preferred stock for which voting rights are not established in advance, but are left to the discretion of the Board of Directors when issued. Such proposals may give management needed flexibility to accomplish acquisitions, mergers or financings. On the other hand, such proposals also give the board the ability to place a

D-236


Table of Contents

block of stock with a shareholder sympathetic to management, thereby entrenching management or making takeovers more difficult.
RCM generally votes AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock, unless the company expressly states that the stock that will not be used as a takeover defense. We also vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of authorized preferred stock shares, when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.
RCM will vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock, in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.
Supermajority Voting Provisions: AGAINST
Supermajority vote requirements in a company’s charter or bylaws require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority. Generally supermajority provisions require at least 2/3 affirmative vote for passage of issues.
RCM votes AGAINST supermajority voting provisions, as this requirement can make it difficult for shareholders to effect a change regarding a company and its corporate governance provisions. Requiring more than a simple majority voting shares, for mergers or changes to the charter or bylaws, may permit managements to entrench themselves by blocking amendments that are in the best interests of shareholders.
Cumulative Voting: Case-by-Case
Cumulative voting allows shareholders to “stack” their votes behind one or a few directors running for the board, thereby enabling minority shareholders to secure board representation. RCM evaluates management proposals regarding cumulative voting, on a case-by-case basis. For companies that do not have a record of strong corporate governance policies, we will generally vote FOR shareholder proposals to restore or provide for cumulative voting.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent: Case-by-Case
Written consent allows shareholders to initiate and carry out a shareholder action without waiting until the annual meeting or by calling a special meeting. It permits action to be taken by the written consent of the same percentage of outstanding shares that would be required to effect the proposed action at a shareholder meeting.
RCM will vote FOR shareholder proposals to allow shareholder action by written consent, and we will oppose management proposals that restrict or prohibit shareholder ability to take action by written consent.
Shareholder’s Right to Call Special Meeting: FOR
RCM votes FOR proposals to restore or expand shareholder rights to call special meetings. We vote AGAINST management proposals requiring higher vote requirements in order to

D-237


Table of Contents

call special meetings, and AGAINST proposals that prohibit the right to call meetings.
Confidential Voting: FOR
RCM votes FOR shareholder proposals requesting companies to adopt confidential voting because confidential voting may eliminate undue pressure from company management. Furthermore, RCM maintains records which allow our clients to have access to our voting decisions.
Social and Environmental Issues
Shareholder Proposals Regarding Social and Environmental Issues: Case-by-Case
In evaluating social and environmental proposals, RCM first determines whether the issue should be addressed on a company-specific basis. Many social and environmental proposals are beyond the scope of any one company and are more properly the province of government and broader regulatory action. If this is the case, RCM recommends voting against the proposal. Most proposals raising issues of public concern require shareholders to apply subjective criteria in determining their voting decisions. While broad social and environmental issues are of concern to everyone, institutional shareholders acting as representatives of their beneficiaries must consider only the economic impact of the proposal on the target company, which in many cases cannot be clearly demonstrated.
RCM considers the following factors in evaluating proposals that address social and environmental issues:
    Cost to implement proposed requirement
 
    Whether any actual abuses exist
 
    Whether the company has taken any action to address the problem
 
    The extent, if any, to which the proposal would interfere with the day-to-day management of the company.
RCM generally supports proposals that encourage corporate social responsibility. However, RCM does not support proposals that require a company to cease particular operations, monitor the affairs of other companies with whom it does business, impose quotas, or otherwise interfere with the day-to-day management of a company. In the absence of compelling evidence that a proposal will have a positive economic impact, RCM believes that these matters are best left to the judgment of management.
Sign or Endorse the CERES Principles: Case-by-Case
The CERES Principles represent a voluntary commitment of corporations to continued environmental improvement beyond what is required by government regulation. CERES was formed by the Coalition of Environmentally Responsible Economies in the wake of the March 1989 Exxon Valdez oil spill, to address environmental issues such as protection of the biosphere, sustainable use of natural resources, reduction and disposal of wastes, energy conservation, and employee and community risk reduction. Endorsers of the CERES Principles are required to pay annual fees based on annual revenue of the company.
RCM generally supports shareholder requests for reports on activities related to the goals of

D-238


Table of Contents

the CERES Principles or other in-house environmental programs. Proposals to adopt the CERES Principles are voted on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the company’s current environmental disclosure, its environmental track record, and the practices of peer companies.
Environmental Reporting: FOR
RCM generally supports shareholder requests for reports seeking additional information on activities regarding environmental programs, particularly when it appears that companies have not adequately addressed shareholder’s environmental concerns.
Northern Ireland (MacBride Principles): Case-by-Case
The MacBride Principles are aimed at countering anti-Catholic discrimination in employment in the British state of Northern Ireland. These principles require affirmative steps to hire Catholic workers and promote them to management positions, to provide job security and to eliminate inflammatory religious emblems. Divestment of stock is not called for under these principles. RCM takes the following factors into consideration regarding Northern Ireland resolutions:
    Whether any discrimination charges have been filed against the subject company within the past year;
 
    Whether the subject company has subscribed to the Fair Employment Agency’s, “Declaration of Principle and Intent.” (Northern Ireland governmental regulations); and
 
    Whether potentially offensive material is not allowed in the work area (flags, posters, etc.).

D-239


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
RiverSource Investments, LLC
Kenwood Capital Management LLC
Set forth below are guidelines used by each Affiliate in voting proxies (the “Guidelines”). The Guidelines cover both management proposals and shareholder proposals. Accordingly, if an Affiliate will vote against a management proposal, it will support a shareholder proposal recommending the opposite position. For example, the Affiliate will generally vote against a management proposal to have a classified board and will generally support a shareholder motion to eliminate a classified board. With respect to non-U.S. companies, there are a number of proposals that are unique to the manner in which business in conducted in their respective countries and these guidelines are in a separate section that addresses most of the common proposals that appear in proxies of these markets.
Each Affiliate may, in exercising its fiduciary discretion, determine to vote any proxy in a manner contrary to these Guidelines.
Governance
G1 Elect directors.
The Affiliate supports annual election of all directors and proposals to eliminate classes of directors. In a routine election of directors, the Affiliate will vote with management on the slate of directors since management and the nominating committee of independent directors are in the best position to know what qualifications are needed for each member of the board to form an effective board. However, the Affiliate will vote against a nominee who has been assigned to the audit, compensation, nominating, or governance committee if that nominee is not independent* of management and the Affiliate will vote against shareholder proposals that would dictate the composition of the board. The Affiliate will also withhold support for any director who fails to attend 75% of meetings or has other activities that appear to interfere with his or her ability to commit sufficient attention to the company**. Furthermore, the Affiliate will withhold support from the audit committee chair where the committee failed to put forth shareholder proposals for ratification of auditors. The Affiliate will vote in accordance with recommendations from its third party research provider for situations involving options backdating, restatements, or material weakness. For contested elections, the Affiliate evaluates the proposals on a case by case basis, taking into consideration factors such as the background of the proxy contest, the performance of the current board and management, and qualifications of nominees on both slates.
 
*   We define independence using the following criteria:
Insider:
  An inside director is a director who also serves as an employee of the company.
Affiliated Director:
  Former executive1 of the company, its affiliates2, or an acquired firm, within the past five years
 
  Relative3 of current employee in a management position of the company or its affiliates

D-240


Table of Contents

  Relative3 of former executive of company or its affiliates
 
  Currently provides (or a relative3 provides) professional services to the company or its affiliates or to its officers in excess of $60,000 per year (i.e., consulting/legal firm)
 
  Employed by a significant customer or supplier4
 
  Has (or a relative3 has) any transactional relationship with the company or its affiliates4
 
  Stock ownership of 20% or more
 
  Has (or a relative3 has) an interlocking relationship (as defined by the SEC) involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation or similar committees
 
1   “Executives” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) include the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function, and any other officer who performs policy-making functions). Corporate secretaries and general counsels not listed as officers and not employed by the company will be considered Affiliated Directors.
 
2   “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company.
 
3   “Relative” follows the SEC’s definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
 
4   If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or five percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
** A nominee’s ability to devote sufficient attention to the board is based on the number of other boards for which the candidate serves. The Affiliate will withhold votes from any nominee who serves on boards at more than 4 other public companies or who is an executive and serves on boards at more than 2 other public companies.
G2 Limit director monetary liability.
The proposal sets a maximum dollar amount that can be obtained through the course of legal action from a director who acts in good faith and does not benefit from a transaction. The Affiliate supports the proposal. Reasons are: the need to attract qualified persons to serve as directors who might not be willing to serve without limits on monetary liability; the ability to obtain more favorable insurance coverage at lower rates; and to avoid the possibility of directors making marginal decisions to avoid legal complications rather than the tough decisions needed to advance the company.
G3 Indemnify directors and officers.
The proposal permits a company to indemnify directors and officers and to pay, in advance, legal expenses should a lawsuit be filed against them provided certain steps established by state law are fulfilled. The Affiliate will support the proposal.
G4 Set director remuneration.
The Affiliate generally supports recommendations of a company’s board with respect to compensation and opposes shareholder proposals that limit compensation or mandate that compensation be paid in shares of stock.
G5 Approve director retirement plans
The Affiliate votes against director retirement plans on the basis that directors should be appropriately compensated while serving and should not view service on a board as a long-term continuing relationship with a company.

D-241


Table of Contents

G6 Fix number of directors.
The proposal requests that a board be given the authority to determine the number of directors. The Affiliate supports the proposal because it allows the directors to adjust the size of their board to adapt to needs that may arise.
G7 Require members of board and all members of key committees to be independent.
The current proposals are worded to require two-thirds of the board and/or all members of key committees to be independent from management. The Affiliate supports the proposal as a good business practice.
G8 Set terms of directors.
The proposal asks shareholders to fix or extend the term that a director may serve. The Affiliate supports the management recommendations regarding director’s length of service. Accordingly, the Affiliate generally does not support shareholder proposals regarding term limits or mandatory retirement.
G9 Independent Chairman/Lead Director:
These shareholder proposals require the position of chair be filled by an independent director. The Affiliate believes that having a designated leader among the independent directors fosters the effectiveness of the independent directors and ensures appropriate oversight of management. The Affiliate supports the proposals for an independent chairman and, if the chairman is not independent, will support proposals for an independent lead or presiding director.
Auditors
A1 Appoint auditors.
The proposal allows shareholders to vote for or against the accounting firm selected to audit the company’s books. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider which typically recommend votes against management in situations where there are questions about the relative qualification of the auditors, conflicts of interest, auditor involvement in significant financial restatements, option backdating, material weaknesses in controls, attempts to limit auditor liability or situations where independence has been compromised.
A2 Ratify auditors
The proposal asks that a board submit the auditor to shareholders for ratification. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider which typically recommend votes against management in situations where there are questions about the relative qualification of the auditors, conflicts of interest, auditor involvement in significant financial restatements, option backdating, material weaknesses in controls, attempts to limit auditor liability or situations where independence has been compromised.
A3 Prohibit or limit auditor’s non-audit services
The proposal seeks to limit or prohibit auditors from providing non-audit services. The Affiliate does not support this proposal since it may be necessary or appropriate for auditors to provide a service related to the business of a company and that service will not compromise the auditors’ independence. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley legislation spells out the types of services that need pre-approval or would compromise independence.

D-242


Table of Contents

Business Entity and Capital Structures
B1 Increase number of authorized shares of common stock.
The proposal increases the number of authorized shares of common stock. The Affiliate supports the proposal provided the purpose stated for the increase is reasonable and the company does not have a history of abusing its use of authorized but unissued shares. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider, which are typically based on the reasons a company may be in need of additional capital including stock splits, shareholder defenses, financing for acquisitions, and financing for operations.
B2 Stock splits or reverse stock splits.
The proposal provides for stock splits or reverse stock splits. The Affiliate supports the proposal as it is intended to encourage ownership of a company.
B3 Shareholder rights (poison pill)(fair price) plan.
The proposal requests shareholders approve a plan which management could use for anti-takeover protection. The Affiliate supports the proposal based on a belief that such plans force uninvited bidders to negotiate with a company’s board. These negotiations allow time for the company to maximize value for shareholders by forcing a higher premium out of a bidder, attracting a better bid from a competing bidder or allowing the company to pursue its own strategy for enhancing shareholder value. The Affiliate supports proposals to submit such a plan to shareholders, if it was not submitted for shareholder approval, and supports limiting the vote required for approving a proposal under the plan to a majority.
B4 Preferred stock.
The proposal asks shareholders to give the board authorization to issue preferred stock. The Affiliate generally supports the proposal because preferred stock may be used as a component to implement a shareholder’s rights plan and may be used for certain financing needs of the company. However the Affiliate does not support proposals to issue preferred shares that carry voting rights of more than one vote per share or that are designed for use in an anti-takeover situation.
B5 Reincorporation
The proposal requires or requests a board to consider incorporating in another jurisdiction. The Affiliate votes against the proposal unless the long-term business reasons for doing so are valid. The Affiliate will support proposals to consider reincorporating in the United States if a company left the country for the purpose of avoiding taxes.
B6 Supermajority vote requirement.
The proposal seeks changes in the company articles and/or bylaws to require the affirmative vote of a super-majority of the outstanding voting stock for approval of certain actions. The Affiliate does not support supermajority requirements outside of a shareholders’ right plan because of fairness issues and the possibility of unforeseen consequences and prefers a simple majority for a shareholders rights plan.
B7 Eliminate action by written consent.
The proposal asks shareholders to amend articles/bylaws to eliminate the right of shareholders to take action by written consent. The Affiliate opposes the proposal since it can be appropriate to take action by written consent in some instances.
B8 Dissolution of cumulative voting
The proposal requests that shareholders approve amendments to articles/bylaws to eliminate cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows shareholders to cast as many votes as equal to the number of shares they own, multiplied

D-243


Table of Contents

by the number of directors to be elected. A shareholder can then cast all of his /her votes for a single candidate, or any two or more as he/she sees fit. The use of cumulative voting enables the holder of a minority of a company’s stock to elect one or more directors if they are able to gain sufficient support. The Affiliate votes in support of the proposal to eliminate cumulative voting based on the view that each director elected should represent the interests of all shareholders.
B9 Issue shares without preemptive rights (up to 20%)
The proposal seeks shareholder approval for the board to issue shares equivalent to xx% of the company’s issued ordinary share capital in the form of securities free of preemptive rights. The Affiliate supports the proposal based on the belief that the company must have the ability to issue common stock as necessary.
B10 Change company name.
The proposal requests that shareholders approve a new name for the company. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
B11 Recapitalization.
The proposal requests shareholder approval for a plan to combine two or more classes of stock into one class, to authorize the company’s board to issue new common or preferred stock or to change par value. The Affiliate supports the proposal so long as the changes do not cause current shareholders to lose any rights.
B12 Issuance of Equity or Equity-Linked Securities Without Preemptive Rights.
The proposal seeks shareholder approval for the issuance of equity, convertible bonds or other equity-linked debt instruments, or to issue shares to satisfy the exercise of such securities without preemptive rights. The Affiliate supports the proposal provided dilution does not exceed 20 percent of the company’s outstanding capital.
B13 Merger Agreement/Reorganization
The proposal seeks shareholder approval for the merger agreement. These proposals are evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
B14 Adjourn meeting.
The proposal requests authority for a board to adjourn the meeting if it becomes necessary to solicit additional votes for a merger agreement. The Affiliate votes on adjournment proposals in the same direction as the primary proposal (i.e., if supporting the primary proposal, favor adjournment; if not supporting the primary proposal, oppose adjournment).
Compensation and stock options
C1 This section intentionally left blank.
C2 Employee stock purchase plan.
The proposal recommends approval of an employee stock purchase plan whereby employees have an opportunity to share in the ownership of the company through regular and systematic purchases of company stock. The Affiliate supports the proposal as a way to encourage employees to develop a stronger incentive to work for the continued success of the company and provided the plan contains the following provisions:
    The purchase price of the company stock may not be less than 85% of fair market value (80% if U.K. company).
 
    The offering period must be 27 months or less.
 
    The potential voting power dilution is 10% or less.
C3 Stock option plan (employee and non-employee)
The proposal asks shareholders to approve a plan that reserves a certain number of shares of common stock that may be issued in conjunction with the exercise of incentive and

D-244


Table of Contents

non-qualified stock options. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider, which are typically based on factors including cost, size, and pattern of grants in comparison to peer groups, history of repricing, and grants to top executives.
C4 Require holding periods for stock by senior management
These shareholder proposals ask that the company adopt a holding or retention period for its executives. The Affiliate votes in favor of proposals requiring senior management to hold stock obtained by way of a stock option plan for a minimum of three years.
C5 Ban future executive stock options
The proposal bans the use of stock options in compensation plans. The Affiliate votes against the proposal since it precludes offering a balanced compensation program.
    C6 Require shareholder approval of extraordinary benefits to senior management
The proposal requires that shareholders approve certain benefits. The Affiliate votes against the proposal electing instead to support requirements that a board disclose any extraordinary benefits paid to current and retired senior management.
C7 Reapprove Executive Incentive Compensation Plan for OBRA.
The 1993 Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (OBRA), mandates certain restrictions on the tax deductibility of executive compensation above $1 million. The law provides exceptions for certain performance-based compensation, including cash bonuses, provided the plan is administered by a compensation committee of two or more outside directors and amendments to the plan are approved by shareholders. Under the terms of the plan, the company links cash payouts to the attainment of preset hurdle rates. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider, which are typically based on factors that consider the goal of the plan.
C8 Restricted Stock Grant Program.
The proposal seeks shareholder approval of a Restricted Stock Grant Program, which would grant shares from those reserved under an Executive Award Plan. The program is submitted in order to qualify for certain tax deductions granted for “performance-based” compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Affiliate supports the proposal if it meets the required criteria.
C9 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan.
     The proposal seeks shareholder approval of a company’s Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Plan which is designed to provide outside directors with the option of receiving all or a portion of their annual retainer fees in the form of company stock. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
C10 Changes in compensation plans.
     The proposal requests shareholders approve a change in the terms of a compensation plan, including the repricing of options previously granted. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider, which are typically based on factors such as whether the amending terms lead to a reduction in shareholder rights, allow the plan to be amended without shareholder approval, or change the terms to the detriment of employee incentives such as excluding a certain class or group of employees or allowing for repricing.
C11 Performance-based stock options
     The proposal seeks adoption of or modification to a stock option plan so that options are granted based on a stated standard. The Affiliate votes against such proposals in the view that compensation committees should have the authority to determine option grants.

D-245


Table of Contents

C12 Deferred compensation plans for non-employee directors
     The proposal requests approval for a plan whereby non-employee directors may defer compensation until retirement. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
C13 Options backdating
The Affiliate is opposed to options backdating. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider which consider factors such as whether director nominees served on compensation committees that oversaw the questionable option grant practices or currently serve on compensation committees, and fail to respond to the issue of options backdating proactively..
C14 Performance-based executive compensation
These shareholder proposals seek to align executive compensation with shareholders’ interests. The Affiliate considers proposals linking executive pay for performance on a case-by-case basis.
C15 Advisory votes on executive compensation (Say-on-Pay)
These shareholder proposals, which are relatively new, call for annual non-binding votes on the executive compensation plan. Pending a review of the effects on executive compensation practices of new SEC guidelines on proxy disclosure and work by several groups of institutional investors, unions, and major corporations, the Affiliate will abstain from voting on these proposals
Directives related to social and corporate issues
D1 Review and report on executive compensation.
     The proposal directs a board to review executive compensation packages, concentrating on ways in which executive compensation can be more closely linked to financial, environmental, and social performance. The Affiliate considers executive compensation to be a business matter for the board and votes against the proposal.
D2 Limit executives to holding one position.
     The proposal asks that the company adopt a policy that would prohibit anyone from holding more than one position simultaneously. The Affiliate votes against.
D3 Limit executives’ compensation.
    The proposal requests that a board cap the total pay and other compensation of its executive officers to no more than X times the pay of the average employee of the company. The Affiliate votes against.
D4 This section intentionally left blank.

D5 Prohibit or disclose contributions.
     The proposal requests a board prohibit or publish in certain newspapers contributions made by the company, either directly or indirectly, for political, charitable or educational purposes. The Affiliate votes against.
D6 Disclose prior government service.
     The proposal seeks to have a board furnish a list of high-ranking employees who served in any governmental capacities over the last five years. The Affiliate votes against.
D7 Disclose social agenda
The proposals seek disclosure on military contracts, conservation initiatives, business relationships with foreign countries, animal testing, and abortion. In view of the fact that

D-246


Table of Contents

advisory clients are likely to have different views of what is a socially responsible policy, or whether social responsibility issues other than those mandated by law should be the subject of corporate policy, the Affiliate abstains from voting on such issues.
D8 Maximize shareholder value
     The proposal asks a board establish a shareholders’ advisory committee, hire an outside consultant or arrange for the sale of the company to enhance shareholder value. The Affiliate votes against.
D9 Socially Responsible Investing Proposals:
These shareholder proposals generally seek to have a board take a position on social or environmental issues. In view of the fact that Fund shareholders are likely to have different views of what is a socially responsible policy, or whether social responsibility issues other than those mandated by law should be the subject of corporate policy, the Affiliate abstains from voting on such issues.
Shareholder meeting proposals
S1 Open/Close meeting.
     The proposal is to approve the opening or closing of a meeting. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
S2 Designate keeper of minutes.
     The proposal designates a shareholder or other individual to detail the discussion of the annual meeting and write the minutes for submission to the board, shareholders and/or the government. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
S3 Approve minutes.
     The proposal requests shareholders approve minutes from the previous meeting. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
S4 Other business.
     The proposal asks shareholders to give management the authority to conduct or vote on other business at shareholder meetings. The Affiliate abstains from voting on these proposals.
S5 Nominations for directors
     The proposal would require a company to include nominations in addition to those proposed by management in a proxy statement. The Affiliate votes against the proposal since there are established procedures for proposing opposition slates of directors.
S6 Confidential ballot.
     The proposal asks shareholders to direct a board to take steps to ensure all proxies, ballots, and voting tabulations which identify shareholders be kept confidential, except where disclosure is mandated by law. The Affiliate supports the proposal to minimize pressure on shareholders, particularly employee shareholders.
S7 Request for special reports
     The proposal asks for special reports from management, e.g. environmental issues, military sales, etc. The Affiliate votes against such proposals.
S8 Request for change in operations
     The proposal seeks to change the way a company operates, e.g. protect human rights, sexual orientation, etc. The Affiliate votes against such proposals.

D-247


Table of Contents

S9 Request for change in the nomination process
     The proposal requires boards to nominate candidates based on sex, race or special criteria. The Affiliate votes against such proposals.
S10 Request for change in the products manufactured or sold
     The proposal requires management to end business in tobacco or other products. The Affiliate votes against such proposals.
S11 Request for Majority vote to elect directors
The proposal requests that the board amend the company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws to provide that nominees standing for election to the board must receive a majority of votes cast in order to be elected to the board. The Affiliate votes for such proposals.
S12 Shareholder access to the proxy
  The shareholder proposals ask that management provide shareholders with the ability to nominate director candidates on management’s proxy card. The Affiliate will generally abstain from voting on these proposals, pending the results of SEC action/guidance and court actions on the issue.
S13 Shareholders’ right to call a special meeting
    The shareholder proposals ask that management amend the company’s bylaws or other appropriate documents to provide shareholders with the ability to call a special meeting. The Affiliate will support these proposals, provided that in order to exercise this right, investors own 10% of outstanding shares.
Non – US Proxies
F1 Approve discharge of Management (Supervisory) Board.
The proposal asks that shareholders approve formal discharge of responsibility of the management board for the fiscal year. This is a standard request in Germany and discharge is generally granted unless a shareholder states a specific reason for withholding discharge and intends to take legal action. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider, which are typically based on factors including whether there is an unresolved investigation or whether the board has participated in wrongdoing.
F2 Approve special auditor’s report.
French companies are required by law to present shareholders with a special auditor’s report that confirms the presence or absence of any outstanding related party transactions. At a minimum, such transactions (with directors or similar parties) must be previously authorized by the board. This part of the French commercial code provides shareholders with a mechanism to ensure an annual review of any outstanding related party transactions. The Affiliate votes for.
F3 Approve financial statements, directors’ reports, and auditors’ reports.
The proposal requests shareholder approval of the financial statements, directors’ reports, and auditors’ reports. The Affiliate supports the proposal provided the financial statements are audited by the auditors approved by shareholders.
F4 Set/approve dividend.
The proposal requests shareholders approve the dividend rate set by management. The Affiliate votes for.

D-248


Table of Contents

F5 Approve script dividend alternative.
The proposal asks shareholders to authorize dividend payments in the form of either cash or shares at the discretion of each shareholder. The Affiliate supports giving shareholders this option so long as the options are financially equal.
F6 Approve allocation of income.
The proposal asks shareholders to approve a board’s allocation of income for the current fiscal year, as well as the dividend rate. The Affiliate votes for.
F7 Approve appropriation of profits and dividends.
The proposal asks shareholders to approve a board’s proposed determination of profits and amount of the dividend for the current fiscal year. The Affiliate votes for.
F8 Grant board authority to repurchase shares.
The proposal requests that a board be given the authority to repurchase shares of the company on the open market. This authority would continue until the next annual meeting. The Affiliate votes for.
F9 Approve payment of corporate income taxes.
The proposal seeks approval for the use by a company of its reserves in order to pay corporate taxes. This is common practice in Europe. According to European accounting procedures, a company is required every year to set aside a certain percentage (usually five percent) from its profits which will be allocated to the company’s reserves. Reserves are used to cover losses in future years and pay dividends and corporate taxes. The Affiliate votes for.
F10 Cancel pre-approved issuance authority.
The proposal asks shareholders to cancel a previously approved authority to issue capital. Companies in Denmark do not have authorized but unissued capital that they may issue as needed like their counterparts in other countries. They must create specific pools of capital with a limited life for general use, which they may call upon during the life of the pool. Therefore, companies routinely request the creation of pools of capital for no specific use or for a specific reason. If the board deems the pool of capital as no longer necessary or relevant to the company’s needs, yet the life of the authority has not yet lapsed, then shareholder approval is needed to cancel it. The Affiliate votes for.
F11 Authorize new product lines.
The proposal seeks shareholder approval to amend the company’s articles to allow the company to expand into new lines of business. As more companies seek to diversify out of their traditional narrow industries, greater flexibility is being routinely introduced. This change does not require the company to go into these businesses, but gives them the flexibility to do so if and when they choose. The Affiliate votes for.
F12 Appoint statutory auditor.
The proposal seeks shareholder approval to appoint one internal statutory auditor, designated as independent internal auditor as required by the revised Japanese Commercial Code. Statutory auditors in Japan are responsible for attending all board meetings and important business meetings, reviewing all major documents, cooperating with the external auditors, and approving the external audit. Even though the independence of internal auditors is not clear, the Affiliate votes for.
F13 This section intentionally left blank.

F14 Authorize filing of required documents/other formalities.
The proposal asks shareholders to authorize the holder of a copy of the minutes of the general assembly to accomplish any formalities required by law. This is a routine item in France. The Affiliate votes for.
F15 Propose publications media.
The proposal requests shareholders approve the designation of a newspaper as the medium to publish the company’s meeting notice. While the fund would prefer that foreign shareholders receive written notification of the annual meeting, publishing this

D-249


Table of Contents

information in newspapers is common in Chile and other countries. The Affiliate votes for.
F16 Clarify Articles of Association.
The proposal seeks shareholder approval of routine housekeeping of the company’s articles, including clarifying items and deleting obsolete items. The Affiliate votes for.
F17 Update Articles of Association with proxy results
The proposal asks shareholders to approve changes to the company’s articles of association to reflect the results of a proxy vote by shareholders. This is a routine proposal in international proxies and the Affiliate votes for.
F18 Conform Articles of Association to law or stock exchange
The proposal requests shareholder approval to amend the articles of association to conform with new requirements in local or national law or rules established by a stock exchange on which its stock is listed. The Affiliate votes for.
F19 Authorize Board to Ratify and Execute Approved Resolutions
The proposal requests shareholder approval to authorize the board to ratify and execute any resolutions approved at the meeting. The Affiliate votes for.
     F20 Prepare and Approve List of Shareholders.
The proposal requests shareholder approval for the preparation and approval of the list of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. This is a routine formality in European countries and the Affiliate votes for the proposal.
F21 Announce Vacancies on Management (Supervisory) Board.
The proposal asks shareholder approval to announce vacancies on the board. In accordance with Dutch law, the company must announce which of the board members will retire from the board during the next year, either because their terms have expired or because they have reached the mandatory retirement age. The Affiliate votes for.
F22 Elect Chairman of the Meeting.
The proposal requests shareholder approval to elect the chairman of the meeting. This is a routine meeting formality in European countries and is supported by the Affiliate.
F23 Allotment of unissued shares.
The proposal requests that shareholders give the directors of the company the authority to allot unissued shares. The proposal provides authority to directors that is already provided to U.S. company directors without shareholder approval, i.e. the ability to issue additional shares of common stock. The Affiliate supports this proposal.
F24 Authority to issue shares.
The proposal requests shareholders give the board the ability to issue authorized shares. The Affiliate votes for.
F25 Authority to allot shares for cash.
The proposal requests that shareholders give the board the ability to allot a set number of authorized but unissued shares for the purpose of employee share schemes and to allot equity securities for cash to persons other than existing shareholders up to a limited aggregate nominal amount of X (approximately % of the issued share capital of the company). This will renew the existing authorization and will terminate in one year. UK laws require that current shareholders have pre-emptive rights to all newly-issued shares. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
F26 Authorize Board to use all outstanding capital.
The proposal asks shareholders to authorize the board, for one year, to use all outstanding capital authorizations in the event that a hostile public tender or exchange offer is made for the company. Similar to the way U.S. companies use preferred stock, this is a common anti-takeover measure in France. The anti-takeover protection may give companies breathing room for making the right choices, not just the expedient ones. In

D-250


Table of Contents

addition, a large-block holder serves as a monitor of management that may keep the pressure on to ensure good performance, to the benefit of all shareholders. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
F27 Change date/location of annual meeting.
The proposal requests shareholder approval for the board to change the date and/or location of the annual meeting. In some companies, the articles/bylaws establish the date and place for the annual meeting. The proposal gives the board flexibility to establish another date or location to hold the annual meeting. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
F28 Authorize issuance of equity or equity-linked securities.
The proposal seeks shareholder approval to permit the board to authorize the company to issue convertible bonds or other equity-linked debt instruments or to issue shares to satisfy the exercise of such securities. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
F29 Authorize issuance of bonds.
The proposal requests shareholder approval granting the authority to the board to issue bonds or subordinated bonds. Full use of this authorization could potentially increase the debt-to-equity ratio to          %. However, French companies generally do not expect to utilize the total amount of issuance power they request. The Affiliate votes for.
F30 Authorize capitalization of reserves for bonus issue or increase in par value.
The proposal requests shareholder approval increasing authorized stock by capitalizing various reserves or retained earnings. Under this proposal, shareholders would receive either new shares or a boost in the par value of their shares at no cost. When the company capitalizes reserves and distributes new shares to shareholders free of charge in a bonus issue, there is no cost for shareholders to maintain their stakes and no risk of dilution. Bonus issues basically transfer wealth to shareholders and do not impact share value significantly. The only impact would be a mildly positive one—by increasing the number of shares on issue, the company could increase liquidity, enhance marketability, and ultimately expand its shareholder base. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
F31 Increase issued capital for rights issue.
The proposal requests shareholders approve an increase to “issued capital” in order to offer a rights issue to current registered shareholders. With a rights issue, shareholders have the option of purchasing additional shares of the company’s stock, often at a discount to market value. The company will use the proceeds from the issue to provide additional financing for the company. Because the shares are being offered at a discount, this offer is very attractive to shareholders. The Affiliate supports the proposal because of the positive impact for both the company and participating shareholders.
F32 Authorize reissuance of repurchased shares.
     The proposal requests shareholder approval for the board to reissue shares of the company’s stock that had been repurchased by the company at an earlier date.
Similar proposals do not appear in proxies of U.S. companies since boards have authority to issue any authorized shares. The Affiliate supports the proposal.
F33 Approve retirement bonuses for directors/statutory auditors.
     The proposal requests shareholder approval for the payment of retirement bonuses to retiring directors and/or statutory auditors. Although this proposal is a routine request in Japan, the Affiliate abstains from voting because the information provided is insufficient to base a decision.
F34 Approve payment to deceased director’s family.
     The proposal requests shareholder approval for the payment of a retirement bonus to the family of a deceased director. Although this proposal is a routine request in Japan, the

D-251


Table of Contents

Affiliate does not support it because the information provided is insufficient to base a decision.
F35 Authorize company to engage in transactions with related parties.
The proposal requests shareholder approval for the company, its subsidiaries, and target associated companies to enter into certain transactions with persons who are considered “interested parties” as defined in Chapter 9A of the Listing Manual of the Stock Exchange of Singapore (SES). Singapore’s related-party transaction rules are fairly comprehensive, providing shareholders with substantial protection against insider trading abuses. The Affiliate supports this proposal.
F36 Amend Articles to Lower Quorum Requirement for Special Business.
The proposal seeks to amend the articles to lower the quorum requirement to one-third for special business resolutions at a shareholder meeting. Such resolutions, which include amendments to articles, mergers, spin-offs, and stock option plans, will still need a two-thirds majority of the votes cast in order to be effective. Lowering the quorum requirement will remove a powerful incentive for the company to reach out to its independent shareholders when the company is close to reaching a quorum of one-third of issued capital with only the votes of the founder, partner or strategic partner. The Affiliate votes against these proposals when the company’s board owns close to one-third of issued capital. When the board is not close to reaching a one-third quorum with votes from the founding family or partner, and reaches out to shareholders for support, the Affiliate votes in favor of these proposals.
F37 Authorize company to make EU Political Organization Donations.
The proposal asks shareholders to authorize the company to make EU Political Organization Donations and to incur EU Political Expenditures. The Affiliate votes in accordance with recommendations made by its third party research provider.
F38 Elect Directors (Australia, Canada, U.K. and Ireland*).
The Affiliate supports annual election of all directors and proposals to eliminate classes of directors. In a routine election of directors, the Affiliate will vote with management on the slate of directors since management and the nominating committee of independent directors are in the best position to know what qualifications are needed for each member of the board to form an effective board. However, the Affiliate will vote against a nominee who has been assigned to the audit, compensation, remuneration, governance, or nominating committee if that nominee is not independent** of management and the Affiliate will vote against shareholder proposals that would dictate the composition of the board. The Affiliate will also withhold support for any director who fails to attend 75% of meetings or has other activities that appear to interfere with his or her ability to commit sufficient attention to the company***. Furthermore, the Affiliate will withhold support from the audit committee chair where the committee failed to put forth shareholder proposals for ratification of auditors. The Affiliate will vote in accordance with recommendations from its third party research provider for situations involving options backdating, restatements, or material weakness. For contested elections, the Board evaluates the proposals on a case by case basis, taking into consideration factors such as the background of the proxy contest, the performance of the current board and management, and qualifications of nominees on both slates.
 
*For all other non-U.S. companies not domiciled in the U.S., the Affiliate votes in favor of company management.
** We define independence using the following criteria:

D-252


Table of Contents

Insider:
  An inside director is a director who also serves as an employee of the company.
Affiliated Director:
  Former executive1 of the company, its affiliates2, or an acquired firm, within the past five years
 
  Relative3 of current employee in a management position of the company or its affiliates
 
  Relative3 of former executive of company or its affiliates
 
  Currently provides (or a relative3 provides) professional services to the company or its affiliates or to its officers in excess of $60,000 per year (i.e., consulting/legal firm)
 
  Employed by a significant customer or supplier4
 
  Has (or a relative3 has) any transactional relationship with the company or its affiliates4
 
  Stock ownership of 20% or more
 
  Has (or a relative3 has) an interlocking relationship (as defined by the SEC) involving members of the board of directors or its Compensation or similar committees
 
1   “Executives” (officers subject to Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) include the chief executive, operating, financial, legal, technology, and accounting officers of a company (including the president, treasurer, secretary, controller, any vice president in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function, and any other officer who performs policy-making functions). Corporate secretaries and general counsels not listed as officers and not employed by the company will be considered Affiliated Directors.
 
2   “Affiliate” includes a subsidiary, sibling company, or parent company.
 
3   “Relative” follows the SEC’s definition of “immediate family members” which covers spouses, parents, children, step-parents, step-children, siblings, in-laws, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of any director, executive officer, or significant shareholder of the company.
 
4   If the company makes or receives annual payments exceeding the greater of $200,000 or five percent of the recipient’s gross revenues (the recipient is the party receiving the financial proceeds from the transaction).
*** A nominee’s ability to devote sufficient attention to the board is based on the number of other boards for which the candidate serves. The Affiliate will withhold votes from any nominee who serves on boards at more than 4 other public companies or who is an executive and serves on boards at more than 2 other public companies.

D-253


Table of Contents

State Street Global Advisers — Amended 03/13/09
Introduction
SSgA Funds Management, Inc. (“FM”) seeks to vote proxies for which it has discretionary authority in the best interests of its clients. This entails voting proxies in a way which SSgA believes will maximize the monetary value of each portfolio’s holdings with respect to proposals that are reasonably anticipated to have an impact on the current or potential value of a security. Absent unusual circumstances or specific client instructions, we vote proxies on a particular matter in the same way for all clients, regardless of their investment style or strategies. FM takes the view that voting in a manner consistent with maximizing the value of our clients’ holdings will benefit our direct clients (e.g. investment funds) and, indirectly, the ultimate owners and beneficiaries of those clients (e.g. fund shareholders).
Oversight of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the SSgA Investment Committee. The SSgA Investment Committee reviews and approves amendments to the FM Proxy Voting Policy and delegates authority to vote in accordance with this policy to the FM Proxy Review Committee, a subcommittee of the SSgA Investment Committee, which is supported by the SSgA Governance Team. FM retains the final authority and responsibility for voting. In addition to voting proxies, SSgA:
1) describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients in Part II of its Form ADV;
2) provides the client with this written proxy policy, upon request;
3) discloses to its clients how they may obtain information on how FM voted the client’s proxies;
4) matches proxies received with holdings as of record date;
5) reconciles holdings as of record date and rectifies any discrepancies;
6) generally applies its proxy voting policy consistently and keeps records of votes for each client;
7) documents the reason(s) for voting for all non-routine items; and
8) keeps records of such proxy voting available for inspection by the client or governmental agencies.
Process
The SSgA Corporate Governance Team is comprised of corporate governance professionals and governance analysts. The responsibilities of the SSgA Corporate Governance Team include corporate governance research and analysis across domestic and global investment strategies, with oversight of all governance and proxy voting processing on SSgA discretionary portfolios.. In addition, the Corporate Governance Team assumes responsibility for voting decisions on certain case-by-case items, informal commencement of engagement activities for the purposes of advocating SSgA positions on various governance issues, and the research and analysis of all governance related issues impacting shareholder value. As stated above, oversight of the proxy voting process is the responsibility of the SSgA Investment Committee.
In order to facilitate our proxy voting process, FM retains RiskMetrics Group, Inc. (“RMG”), a firm with expertise in the proxy voting and corporate governance fields. RMG assists in the proxy voting process, including acting as our voting agent (i.e. actually processing the proxies), advising us as to current and emerging governance issues that we may wish to address, interpreting this policy and applying it to individual proxy items, and providing analytical information concerning specific issuers and proxy items as well as governance trends and

D-254


Table of Contents

developments. This Policy does not address all issues as to which we may receive proxies nor does it seek to describe in detail all factors that we may consider relevant to any particular proposal. To assist RMG in interpreting and applying this Policy, we meet with RMG at least annually, provide written guidance on certain topics generally on an annual basis and communicate more regularly as necessary to discuss how specific issues should be addressed. This guidance permits RMG to apply this Policy without consulting us as to each proxy but in a manner that is consistent with our investment view and not their own governance opinions. If an issue raised by a proxy is not addressed by this Policy or our prior guidance to RMG, RMG refers the proxy to us for direction on voting. On issues that we do not believe affect the economic value of our portfolio holdings or are considered by us to be routine matters as to which we have not provided specific guidance, we have agreed with RMG to act as our voting agent in voting such proxies in accordance with its own recommendations which, to the extent possible, take into account this Policy and FM’s general positions on similar matters. The Corporate Governance Team is responsible, working with RMG, for submitting proxies in a timely manner and in accordance with our policy. The Corporate Governance Team works with RMG to establish and update detailed procedures to implement this policy.
From time to time, proxy votes will be solicited which fall into one of the following categories:
(i) proxies which involve special circumstances and require additional research and discussion (e.g. a material merger or acquisition, or a material governance issue with the potential to become a significant precedent in corporate governance); or
(ii) proxies which are not directly addressed by our policies and which are reasonably anticipated to have animpact on the current or potential value of a security or which we do not consider to be routine.
The Governance Team identifies these proxies using a number of methods, including but not limited to in house governance research, notifications from RMG and other third party research providers, concerns of clients or issuers, review by Governance Team analysts, and questions from consultants. The role of third parties in identifying special circumstances does not mean that we will depart from our guidelines; these third parties are all treated as information sources. If they raise issues that we determine to be prudent before voting a particular proxy or departing from our prior guidance to RMG, we will weigh the issue along with other relevant factors before making an informed decision. In all cases, we vote proxies as to which we have voting discretion in a manner that we determine to be in the best interest of our clients. As stated above, if the proposal has a quantifiable effect on shareholder value, we seek to maximize the value of a portfolio’s holdings. With respect to matters that are not so quantifiable, we exercise greater judgment but still seek to maximize long-term value by promoting sound governance policies. The goal of the Proxy Voting Committee is to make the most informed decision possible.
In instances of special circumstances or issues not directly addressed by our policies or guidance to RMG that are deemed highly significant, the issue is referred to the Chairman of the Investment Committee for a determination of the proxy vote. The first determination is whether there is a material conflict of interest between the interests of our client and those of FM or its affiliates (as explained in greater detail below under “Potential Conflicts”). If the Manager of Corporate Governance and the Chairman of the Investment Committee determine that there is a material conflict, the process detailed below under “Potential Conflicts” is followed. If there is no material conflict, we examine the proposals that involve special circumstances or are not addressed by our policy or guidance in detail in seeking to determine what vote would be in the best interests of our clients. At this point, the Chairman of the Investment Committee makes a

D-255


Table of Contents

voting decision in our clients’ best interest. However, the Chairman of the Investment Committee may determine that a proxy involves the consideration of particularly significant issues and present the proxy item to the Proxy Review Committee and/or to the entire Investment Committee for a final decision on voting the proxy. The Investment Committee will use the same rationale for determining the appropriate vote.
FM reviews proxies of non-US issuers in the context of these guidelines. However, FM also endeavors to show sensitivity to local market practices when voting these proxies. This may lead to contrasting votes to the extent that local practices around items requiring shareholder approval differ from market to market. For example, in certain non-US markets, items are put to vote which have little or no effect on shareholder value, but which are routinely voted on in those jurisdictions; in the absence of material effect on our clients, we will follow market practice. FM votes in all markets where it is feasible to do so. Note that certain custodians utilized by our clients do not offer proxy voting in every non-US jurisdiction. In such a case, FM will be unable to vote such a proxy.
Voting
For most issues and in most circumstances, we abide by the following general guidelines. However, it is important to remember that these are simply guidelines. As discussed above, in certain circumstances, we may determine that it would be in the best interests of our clients to deviate from these guidelines.
I. Generally, FM votes for the following ballot items:
Board of Directors
Elections of directors who (i) we determine to be adequately independent of management and (ii) do not simultaneously serve on an unreasonable (as determined by FM) number of other boards (other than those affiliated with the issuer). Factors that we consider in evaluating independence include whether the nominee is an employee of or related to an employee of the issuer or its auditor, whether the nominee provides professional services to the issuer, whether the nominee has attended an appropriate number of scheduled board meetings (as determined by SSgA), or whether the nominee receives non-board related compensation from the issuer.
Directors’ compensation, provided the amounts are not excessive relative to other issuers in the market or industry. In making such a determination, we review whether the compensation is overly dilutive to existing shareholders.
Proposals to limit directors’ liability and/or expand indemnification of directors, provided that a director shall only be eligible for indemnification and liability protection if he or she has not acted in bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office
Discharge of board members’ duties*, in the absence of pending litigation, governmental investigation, charges of fraud or other indicia of significant concern
The establishment of annual elections of the board of directors unless the board is comprised of a supermajority of independent directors, including wholly independent board committees, and

D-256


Table of Contents

the company does not have a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)
Mandates requiring a majority of independent directors on the Board of Directors
Mandates that Audit, Compensation and Nominating Committee members should all be independent directors
Mandates giving the Audit Committee the sole responsibility for the selection and dismissal of the auditing firm and any subsequent result of audits are reported to the audit committee
Elimination of cumulative voting
* Common for non-US issuers; request from the issuer to discharge from liability the directors or auditors with respect to actions taken by them during the previous year.
Establishment of confidential voting
Proposals seeking to establish or decrease an existing required ownership threshold contained within the company by-laws that offer shareholders the right to call special meetings.
Auditors
Approval of auditors, unless the fees paid to auditors are excessive; auditors’ fees will be deemed excessive if the non-audit fees for the prior year constituted 50% or more of the total fees paid to the auditors
Auditors’ compensation, provided the issuer has properly disclosed audit and non-audit fees relative to market practice and that non-audit fees for the prior year constituted no more than 50% of the total fees paid to the auditors
Discharge of auditors*
Approval of financial statements, auditor reports and allocation of income
Requirements that auditors attend the annual meeting of shareholders
Disclosure of Auditor and Consulting relationships when the same or related entities are conducting both activities
Establishment of a selection committee responsible for the final approval of significant management consultant contract awards where existing firms are already acting in an auditing function
Capitalization
Dividend payouts that are greater than or equal to country and industry standards; we generally support a dividend which constitutes 30% or more of net income
Authorization of share repurchase programs, unless the issuer does not clearly state the business purpose for the program, a definitive number of shares to be repurchased, and the time frame for the repurchase

D-257


Table of Contents

Capitalization changes which eliminate other classes of stock and/or unequal voting rights
Changes in capitalization authorization for stock splits, stock dividends, and other specified needs which are no more than 50% of the existing authorization for U.S. companies and no more than 100% of existing authorization for non-U.S. companies.
Elimination of pre-emptive rights for share issuance of less than a certain percentage (country specific - ranging from 5% to 20%) of the outstanding shares, unless even such small amount could have a material dilutive effect on existing shareholders (e.g. in illiquid markets)
Anti-Takeover Measures
Elimination of shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”)
Amendment to a shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”) where the terms of the new plans are more favorable to shareholders’ ability to accept unsolicited offers (i.e. if one of the following conditions are met: (i) minimum trigger, flip-in or flip-over of 20%, (ii) maximum term of three years, (iii) no “dead hand,” “slow hand,” “no hand” or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill, and (iv) inclusion of a shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause), permitting ten percent of the shares to call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced)
Adoption or renewal of a non-US issuer’s shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”) if the following conditions are met: (i) minimum trigger, flip-in or flip-over of 20%, (ii) maximum term of three years, (iii) no “dead hand,” “slow hand,” “no hand” or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill, and (iv) inclusion of a shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause), permitting ten percent of the shares to call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced
Reduction or elimination of super-majority vote requirements, unless management of the issuer was concurrently seeking to or had previously made such reduction or elimination
Mandates requiring shareholder approval of a shareholder rights plans (“poison pill”)
Repeals of various anti-takeover related provisions
Executive Compensation/Equity Compensation
Stock purchase plans with an exercise price of not less that 85% of fair market value
Stock option plans which are incentive based and not excessively dilutive. In order to assess the dilutive effect, we divide the number of shares required to fully fund the proposed plan, the number of authorized but unissued shares, and the issued but unexercised shares by fully diluted share count. We review that number in light of certain factors, including the industry of the

D-258


Table of Contents

issuer, in order to make our determination as to whether the dilution is excessive.
Other stock-based plans which are not excessively dilutive, using the same process set forth in the preceding bullet
Expansions to reporting of financial or compensation-related information, within reason
Proposals requiring the disclosure of executive retirement benefits if the issuer does not have an independent compensation committee
Remuneration policies that are judged to be in-line with local market practices.
Routine Business Items
General updating of or corrective amendments to charter not otherwise specifically addressed herein, unless such amendments would reasonably be expected to diminish shareholder rights (e.g. extension of directors’ term limits, amending shareholder vote requirement to amend the charter documents, insufficient information provided as to the reason behind the amendment)
Change in Corporation Name
Mandates that amendments to bylaws or charters have shareholder approval
Other
Adoption of anti-“greenmail” provisions, provided that the proposal: (i) defines greenmail; (ii) prohibits buyback offers to large block holders (holders of at least 1% of the outstanding shares and in certain cases, a greater amount, as determined by the Proxy Review Committee) not made to all shareholders or not approved by disinterested shareholders; and (iii) contains no anti-takeover measures or other provisions restricting the rights of shareholders
Repeals or prohibitions of “greenmail” provisions
“Opting-out” of business combination provision
II. Generally, FM votes against the following items:
Board of Directors
Establishment of classified boards of directors, unless 80% of the board is independent and the company does not have shareholder rights plan (poison pill),
Proposals requesting re-election of insiders or affiliated directors who serve on audit, compensation, or nominating committees
Limits to tenure of directors
Requirements that candidates for directorships own large amounts of stock before being eligible to be elected
Restoration of cumulative voting in the election of directors

D-259


Table of Contents

Removal of a director, unless we determine the director (i) is not adequately independent of management or (ii) simultaneously serves on an unreasonable (as determined by FM) number of other boards (other than those affiliated with the issuer). Factors that we consider in evaluating independence include whether the director is an employee of or related to an employee of the issuer or its auditor, whether the director provides professional services to the issuer, or whether the director receives non-board related compensation from the issuer
The elimination of shareholders’ right to call special meetings or attempts to raise the ownership thresholdbeyond reasonable levels (as determined by SSgA).
Proposals that relate to the “transaction of other business as properly comes before the meeting”, which extend “blank check” powers to those acting as proxy
Approval of Directors who have failed to act on a shareholder proposal that has been approved by a majority of outstanding shares
Directors at companies where prior non-cash compensation was improperly “backdated” or “springloaded” where one of the following scenarios exists:
(i) it is unknown whether the Compensation Committee had knowledge of such backdating at the time, (ii) the Compensation Committee was not independent at the time, and (iii) the director seeking reelection served on the Compensation Committee at the time; or
(i) it is unknown whether the Compensation Committee had knowledge of such backdating at the time, (ii) the Compensation Committee was independent at the time, and (iii) sufficient controls have not been implemented to avoid similar improper payments going forward; or
(i) the Compensation Committee had knowledge of such backdating at the time, and (ii) the director seeking reelection served on the Compensation Committee at the time; or
(i) the Compensation Committee did not have knowledge of such backdating at the time, and (ii) sufficient controls have not been implemented to avoid similar improper payments going forward
Capitalization
Capitalization changes that add “blank check” classes of stock (i.e. classes of stock with undefined voting rights) or classes that dilute the voting interests of existing shareholders
Capitalization changes that exceed 100% of the issuer’s current authorized capital unless management provides an appropriate rationale for such change
Anti-Takeover Measures
Anti-takeover and related provisions that serve to prevent the majority of shareholders from exercising their rights or effectively deter appropriate tender offers and other offers
Adjournment of Meeting to Solicit Additional Votes

D-260


Table of Contents

Shareholder rights plans that do not include a shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause), permitting ten percent of the shares to call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced
Adoption or renewal of a US issuer’s shareholder rights plan (“poison pill”)
Executive Compensation/Equity Compensation
Excessive compensation (i.e. compensation plans which are deemed by FM to be overly dilutive)
Retirement bonuses for non-executive directors and auditors
Proposals requiring the disclosure of executive retirement benefits if the issuer has an independent compensation committee
Routine Business Items
Amendments to bylaws which would require super-majority shareholder votes to pass or repeal certain provisions
Reincorporation in a location which has more stringent anti-takeover and related provisions
Proposals asking the board to adopt any form of majority voting, unless the majority standard indicated is based on a majority of shares outstanding.
Other
Requirements that the company provide costly, duplicative, or redundant reports, or reports of a non-business nature
Restrictions related to social, political, or special interest issues which affect the ability of the company to do business or be competitive and which have significant financial or best-interest impact
Proposals which require inappropriate endorsements or corporate actions
Proposals asking companies to adopt full tenure holding periods for their executives
III. FM evaluates Mergers and Acquisitions on a case-by-case basis. Consistent with our proxy policy, we support management in seeking to achieve their objectives for shareholders. However, in all cases, FM uses its discretion in order to maximize shareholder value. FM generally votes as follows:
Against offers with potentially damaging consequences for minority shareholders because of illiquid stock, especially in some non-US markets
Against offers when we believe that reasonable prospects exist for an enhanced bid or other bidders

D-261


Table of Contents

Against offers where, at the time of voting, the current market price of the security exceeds the bid price
For proposals to restructure or liquidate closed end investment funds in which the secondary market price is substantially lower than the net asset value
For offers made at a premium where no other higher bidder exists
Protecting Shareholder Value
We at FM agree entirely with the United States Department of Labor’s position that “where proxy voting decisions may have an effect on the economic value of the plan’s underlying investment, plan fiduciaries should make proxy voting decisions with a view to enhancing the value of the shares of stock” (IB 94-2). Our proxy voting policy and procedures are designed with the intent that our clients receive the best possible returns on their investments. We meet directly with corporation representatives and participate in conference calls and third-party inquiries in order to ensure our processes are as fully informed as possible. However, we use each piece of information we receive – whether from clients, consultants, the media, the issuer, RMG or other sources — as one part of our analysis in seeking to carry out our duties as a fiduciary and act in the best interest of our clients. We are not unduly influenced by the identity of any particular source, but use all the information to form our opinion as to the best outcome for our clients.
Through our membership in the Council of Institutional Investors as well as our contact with corporate pension plans, public funds, and unions, we are also able to communicate extensively with other shareholders regarding events and issues relevant to individual corporations, general industry, and current shareholder concerns.
FM regularly engages with companies to discuss a variety of corporate governance issues, with the goal of obtaining insight on the principles and practices that drive our voting decisions. Through our discussions with boards and management, we seek to strengthen the quality of corporate governance, as a means to protect and enhance shareholder value. During our discussions, we focus on the attributes and practices that we believe enhance our clients’ returns.
In addition to tracking lists provided by third party advisory firms, the Governance Team screens for underperforming issuers that may trigger a deeper review of company governance profiles and practices. The Governance Team, along with the Proxy Review Committee when necessary, will monitor and perform case-by-case analyses of companies identified through these screens.
As an active shareholder, FM’s role is to support corporate policies that serve the best interests of our clients. Though we do not seek involvement in the day-to-day operations of an organization, we recognize the need for conscientious oversight of and input into management decisions that may affect a company’s value. To that end, our monitoring of corporate management and industry events is substantially more detailed than that of the typical shareholder. We have demonstrated our willingness to vote against management-sponsored initiatives and to support shareholder proposals when appropriate. To date we have not filed proposals or initiated letter-writing or other campaigns, but have used our active participation in the corporate governance process—especially the proxy voting process—as the most effective means by which to communicate our and our clients’ legitimate shareholder concerns. Should an issue arise in conjunction with a specific corporation that cannot be satisfactorily resolved through these means, we shall consider other approaches.

D-262


Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts
As discussed above under Process, from time to time, FM will review a proxy which may present a potential conflict of interest. As a fiduciary to its clients, FM takes these potential conflicts very seriously While FM’s only goal in addressing any such potential conflict is to ensure that proxy votes are cast in the clients’ best interests and are not affected by FM’s potential conflict, there are a number of courses FM may take. Although various relationships could be deemed to give rise to a conflict of interest, we have determined that two categories of relationships present a sufficiently serious concern to warrant an alternative process: customers of FM or its affiliates which are among the top 100 clients of FM and its affiliates based upon revenue; and the 10 largest broker-dealers used by SSgA, based upon revenue (a “Material Relationship”).
When the matter falls clearly within the polices set forth above or the guidance previously provided by FM to RMG and the proxy is to be voted in accordance with that guidance, we do not believe that such decision represents a conflict of interest and no special procedures are warranted.
In circumstances where either (i) the matter does not fall clearly within the policies set forth above or the guidancepreviously provided to RMG, or (ii) FM determines that voting in accordance with such policies or guidance is not in the best interests of its clients, the Head of Corporate Governance will compare the name of the issuer against a list of the top 100 revenue generating clients of State Street Corporation and its affiliates and a list of the top 10 broker-dealer relationships to determine if a Material Relationship exists. (These lists are updated quarterly.) If the issuer’s nameappears on either list and the pre-determined policy is not being followed, FM will employ the services of a third party, wholly independent of FM, its affiliates and those parties involved in the proxy issue, to determine the appropriate vote.
However, in certain circumstances the SSgA Proxy Review Committee may determine that the use of a third party fiduciary is not necessary or appropriate, either because the matter involved does not involve a material issue or because the issue in question affects the underlying value of the portfolio position and it is appropriate for FM, notwithstanding the potential conflict of interest, to vote the security in a manner that it determines will maximize the value to its client. In such situations, the SSgA Proxy Committee, or if a broader discussion is warranted, the SSgA Investment Committee, shall make a decision as to the voting of the proxy. The basis for the voting decision, including the basis for the determination that the decision is in the best interests of FM’s clients, shall be formalized in writing as a part of the minutes to the Investment Committee.
Recordkeeping
In accordance with applicable law, FM shall retain the following documents for not less than five years from the end of the year in which the proxies were voted, the first two years in FM’s office:
1) FM’s Proxy Voting Policy and any additional procedures created pursuant to such Policy;
2) a copy of each proxy statement FM receives regarding securities held by its clients (note: this requirement may be satisfied by a third party who has agreed in writing to do so or by obtaining a copy of the proxy statement from the EDGAR database);

D-263


Table of Contents

3) a record of each vote cast by FM (note: this requirement may be satisfied by a third party who has agreed in writing to do so);
4) a copy of any document created by FM that was material in making its voting decision or that memorializes the basis for such decision; and
5) a copy of each written request from a client, and response to the client, for information on how FM voted the client’s proxies.
Disclosure of Client Voting Information
Any client who wishes to receive information on how its proxies were voted should contact its FM client service officer.

D-264


Table of Contents

T. ROWE PRICE ASSOCIATES, INC
T. ROWE PRICE INTERNATIONAL, INC
T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL INVESTMENT SERVICES, LTD
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
RESPONSIBILITY TO VOTE PROXIES
     T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., T. Rowe Price International, Inc., and T. Rowe Price Global Investment Services Limited (“T. Rowe Price”) recognize and adhere to the principle that one of the privileges of owning stock in a company is the right to vote in the election of the company’s directors and on matters affecting certain important aspects of the company’s structure and operations that are submitted to shareholder vote. As an investment adviser with a fiduciary responsibility to its clients, T. Rowe Price analyzes the proxy statements of issuers whose stock is owned by the U.S.-registered investment companies which it sponsors and serves as investment adviser (“T. Rowe Price Funds”) and by institutional and private counsel clients who have requested that T. Rowe Price be involved in the proxy process. T. Rowe Price has assumed the responsibility for voting proxies on behalf of the T. Rowe Price Funds and certain counsel clients who have delegated such responsibility to T. Rowe Price. In addition, T. Rowe Price makes recommendations regarding proxy voting to counsel clients who have not delegated the voting responsibility but who have requested voting advice.
     T. Rowe Price has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies and Procedures”) for the purpose of establishing formal policies and procedures for performing and documenting its fiduciary duty with regard to the voting of client proxies.
     Fiduciary Considerations. It is the policy of T. Rowe Price that decisions with respect to proxy issues will be made in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the portfolio company from the viewpoint of the particular client or Price Fund. Proxies are voted solely in the interests of the client, Price Fund shareholders or, where employee benefit plan assets are involved, in the interests of plan participants and beneficiaries. Our intent has always been to vote proxies, where possible to do so, in a manner consistent with our fiduciary obligations and responsibilities. Practicalities and costs involved with international investing may make it impossible at times, and at other times disadvantageous, to vote proxies in every instance.
     Consideration Given Management Recommendations. One of the primary factors T. Rowe Price considers when determining the desirability of investing in a particular company is the quality and depth of its management. The Policies and Procedures were developed with the recognition that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations of the company, as well as its long-term direction and strategic planning, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors. Accordingly, T. Rowe Price believes that the recommendation of management on most issues should be given weight in determining how proxy issues should be voted. However, the position of the company’s management will not be supported in any situation where it is found to be not in the best interests of the client, and the portfolio manager may always elect to vote contrary to management when he or she believes a particular proxy proposal may adversely affect the investment merits of owning stock in a portfolio company.

D-265


Table of Contents

ADMINISTRATION OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
     Proxy Committee. T. Rowe Price’s Proxy Committee (“Proxy Committee”) is responsible for establishing positions with respect to corporate governance and other proxy issues, including those involving corporate and social responsibility issues. The Proxy Committee also reviews questions and responds to inquiries from clients and mutual fund shareholders pertaining to proxy issues. While the Proxy Committee sets voting guidelines and serves as a resource for T. Rowe Price portfolio management, it does not have proxy voting authority for any Price Fund or counsel client. Rather, this responsibility is held by the Chairperson of the Fund’s Investment Advisory Committee or counsel client’s portfolio manager.
     Proxy Services Group. The Proxy Services Group is responsible for administering the proxy voting process as set forth in the Policies and Procedures.
     Proxy Administrator. The Proxy Services Group will assign a Proxy Administrator who will be responsible for ensuring that all meeting notices are reviewed and important proxy matters are communicated to the portfolio managers for consideration.
HOW PROXIES ARE REVIEWED, PROCESSED AND VOTED
     In order to facilitate the proxy voting process, T. Rowe Price has retained RiskMetrics Group (“RMG”), formerly known as Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. RMG specializes in providing a variety of fiduciary-level proxy advisory and voting services. These services include in-depth research, analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting, auditing and consulting assistance for the handling of proxy voting responsibility and corporate governance-related efforts. While the Proxy Committee relies upon RMG research in establishing T. Rowe Price’s proxy voting guidelines, and many of our guidelines are consistent with RMG positions, T. Rowe Price deviates from RMG recommendations on some general policy issues and a number of specific proxy proposals.
Meeting Notification
     T. Rowe Price utilizes RMG’s voting agent services to notify us of upcoming shareholder meetings for portfolio companies held in client accounts and to transmit votes to the various custodian banks of our clients. RMG tracks and reconciles T. Rowe Price holdings against incoming proxy ballots. If ballots do not arrive on time, RMG procures them from the appropriate custodian or proxy distribution agent. Meeting and record date information is updated daily, and transmitted to T. Rowe Price through Governance Analytics, RMG’s web-based application. RMG is also responsible for maintaining copies of all proxy statements received by issuers and to promptly provide such materials to T. Rowe Price upon request.
Vote Determination
    RMG provides comprehensive summaries of proxy proposals, publications discussing key proxy voting issues, and specific vote recommendations regarding portfolio company proxies to assist in the proxy research process. The final authority and responsibility for proxy voting decisions remains with T. Rowe Price. Decisions with respect to proxy matters are made

D-266


Table of Contents

    primarily in light of the anticipated impact of the issue on the desirability of investing in the company from the viewpoint of our clients.
          Portfolio managers may decide to vote their proxies consistent with T. Rowe Price’s policies as set by the Proxy Committee and instruct our Proxy Administrator to vote all proxies accordingly. Alternatively, portfolio managers may request to review the vote recommendations and sign-off on all the proxies before the votes are cast, or may choose only to sign-off on those votes cast against management. The portfolio managers are also given the option of reviewing and determining the votes on all proxies without utilizing the vote guidelines of the Proxy Committee. In all cases, the portfolio managers may elect to receive current reports summarizing all proxy votes in his or her client accounts. Portfolio managers who vote their proxies inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines are required to document the rationale for their votes. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for maintaining this documentation and assuring that it adequately reflects the basis for any vote which is cast in opposition to T. Rowe Price policy.
T. Rowe Price Voting Policies
    Specific voting guidelines have been adopted by the Proxy Committee for routine anti-takeover, executive compensation and corporate governance proposals, as well as other common shareholder proposals, and are available to clients upon request. The following is a summary of the significant T. Rowe Price policies:
    Election of Directors – T. Rowe Price generally supports slates with a majority of independent directors. T. Rowe Price votes against outside directors that do not meet certain criteria relating to their independence but who serve on key board committees. We vote against directors who are unable to dedicate sufficient time to their board duties due to their commitments to other boards. We also vote against inside directors serving on key board committees and directors who miss more than one-fourth of the scheduled board meetings. We may vote against directors for failing to establish a formal nominating committee, as well as compensation committee members who approve excessive compensation plans. We support efforts to elect all board members annually because boards with staggered terms act as deterrents to takeover proposals. To strengthen boards’ accountability to shareholders, T. Rowe Price generally supports proposals calling for a majority vote threshold for the election of directors.
     Anti-takeover, Capital Structure and Corporate Governance Issues – T. Rowe Price generally opposes anti-takeover measures since they adversely impact shareholder rights and limit the ability of shareholders to act on possible transactions. Such anti-takeover mechanisms include classified boards, supermajority voting requirements, dual share classes, and poison pills. We also oppose proposals that give management a “blank check” to create new classes of stock with disparate rights and privileges. When voting on capital structure proposals, T. Rowe Price will consider the dilutive impact to shareholders and the effect on shareholder rights. We generally support shareholder proposals that call for the separation of the Chairman and CEO positions unless there are sufficient governance safeguards already in place. With respect to proposals for the approval of a company’s auditor, we oppose auditors who have a significant non-audit relationship with the company.

D-267


Table of Contents

     Executive Compensation Issues – T. Rowe Price’s goal is to assure that a company’s equity-based compensation plan is aligned with shareholders’ long-term interests. While we evaluate plans on a case-by-case basis, T. Rowe Price generally opposes compensation packages that provide what we view as excessive awards to a few senior executives or that contain excessively dilutive stock option grants based on a number of criteria such as the costs associated with the plan, plan features, burn rates which are excessive in relation to the company’s peers, dilution to shareholders and comparability to plans in the company’s peer group. We generally oppose efforts to reprice options in the event of a decline in value of the underlying stock unless such plans appropriately balance shareholder and employee interests, and the retention of key personnel has become a genuine risk to the company’s business. For companies with particularly egregious pay practices such as excessive severance packages, perks, and bonuses (despite under-performance), or moving performance targets (to avoid poor payouts), we may vote against compensation committee members. Finally, we vote for proposals (either management or shareholder-sponsored) calling for shareholder ratification of a company’s executive compensation practices (“Say-on-Pay” proposals) a majority of the time.
     Mergers and Acquisitions – T. Rowe Price considers takeover offers, mergers, and other extraordinary corporate transactions on a case-by-case basis to determine if they are beneficial to shareholders’ current and future earnings stream and to ensure that our Price Funds and clients are receiving fair compensation in exchange for their investment.
     Social and Corporate Responsibility Issues – Vote recommendations for corporate responsibility issues are generated by the Global Corporate Governance Analyst using RMG’s proxy research. T. Rowe Price generally votes with a company’s management on social, environmental and corporate responsibility issues unless the issue has substantial investment implications for the company’s business or operations which have not been adequately addressed by management. T. Rowe Price supports well-targeted shareholder proposals on environmental and other public policy issues that are particularly relevant to a company’s businesses.
    Global Portfolio Companies – RMG applies a two-tier approach to determining and applying global proxy voting policies. The first tier establishes baseline policy guidelines for the most fundamental issues, which span the corporate governance spectrum without regard to a company’s domicile. The second tier takes into account various idiosyncrasies of different countries, making allowances for standard market practices, as long as they do not violate the fundamental goals of good corporate governance. The goal is to enhance shareholder value through effective use of the shareholder franchise, recognizing that application of policies developed for U.S. corporate governance issues are not necessarily appropriate for all markets. The Proxy Committee has reviewed RMG’s general global policies and has developed international proxy voting guidelines which in most instances are consistent with RMG recommendations.
Votes Against Company Management – Where RMG recommends a vote against management on any particular proxy issue, the Proxy Administrator ensures that the portfolio manager reviews such recommendations before a vote is cast. Consequently, if a portfolio manager believes that management’s view on a particular proxy proposal may adversely affect the investment merits of owning stock in a particular company, he/she votes contrary to management. Also, our research analysts present their voting recommendations in such situations to our portfolio managers.

D-268


Table of Contents

     Index and Passively Managed Accounts – Proxy voting for index and other passively-managed portfolios is administered by the Proxy Services Group using T. Rowe Price’s policies as set by the Proxy Committee. If a portfolio company is held in both an actively managed account and an index account, the index account will default to the vote as determined by the actively managed proxy voting process.
     Divided Votes – In situations where a decision is made which is contrary to the policies established by the Proxy Committee, or differs from the vote for any other client or T. Rowe Price Fund, the Proxy Services Group advises the portfolio managers involved of the divided vote. The persons representing opposing views may wish to confer to discuss their positions. In such instances, it is the normal practice for the portfolio manager to document the reasons for the vote if it is against T. Rowe Price policy. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for assuring that adequate documentation is maintained to reflect the basis for any vote which is cast in opposition to T. Rowe Price policy.
     Shareblocking – Shareblocking is the practice in certain foreign countries of “freezing” shares for trading purposes in order to vote proxies relating to those shares. In markets where shareblocking applies, the custodian or sub-custodian automatically freezes shares prior to a shareholder meeting once a proxy has been voted. Shareblocking typically takes place between one and fifteen (15) days before the shareholder meeting, depending on the market. In markets where shareblocking applies, there is a potential for a pending trade to fail if trade settlement takes place during the blocking period. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally to abstain from voting shares in shareblocking countries unless the matter has compelling economic consequences that outweigh the loss of liquidity in the blocked shares.
     Securities on Loan – The T. Rowe Price Funds and our institutional clients may participate in securities lending programs to generate income. Generally, the voting rights pass with the securities on loan; however, lending agreements give the lender the right to terminate the loan and pull back the loaned shares provided sufficient notice is given to the custodian bank in advance of the voting deadline. T. Rowe Price’s policy is generally not to vote securities on loan unless the portfolio manager has knowledge of a material voting event that could affect the value of the loaned securities. In this event, the portfolio manager has the discretion to instruct the Proxy Administrator to pull back the loaned securities in order to cast a vote at an upcoming shareholder meeting.
Vote Execution and Monitoring of Voting Process
          Once the vote has been determined, the Proxy Administrator enters votes electronically into RMG’s Governance Analytics system. RMG then transmits the votes to the proxy agents or custodian banks and sends electronic confirmation to T. Rowe Price indicating that the votes were successfully transmitted.
On a daily basis, the Proxy Administrator queries the Governance Analytics system to determine newly announced meetings and meetings not yet voted. When the date of the stockholders’ meeting is approaching, the Proxy Administrator contacts the applicable portfolio manager if the vote for a particular client or Price Fund has not yet been recorded in the computer system.

D-269


Table of Contents

     Should a portfolio manager wish to change a vote already submitted, the portfolio manager may do so up until the deadline for vote submission, which varies depending on the company’s domicile.
Monitoring and Resolving Conflicts of Interest
          The Proxy Committee is also responsible for monitoring and resolving possible material conflicts between the interests of T. Rowe Price and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. We have adopted safeguards to ensure that our proxy voting is not influenced by interests other than those of our fund shareholders. While membership on the Proxy Committee is diverse, it does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. Since T. Rowe Price’s voting guidelines are pre-determined by the Proxy Committee using recommendations from RMG, an independent third party, application of the T. Rowe Price guidelines by fund portfolio managers to vote fund proxies should in most instances adequately address any possible conflicts of interest. However, the Proxy Committee reviews all proxy votes that are inconsistent with T. Rowe Price guidelines to determine whether the portfolio manager’s voting rationale appears reasonable. The Proxy Committee also assesses whether any business or other relationships between T. Rowe Price and a portfolio company could have influenced an inconsistent vote on that company’s proxy. Issues raising possible conflicts of interest are referred to designated members of the Proxy Committee for immediate resolution prior to the time T. Rowe Price casts its vote. With respect to personal conflicts of interest, T. Rowe Price’s Code of Ethics and Conduct requires all employees to avoid placing themselves in a “compromising position” in which their interests may conflict with those of our clients and restricts their ability to engage in certain outside business activities. Portfolio managers or Proxy Committee members with a personal conflict of interest regarding a particular proxy vote must recuse themselves and not participate in the voting decisions with respect to that proxy.
          Specific Conflict of Interest Situations — Voting of T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. common stock (sym: TROW) by certain T. Rowe Price Index Funds will be done in all instances in accordance with T. Rowe Price policy, and votes inconsistent with policy will not be permitted. In addition, T. Rowe Price has voting authority for proxies of the holdings of certain T. Rowe Price funds that invest in other T. Rowe Price funds. In cases where the underlying fund of a T. Rowe Price fund-of -funds holds a proxy vote, T. Rowe Price will mirror vote the fund shares held by the fund-of-funds in the same proportion as the votes cast by the shareholders of the underlying funds.
REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION
Vote Summary Reports will be generated for each client that requests T. Rowe Price to furnish proxy voting records. The report specifies the portfolio companies, meeting dates, proxy proposals, and votes which have been cast for the client during the period and the position taken with respect to each issue. Reports normally cover quarterly or annual periods. All client requests for proxy information will be recorded and fulfilled by the Proxy Administrator.

D-270


Table of Contents

     T. Rowe Price retains proxy solicitation materials, memoranda regarding votes cast in opposition to the position of a company’s management, and documentation on shares voted differently. In addition, any document which is material to a proxy voting decision such as the T. Rowe Price voting guidelines, Proxy Committee meeting materials, and other internal research relating to voting decisions will be kept. Proxy statements received from issuers (other than those which are available on the SEC’s EDGAR database) are kept by RMG in its capacity as voting agent and are available upon request. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation are retained for six years.

D-271


Table of Contents

UBS GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT AMERICAS CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND
PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
Policy Summary
     Underlying our voting and corporate governance policies we have two fundamental objectives:
     1. We seek to act in the best financial interests of our clients to enhance the long-term value of their investments.
     2. As an investment advisor, we have a strong commercial interest that companies in which we invest on behalf of our clients are successful. We promote best practice in the boardroom.
     To achieve these objectives, we have implemented this Policy, which we believe is reasonably designed to guide our exercise of voting rights and the taking of other appropriate actions, and to support and encourage sound corporate governance practice.
     This policy helps to maximize the economic value of our clients‘ investments by establishing proxy voting standards that conform with UBS Global Asset Management‘s philosophy of good corporate governance.
Risks Addressed by this Policy
This policy is designed to addresses the following risks:
  Failure to provide required disclosures for investment advisers and registered investment companies.
  Failure to vote proxies in best interest of clients and funds.
  Failure to identify and address conflicts of interest.
  Failure to provide adequate oversight of third party service providers.

D-272


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Voting and Corporate Governance Policy
A. Global Corporate Governance Principles
Overview
These principles describe the approach of UBS Global Asset Management (Americas) Inc., (UBS Global AM) to corporate governance and to the exercise of voting rights on behalf of its clients (which include funds, individuals, pension schemes, and all other advisory clients).
Where clients of UBS Global AM have delegated the discretion to exercise the voting rights for shares they beneficially own, UBS Global AM has a fiduciary duty to vote shares in the clients’ best interests. These principles set forth UBS Global AM’s approach to corporate governance and to the exercise of voting rights when clients have delegated their voting rights to UBS Global AM.
Key principles
UBS Global AM’s global corporate governance principles are based on our active investment style and structure whereby we have detailed knowledge of the investments we make on behalf of our clients and therefore are in a position to judge what is in the best interests of our clients as beneficial owners.
We believe voting rights have economic value and should be treated accordingly. Where we have been given the discretion to vote on clients’ behalves, we will exercise our delegated fiduciary responsibility by voting in a manner we believe will most favorably impact the economic value of their investments.
Good corporate governance should, in the long term, lead towards both better corporate performance and improved shareholder value. Thus, we expect board members of companies in which we have invested to act in the service of the shareholders, view themselves as stewards of the company, exercise good judgment and practice diligent oversight of the management of the

D-273


Table of Contents

company. A commitment to acting in as transparent a manner as possible is fundamental to good governance.
Underlying our voting and corporate governance principles we have two fundamental objectives:
  1.   We seek to act in the best financial interests of our clients to enhance the long-term value of their investments.
 
  2.   As an investment advisor, we have a strong commercial interest that companies in which we invest, on behalf of our clients are successful. We promote best practice in the boardroom.
To achieve these objectives, we have established this Policy, which we believe is reasonably designed to guide our exercise of voting rights and the taking of other appropriate actions, and to support and encourage sound corporate governance practice. These Principles are implemented globally to harmonize our philosophies across UBS Global AM offices worldwide. However, these Principles permit individual regions or countries within UBS Global AM the discretion to reflect local laws or standards where appropriate.
While there is no absolute set of standards that determine appropriate governance under all circumstances and no set of values will guarantee ethical board behavior, there are certain principles, which provide evidence of good corporate governance. We will, therefore, generally exercise voting rights on behalf of clients in accordance with the following principles.
Board Structure
Some significant factors for an effective board structure include:
  An effective Chairman is key;
  The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive generally should be separated;
  Board members should have appropriate and diverse experience and be capable of providing good judgment and diligent oversight of the management of the company;
  The Board should include executive and non-executive directors; and
  Non-executive directors should provide a challenging, but generally supportive environment for the executive directors.
Board Responsibilities
Some significant factors for effective discharge of board responsibilities include:
  The whole Board should be fully involved in endorsing strategy and in all major strategic decisions (e.g., mergers and acquisitions).
 
  The Board should ensure that at all times:
  –    Appropriate management succession plans are in place;
 
  –    The interests of executives and shareholders are aligned;
 
  –    The financial audit is independent and accurate;
 
  –    The brand and reputation of the company is protected and enhanced;
 
  –    A constructive dialogue with shareholders is encouraged; and
 
  –    It receives all the information necessary to hold management to account.

D-274


Table of Contents

Areas of Focus
Some examples of areas of concern related to our Corporate Governance focus include the following:
  Economic value resulting from acquisitions or disposals;
 
  Operational performance;
 
  Quality of management;
 
  Independent non-executive directors not holding executive management to account;
 
  Quality of internal controls;
 
  Lack of transparency;
 
  Inadequate succession planning;
 
  Poor approach to corporate social responsibility;
 
  Inefficient management structure; and
 
  Corporate activity designed to frustrate the ability of shareholders to hold the Board to account or realize the maximum value of their investment.
B. Macro-Rationales and Explanations for Proxy Voting
Overview
These macro-rationales and explanations detail UBS Global AM’s approach to the exercise of voting rights on behalf of its clients (which includes funds, individuals, pension schemes, and all other advisory clients). The basis of the macro rationales and explanations is to define guidelines for voting shares held on behalf of our advisory clients in their best interests.
Macro-Rationales are used to help explain our proxy vote. The Macro-Rationales reflect our global governance principles and local policies, enables voting consistency and provides flexibility our analyst can reflect specific knowledge of the company as it relates to a proposal. Explanations are associated with each Macro-Rationale and are used in our proxy voting operations to communicate our voting decision internally and on client reports.
PROXY VOTING MACRO RATIONALES & EXPLAINATIONS
     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
1. General Guidelines
   
 
   
a. When our view of the management is favorable, we generally support current management initiatives. When our view is that changes to the management structure would probably increase shareholder value, we may not support existing management proposals.
  1. View of management is Favorable.

2. View of management is Un-Favorable.
 
   
b. If management’s performance has been questionable we may abstain or vote against specific proxy proposals.
  1. Management performance is questionable.
 
   
c. Where there is a clear conflict between management and shareholder interests, even in those cases where management has been doing a good job, we may elect to vote against management.
  1. A conflict exists between the board and shareholder interests.
 
   
d. In general, we oppose proposals, which in our view, act to entrench management.
  1. Proposal entrenches management.

D-275


Table of Contents

     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
e. In some instances, even though we strongly support management, there are some corporate governance issues that, in spite of management objections, we believe should be subject to shareholder approval.
  1. While we support management, this proposal should be voted on by shareholders.
 
   
2. Board of Directors and Auditors
   
 
   
a. Unless our objection to management’s recommendation is strenuous, if we believe auditors are competent and professional, we support continuity in the appointed auditing firm subject to regular review.
  1. We believe the auditors are competent.

2. We object to these auditors.

3. Nominee for independent Internal Statutory Auditor not considered independent.
 
   
b. We generally vote for proposals that seek to fix the size of the board and/or require shareholder approval to alter the size of the board and that allow shareholders to remove directors with or without cause.
  1. Shareholders should be able to set the size of the board.
 
   
c. We generally vote for proposals that permit shareholders to act by written consent and/or give the right to shareholders to call a special meeting.
  1. Shareholders should have the right to call a special meeting.
 
   
Macro Rationale
  Explanation
 
   
d. We will vote for separation of Chairman and CEO if we believe it will lead to better company management, otherwise, we will support an outside lead director board structure.
  1. Company does not have a lead director.

2. Company has a lead director.

3. Combined Chairman and Chief Executive, contrary to best practice.
 
   
e. We will normally vote for all board members unless we determine conflicts exist or the board is not independent.
  1. Board ignored shareholder vote.

2. Executive contract exceeds 1 year in length.

3. Not considered independent insufficient independent non-executives.

4. Member of the Audit or Remuneration Committee(s), not considered Independent.

5. Bundled resolution for election of Directors not appropriate.

6. Not Independent, serves on the Compensation and Nomination Committees.

7. Executive contract exceeds 4 years.

8. Not in shareholders’ interests.
 
   
3. Compensation
   
 
   
a. We will not try to micro-manage compensation schemes; however, we believe remuneration should
  1. We will not-micro manage compensation.

D-276


Table of Contents

     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
not be excessive, and we will not support compensation plans that are poorly structured or otherwise egregious.
  2. The overall quantum of remuneration is too high.
 
   
b. Senior management compensation should be set by independent directors according to industry standards, taking advice from benefits consultants where appropriate.
  1. Compensation should be set by the board, not shareholders.
 
   
c. All senior management and board compensation should be disclosed within annual financial statements, including the value of fringe benefits, company pension contributions, deferred compensation and any company loans.
  1. Transparency in compensation is desired.

D-277


Table of Contents

     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
d. We may vote against a compensation or incentive program if it is not adequately tied to a company’s fundamental financial performance; is vague; is not in line with market practices; allows for option re-pricing; does not have adequate performance hurdles or is highly dilutive.
  1. Remuneration policy insufficiently aligned with shareholder interests.

2. The vesting conditions are inappropriate.

3. The vesting conditions are insufficiently challenging.

4. The matching awards are too generous.

5. The re-pricing of options is against best practice.

6. Dilution of executive remuneration scheme exceeds best practice guidelines.

7. Plan structure does not provide suitable long term incentive.

8. Performance conditions unsatisfactory.

9. Contrary to best market practice.

 
   
e. Where company and management’s performance has been poor, we may object to the issuance of additional shares for option purposes such that management is rewarded for poor performance or further entrenches its position.
  1. Rewards for poor performance are unacceptable.
 
   
f. Given the increased level of responsibility and oversight required of directors, it is reasonable to expect that compensation should increase commensurably. We consider that there should be an appropriate balance between fixed and variable elements of compensation and between short and long term incentives.
  1. Compensation should be balanced.
 
   
g. In order to increase reporting transparency and approximate accuracy, we believe stock options should be expensed.
  1. Stock Options should be expensed.

D-278


Table of Contents

     
Rationale   Explanation
4. Governance Provisions
   
 
   
a. We believe that votes at company meetings should be determined on the basis of one share one vote. We will vote against cumulative voting proposals.
  1. One Share, One Vote.
 
   
b. We believe that “poison pill” proposals, which dilute an issuer’s stock when triggered by particular events, such as take-over bids or buy-outs, should be voted on by the shareholders and will support attempts to bring them before the shareholders.
  1. Poison Pill proposals should have shareholder approval.

2. Current anti-takeover provisions are adequate.
 
   
c. Any substantial new share issuance should require prior shareholder approval.
  1. Significant share increase should have shareholder approval.
 
   
d. We believe proposals that authorize the issuance of new stock without defined terms or have conditions that are intended to thwart a take-over or restrict effective control by shareholders should be discouraged.
  1. Blank check stock issuance is not acceptable.

2. Anti-takeover defense, not in shareholders interests.

3. General authority to issue shares without pre-emption rights not in shareholders interests.
 
   
e. We will support directives to increase the independence of the board of directors when we believe that the measures will improve shareholder value.
  1. We support efforts to improve board independence.
 
   
f. We generally do not oppose management’s recommendation to implement a staggered or classified board and generally support the regular re-election of directors on a rotational basis as it may provide some continuity of oversight.
  1. Staggered or classified boards provide continuity.

2. Annual election of directors agreeable with management approval.
 
   
g. We will support reasonable proposals that enable shareholders to directly nominate directors.
  1. Proposal to nominate directors is reasonable.

2. Proposal to nominate directors is questionable.
 
   
h. We will vote for shareholder proposals requesting directors be elected by a Majority Vote unless the company has cumulative voting, a director resignation policy in place or is very likely to have one in place by the next meeting.
  1. A director resignation policy is in place.

2. A director resignation policy is not in place.

D-279


Table of Contents

     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
i. We will normally vote for proposals that reduce supermajority voting limits.
  1. We support reductions in super majority voting.

2. Existing super majority voting conditions are reasonable.
 
   
j. We will vote in favour of shareholder resolutions for confidential voting.
  1. We encourage confidential voting.
 
   
5. Capital Structure and Corporate Restructuring
   
 
   
a. It is difficult to direct where a company should incorporate, however, in instances where a move is motivated solely to entrench management or restrict effective corporate governance, we will vote accordingly.
  1. Companies are free to incorporate anywhere.

2. Actions motivated to entrench management.
 
   
b. In general we will oppose management initiatives to create dual classes of stock, which serves to insulate company management from shareholder opinion and action. We support shareholder proposals to eliminate dual class schemes.
  1. Dual classes of stock are inappropriate.
 
   
6. Mergers, Tenders Offers & Proxy Contests
   
 
   
a. Based on our analysis and research we will support proposals that increase shareholder value and vote against proposals that do not.
  1. We agree with the merger.

2. We object to the merger.
 
   
7. Social, Environmental, Political & Cultural
   
 
   
a. Depending on the situation, we do not typically vote to prohibit a company from doing business anywhere in the world.
  1. Companies should feel free to compete anywhere in the world.

D-280


Table of Contents

     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
b. There are occasional issues, we support, that encourage management to make changes or adopt more constructive policies with respect to social, environmental, political and other special interest issues, but in many cases we believe that the shareholder proposal may be too binding or restrict management’s ability to find an optimal solution. While we wish to remain sensitive to these issues, we believe there are better ways to resolve them than through a proxy proposal. We prefer to address these issues through engagement.
  1. Special interest proposals should not be addressed in the proxy.
 
   
c. Unless directed by clients to vote in favour of social, environmental, political and other special interest proposals, we are generally opposed to special interest proposals that involve an economic cost to the company or that restrict the freedom of management to operate in the best interest of the company and its shareholders.
  1. Proposal poses an unnecessary economic cost on the company
 
   
8. Administrative and Operations
   
 
   
a. Occasionally, stockholder proposals, such as asking for reports, conducting studies and making donations to the poor, are presented in a way that appear to be honest attempts at bringing up a worthwhile issue. Nevertheless, judgment must be exercised with care, as we do not expect our shareholder companies to be charitable institutions.
  1. Special reports, studies and disclosures are not considered economic.
 
   
b. We are sympathetic to shareholders who are long-term holders of a company’s stock, who desire to make concise statements about the long-term operations of the company in the proxy statement. However, because regulatory agencies do not require such actions, we may abstain unless we believe there are compelling reasons to vote for or against.
  1. Regulatory agencies do not require this action.

D-281


Table of Contents

     
Macro Rationale   Explanation
9. Miscellaneous
   
 
a. Where a client has given specific direction as to how to exercise voting rights on its behalf, we will vote in accordance with a client’s direction.
  1. Voted in accordance with a client guideline.
 
   
b. Where we have determined that the voting of a particular proxy is of limited benefit to clients or where the costs of voting a proxy outweigh the benefit to clients, we may abstain or choose not to vote. Among others, such costs may include the cost of translating a proxy, a requirement to vote in person at a shareholders meeting or if the process of voting restricts our ability to sell for a period of time (an opportunity cost).
  1. Obstacles exist to effectively voting this proxy.

2. Local voting practices could restrict our ability to manage the portfolio.
 
   
c. For holdings managed pursuant to quantitative, index or index-like strategies, we may delegate the authority to exercise voting rights for such strategies to an independent proxy voting and research service with the direction that the votes be exercised in accordance with this Policy. If such holdings are also held in an actively managed strategy, we will exercise the voting rights for the passive holdings according to the active strategy.
  1. Voting delegated to a proxy voting service per our guidelines.
 
   
d. In certain instances when we do not have enough information we may choose to abstain or vote against a particular proposal.
  1. Lack of details on proposals.
C. Global Voting and Corporate Governance Procedures
Overview
Where clients have delegated the discretion to exercise the voting rights for shares they beneficially own to UBS Global AM, we have a fiduciary duty to vote shares in the clients’ best interests. These procedures provide a structure for appropriately discharging this duty, including the handling of conflicts of interest.

D-282


Table of Contents

I. Corporate Governance Committees
Members
The UBS Global Asset Management Global Corporate Governance Committee (the “Global Committee) will approve the membership of the UBS Global AM Corporate Governance Committee (the “Americas Committee”). The membership in the Global Committee will be approved by the Equities Investment Committee of UBS Global Asset Management.
Responsibilities of the Global Committee
  To review, approve and oversee the implementation of the Global Corporate Governance Principles.
 
  Keep abreast of and share trends in corporate governance and update these principles as necessary.
 
  To provide a forum for discussing corporate governance issues between regions.
 
  Coordinate with the Communications group on all corporate or other communication related to global proxy issues.
 
  Consult with Analysts, Research Directors and others regarding issues relevant to portfolio companies.
 
  Engage and oversee any independent proxy voting services being used.
 
  Oversee the activities of the Local Corporate Governance Committees.
 
  Review and resolve conflicts of interest.
Meetings
Meetings will be held at least quarterly.
Local Corporate Governance Committees
Each office or region, as applicable, will set up a Local Corporate Governance Committee to discuss local corporate governance issues and to review proxies. Each Local Corporate Governance Committee will set its own agenda. The Global Committee will nominate the chairs for the Local Corporate Governance Committees. The local chair will nominate, for approval by the Global Committee, additional persons as candidates for membership on the local committee.
Responsibilities of the Americas Committee
The Americas Committee will serve as the local committee and is responsible for implementing this Policy in the Americas Region.
  Keep abreast of and share trends in corporate governance and update local policy as necessary.
 
  Provide a forum for discussing corporate governance issues within a region.
 
  Oversee the proxy voting process.
 
  Coordinate with the Communications group all corporate or other communication related to local proxy issues.
 
  Consult with Analysts, Research Directors and others regarding issues relevant to portfolio companies.
 
  Interpret the Global Corporate Governance Principles in the context of local legal requirements and practice, updating local policy as necessary.

D-283


Table of Contents

  Minutes of meetings to be sent to the Global Committee.
Meetings
Meetings will be held at least twice a year.
II. Interaction with Company and Board of Directors
Relationship with the Company and the Board of Directors
  On behalf of our clients, we aim to be supportive, long-term shareholders. We seek to develop both a long-term relationship and an understanding of mutual objectives and concerns with the companies in which we invest.
 
  We do this through meetings between our investment analysts and portfolio managers, on the one hand, and company management and the board of directors, on the other.
 
  These meetings enable us to have discussions with company management and the board of directors about corporate strategy and objectives and to make an assessment of management’s performance. They also allow us to monitor a particular company’s development over time and assess progress against our expectations as investors. They also give us an opportunity to outline what our expectations are and to explain our views on important issues.
Formal Communications with the Board
  Where we suspect poor corporate governance may negatively impact the long-term valuation of the company (including loss of confidence in senior management), we will attempt to gather further information from the company and standard information sources.
 
  If action is considered necessary, we will attempt to arrange an informal meeting with one or more non-executive (outside) directors to gather additional information and to learn more about the company’s corporate governance practices. The intent of the meeting with non-executive (outside) directors is to understand the company better and to communicate our concerns.
 
  All efforts to contact management or the board of directors regarding specific corporate governance issues should be approved by the Global Committee or if time is of the essence the Head or Deputy Head of Global Equity, and the Legal & Compliance Department.
 
  If it is determined that appropriate corporate governance practices are not present or likely to be put in place, then we may
    Formally communicate with the Chairman of the Board or the full Board of Directors;
 
    Withdraw our support for the common stock;
 
    Reflect our positions in our proxy vote opportunities; or
 
    Contact other shareholders regarding our concerns.
Any such steps may only be taken in compliance with applicable law.
III. Contacting the Media
UBS Global AM generally will not comment on any matters relating to corporate governance or proxy issues of any individual company. This policy is based on issues of client privilege as well as assuring compliance with various regulations. Requests from the media for general information relating to this Policy, comments on corporate governance or proxy issues relating to a specific security or general, non-specific issues related to corporate governance, must be

D-284


Table of Contents

directed via Communications/Marketing (country/region/business/investment/global) to the relevant investment area and Legal & Compliance Department. They will determine if there is to be an exception to this rule and inform the relevant Marketing/Communications team. The situation will be explained to UBS Media Relations who will notify the journalist of our position.
IV. Proxy Voting Process
Given the magnitude of the effort, availability of resources and local customs, certain functions and responsibilities may be delegated to the Local Corporate Governance Committees or others for the efficient processing of the votes. All operational proxy voting matters will be managed by a dedicated team located in the London office, irrespective of where the underlying client is managed.
The Global and Local Corporate Governance Committees, as appropriate, will bring Legal & Compliance into the decision making process on complex issues and on issues involving conflicts of interests.
The Americas Committee will appoint a deputy who is responsible for voting of all routine proxy matters in accordance with these policies and procedures. The deputy will contact the appropriate industry analyst and/or the members of the Americas Committee for guidance on how to vote non-routine matters.
The Americas Committee, or its delegate, will:
  Take necessary steps to determine that we are receiving ballots for all accounts over which we have voting authority and where we intend to vote;
 
  Instruct the Head of Operations to recall, if possible, securities that are currently on loan so that they may be voted on non-routine proxy matters;
 
  Implement procedures to identify conflicts and vote such proxies in accordance with Section VI of these procedures;
 
  Implement procedures to vote proxies in accordance with client direction if applicable; and
 
  Conduct periodic due diligence on any proxy voting services being employed.
V. Proxy Voting Disclosure Guidelines
General
  Upon request or as required by law or regulation, UBS Global AM will disclose to a client or client’s fiduciaries, the manner in which we exercised voting rights on behalf of the client.
 
  Upon request, we will inform a client of our intended vote. Note, however, in some cases, because of the controversial nature of a particular proxy, our intended vote may not be available until just prior to the deadline. If the request involves a conflict due to the client’s relationship with the company that has issued the proxy, the Legal & Compliance Department should be contacted immediately to ensure adherence to UBS Global AM Corporate Governance principles. (See Proxy Voting Conflict Guidelines below).
 
  Other than as described herein, we will not disclose our voting intentions or make public statements to any third party (except electronically to our proxy vote processor or regulatory agencies) including but not limited to proxy solicitors, non-clients, the media, or other UBS divisions, but we may inform such parties of the provisions of our Policy. We may communicate with other shareholders regarding a specific proposal but will not disclose our voting intentions or agree to vote in concert with another shareholder without approval from

D-285


Table of Contents

    the Chairman of the Global Corporate Governance Committee and regional Legal & Compliance Department.
  Any employee, officer or director of UBS Global Asset Management receiving an inquiry directly from a company will notify the appropriate industry analyst and persons responsible for voting the company’s proxies.
 
  Companies may be provided with the number of shares we own in them.
 
  Proxy solicitors will not be provided with either our votes or the number of shares we own in a particular company.
 
  In response to a proxy solicitor or company agent, we will acknowledge receipt of the proxy materials, inform them of our intent to vote or that we have voted, but not the manner in which we voted.
 
  We may inform the company (not their agent) where we have decided to vote against any material resolution at their company.
     The Chairman of the Global Committee and the Chair of the Americas Committee must approve exceptions to this disclosure policy.
VI. Proxy Voting Conflict Guidelines
In addition to the Proxy Voting Disclosure Guidelines above, UBS Global AM has implemented the following guidelines to address conflicts of interests that arise in connection with our exercise of voting rights on behalf of clients:
  Under no circumstances will general business, sales or marketing issues influence our proxy votes.
 
  UBS Global AM and its affiliates engaged in banking, broker-dealer and investment banking activities (“Affiliates”) have policies in place prohibiting the sharing of certain sensitive information. These policies prohibit our personnel from disclosing information regarding our voting intentions to any Affiliate. Any of our personnel involved in the proxy voting process who are contacted by an Affiliate regarding the manner in which we intend to vote on a specific issue, must terminate the contact and notify the Legal & Compliance Department immediately. {Note: Legal & Compliance personnel may have contact with their counterparts working for an Affiliate on matters involving information barriers.} In the event of any issue arising in relation to Affiliates, the Chair of the Global Committee must be advised, who will in turn advise the Chief Risk Officer.
 
  Where UBS Global AM is aware of a conflict of interest in voting a particular proxy, the Americas Committee will be notified of the conflict and will determine how such proxy should be voted.
VII. Record Keeping
UBS Global AM will maintain records of proxies voted. Such records include copies of:
  Our policies and procedures;
 
  Proxy statements received;
 
  Votes cast per client;
 
  Number of shares voted;
 
  Communications received and internal documents created that were material to the voting decision; and

D-286


Table of Contents

  A list of all proxies where it was determined a conflict existed and any written rationale created or approved by the Local Corporate Governance Committee supporting its voting decision.
Nothing in these procedures should be interpreted to prevent dialogue with the company and its advisers by the industry analyst, proxy voting delegates or other appropriate senior investment personnel when a company approaches us to discuss governance issues or resolutions they wish to include in their policy statement.

D-287


Table of Contents

     Appendix A
Special Disclosure Guidelines for Registered Investment Company Clients
1.   Registration Statement (Open-end and Closed-End Funds) Management is responsible for ensuring the following:
    That this policy and procedures, which are the policy and procedures used by the investment adviser on the Funds’ behalf, are described in the Statement of Additional Information (SAI). The policy and procedures may be described in the SAI or attached as an exhibit to the registration statement.
 
    That the SAI disclosure includes the procedures that are used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Funds’ investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the Fund, its investment adviser or principal underwriter, on the other.
 
    That the SAI disclosure states that information regarding how the Fund voted proxies during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free (or collect) telephone number; or on or through the Fund’s website, or both; and (ii) on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (Commission) website. If a request for the proxy voting record is received, the Fund must comply within three business days by first class mail. If website disclosure is elected, Form N-PX must be posted as soon as reasonable practicable after filing the report with the Commission, and must remain available on the website as long the Fund discloses that it is available on the website.
2.   Shareholder Annual and Semi-annual Report (Open-End and Closed-End Funds) Management is responsible for ensuring the following:
    That each Fund’s shareholders report contain a statement that a description of this policy and procedures is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a toll free or collect telephone number; (ii) on the Fund’s website, if applicable; and (iii) on the Commission’s website. If a request for the proxy voting record is received, the Fund must comply within three business days by first class mail.
 
    That the report contain a statement that information regarding how the Fund voted proxies during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll-free (or collect) telephone number; or on or through the Fund’s website, or both; and (ii) on the Commission’s website. If a request for the proxy voting record is received, the Fund must comply within three business days by first class mail. If website disclosure is elected, Form N-PX must be posted as soon as reasonable practicable after filing the report with the Commission, and must remain available on the website as long the Fund discloses that it is available on the website.
3.   Form N-PX (Open-End and Closed-End Funds) Management is responsible for ensuring the following:
    That this policy and procedures are described in Form N-CSR. In lieu of describing these documents, a copy of this policy and procedures may simply be included with the filing. However, the Commission’s preference is that the procedures by included directly in Form N-CSR and not attached as an exhibit to the N-CSR filing.
 
    That the N-CSR disclosure includes the procedures that are used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the

D-288


Table of Contents

      Funds’ investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund, its investment adviser or principal underwriter, on the other hand.
4.   Form N-PX (Open-End and Closed-End Funds) Management is responsible for ensuring the following:
    That the securities lending agreement used by a Fund will provide that when voting or consent rights that accompany a loan pass to the borrower, the Fund making the loan will have the right to call the loaned securities to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material affect on the applicable Fund’s investment in the loaned security.
 
    That each fund files its complete proxy voting records on Form N-PX for the twelve month period ended June 30 by no later than August 31 of each year.
 
    Fund management is responsible for reporting to the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer any material issues that arise in connection with the voting of Fund proxies or the preparation, review and filing of the Funds’ Form N-PX.
5.   Oversight of Disclosure:
    The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for ensuring that the required disclosures listed in these procedures are implemented and complied with. The Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer shall recommend to each Fund’s Board any changes to these policies and procedures that he or she deems necessary or appropriate to ensure that Funds’ compliance with relevant federal securities laws.

D-289


Table of Contents

Responsible Parties
     The following parties will be responsible for implementing and enforcing this policy: The Americas Committee and Chief Compliance Office of UBS Global AM or his/her designees
     Documentation
Monitoring and testing of this policy will be documented in the following ways:
    Annual review by Funds’ and UBS Global AM’s Chief Compliance Officer of effectiveness of these procedures
 
    Annual Report of Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of these procedures
 
    Periodic review of any proxy service vendor by the Chief Compliance Officer
 
    Periodic review of any proxy votes by the Americas Committee
Compliance Dates
    File Form N-PX by August 31 for each registered investment company client
 
    Annual review by the Funds’ and UBS Global AM’s Chief Compliance Officer of the effectiveness of these procedures
 
    Annual Report of Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of these procedures
 
    Form N-CSR, Shareholder Annual and Semi-Annual Reports, and annual updates to Fund registration statements as applicable
 
    Periodic review of any proxy service vendor by the Chief Compliance Officer
 
    Periodic review of proxy votes by the Americas Committee
Other Policies
Other policies that this policy may affect include:
    Recordkeeping Policy
 
    Affiliated Transaction Policy
 
    Code of Ethics
 
    Supervision of Service Providers Policy

D-290


Table of Contents

Wellington Management Company, LLP
Global Proxy Policy and Procedures
Introduction Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington Management”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that it believes are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best economic interests of its clients around the world.
Wellington Management’s Proxy Voting Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which are incorporated by reference to these Global Proxy Policy and Procedures, set forth the sets of guidelines that Wellington Management uses in voting specific proposals presented by the boards of directors or shareholders of companies whose securities are held in client portfolios for which Wellington Management has voting discretion. While the Guidelines set forth general sets of guidelines for voting proxies, it should be noted that these are guidelines and not rigid rules. Many of the Guidelines are accompanied by explanatory language that describes criteria that may affect our vote decision. The criteria as described are to be read as part of the guideline, and votes cast according to the criteria will be considered within guidelines. In some circumstances, the merits of a particular proposal may cause us to enter a vote that differs from the Guidelines.
Statement of Policy As a matter of policy, Wellington Management:
1  Takes responsibility for voting client proxies only upon a client’s written request.
2  Votes all proxies in the best interests of its clients as shareholders, i.e., to maximize economic value.
3  Develops and maintains broad guidelines setting out positions on common proxy issues, but also considers each proposal in the context of the issuer, industry, and country or countries in which its business is conducted.
4  Evaluates all factors it deems relevant when considering a vote, and may determine in certain instances that it is in the best interest of one or more clients to refrain from voting a given proxy ballot.
Introduction Upon a client’s written request, Wellington Management Company, LLP (“Wellington Management”) votes securities that are held in the client’s account in response to proxies solicited by the issuers of such securities. Wellington Management established these Global Proxy Voting Guidelines to document positions generally taken on common proxy issues voted on behalf of clients.
These guidelines are based on Wellington Management’s fiduciary obligation to act in the best economic interest of its clients as shareholders. Hence, Wellington Management examines and votes each proposal so that the long-term effect of the vote will ultimately increase shareholder value for our clients. Because ethical considerations can have an impact on the long-term value

D-291


Table of Contents

of assets, our voting practices are also attentive to these issues and votes will be cast against unlawful and unethical activity. Further, Wellington Management’s experience in voting proposals has shown that similar proposals often have different consequences for different companies. Moreover, while these Global Proxy Voting Guidelines are written to apply globally, differences in local practice and law make universal application impractical. Therefore, each proposal is evaluated on its merits, taking into account its effects on the specific company in question, and on the company within its industry. It should be noted that the following are guidelines, and not rigid rules, and Wellington Management reserves the right in all cases to vote contrary to guidelines where doing so is judged to represent the best economic interest of its clients.
Following is a list of common proposals and the guidelines on how Wellington Management anticipates voting on these proposals. The “(SP)” after a proposal indicates that the proposal is usually presented as a Shareholder Proposal.
Voting Guidelines Composition and Role of the Board of Directors
Election of Directors: Case-by-Case
We believe that shareholders’ ability to elect directors annually is the most important right shareholders have. We generally support management nominees, but will withhold votes from any director who is demonstrated to have acted contrary to the best economic interest of shareholders. We may also withhold votes from directors who failed to implement shareholder proposals that received majority support, implemented dead-hand or no-hand poison pills, or failed to attend at least 75% of scheduled board meetings.
Classify Board of Directors: Against
We will also vote in favor of shareholder proposals seeking to declassify boards.
Adopt Director Tenure/Retirement Age (SP): Against
Adopt Director & Officer Indemnification: For
We generally support director and officer indemnification as critical to the attraction and retention of qualified candidates to the board. Such proposals must incorporate the duty of care.
Allow Special Interest Representation to Board (SP): Against
Require Board Independence: For
We believe that, in the absence of a compelling counter-argument or prevailing market norms, at least 65% of a board should be comprised of independent directors, with independence defined by the local market regulatory authority. Our support for this level of independence may include withholding approval for non-independent directors, as well as votes in support of shareholder proposals calling for independence.
Require Key Board Committees to be Independent. For
Key board committees are the Nominating, Audit, and Compensation Committees. Exceptions will be made, as above, in respect of local market conventions.
Require a Separation of Chair and CEO or Require a For
Lead Director:
Approve Directors’ Fees: For
Approve Bonuses for Retiring Directors: Case-by-Case
Elect Supervisory Board/Corporate Assembly: For
Wellington Management Company, LLP Global Proxy Voting Guidelines Wellington Management Company, LLP
Elect/Establish Board Committee: For
Adopt Shareholder Access/Majority Vote on Election of Case-by-Case

D-292


Table of Contents

Directors (SP):
We believe that the election of directors by a majority of votes cast is the appropriate standard for companies to adopt and therefore generally will support those proposals that seek to adopt such a standard. Our support for such proposals will extend typically to situations where the relevant company has an existing resignation policy in place for directors that receive a majority of “withhold” votes. We believe that it is important for majority voting to be defined within the company’s charter and not simply within the company’s corporate governance policy.
Generally we will not support proposals that fail to provide for the exceptional use of a plurality standard in the case of contested elections. Further, we will not support proposals that seek to adopt a majority of votes outstanding (i.e., total votes eligible to be cast as opposed to actually cast) standard.
Management Compensation
Adopt/Amend Stock Option Plans: Case-by-Case
Adopt/Amend Employee Stock Purchase Plans: For
Approve/Amend Bonus Plans: Case-by-Case
In the US, Bonus Plans are customarily presented for shareholder approval pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1992 (“OBRA”). OBRA stipulates that certain forms of compensation are not tax-deductible unless approved by shareholders and subject to performance criteria. Because OBRA does not prevent the payment of subject compensation, we generally vote “for” these proposals. Nevertheless, occasionally these proposals are presented in a bundled form seeking 162 (m) approval and approval of a stock option plan. In such cases, failure of the proposal prevents the awards from being granted. We will vote against these proposals where the grant portion of the proposal fails our guidelines for the evaluation of stock option plans.
Approve Remuneration Policy: Case-by-Case
Exchange Underwater Options: Case-by-Case
We may support value-neutral exchanges in which senior management is ineligible to participate.
Eliminate or Limit Severance Agreements (Golden Case-by-Case Parachutes):
We will oppose excessively generous arrangements, but may support agreements structured to encourage management to negotiate in shareholders’ best economic interest.
Shareholder Approval of Future Severance Agreements Case-by-Case
Covering Senior Executives (SP):
We believe that severance arrangements require special scrutiny, and are generally supportive of proposals that call for shareholder ratification thereof. But, we are also mindful of the board’s need for flexibility in recruitment and retention and will therefore oppose limitations on board compensation policy where respect for industry practice and reasonable overall levels of compensation have been demonstrated.
Expense Future Stock Options (SP): For
Shareholder Approval of All Stock Option Plans (SP): For
Disclose All Executive Compensation (SP): For
Reporting of Results
Approve Financial Statements: For
Set Dividends and Allocate Profits: For
Limit Non-Audit Services Provided by Auditors (SP): Case-by-Case
We follow the guidelines established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding permissible levels of non-audit fees payable to auditors.
Ratify Selection of Auditors and Set Their Fees: Case-by-Case

D-293


Table of Contents

We will generally support management’s choice of auditors, unless the auditors have demonstrated failure to act in shareholders’ best economic interest.
Elect Statutory Auditors: Case-by-Case
Shareholder Approval of Auditors (SP): For
Shareholder Voting Rights
Adopt Cumulative Voting (SP): Against
We are likely to support cumulative voting proposals at “controlled” companies (i.e., companies with a single majority shareholder), or at companies with two-tiered voting rights.
Shareholder Rights Plans Case-by-Case
Also known as Poison Pills, these plans can enable boards of directors to negotiate higher takeover prices on behalf of shareholders. However, these plans also may be misused to entrench management. The following criteria are used to evaluate both management and shareholder proposals regarding shareholder rights plans.
- We generally support plans that include:
- Shareholder approval requirement
- Sunset provision
• Permitted bid feature (i.e., bids that are made for all shares and demonstrate evidence of financing must be submitted to a shareholder vote).
Because boards generally have the authority to adopt shareholder rights plans without shareholder approval, we are equally vigilant in our assessment of requests for authorization of blank check preferred shares (see below).

D-294


Table of Contents

Authorize Blank Check Preferred Stock: Case-by-Case
We may support authorization requests that specifically proscribe the use of such shares for anti-takeover purposes.
Eliminate Right to Call a Special Meeting: Against
Increase Supermajority Vote Requirement: Against
We likely will support shareholder and management proposals to remove existing supermajority vote requirements.
Adopt Anti-Greenmail Provision: For
Adopt Confidential Voting (SP): Case-by-Case
We require such proposals to include a provision to suspend confidential voting during contested elections so that management is not subject to constraints that do not apply to dissidents.
Remove Right to Act by Written Consent: Against
Capital Structure
Increase Authorized Common Stock: Case-by-Case
We generally support requests for increases up to 100% of the shares currently authorized. Exceptions will be made when the company has clearly articulated a reasonable need for a greater increase. Conversely, at companies trading in less liquid markets, we may impose a lower threshold.
Approve Merger or Acquisition: Case-by-Case
Approve Technical Amendments to Charter: Case-by-Case
Opt Out of State Takeover Statutes: For
Authorize Share Repurchase: For
Authorize Trade in Company Stock: For Wellington Management Company, LLP Global Proxy Voting Guidelines Wellington
Approve Stock Splits: Case-by-Case
We approve stock splits and reverse stock splits that preserve the level of authorized, but unissued shares.
Approve Recapitalization/Restructuring: Case-by-Case
Issue Stock with or without Preemptive Rights: For
Issue Debt Instruments: Case-by-Case
Social Issues
Endorse the Ceres Principles (SP): Case-by-Case
Disclose Political and PAC Gifts (SP): Case-by-Case
We generally do not support imposition of disclosure requirements on management of companies in excess of regulatory requirements.
Require Adoption of International Labor Organization’s Case-by-Case
Fair Labor Principles (SP):
Report on Sustainability (SP): Case-by-Case
Miscellaneous
Approve Other Business: Against
Approve Reincorporation: Case-by-Case
Approve Third-Party Transactions: Case-by-Case
Dated: October 16, 2008

D-295


Table of Contents

     
Wells Capital Management   Policies and Procedures
Subject:
  Date Issued: March 2009
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
  Date Last Revised: December 2007
Compliance Liaison:
  Business Administrator:
Mai Shiver/Margie D’Almeida
  Jennifer Vraney
I. Introduction:
As a fiduciary, Wells Capital Management (“WellsCap”) is obligated to vote proxies in the best interests of its clients. WellsCap has developed a structure that is designed to ensure that proxy voting is conducted in an appropriate manner, consistent with the clients’ best interest and within the framework of this Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (“Policy”). WellsCap has adopted this Policy in order to satisfy its fiduciary obligation. It is intended that this Policy also satisfies the requirements of Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 940, as amended (the “Advisers’ Act”).
WellsCap manages assets for a variety of clients: Taft-Hartley plans, governmental plans, foundations and endowments, corporations, and investment companies and other collective investment vehicles. Unless the client specifically reserves the right to vote their own proxies, WellsCap will vote proxies with a goal of maximizing shareholder value as a long-term investor and consistent with the governing laws and investment policies of each portfolio. While securities are not purchased to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, WellsCap supports sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest.
II. Voting
          Philosophy:
When WellsCap accepts delegation from its clients to vote proxies, it does not delegate that authority to any other person or entity, but retains complete authority for voting all proxies on behalf of its clients. Not all clients delegate proxy-voting authority to WellsCap, however, and WellsCap will not vote proxies, or provide advice to clients on how to vote proxies in the absence of specific delegation of authority, a pre-existing contractual agreement, or an obligation under the applicable law. For example, securities that are held in an investment advisory account for which WellsCap exercises no investment discretion are not voted by WellsCap. Also, WellsCap may not exercise discretion over shares that the client has committed to a stock loan program, which passes voting rights to the party with possession of the shares. From time to time, WellsCap may participate with a dissident group to vote proxies. In such case, WellsCap’s appointment of an agent for limited purposes will not be deemed a delegation of authority under this Policy. WellsCap relies on a third party to provide research, administration, and executing votes based on their published guidelines. Notwithstanding, WellsCap retains final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting.

D-296


Table of Contents

Responsibilities
  1.   Proxy Administrator
 
      WellsCap’s proxy voting process is administered by its Operations Department (“Proxy Administrator”), who reports to WellsCap’s Chief Operations Officer. The Proxy Administrator is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process to ensure the implementation of the Procedures. The Proxy Administrator monitors third party voting of proxies to ensure it is being done in a timely and responsible manner. The Proxy Administrator in conjunction with the Proxy Committee reviews the continuing appropriateness of the Procedures set forth herein, recommends revisions as necessary and provides an annual update on the proxy voting process.
 
  2.   The Proxy Committee: The Proxy Committee is chaired by the Head of Equity Investments. The Committee members are selected from portfolio management groups and include investment risk personnel. Members of the Committee are subject to change upon approval from the Committee Chair.
 
  3.   WellsCap Legal/Compliance Department provides oversight and guidance to the Committee as necessary.
 
  4.   Third Parties
 
      To assist in its proxy-voting responsibilities, WellsCap subscribes to research and other proxy-administration services. Currently, WellsCap has contracted with RiskMetrics Group (formally ISS), a provider of proxy-voting services, to provide the following services to WellsCap:
    Independently analyze and make recommendations for proxy proposals in accordance with the relevant voting platform;
 
    Receive all proxy information sent by custodians that hold securities of WellsCap’s Proxy Clients;
 
    Posts proxy information on its password-protected website, including meeting dates, agendas, and RiskMetrics’ analysis;
 
    Provides WellsCap with vote administration and execution, recordkeeping (proxy statements and votes), and reporting support services; and
 
    Annual analysis and rationale for guideline amendments.
          C. Methodology
Except in instances where clients have retained voting authority, WellsCap will instruct custodians of client accounts to forward all proxy statements and materials received in respect of client accounts to RiskMetrics. The Proxy Administrator reviews this information regularly and communicates with representatives of RiskMetrics to ensure that all agendas are considered and proxies are voted on a timely basis.

D-297


Table of Contents

1. Voting Guidelines. WellsCap, through its agent (RiskMetrics), votes proxies on different platforms subject to the client’s expressed goals. The two key platforms are: (i) the RiskMetrics’ Proxy Voting Guidelines, and (ii) RiskMetrics’ Taft Hartley Advisory Services platform, which researches recommendations made by the AFL-CIO. These Guidelines set forth how proxies will be voted on the issues specified. Depending upon the proposal and the platform, the guidelines may provide that proxies be voted “for” or “against” the proposal, or that the proposal should be considered on a case-by-case basis. The guideline may also be silent on a particular proposal, especially regarding foreign securities. RiskMetrics will vote proxies for or against as directed by the guidelines. Where the guidelines specify a “case by case” determination for a particular issue, RiskMetrics will evaluate the proxies based on thresholds established in the proxy guidelines relative to the platform. In addition, for proxies relating to issues not addressed in the guidelines, RiskMetrics will refer the vote to WellsCap. Finally, the Proxy Administrator shall have the authority to direct RiskMetrics to forward the proxy to him or her for a discretionary vote, in consultation with the Proxy Committee or the portfolio manager covering the subject security, if the Proxy Committee or the portfolio manager determines that a case-by-case review of such matter is warranted. Where a potential conflict of interest is identified (as described herein), WellsCap may not deviate from the Procedures unless it has a documented compelling purpose to do so.
2. Voting Discretion. In all cases, the Proxy Administrator will exercise its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the selected guideline. In cases where a proxy is forwarded by RiskMetrics to the Proxy Administrator, the Proxy Administrator may be assisted in its voting decision through receipt of: (i) independent research and voting recommendations provided by RiskMetrics, Portfolio Management or other independent sources; or (ii) information provided by company managements and shareholder groups. WellsCap believes that input from a portfolio manager or research analyst with knowledge of the issuer and its securities (collectively “Portfolio Manager”) is essential. Portfolio Management is, in WellsCap’s view, best able to evaluate the impact that the outcome on a particular proposal will have on the value of the issues shares. In the event that the Proxy Administrator is aware of a material conflict of interest involving Wells Fargo/Wells Capital Management or any of its affiliates regarding a proxy that has been forwarded to him or her, the Proxy Administrator will, absent compelling circumstances, return the proxy to RiskMetrics to be voted in conformance with the voting guidelines of RiskMetrics.
Voting decisions made by the Proxy Administrator will be reported to RiskMetrics to ensure that the vote is registered in a timely manner.
3. Securities on Loan. As a general matter, securities on loan will not be recalled to facilitate proxy voting (in which case the borrower of the security shall be entitled to vote the proxy).

D-298


Table of Contents

4. Conflicts of Interest. WellsCap has obtained a copy of RiskMetrics policies, procedures and practices regarding potential conflicts of interest that could arise in RiskMetrics proxy voting services to WellsCap as a result of business conducted by RiskMetrics. WellsCap believes that potential conflicts of interest by RiskMetrics are minimized by these policies, procedures and practices. In addition, Wells Fargo and/or Wells Capital Management may have a conflict of interest regarding a proxy to be voted upon if, for example, Wells Fargo and/or Wells Capital Management or its affiliates have other relationships with the issuer of the proxy. WellsCap believes that, in most instances, any material conflicts of interest will be minimized through a strict and objective application by RiskMetrics of the voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Administrator is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise require a vote by WellsCap, the Proxy Administrator shall defer to RiskMetrics to vote in conformance with the voting guidelines of RiskMetrics. In addition, the Proxy Administrator will seek to avoid any undue influence as a result of any material conflict of interest that exists between the interest of a client and WellsCap or any of its affiliates. To this end, an independent fiduciary engaged by Wells Fargo will direct the Proxy Administrator on voting instructions for the Wells Fargo proxy.
5. Regulatory Conflicts/Restrictions. When the Proxy Administrator is aware of regulatory conflicts or restrictions, the Proxy Administrator shall defer to RiskMetrics to vote in conformance with RiskMetrics’ voting guidelines to avoid any regulatory violations.
III. Other Provisions
Guideline Review
The Proxy Committee meets at least semi-annually to review this Policy and consider changes to it. Meetings may be convened more frequently (for example, to discuss a specific proxy agenda or proposal) as requested by the Manager of Proxy Administration, any member of the Proxy Committee, or WellsCap’s Chief Compliance Officer. A representative of WellsCap’s Compliance Department will be present (on a best efforts basis) at all Proxy Committee meetings, but will not vote on the proxies.
Record Retention
WellsCap will maintain the following records relating to the implementation of the Procedures:
    A copy of these proxy voting polices and procedures;
 
    Proxy statements received for client securities (which will be satisfied by relying on RiskMetrics);
 
    Records of votes cast on behalf of clients (which RiskMetrics maintains on behalf of WellsCap);

D-299


Table of Contents

    Records of each written client request for proxy voting records and WellsCap’s written response to any client request (written or oral) for such records; and
 
    Any documents prepared by WellsCap or RiskMetrics that were material to making a proxy voting decision.
Such proxy voting books and records shall be maintained at an office of WellsCap in an easily accessible place for a period of five years.
Disclosure of Policies and Procedures
WellsCap will disclose to its clients a summary description of its proxy voting policy and procedures via mail. A detail copy of the policy and procedures will be provided to clients upon request by calling 1-800-736-2316.
WellsCap will also provide proxy statements and any records as to how we voted proxies on behalf of client upon request. Clients may contact us at 1-800-736-2316 or by e-mail at riskmgt@wellsfargo.com to request a record of proxies voted on their behalf.
Except as otherwise required by law, WellsCap has a general policy of not disclosing to any issuer or third party how its client proxies are voted.
Western Asset Management Company
PROXY VOTING POLICY
     As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.
     While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).
     In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

D-300


Table of Contents

PROCEDURE
Responsibility and Oversight
The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.
Client Authority
     The Investment Management Agreement for each client is reviewed at account start-up for proxy voting instructions. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if
BACKGROUND
An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.
     the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Legal and Compliance Department maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.
Proxy Gathering
Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.
Proxy Voting
Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:
a.   Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.
 
b.   Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.
 
c.   Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)
 
d.   If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or

D-301


Table of Contents

    permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.
 
e.   Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.
 
f.   Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.
Timing
Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.
Recordkeeping
Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:
a.   A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.
 
b.   Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.
 
c.   A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.
 
d.   Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.
 
e.   A proxy log including:
 
1.   Issuer name;
 
2.   Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;
 
3.   Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;
 
4.   A brief identification of the matter voted on;

D-302


Table of Contents

5.   Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;
 
6.   Whether a vote was cast on the matter;
 
7.   A record of how the vote was cast; and
 
8.   Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.
Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.
Disclosure
Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.
Conflicts of Interest
All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:
1.   Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;
 
2.   Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and
 
3.   Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.
Voting Guidelines
Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process. Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.
I.   Board Approved Proposals
The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

D-303


Table of Contents

1.   Matters relating to the Board of Directors
Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:
a.   Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.
 
b.   Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.
 
c.   Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.
 
d.   Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.
 
2.   Matters relating to Executive Compensation
Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:
a.   Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.
 
b.   Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.
 
c.   Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.
 
d.   Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.
 
3.   Matters relating to Capitalization
The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-

D-304


Table of Contents

case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
a.   Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.
 
b.   Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).
 
c.   Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.
 
4.   Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions
 
    Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.
 
5.   Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures
 
    Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:
 
a.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.
 
b.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.
 
6.   Other Business Matters
 
   
Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.
 
a.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.
 
b.   Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.
 
II.   Shareholder Proposals
SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:
1.   Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

D-305


Table of Contents

2.   Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.
 
3.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.
 
III.   Voting Shares of Investment Companies
 
    Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.
 
1.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.
 
2.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.
 
IV.   Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers
 
    In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers — i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.
 
1.   Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.
 
2.   Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.
 
3.   Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.
 
4.   Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not

D-306


Table of Contents

    have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.
RETIREMENT   ACCOUNTS

D-307


Table of Contents

     For accounts subject to ERISA, as well as other Retirement Accounts, Western Asset is presumed to have the responsibility to vote proxies for the client. The Department of Labor (“DOL”) has issued a bulletin that states that investment managers have the responsibility to vote proxies on behalf of Retirement Accounts unless the authority to vote proxies has been specifically reserved to another named fiduciary. Furthermore, unless Western Asset is expressly precluded from voting the proxies, the DOL has determined that the responsibility remains with the investment manager.
     In order to comply with the DOL’s position, Western Asset will be presumed to have the obligation to vote proxies for its Retirement Accounts unless Western Asset has obtained a specific written instruction indicating that: (a) the right to vote proxies has been reserved to a named fiduciary of the client, and (b) Western Asset is precluded from voting proxies on behalf of the client. If Western Asset does not receive such an instruction, Western Asset will be responsible for voting proxies in the best interests of the Retirement Account client and in accordance with any proxy voting guidelines provided by the client.

D-308